From: Roberto C. Sanchez Date: Wed, 22 Oct 2014 02:48:49 +0000 (-0400) Subject: Imported Upstream version 2.9.2 X-Git-Tag: archive/raspbian/3.0-3+rpi1~1^2~27^2~4 X-Git-Url: https://dgit.raspbian.org/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=579657c8cb4ecd8a313221e70bdbbc7267f20286;p=bibletime.git Imported Upstream version 2.9.2 --- diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index 603f420..34c2018 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ SET(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake") SET(BT_VERSION_MAJOR "2") SET(BT_VERSION_MINOR "9") -SET(BT_VERSION_PATCH "1") +SET(BT_VERSION_PATCH "2") #SET(BT_VERSION_BUILD "") # Temporarily uncomment this line for release procedures @@ -51,18 +51,35 @@ ELSE (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") ENDIF (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") #Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto -LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it nl nn_NO pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk zh_TW) +LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS ar da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it nl pt pt_BR ru sk zh_TW) #WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS, #also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed. -LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs de es fi fr hu it nl pt_BR) +LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs de es hu it pt_BR) LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS ar bg cs da de es fi fr it hu ko nl pt_BR ru) +IF(NOT BT_FORCE_USE_QT4) +# Automatically use Qt5 if available +FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Core QUIET) +ENDIF() + # Find required packages -SET(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.5.0) -SET(QT_USE_QTXML 1) -SET(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT 1) -SET(QT_USE_QTMAIN 1) -FIND_PACKAGE(Qt4 REQUIRED) +IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5LinguistTools REQUIRED) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5PrintSupport REQUIRED) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5WebKit REQUIRED) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5WebKitWidgets REQUIRED) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Widgets REQUIRED) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Xml REQUIRED) + MESSAGE( "-- Found Qt5") +ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) + SET(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.5.0) + SET(QT_USE_QTXML 1) + SET(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT 1) + SET(QT_USE_QTMAIN 1) + FIND_PACKAGE(Qt4 REQUIRED) + MESSAGE( "-- Found Qt4") +ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) + IF (QT_QTDBUS_FOUND AND NOT APPLE) SET(QT_USE_QTDBUS 1) MESSAGE(STATUS "Using DBUS") @@ -91,6 +108,7 @@ SET(BT_SHARE_PATH "share/") IF (APPLE) SET(BT_DESTINATION "../MacOS/") SET(BT_SHARE_PATH "../share/") + SET(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER "/usr/bin/g++") ENDIF (APPLE) # Define $bibletime_SOURCES @@ -99,19 +117,35 @@ INCLUDE("${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/BTSourceFileList.cmake") # # The actual build options # -INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work - ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers - ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h - ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} -) - -# this will run uic on .ui files: -QT4_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS}) +IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) + INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work + ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers + ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h + ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} + ${Qt5PrintSupport_INCLUDE_DIRS} + ${Qt5WebKitWidgets_INCLUDE_DIRS} + ${Qt5Widgets_INCLUDE_DIRS} + ${Qt5Xml_INCLUDE_DIRS} + ) +ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) + INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui + ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work + ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers + ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h + ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} + ) +ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) -# this will run moc on source files -QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) +IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) + QT5_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS}) + QT5_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) +ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) + QT4_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS}) + QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) +ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) SOURCE_GROUP("QM Files" REGULAR_EXPRESSION ".*\\.qm") @@ -160,27 +194,44 @@ ENDIF (MSVC) # ) #ENDIF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") -INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE}) -TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} - ${QT_LIBRARIES} - ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY} - ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found - ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found - ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found - ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found - ${SWORD_LIBRARY} -) +IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) + TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} + ${Qt5Widgets_LIBRARIES} + ${Qt5Xml_LIBRARIES} + ${Qt5Core_LIBRARIES} + ${Qt5WebKitWidgets_LIBRARIES} + ${Qt5WebKit_LIBRARIES} + ${Qt5PrintSupport_LIBRARIES} + ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY} + ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${SWORD_LIBRARY} + ) + qt5_use_modules(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} Widgets WebKit Network) +ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) + INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE}) + TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} + ${QT_LIBRARIES} + ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY} + ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found + ${SWORD_LIBRARY} + ) +ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) IF (APPLE) # enable support MacOS 10.5+ SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} PROPERTIES - COMPILE_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk" - LINK_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk" + COMPILE_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.8.sdk/" + LINK_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.8.sdk/ -F /Library/Frameworks/" ) ENDIF (APPLE) - IF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "install/") #install to ./build/install, allow override ENDIF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) @@ -216,14 +267,8 @@ INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_ICONS_LIST_PNG} DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/icons/" ) # display templates -FILE(GLOB INSTALL_DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_LIST ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/*.tmpl) -INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_LIST} - DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/" -) -FILE(GLOB INSTALL_DISPLAY_CSS_LIST ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/*.css) -INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_DISPLAY_CSS_LIST} - DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/" -) +INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/ + DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/") # javascript INSTALL(FILES "src/frontend/display/bthtml.js" DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/javascript/" diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index 657d2c6..df7c858 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,27 @@ +2013-06-03 Jaak Ristioja + * Released 2.9.2. + +2013-05-19 Gary Holmlund + * Fix multi-arch path issue in FindCLucene.cmake + +2013-05-18 Gary Holmlund + * Changes needed for Qt5 + +2013-05-18 Gary Holmlund + * Fix problem with text not displaying when using QtWebKit 2.3 + +2012-09-10 Gary Holmlund + * Fix bug 14 - Headers displayed as plain text in some modules + +2012-03-30 Gary Holmlund + * Fix crash when closing window with tab. + +2012-02-25 Gary Holmlund + * Fix bug 3483206 where duplicate works menus appear on ubuntu with its Global Menus + +2011-12-28 Jaak Ristioja + * Fixed settings dialog tab contents not being translated. + 2011-12-22 Jaak Ristioja * Released 2.9.1. diff --git a/cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake b/cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake index ed22382..abe359a 100644 --- a/cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake +++ b/cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake @@ -20,32 +20,11 @@ IF(APPLE) INSTALL(CODE " FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}\") -# FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS -# \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*.bundle\") - INCLUDE(BundleUtilities) - - - function(gp_item_default_embedded_path_override item default_embedded_path_var) - set(path \"\@executable_path/../MacOS\") - set(overridden 0) - - if(item MATCHES \"plugins/iconengines/.*\\\\.dylib$\") - set(path \"\@executable_path/plugins/iconengines\") - set(overridden 1) - endif(item MATCHES \"plugins/iconengines/.*\\\\.dylib$\") - if(item MATCHES \"plugins/imageformats/.*\\\\.dylib$\") - set(path \"\@executable_path/plugins/imageformats\") - set(overridden 1) - endif(item MATCHES \"plugins/imageformats/.*\\\\.dylib$\") - - if (overridden) - set(\${default_embedded_path_var} \"\${path}\" PARENT_SCOPE) - endif (overridden) - endfunction(gp_item_default_embedded_path_override) + INCLUDE(BundleUtilities) FIXUP_BUNDLE( - \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/BibleTime\" + \"\${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/BibleTime\" \"\${QTPLUGINS}\" \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/imageformats;\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/iconengines\" ) @@ -64,4 +43,3 @@ IF(APPLE) INCLUDE(CPack) ENDIF(APPLE) - diff --git a/cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake b/cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake index c55f68c..cf6c6b7 100644 --- a/cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake +++ b/cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake @@ -1,16 +1,21 @@ SET(bibletime_UI_translations) -FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE - NAMES lupdate-qt4 lupdate - PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} - NO_DEFAULT_PATH -) +IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) + SET(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE ${Qt5_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE}) + SET(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE ${Qt5_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE}) +ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) + FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE + NAMES lupdate-qt4 lupdate + PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} + NO_DEFAULT_PATH + ) -FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE - NAMES lrelease-qt4 lrelease - PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} - NO_DEFAULT_PATH -) + FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE + NAMES lrelease-qt4 lrelease + PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} + NO_DEFAULT_PATH + ) +ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) FOREACH(MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG ${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS}) ADD_CUSTOM_COMMAND(OUTPUT "bibletime_ui_${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG}.qm" diff --git a/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake b/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake index 9c9df7d..173f69d 100644 --- a/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake +++ b/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ ENDIF(MSVC) SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} + /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu + /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} /opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} @@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ SET(TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/include ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include /usr/local/include + /opt/local/include /usr/include /sw/include /usr/pkg/include diff --git a/cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake b/cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake index 15dd6d1..e97d80b 100644 --- a/cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake +++ b/cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake @@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ Name[it]=BibleTime ${BT_VERSION} GenericName=Bible Study Tool Terminal=false Type=Application -Categories=X-Bible;X-Religion;Literature;Education;Dictionary;Qt +Categories=X-Bible;X-Religion;Literature;Education;Dictionary;Qt; DocPath=bibletime/handbook/index.html diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook index 7120693..46280ac 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html index e4830b8..0cf4b87 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم
دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم
   التالي

دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

حقوق النشر © 1999-2011 The بيبل تايم Team

يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.

خلاصة

بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية +دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم

دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم
   التالي

دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The بيبل تايم Team

يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.

خلاصة

بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/ar/pdf/handbook.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 70e0b35..0000000 Binary files a/docs/handbook/ar/pdf/handbook.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index 3b4d322..529e296 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 9d5421e..c8c7770 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Příručka BibleTime

Příručka BibleTime
   Další

Příručka BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Abstrakt

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +Příručka BibleTime

Příručka BibleTime
   Další

Příručka BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Abstrakt

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf index e893fe9..617c8e4 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 5cf4c02..2b80179 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ das &bibletime;-Fenster. View Show Bookshelf +format="PNG" /> Ansicht Bücherregal anzeigen @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen. View Show Bookmarks +format="PNG" /> Ansicht Lesezeichen anzeigen @@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen. View Show Mag +depth="32" format="PNG" /> Ansicht Lupe anzeigen + @@ -114,13 +115,14 @@ Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es. View Show parallel text headers - +format="PNG" /> Ansicht Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen + - Toggles viewing of additional works Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books. + An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke Benutzen Sie +diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten +Büchern anzusehen. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook index 5b7cbe3..4a8d93e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - 1999-2011 Das &bibletime;-Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ ausgeliefert. - December 2011 + Januar 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index ee226ac..7b2500f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -32,24 +32,26 @@ ungesicherte

Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen. Diese Einstellung maximiert das BibleTime-Fenster.

- View → Show Bookshelf + Ansicht → Bücherregal anzeigen

Bücherregal anzeigen. Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.

- View → Show Bookmarks + Ansicht → Lesezeichen anzeigen

Lesezeichen anzeigen. Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.

- View → Show Mag + Ansicht → Lupe anzeigen

Lupenfenster anzeigen. Dieser Umschalter zeigt das Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.

- View → Show parallel text headers + Ansicht → Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen +

- Toggles viewing of additional works Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.

+ An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke Benutzen Sie +diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten +Büchern anzusehen.

Ansicht → Werkzeugleisten → Hauptleiste anzeigen (F6)

Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen. Diese Funktion stellt die diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 36d08b0..f4fb464 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Das BibleTime-Handbuch
   Weiter

Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 Das BibleTime-Team

Das BibleTime-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der BibleTime-Studienhilfe +Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Das BibleTime-Handbuch
   Weiter

Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

Das BibleTime-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der BibleTime-Studienhilfe ausgeliefert.

Zusammenfassung

BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf index 707c6e6..0a59f06 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook index 1904628..f06dc52 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - 1999-2011 + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ &bibletime; study program. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index dcd9e39..287b040 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Next

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the +The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Next

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Abstract

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf index 55d7f71..a9a7e39 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook index ccc7452..cccc93d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ &bibletime;. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html index bdc795d..888ae4c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -El Manual BibleTime

El Manual BibleTime
   Siguiente

El Manual BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

El Manual de BibleTime es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico +El Manual BibleTime

El Manual BibleTime
   Siguiente

El Manual BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

El Manual de BibleTime es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico BibleTime.

Resumen

BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf index 0e069b7..89bf1ef 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook index c69fee6..97efddc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index 5376cf6..42584df 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Seuraava

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Tiivistelmä

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Seuraava

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Tiivistelmä

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf index d86a046..0851eb9 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index fbbd74b..870175b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index efe673d..212242b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Suivant

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Résumé

BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface +The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Suivant

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Résumé

BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf index 03399cd..c27944b 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 5befae9..31aa814 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; programmal együtt terjesztve. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 A &bibletime; egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index b0489e8..c9a3e94 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -BibleTime kézikönyv

BibleTime kézikönyv
   Előre

BibleTime kézikönyv

Saalbach, Fred

Hoyt, Jeffrey

Gruner, Martin

Abthorpe, Thomas

2.9.1

Szerzői jog © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

A BibleTime kézikönyv a BibleTime programmal együtt terjesztve.

Kivonat

A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A +BibleTime kézikönyv

BibleTime kézikönyv
   Előre

BibleTime kézikönyv

Saalbach, Fred

Hoyt, Jeffrey

Gruner, Martin

Abthorpe, Thomas

2.9.2

Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

A BibleTime kézikönyv a BibleTime programmal együtt terjesztve.

Kivonat

A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf index 384faf9..5f1591b 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook index 8113e90..4158068 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - 1999-2011 Il Team di &bibletime; + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ &bibletime;. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html index 6371943..d1352ad 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Il Manuale di BibleTime

Il Manuale di BibleTime
   Avanti

Il Manuale di BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Diritto d'autore © 1999-2011 Il Team di BibleTime

Il Manuale di BibleTime è distribuito con il programma di studio di +Il Manuale di BibleTime

Il Manuale di BibleTime
   Avanti

Il Manuale di BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

Il Manuale di BibleTime è distribuito con il programma di studio di BibleTime.

Sommario

BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf index 923f352..0eb0fc6 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook index c69fee6..97efddc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program. - December 2011 + January 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 &bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index a60b97f..a6bf810 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Volgende

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Samenvatting

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +The BibleTime Handbook

The BibleTime Handbook
   Volgende

The BibleTime Handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Samenvatting

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf index 0a578d1..2dcfb44 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf and b/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 4bea22e..20b2abd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ configuração selecionando Configurações - <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas opções: @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ pré-visualização no painel direito. - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + <guimenu>Mesa</guimenu> Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ padro que você especificou. - <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Idiomas</guimenuitem> Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ fonte personalizada para cada idioma. - Options Dialog - fonts + O diálogo de Opções - Fontes. O diálogo de Opções - Fontes. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ caracteres. -SIL unicode fonts +Fontes unicode SIL Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer. @@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ SIL unicode fonts - -Crosswire's font directory + Diretório +de fontes crosswire Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam). - <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> + <guimenu>Atalhos</guimenu> Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa. - In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2. + No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário +definido, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index cbf3aff..c3440d8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ Sobre &bibletime; - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the &sword; library, which -provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the &bibletime; é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são +fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca&sword;, que provê a +funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto +bíblico, pesquisar, etc. &sword; é o produto carro-chefe da &cbs;. &bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ desenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society. Obras disponíveis - Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the &cbs;. These include: + Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da &cbs;. Estão inclusos: Bíblias @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês). Léxicos/Dicionários - Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the -International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include -Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's -Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible. + Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e +a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis +incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego +de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, +Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave. diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index f1a71cc..001c556 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -2,20 +2,21 @@ Operação do programa Viso geral do programa - This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do &bibletime;: - The &bibletime; application window + A janela do aplicativo &bibletime; - You can easily see the different parts of the -application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the -Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The -little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information -that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote -marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work. + Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do +aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas +na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus +marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para +mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando +você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai +mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá +acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você +realmente faz seu trabalho. Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente. @@ -48,28 +49,29 @@ para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado. Informação adicional sobre obras - If you click with the right mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work" opens -a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see the Locked -Modules page on the &cbs; web site. + Se você clicar com o botão direito do mouse no +símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. "Sobre essa obra" abre uma janela com +várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. "Destravar essa obra" abre um +pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a +chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras +travadas, veja essa +página no site da &cbs;. Buscando em obras - You can search in a work by clicking with the -right mouse button on its symbol and selecting -"Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found on the Searching in Works -section. + Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão +direito do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando +"Buscar em obra(s)". Pressionando &Shift; e +clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em +todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de +busca podem ser encontrados Fazendo Buscas +nas seções das Obras. @@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ AND Deus'. seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para exemplos. - Available text types: + Tipos de texto disponíveis:
Tipos de Busca @@ -341,10 +343,10 @@ botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela &cbs; Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante - Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is -"~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows. + Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante no +disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é +"~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application +Data\Sword" para Windows. Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco @@ -357,15 +359,15 @@ para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o Instalar/atualizar obra(s) - With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's -online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; -modules). You can install other sources by clicking on Get -list... when you have New Installation -Source dialog open. You can manage your libraries with -Add library and Delete -library. + Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do &sword;), ou remota (por +ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos &sword;, ou outro site +oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em +Obter lista... quando houver aberto o diálogo +Nova fonte de instalação. Você pode gerenciar suas +bibliotecas com Adicionar biblioteca e +Excluir biblioteca. Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 6cfdcc7..3cad4cb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-shortcuts">nessa seção. - <guimenu>File</guimenu> + <guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu> @@ -20,11 +20,12 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-shortcuts">nessa seção. File Open work +format="PNG" /> Arquivo Abrir obra + - Open work. This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books. + Trabalho Aberto. Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir +os livros instalados. @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ open installed books. &Ctrl;+Q File -Quit +Sair @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco. - <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco. F5 View Fullscreen mode +depth="32" format="PNG" /> Exibir Modo em Tela Cheia @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ maximizar a janela do &bibletime;. View Show Bookshelf +format="PNG" /> Exibir Mostrar Estante @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa. View Show Bookmarks +format="PNG" /> Exibir Mostrar Marcadores @@ -101,7 +102,8 @@ quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa. View Show Mag +depth="32" format="PNG" /> Exibir Mostrar Lupa + @@ -114,13 +116,14 @@ ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo. View Show parallel text headers - +format="PNG" /> Exibir Mostrar textos dos +cabeçalhos - Toggles viewing of additional works Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books. + Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionaisAlternar esta +visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos +trabalhos abertos. @@ -132,72 +135,78 @@ allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books. - Toggles Main Toolbar display. Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off. + Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas. Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas. - View Toolbars -Show navigation + Exibir Barras de +Ferramentas Exibir navegação + - Toggles Navigation in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works + Alternar navegação nas obras. Alternar essa configuração +para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser +útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas. - View Toolbars -Show works + Exibir Modo de +posicionamento Modo manual + equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. - Toggles Toolbars in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works. + Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras. Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas. - View Toolbars -Show tools + Exibir Barras de +ferramentas Exibir ferramentas + - Toggles tools in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works. + Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras. Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas. - View Toolbars -Show format + Exibir Barras de +Ferramentas Exibir formato + - Toggles format. Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar. + Alterna formato. Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos +comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas +formatação. - View Toolbars -Show toolbars in text windows + Exibir Barras de +ferramentas Exibir barras de ferramentas nas +janelas de texto - Toggles toolbars in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works. + Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas. - <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + O <guimenuitem>Busca</guimenuitem> @@ -207,7 +216,7 @@ remove the complete toolbar in open works. Search -Search in standard bible +Buscar na bíblia padrão @@ -223,8 +232,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui. &Ctrl;+O Search Search in -open work(s) +format="PNG" /> Search Buscar nos +trabalhos abertos @@ -240,7 +249,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui. - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> @@ -249,13 +258,13 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui. &Ctrl;+W Window Close -window +format="PNG" /> Window Fechar +Janela - Closes active window. + Fecha todas as janelas ativas. @@ -266,7 +275,7 @@ window Window -Close all +Fechar tudo @@ -281,7 +290,7 @@ format="PNG" /> Window &Ctrl;+J Window -Cascade +Cascata @@ -297,12 +306,12 @@ format="PNG" /> Window &Ctrl;+I Window -Tile +Organizar - Tiles all open windows. + Organiza todas as janelas abertas. @@ -312,8 +321,8 @@ format="PNG" /> Window &Ctrl;+G Window Tile -vertically +format="PNG" /> Window Organizar +verticalmente @@ -329,8 +338,8 @@ abertas. &Ctrl;+H Window Tile -horizontally +format="PNG" /> Window Organizar +horizontalmente @@ -343,22 +352,23 @@ abertas. - Window Arrangement -mode + Janela Modo de +organização - Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out! + Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das +janelas. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se +quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, +Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar +ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los! - Window Save -session + Janela Salvar +sessão @@ -374,7 +384,7 @@ salvar para uma nova sessão. &Ctrl;+&Alt;+S -Window Save as new session +Janela Salvar como nova sessão @@ -387,8 +397,8 @@ por um novo nome para salvar a sessão. - Window Load -session + Janela Carregar +sessão @@ -400,8 +410,8 @@ contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar. - Window Delete -session + Janela Apagar +sessão @@ -415,14 +425,14 @@ contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir. - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenu>Configurações</guimenu> Settings Configure &bibletime; +format="PNG" /> Settings Configurar &bibletime; @@ -440,8 +450,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-config-bt">essa seção para detalhes. F4 Settings Bookshelf Manager - +depth="32" format="PNG" /> Configurações Gerenciador de +Livros @@ -455,7 +465,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">essa seção para detalhes. - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> @@ -463,7 +473,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">essa seção para detalhes. F1 Help Handbook +format="PNG" /> Ajuda Manual @@ -477,7 +487,7 @@ agora. F2 Help Bible Study HowTo +format="PNG" /> Ajuda BibleStudy HowTo @@ -497,19 +507,18 @@ palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo. F3 Help Tip of the Day - +format="PNG" /> Ajuda Dica do dia - Opens a helpful tip The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;. + Abre uma dica útil A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que +ajudará no uso do &bibletime;. - Help About - + Ajuda Sobre + @@ -614,7 +623,7 @@ format="PNG" /> - Search in selected works. + Buscando nas obras selecionadas. @@ -704,7 +713,7 @@ format="PNG" /> - Select a book. + Selcione um Livro. @@ -825,9 +834,10 @@ automática de janelas. - Window Arrangement -mode Auto-tile -equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + Janela Modo de +posicionamento Auto-organizar +verticalmente equivalente; alterna organização +automática de janelas. @@ -856,9 +866,9 @@ posicionamento Modo manual &Ctrl;+&Alt;+T - Window Arrangement -mode Tabbed -equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top. + Janela Modo de +posicionamento Com abas + equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo. @@ -941,9 +951,9 @@ equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top. - -Window Tile - windows equivalent. + +Janela Organizar Janelas + Janelas equivalentes. @@ -1014,8 +1024,8 @@ mão equivalente; abre o livro de mão. F2 - Help BibleStudy -HowTo equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo. + Ajuda BibleStudy +Howto equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo. @@ -1023,8 +1033,8 @@ HowTo equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo. F3 - Help Tip of the -Day Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;. + Ajuda Dica do Dia + Abre uma dica útil para usar o &bibletime;. diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 6aa6a54..d111864 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -6,39 +6,39 @@ Iniciando &bibletime; - &bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + &bibletime; é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode +iniciar o &bibletime; do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: - &bibletime; start icon + ícone para iniciar o &bibletime; - &bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: bibletime + &bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o +&bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: bibletime Personalização de início - From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the -default bible: bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" To open at a given -passage like John 3:16, use: bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16" You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language. + De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versículo +aleatório na bíblia padrão: bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"Para abrir +uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em +seu idioma - Starting &bibletime; for the first time + Iniciando &bibletime; pela primeira vez - If you are starting &bibletime; for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the Settings menu bar. + Se você está iniciando o &bibletime; pela primeira vez, você precisará +configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis nabarra de menu Configurações. - Configure &bibletime; dialog + Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime; @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ descrição detalhada desse diálogo. - Bookshelf Manager + Gerenciador de Livros Modifica sua Estante. Esse diálogo permite a você modificar diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook index b1be640..8c7db6e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,23 +42,24 @@ - 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team - The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program. + O Manual do &bibletime; é distribuído como parte do programa &bibletime;. - December 2011 + Janeiro 2012 - 2.9.1 + 2.9.2 - &bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with &qt; framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;. + &bibletime; é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A +interface com o usuário é construída com o framework &qt;, que pode ser +executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD +e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o &sword; biblioteca de programação que +trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e +livros providos pela &cbs;. @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;. BibleTime SWORD Crosswire - Help dialog + Diálogo de ajuda &hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; &hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5; diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html index 1ba4e29..a986bb4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime

Índice

Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime
- Display +Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime

Índice

Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime
+ Exibir
- Desk + Mesa
- Languages + Idiomas
- Shortcuts + Atalhos

Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o BibleTime, que pode ser encontrado em Configurações no menu principal.

Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime

A interface de usuário do BibleTime pode ser personalizada de várias maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Você pode acessar o diálogo de -configuração selecionando Configurações Configurar BibleTime.

- Display +configuração selecionando Configurações Configurar BibleTime.

+ Exibir

O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas opções:

  • Mostrar logo de inicialização

Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há vários modelos internos disponíveis. Se você escolher um, irá ver uma -pré-visualização no painel direito.

- Desk +pré-visualização no painel direito.

+ Mesa

Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser personalizados no BibleTime. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio diálogo. Você também tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padrões que @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ devem ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa referência. Um exemplo: a Bíblia padrão usada para mostrar o conteúdo de referências cruzadas na Bíblia. Quando você passar por cima delas, a lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo dos versículos referidos, de acordo com a Bíblia -padro que você especificou.

- Languages +padro que você especificou.

+ Idiomas

Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em casa.

Por padrão, BibleTime usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever essa fonte se necessário. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem exibidos corretamente, e esse diálogo permite a você especificar uma -fonte personalizada para cada idioma.

Options Dialog - fonts

O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.

BibleTime pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você +fonte personalizada para cada idioma.

O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.

O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.

BibleTime pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma obra somente mostra uma série de pontos de interrogação (??????) ou caixas vazias, então a fonte de exibição padrão não contém os caracteres usados @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.

-SIL unicode fonts +Fontes unicode SIL Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer. FreeFont Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita. - -Crosswire's font directory + Diretório +de fontes crosswire Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society. Bitstream CyberBit @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ Cupola, Caliban Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.

Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph Singer (Fontes TrueType UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet), ou a por Alan Wood (Faixas de caracteres -Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam).

- Shortcuts +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam).

+ Atalhos

Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vários comandos do BibleTime têm teclas de atalho pré-definidas (veja esta seção para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do BibleTime pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para -acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.

Anterior   Próxima
Exportando e Imprimindo Principal Capítulo 5. Referência
+acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.

No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário +definido, CTRL+2.

Anterior   Próxima
Exportando e Imprimindo Principal Capítulo 5. Referência
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html index 7f44591..af5f0d1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Capítulo 1. Introdução
Capítulo 1. Introdução
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 1. Introdução

Índice

Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponíveis
Motivação

Sobre BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the SWORD library, which -provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. SWORD is the flagship product of the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire.

BibleTime foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +Capítulo 1. Introdução

Capítulo 1. Introdução
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 1. Introdução

Índice

Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponíveis
Motivação

Sobre BibleTime

BibleTime é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são +fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a bibliotecaSWORD, que provê a +funcionalidade de back-end para o BibleTime, tal como visualizar texto +bíblico, pesquisar, etc. SWORD é o produto carro-chefe da Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire.

BibleTime foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informações completas sobre os formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na seção de -desenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.

Obras disponíveis

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire. These include:

Bíblias

O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, +desenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.

Obras disponíveis

Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire. Estão inclusos:

Bíblias

O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, cabeçalhos e/ou rodapés no texto. Bíblias estão disponíveis em muitos idiomas, e incluem no somente verses modernas, mas também textos antigos como o Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ grego). Essa a se John Wesley, o comentário de Matthew Henry e o "Comentário sobre Gálatas" de Lutero. Com o comentário pessoal você pode gravar suas próprias notas pessoas nas seções da Bíblia.

Devocionais diários

Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras -disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).

Léxicos/Dicionários

Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the -International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include -Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's -Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.

Motivação

Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).

Léxicos/Dicionários

Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e +a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis +incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego +de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, +Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave.

Motivação

Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer no seu relacionamento com Ele. Nós batalhamos para tornar isso um programa poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operação intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index e79b295..13f8015 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante é uma ferramenta para +O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante é uma ferramenta para gerenciar sua Estante. Você pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em Configurações → Gerenciador da Estante no menu principal.

Dica

Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o BibleTime, clique no -botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire

Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante

Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is -"~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.

Dica

Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco +botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire

Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante

Aqui você pode especificar onde o BibleTime pode armazenar sua Estante no +disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é +"~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application +Data\Sword" para Windows.

Dica

Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco rígido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, então você pode adicionar o caminho para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o -BibleTime, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.

Instalar/atualizar obra(s)

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a SWORD CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's -online repository of SWORD modules, or another site offering SWORD -modules). You can install other sources by clicking on Get -list... when you have New Installation -Source dialog open. You can manage your libraries with -Add library and Delete -library.

Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma +BibleTime, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.

Instalar/atualizar obra(s)

Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do SWORD), ou remota (por +ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos SWORD, ou outro site +oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em +Obter lista... quando houver aberto o diálogo +Nova fonte de instalação. Você pode gerenciar suas +bibliotecas com Adicionar biblioteca e +Excluir biblioteca.

Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) obra(s). Então clique em Conectar biblioteca. BibleTime irá varrer o conteúdo da biblioteca e diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 344b6e1..854d089 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exportando e Imprimindo

Exportando e Imprimindo
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

Exportando e Imprimindo

Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão +Exportando e Imprimindo

Exportando e Imprimindo
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

Exportando e Imprimindo

Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão direito do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele permitir a você Selecionar, Copiar (para a rea de transferência), diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 2711e64..6d82985 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime

Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime

A Estante de Livros

A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime

Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime

A Estante de Livros

A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por categoria e idioma. Ela também tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.

Lendo obras

Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o boto esquerdo do mouse na categoria desejada @@ -10,21 +10,22 @@ est versículo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que você quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Você também pode arrastar uma referência de versículo -para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.

Informação adicional sobre obras

If you click with the right mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work" opens -a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see the Locked -Modules page on the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire web site.

Buscando em obras

You can search in a work by clicking with the -right mouse button on its symbol and selecting -"Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found on the Searching in Works -section.

Trabalhando com marcadores

+para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.

Informação adicional sobre obras

Se você clicar com o botão direito do mouse no +símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. "Sobre essa obra" abre uma janela com +várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. "Destravar essa obra" abre um +pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a +chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras +travadas, veja essa +página no site da Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire.

Buscando em obras

Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão +direito do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando +"Buscar em obra(s)". Pressionando Shift e +clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em +todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de +busca podem ser encontrados Fazendo Buscas +nas seções das Obras.

Trabalhando com marcadores

Dica

Arraste e solte obras aqui

diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 2e227d7..62630ed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Buscando em obras

Buscando em obras
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

Buscando em obras

Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta

Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +Buscando em obras

Buscando em obras
Anterior Capítulo 3. Operação do programa Próxima

Buscando em obras

Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta

Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o capítulo da bíblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que está acostumado em outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o botão direito do mouse e selecionando @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um parênteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) AND Deus'.

Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para -exemplos.

Available text types:

Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca

PrefixoSignificadoExemplo
cabeçalho:busca em cabeçalhosheading:Jesus
footnote:busca em rodapésfootnote:Moisés
strong:busca em Números Strongstrong:G535
morph:busca em códigos morfológicosmorph:N-GSM


Dica

Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar +exemplos.

Tipos de texto disponíveis:

Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca

PrefixoSignificadoExemplo
cabeçalho:busca em cabeçalhosheading:Jesus
footnote:busca em rodapésfootnote:Moisés
strong:busca em Números Strongstrong:G535
morph:busca em códigos morfológicosmorph:N-GSM


Dica

Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar Sobre para encontrar qual dos critérios de busca acima podem funcionar para você. Nem todos os livros tem características embutidas para permitir este tipo de busca.

BibleTime usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html index 6beaf80..d9e150d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -Capítulo 3. Operação do programa

Capítulo 3. Operação do programa
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 3. Operação do programa

Índice

Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o diálogo de busca
Configuração de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
índices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo

Viso geral do programa

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

The BibleTime application window

You can easily see the different parts of the -application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the -Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The -little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information -that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote -marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.

Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.

Anterior   Próxima
Starting BibleTime for the first time Principal Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
+Capítulo 3. Operação do programa
Capítulo 3. Operação do programa
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 3. Operação do programa

Índice

Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o diálogo de busca
Configuração de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
índices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo

Viso geral do programa

Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do BibleTime:

A janela do aplicativo BibleTime

Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do +aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas +na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus +marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para +mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando +você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai +mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá +acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você +realmente faz seu trabalho.

Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.

Anterior   Próxima
Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez Principal Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 19dd6eb..fe33d60 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Índice de teclas de atalho
Índice de teclas de atalho
Anterior Capítulo 5. Referência 

Índice de teclas de atalho

Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições +Índice de teclas de atalho

Índice de teclas de atalho
Anterior Capítulo 5. Referência 

Índice de teclas de atalho

Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições correspondentes no livro de mão. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) alfabeticamente. Se você deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um menu tem, você pode olhar no item em si no BibleTime (pois ele @@ -27,9 +27,10 @@ horizontalmente equivalente; alterna divis automática de janelas. Ctrl+Alt+I - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile -equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Auto-organizar +verticalmente equivalente; alterna organização +automática de janelas. Ctrl+Alt+J Janela → Modo de posicionamento @@ -41,9 +42,8 @@ equivalente; alterna cascateamento autom posicionamento → Modo manual equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. Ctrl+Alt+T - Window → Arrangement -mode → Tabbed -equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top. + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Com abas equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo. Ctrl+Alt+S Janela → Salvar como nova sessão equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sessão. @@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top. Ctrl+I - Window → Tile - windows equivalent. + Janela → Organizar Janelas Janelas equivalentes. Ctrl+J @@ -100,12 +99,11 @@ busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas. mão equivalente; abre o livro de mão. F2 - Help → BibleStudy -HowTo equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo. + Ajuda → BibleStudy +Howto equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo. F3 - Help → Tip of the -Day Opens a helpful tip to use BibleTime. + Ajuda → Dica do Dia Abre uma dica útil para usar o BibleTime. F4 diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 66af865..594ed9d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Referência

Referência
Anterior Capítulo 5. Referência Próxima

Referência

+Referência

Referência
Anterior Capítulo 5. Referência Próxima

Referência

Nesta seção você pode encontrar descrições dos ícones associados com livros abertos.

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ abertos.

- Search in selected works. + Buscando nas obras selecionadas.

@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ abertos.

- Select a book. + Selcione um Livro.

diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html index a77213b..58f2685 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,159 +1,170 @@ -Capítulo 5. Referência
Capítulo 5. Referência
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 5. Referência

Índice

Referência do menu principal
- File +Capítulo 5. Referência
Capítulo 5. Referência
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 5. Referência

Índice

Referência do menu principal
+ Arquivo
- View + Exibir
- Search + O Busca
- Window + Janela
- Settings + Configurações
- Help + Ajuda
Referência
Índice de teclas de atalho

Referência do menu principal

Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do menu principal do BibleTime. Eles são apresentados na mesma ordem em que aparecem no BibleTime, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual eles pertencem. Você também pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma -listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada nessa seção.

- File +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada nessa seção.

+ Arquivo

- File → Open work -

Open work. This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.

- File → Quit (Ctrl+Q) + Arquivo → Abrir obra +

Trabalho Aberto. Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir +os livros instalados.

+ File → Sair (Ctrl+Q)

Fecha o BibleTime. BibleTime ir perguntar se você deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.

-

- View +

+ Exibir

- View → Fullscreen mode (F5) + Exibir → Modo em Tela Cheia (F5)

Alterna exibição em tela inteira. Alterne essa chave para maximizar a janela do BibleTime.

- View → Show Bookshelf + Exibir → Mostrar Estante

Alterna exibição da Estante. Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.

- View → Show Bookmarks + Exibir → Mostrar Marcadores

Alterna exibição dos Marcadores. Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.

- View → Show Mag + Exibir → Mostrar Lupa

Alterna exibição da Lupa. Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.

- View → Show parallel text headers + Exibir → Mostrar textos dos +cabeçalhos

- Toggles viewing of additional works Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.

+ Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionaisAlternar esta +visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos +trabalhos abertos.

View → Toolbars → Show main (F6) -

Toggles Main Toolbar display. Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.

- View → Toolbars → Show navigation -

Toggles Navigation in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works

- View → Toolbars → Show works -

Toggles Toolbars in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.

- View → Toolbars → Show tools -

Toggles tools in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.

- View → Toolbars → Show format -

Toggles format. Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.

- View → Toolbars → Show toolbars in text windows -

Toggles toolbars in works. Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.

- Search +

Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas. Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.

+ Exibir → Barras de +Ferramentas → Exibir navegação +

Alternar navegação nas obras. Alternar essa configuração +para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser +útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.

+ Exibir → Modo de +posicionamento → Modo manual equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. +

Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras. Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.

+ Exibir → Barras de +ferramentas → Exibir ferramentas +

Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras. Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.

+ Exibir → Barras de +Ferramentas → Exibir formato +

Alterna formato. Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos +comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas +formatação.

+ Exibir → Barras de +ferramentas → Exibir barras de ferramentas nas +janelas de texto +

Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.

+ O Busca

-Search → Search in standard bible (Ctrl+Alt+F) +Search → Buscar na bíblia padrão (Ctrl+Alt+F)

Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia padro. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Diálogo de Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui.

- Search → Search in -open work(s) (Ctrl+O) + Search → Buscar nos +trabalhos abertos (Ctrl+O)

Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as obras. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Diálogo de -Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui.

- Window +Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui.

+ Janela

- Window → Close -window (Ctrl+W) + Window → Fechar +Janela (Ctrl+W)

- Closes active window.

+ Fecha todas as janelas ativas.

-Window → Close all (Ctrl+Alt+W) +Window → Fechar tudo (Ctrl+Alt+W)

Fecha todas as janelas abertas.

- Window → Cascade (Ctrl+J) + Window → Cascata (Ctrl+J)

Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas.

- Window → Tile (Ctrl+I) + Window → Organizar (Ctrl+I)

- Tiles all open windows. + Organiza todas as janelas abertas.

- Window → Tile -vertically (Ctrl+G) + Window → Organizar +verticalmente (Ctrl+G)

Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas abertas.

- Window → Tile -horizontally (Ctrl+H) + Window → Organizar +horizontalmente (Ctrl+H)

Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas abertas.

- Window → Arrangement -mode -

Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!

- Window → Save -session + Janela → Modo de +organização +

Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das +janelas. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se +quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, +Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar +ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!

+ Janela → Salvar +sessão

Diretamente salva a sessão atual. Essa irá abrir um menu de contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para salvar. Ela pode ser sobrescrita com sua sessão atual. Veja o próximo item sobre como salvar para uma nova sessão.

- Window → Save as new session (Ctrl+Alt+S) + Janela → Salvar como nova sessão (Ctrl+Alt+S)

Salva a sessão atual sob um novo nome. Essa irá perguntar por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.

- Window → Load -session + Janela → Carregar +sessão

Carrega uma sessão existente. Essa irá abrir um menu de contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.

- Window → Delete -session + Janela → Apagar +sessão

Exclui uma sessão existente. Essa irá abrir um menu de -contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.

- Settings +contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.

+ Configurações

- Settings → Configure BibleTime + Settings → Configurar BibleTime

Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do BibleTime. Você pode mudar todo tipo de configurações legais aqui para adaptar o BibleTime sua necessidade. Por favor veja essa seção para detalhes.

- Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4) + Configurações → Gerenciador de +Livros (F4)

Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e -gerenciar sua Estante. Por favor veja essa seção para detalhes.

- Help +gerenciar sua Estante. Por favor veja essa seção para detalhes.

+ Ajuda

- Help → Handbook (F1) + Ajuda → Manual (F1)

Abre o guia de usuário BibleTime que você está lendo agora.

- Help → Bible Study HowTo (F2) + Ajuda → BibleStudy HowTo (F2)

Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bíblia A equipe do BibleTime espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as @@ -162,10 +173,10 @@ escolhido por n esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.

- Help → Tip of the Day (F3) -

Opens a helpful tip The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of BibleTime.

- Help → About + Ajuda → Dica do dia (F3) +

Abre uma dica útil A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que +ajudará no uso do BibleTime.

+ Ajuda → Sobre

Abre uma janela com informações do projeto BibleTime contém informações sobre a versão do software BibleTime, contribuidores do diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 421a5d9..8f25b97 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Starting BibleTime for the first time

Starting BibleTime for the first time
Anterior Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime Próxima

Starting BibleTime for the first time

If you are starting BibleTime for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the Settings menu bar.

- Configure BibleTime dialog +Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez
Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez
Anterior Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime Próxima

Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez

Se você está iniciando o BibleTime pela primeira vez, você precisará +configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis nabarra de menu Configurações.

+ Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime

Customiza BibleTime. Esse diálogo permite adaptar o BibleTime s suas necessidades. Veja a descrição detalhada desse diálogo.

- Bookshelf Manager + Gerenciador de Livros

Modifica sua Estante. Esse diálogo permite a você modificar sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja essa seção para mais detalhes. Se diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html index 00cdd75..b4f3b95 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

Índice

Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Personalização de início
Starting BibleTime for the first time

Como iniciar o BibleTime

Iniciando BibleTime

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

BibleTime start icon

BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: 

bibletime

Personalização de início

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the -default bible: 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

To open at a given -passage like John 3:16, use: 

bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"

You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.

Anterior   Próxima
Capítulo 1. Introdução Principal Starting BibleTime for the first time
+Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
Anterior   Próxima

Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

Índice

Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Personalização de início
Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez

Como iniciar o BibleTime

Iniciando BibleTime

BibleTime é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode +iniciar o BibleTime do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone:

ícone para iniciar o BibleTime

BibleTime pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o +BibleTime, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: 

bibletime

Personalização de início

De um terminal você pode usar o BibleTime para abrir um versículo +aleatório na bíblia padrão: 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

Para abrir +uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: 

bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"

Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em +seu idioma

Anterior   Próxima
Capítulo 1. Introdução Principal Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html index df74b6b..3bcc117 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html @@ -1,25 +1,26 @@ -O livro de mão do BibleTime
O livro de mão do BibleTime
   Próxima

O livro de mão do BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.1

Copyright © 1999-2011 The BibleTime Team

The BibleTime Handbook is distributed with the BibleTime study program.

Resumo

BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire.

Índice

1. Introdução
Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponíveis
Motivação
2. Iniciando BibleTime
Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Personalização de início
Starting BibleTime for the first time
3. Operação do programa
Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o diálogo de busca
Configuração de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
índices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo
4. Configurando BibleTime
Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime
- Display +O livro de mão do BibleTime
O livro de mão do BibleTime
   Próxima

O livro de mão do BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.9.2

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team

O Manual do BibleTime é distribuído como parte do programa BibleTime.

Resumo

BibleTime é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A +interface com o usuário é construída com o framework Qt, que pode ser +executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD +e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o SWORD biblioteca de programação que +trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e +livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire.

Índice

1. Introdução
Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponíveis
Motivação
2. Iniciando BibleTime
Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Personalização de início
Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez
3. Operação do programa
Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o diálogo de busca
Configuração de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
índices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo
4. Configurando BibleTime
Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime
+ Exibir
- Desk + Mesa
- Languages + Idiomas
- Shortcuts + Atalhos
5. Referência
Referência do menu principal
- File + Arquivo
- View + Exibir
- Search + O Busca
- Window + Janela
- Settings + Configurações
- Help + Ajuda
Referência
Índice de teclas de atalho

Lista de Tabelas

3.1. Tipos de Busca
4.1. Fontes Unicode
   Próxima
   Capítulo 1. Introdução
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/pdf/handbook.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 3b23458..0000000 Binary files a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/pdf/handbook.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 984d4b6..7353d99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,191 +1,230 @@ -أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس - - -الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس - -
يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40 فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون + + أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس + + الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس + +
+ يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40 + فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة. -
- - -الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر +
+ + الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر "نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا -نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. - - -
المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: +نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. +
+ المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104. -اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي -الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات التوراة -فقد إستطاع الحصول على الحياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة في حد ذاتها هي كل ما -يبتغون. لكنهم للأسف كانوا مخدوعين في هذا. -لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...] + لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله. -
- - -خطوات دراسة كلمة الله -الإستماع والقراءة يوفران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما -الدراسة والحفظ يوفران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل في -نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والحفظ لتتشكل -الكلمة في أذهاننا. - -استمع -لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه." - - -اقرأ -الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]" -تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " - - - -ادرس -أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة -بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." - -تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا +
+ + + خطوات دراسة كلمة الله + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds. + + استمع + لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه." + + + اقرأ + الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]" + تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " + + + ادرس + أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة +بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." + تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا كلمة الحق بالاستقامة." - - -احفظ -مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎. - - -تأمل -مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا + + + احفظ + مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎. + + + تأمل + مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا وليلا‎. ‎فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في -اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح. - - -يفسر النافيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك -نستطيع التأمل في نفس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. فالتأمل هو مفتاح الحصول على -إعلان. يكون المسيحي الجديد في إحتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من -حاجته إلى الدراسة والحفظ، وهذا لكي يصبح أكثر إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب -المقدس. - - - -طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: -دراسة الموضوعات -اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي. - - -دراسة الشخصيات -دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50. - - -الدراسة التفسيرية -دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر. - - - -قواعد التفسير الصحيح - -المحتوى -ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا +اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: + + دراسة الموضوعات + اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي. + + + دراسة الشخصيات + دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50. + + + الدراسة التفسيرية + دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر. + + + + قواعد التفسير الصحيح + + المحتوى + ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص. - - -السياق -ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن -تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر. - - -المراجع ذات الصلة -ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، + + + السياق + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + المراجع ذات الصلة + ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. - - - -دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 -تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية -المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا -بإختيار أعداداً مختلفة في الفقرة واسأل نفسك إن كانت تتسق مع فكرة الآية -المفتاحية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واحد في ورقة الملاحظات الخاصة بك. - - - احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم - - -ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي -جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه الفكرة؟ - - - عندما تعطي - عندما تصوم - عندما تصلي - - -والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في + + + + دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + عندما تعطي + + + عندما تصوم + + + عندما تصلي + + + والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في القيام بالأعمال الجيدة. - - - عندما تعطي - لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟) - اعطي في الخفاء - إلخ. - - - - - -ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي - -كيف تجد آية محددة - - اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية. - اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي - ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة. - - -ابحث عن هذه الآيات: - "امينة هي جروح المحب" - "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح" - قصة الغني ولعازر - - - - -للقيام بدراسة موضوعية -لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الفداء." أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في الفهرس -الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات ذات -الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، فدية" بل وحتى "يشتري" أو -"اشترى." - - - -لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية -ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا -تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروحي فيحكم في كل -شيء وهو لا يحكم فيه من احد" فالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو -يحكم هي "judge و judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلفتين في اليونانية، -وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما في الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن فصاعداً -سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) - - ابحث عن "judge". - ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 -والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك. - والآن قم بالبحث عن "judgeth". - ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350. - ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي -اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 -ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! - - - -لإيجاد معاني الاسماء -بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية. -ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها: - -نابال -ابيجايل -يشوع -برنابا - - - - - + + + عندما تعطي + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + اعطي في الخفاء + + + إلخ. + + + + + + + ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي + + كيف تجد آية محددة + + + اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية. + + + اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي + + + ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة. + + + ابحث عن هذه الآيات: + + + "امينة هي جروح المحب" + + + + + "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح" + + + + قصة الغني ولعازر + + + + + للقيام بدراسة موضوعية + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + لإيجاد معاني الاسماء + بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية. + ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها: + + + نابال + + + ابيجايل + + + يشوع + + + برنابا + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 8584b5b..62515bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,280 +1,302 @@ -أهمية كلمة الله -هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب -المقدس هي واحدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع -الله. - -كتاب فريد -لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق: - - - - -الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في -السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام -الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام. - - - - -الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من -خلفيات مختلفة، ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واحد. - - - - -الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات -العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة: - - - - -مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة. - - - -العمل الأدبي -متى كتب -أقدم نسخة -الفاصل الزمنيعدد النسخ - - - -هيرودوت -448 - 428 ق.م.900 م -1300 سنة8 - - -تاسيتس -100 م1100 م -1000 سنة20 - - -"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر -50 - 58 ق.م.900 م -950 سنة10 - - -"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي -59 ق.م. - 17 م900 م -900 سنة20 - - -العهد الجديد -40 م - 100 م130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة 30 - 310 سنة5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية - -
-توجد عشرة نسخ من "الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من -كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود -للعام 350 م ، برديات تحتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء -من إنجيل يوحنا من العام 130 م. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاحة لدينا -للمقارنة فيما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية و 10,000 باللاتينية! -
Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل -وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."
- - -كتاب كلام الله -العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله حية وفعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 : -4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من فم الله." عندما -نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، فإن روح الله يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار. - -في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله" هل تؤمن -بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل في موقف يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. -
المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم -كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب -قال' بنفس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي في تكوين 2 : 24 -بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنفس الطريقة قال، 'حسنا تنبأ -اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'، عندما كان يشير إلى حديث مباشرمن -الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع نفسه هو مصدر قناعة -كتاب العهد الجديد بفكرة الدور الثنائي في كتابة الكتاب المقدس. فبالنسبة لهم -كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً -مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من الروح القدس' ( بطرس الثانية -1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت -بطريقة تحرف أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الحقيقتين لا يمكن -تجاهلهما. ... - - -هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد المسيح للنص المقدس. فشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة -الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيحيين يؤمنون بالوحي الإلهي للكتاب المقدس -هو أن يسوع المسيح نفسه علم به.
- -ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب -الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح." إذا قبلنا -فعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو -مرجعنا في كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرفات. - - -كتاب يعمل - -ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول -أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا فيكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس، -قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة. - - -في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟ - - - -الشاهد -العمل - - - - -أفسس 5 : 26 - -تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة." - - - - -أعمال الرسل 20 : 32 - - -تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع -المقدسين‎. " - - - - -رومية 15 : 4 - - -تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." - - - - - -رومية 10 : 17 - - -تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." - - - - - -كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11 - - -تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" - - - - - -متى 4 : 4 - - -تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من -فم الله." - - - - -
- - -كتاب يحرر - -يوحنا 8 : 32 "وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة -بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟ -الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النصف الأول من الجملة في عدد 31. "ان ثبتم في كلامي -فبالحقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..." -كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله. - -عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريح" المذكورة في أفسس 4 : 14 في اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها -تعني (ريح عنيفة). "كي لا نكون فيما بعد اطفالا مضطربين ومحمولين بكل ريح تعليم -..." واحد من الإمتيازات التي نحصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها -تثبتنا في الحق، وبالتالي لا يصبح من السهل على الرياح أن "تقتلع جذورنا". - -فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29 -ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟ - -كلمة الله -قوة الله - - - -كتاب يحارب - -في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية - -سلاح الحرب الروحية - - - -سؤال -جواب - - -كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟5 -كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟واحد -وماهو؟ الكلمة - ( باليونانية) -
- - -النصائح - -تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا -كلمة الحق بالاستقامة." - - -كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن فيكم كلمة المسيح بغنى وانتم بكل حكمة معلّمون ومنذرون -بعضكم بعضا بمزامير وتسابيح واغاني روحية بنعمة مترنمين في قلوبكم للرب." - - -عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ - -ليس بالقليل! - - -الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الحكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات -قد أعطيت من راع واحد. وبقي فمن هذا يا ابني تحذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية -والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد." - - -ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" -
-المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107 الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في -العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة -'مرة واحدة' لتعني مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع. فالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على -صلاحية أبدية لا تحتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص في -العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واحدة إلى جميع -القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس في رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته -للخطية مرة واحدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 ؛ العبرانيين 9 -: 26 - 28) -ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة -من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان -في المسيح. ومحاولة الإضافة إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيح... وهما الصخرتان -اللتان بنيت عليهما حركة الإصلاح -- فالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تحتاج لإضافة -تقاليد البشر، والمسيح قد أتم العمل وهو لا يحتاج لإضافة إستحقاق البشر. وكان -الشعار الاساسي للمصلحين هو "وحده الكتاب المقدس" يكفي لتعليمنا و "وحدها -النعمة" تكفي لخلاصنا. -
- - -ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك -تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع -#4، أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً. - - -العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع. -سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم -المقابل له في الشهر. -سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على -سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140. -المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع -اصحاح واحد كل يوم. -العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد + + أهمية كلمة الله + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God. + + كتاب فريد + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: + + + + مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة. + + + + العمل الأدبي + متى كتب + أقدم نسخة + الفاصل الزمني + عدد النسخ + + + + + هيرودوت + 448 - 428 ق.م. + 900 م + 1300 سنة + 8 + + + تاسيتس + 100 م + 1100 م + 1000 سنة + 20 + + + "الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر + 50 - 58 ق.م. + 900 م + 950 سنة + 10 + + + "التاريخ الروماني" لليفي + 59 ق.م. - 17 م + 900 م + 900 سنة + 20 + + + العهد الجديد + 40 م - 100 م + 130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة + 30 - 310 سنة + 5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية + + + +
+ Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
+ Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل +وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة." +
+ + + كتاب كلام الله + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
+ المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: +InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
+ 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. + + + كتاب يعمل + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟ + + + + الشاهد + العمل + + + + + أفسس 5 : 26 + تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة." + + + أعمال الرسل 20 : 32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + رومية 15 : 4 + تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." + + + رومية 10 : 17 + تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." + + + كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11 + تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" + + + متى 4 : 4 + تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من +فم الله." + + + +
+ + + كتاب يحرر + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟ + + + كلمة الله + + + قوة الله + + + + + كتاب يحارب + في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية + + سلاح الحرب الروحية + + + + سؤال + جواب + + + + + كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟ + 5 + + + كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟ + واحد + + + وماهو؟ + الكلمة - ( باليونانية) + + + +
+ + + النصائح + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ + ليس بالقليل! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body." + + + ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" +
+ John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
+ + + ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع. + + + سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم +المقابل له في الشهر. + + + سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على +سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140. + + + المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع +اصحاح واحد كل يوم. + + + العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم في -سنتين وأسبوعين. - - - - +سنتين وأسبوعين. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 6161a5b..6e58fb9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,240 +1,271 @@ -قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس -بعد أن تحدثنا عن المحتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر -بالحديث عن قواعد التفسير الكتابي، والتي تهدف إلى إكتشاف المعنى الأصلي الذي -يقصده كاتب النص (والوحي بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية -الصحيحة للنص، هناك تفسير واحد صحيح له. الكتاب المقدس نفسه يقول أنه لا توجد -نصوص ذات تفسير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب -ليست من تفسير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشاف المعنى الحقيقي، -وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير في حق أنفسنا وحق سامعينا. ( بطرس -الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي فيها اشياء عسرة الفهم يحرّفها غير العلماء وغير -الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك انفسهم." ) - -كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى -أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه -القواعد في ذهنك وأنت تدرس: - -
القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات. -كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا -أفضل. حاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المفتاحية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات: - - - - التعريف - ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل + + قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
+ القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps: + + + + التعريف + ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل أيضاً يكون حاسماً. - - - - - المراجع ذات الصلة - قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية -(وليست الكلمة العربية) في النص قد يوضح أو يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على -التعريف. كيف يستخدم نفس الكاتب هذه الكلمة في أماكن اخرى؟ وكيف يستخدمها كتاب -أخرين؟ قد توفر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة في وثائق غير كتابية -أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تكفي الكلمة العربية؟ لأن -هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى نفس الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات -اليونانية قد تعطي أحيانا بعض الفوارق الدقيقة جداً في المعنى. - - - - -
مثال 1 أ -يوحنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟ -فهنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن يُلمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة -أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صحيحاً، لذا دعنا نبحث عن الكلمة -بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤلف Spiros Zodhiates ( -الناشر: AMG Publishers، 1991). - -بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الحروف -تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف -(ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. فعل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم -ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير فيه... وهي تختلف عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني -في الواقع مجرد لمس سطح أحد الأشياء. " والآن لنبحث عن "pim." الرموز النحوية -عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ في ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي في زمن "present -imperative active (80)". في ص857، وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر -يعبر عن الأمر بفعل شيء ما في المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي -بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقاف فعل شيء ما. " بما أن الفعل في الآية جاء في -صيغة النهي، إذاً فهي تعني الأمر بإيقاف فعل ما كان يحدث بالفعل. إذاً، ما الذي -توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بالفعل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوقف -عن هذا. -مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! - -
- -
مثال 1 ب -في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو -دهان الزيت المقصود؟ -تعريف aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى -تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - "المسح أو دهن بالزيت، مثل -المسح بالزيت لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة فعل، إذاً -علينا أن ننظر لزمن الفعل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن -الaorist participle يعبر عن فعل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بالفعل الرئيسي -مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى فعل يسبق الفعل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851) - - -المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: - متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك - مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة -حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه. - مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم. - لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت -تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب. - يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع -ومسحت قدميه بشعرها. - - - -المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: - لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..." - أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته - أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة - كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله - - - - -إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة -والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "chrio" -هو الإستخدام الروحي. - -وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام -الكلمة ذاتها)، عندما قام السامري الصالح بالإعتناء بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن -طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروح. لذا فالزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية في زمن -السيد المسيح. - -والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض احد -بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى -المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روحي أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي! - -وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه -بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة -وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص -المريض والصلاة من أجله في اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي -يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروحي. - -
-
- -
-القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي -فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا -الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصحاح؟ السفر؟ هل يتماشى تفسيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت -الإجابة بلا، إذاً فتفسيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوفر السياق ما نحتاج إليه لكي نفسر -النص بطريقة صحيحة. السياق هو المفتاح. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى -بعد أن نكون قد فسرنا النص في ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبحث بشكل أعمق. - -
مثال 2 أ -تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروح" في ضوء السياق، ماهو -الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟ -لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة في المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون -بمثابة تحول كبير في موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً -إلى تغير مجرى الحديث، فربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تفسيرك عن الطريق الصحيح! -الماء هو السائل الذي يحيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية. -
-
مثال 2 ب -يجب أن تفسر الآية في كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم في الكنائس" مع -السياق الكتابي في كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]" -
-
مثال 2 ج -أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع -المسيح لغفران الخطايا ‎[...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا -كانت هذه هي الآية الوحيدة التي لدينا في الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص فربما كنا -سنستنتج هذا. لكن في ضوء التعليم الواضح في مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق -الإيمان بيسوع المسيح، إذاً ينبغي أن يختلف تفسيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد -بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا يحث سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة -الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول في -كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان المسيح لم يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."؟ - -
-
- -
-القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي - -السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي -كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة -لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخلفية التاريخية والثقافية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين -الإعتبار. - -
مثال 3 أ "ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم -يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في -بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام في صباح الأحد ، ويتفق هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 ) -"وفي اليوم الثالث يقوم"؟ التفسير الحرفي لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" و "أيام" لن يساعد -في تفسير التناقض الظاهري. -نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، -مثلما نقوم نحن بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نصف ممتلئ)، -ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب حتى لو كان أحدهم نصف ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون -للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ في الساعة السادسة -مساءاً وتنتهي في السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة -مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً = -اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأحد الخامسة صباحاً أو نحو -ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا فالتفسير بحسب السياق الثقافي يجنبنا الأخطاء. -
- -
مثال 3 بتكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور -بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق في ايام ابرام. فكلا -الطرفين كان يسير في الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على نفسه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم -بتنفيذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن في القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله فقط هو -من عبر في الوسط، مما يجعله إتفاقاً من طرف واحد. -
-
- -
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة -تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات -التي يكون لها معاني خاصة. - -
مثال 4 أ -"العين الشريرة" في متى 6 : 23. -قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة "شريرة" و "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، السياق -يزيد من حيرتنا. فلا تبدو الفكرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا -إذاً تحذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من فهمها بشكل صحيح. -ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، "عين شريرة". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى -لهذا المصطلح: متى 20 : 15 "او ما يحل لي ان افعل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك -شريرة لاني انا صالح." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو إصطلاح عبري يعني كون -الشخص بخيل أو حسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاحظ كيف أن فهمنا للعبارة بهذه -الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص. -
- -
مثال 4 ب -اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛" -تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت." - -يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا -بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجحوا في إقناع -الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن في إستطاعتهم أن يصبحوا آلهة مثله! في أحد -المحاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤلف كتاب "مملكة البدع")، -تحدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. فطلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة -آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخوافيه يظللك وتحت اجنحته تحتمي".عندها قال والتر -مارتن، "لو افترضنا جدلاً بصحة تفسيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان -إنساناً، فتطبيق نفس القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان -طائراً". أما المورمون فلم يتمكنوا إلا من الضحك بعدما أدركوا تفاهة موقفهم. - -
-
- -
القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية -القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى." -كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟ - -بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة -هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص -تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة لتوضيح نقطة واحدة. من الخطورة أن نحصل على -عقيدة من المثل، فالأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني -مختلفة. نحن نحتاج إلى الحصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضحة الموجودة بالكتاب -المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً يوضح هذا. - -
مثال 5 أ -مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: + + + + + المراجع ذات الصلة + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning. + + + +
+ مثال 1 أ + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! + + +
+
+ مثال 1 ب + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) + + + المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: + + متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك + + + مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة +حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه. + + + مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم. + + + لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت +تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب. + + + يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع +ومسحت قدميه بشعرها. + + + + + المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: + + لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..." + + + أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته + + + أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة + + + كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
+
+
+ القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further. +
+ مثال 2 أ + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +
+
+ مثال 2 ب + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] +
+
+ مثال 2 ج + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
+
+
+ القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but +What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. +
+ مثال 3 أ + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction. + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble. +
+
+ مثال 3 ب + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant. +
+
+
+ القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. +
+ مثال 4 أ + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +
+
+ مثال 4 ب + اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛" + تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت." + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +
+
+
+ القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية + القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى." + كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟ + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +
+ مثال 5 أ + مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟ -سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن -الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.
- -
مثال 5 ب -مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة -الرمزية؟ -امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم -سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم يمتدح على سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده. -
- -
+ سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن +الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ. +
+
+ مثال 5 ب + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook index 91187b9..b854205 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +بيبل تايم'> @@ -7,66 +9,46 @@ ]> - - - كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس - - - - بوب - هارمان - - - - فريق بيبل تايم - - - - - - - 2001-2009 فريق بيبل تايم ; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس + + + بوب + هارمان + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك. - - - - - تلخيص - - - كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب -المقدس - - - يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع -القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل -بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على -قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع -الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل. - - - - - الكتاب المقدس - ادرس - كيفية دراسة - - +Attribution-Share Alike". + نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك. + + + تلخيص + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + الكتاب المقدس + ادرس + كيفية دراسة + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index abcae29..3471023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,15 +1,12 @@ -خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

خطوات دراسة كلمة الله

الإستماع والقراءة يوفران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما -الدراسة والحفظ يوفران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل في -نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والحفظ لتتشكل -الكلمة في أذهاننا.

استمع

لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."

اقرأ

الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"

تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " -

ادرس

أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة -بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." -

تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا +خطوات دراسة كلمة الله

خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

خطوات دراسة كلمة الله

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

استمع

لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."

اقرأ

الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"

تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "

ادرس

أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة +بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."

تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."

احفظ

مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.

تأمل

مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا وليلا‎. ‎فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في -اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح. -

يفسر النافيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك -نستطيع التأمل في نفس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. فالتأمل هو مفتاح الحصول على -إعلان. يكون المسيحي الجديد في إحتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من -حاجته إلى الدراسة والحفظ، وهذا لكي يصبح أكثر إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب -المقدس.

السابق أعلى التالي
فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس البداية طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
+اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

السابق أعلى التالي
فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس البداية طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html index bad0723..8d23d21 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ -دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18

تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية -المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا -بإختيار أعداداً مختلفة في الفقرة واسأل نفسك إن كانت تتسق مع فكرة الآية -المفتاحية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واحد في ورقة الملاحظات الخاصة بك.

  1. احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم

ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي -جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه الفكرة؟

  1. عندما تعطي

  2. عندما تصوم

  3. عندما تصلي

والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في -القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.

  1. عندما تعطي

    1. لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)

    2. اعطي في الخفاء

    3. إلخ.

السابق أعلى التالي
قواعد التفسير الصحيح البداية ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
+دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

  1. احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم

What does “practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. عندما تعطي

  2. عندما تصوم

  3. عندما تصلي

والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في +القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.

  1. عندما تعطي

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a +trumpet”today?)

    2. اعطي في الخفاء

    3. إلخ.

السابق أعلى التالي
قواعد التفسير الصحيح البداية ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 8a1d0ec..8724e6f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -قواعد التفسير الصحيح
قواعد التفسير الصحيح
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

قواعد التفسير الصحيح

المحتوى

ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا -تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.

السياق

ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن -تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر.

المراجع ذات الصلة

ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، +قواعد التفسير الصحيح

قواعد التفسير الصحيح
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

قواعد التفسير الصحيح

المحتوى

ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا +تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.

السياق

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

المراجع ذات الصلة

ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى.

السابق أعلى التالي
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: البداية دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html index c07f39f..64d3313 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:

دراسة الموضوعات

اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.

دراسة الشخصيات

دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.

الدراسة التفسيرية

دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.

السابق أعلى التالي
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله البداية قواعد التفسير الصحيح
+طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:

دراسة الموضوعات

اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.

دراسة الشخصيات

دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.

الدراسة التفسيرية

دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.

السابق أعلى التالي
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله البداية قواعد التفسير الصحيح
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 7559fc4..cc86cb7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ -ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي

كيف تجد آية محددة

  1. اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.

  2. اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي

  3. ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.

ابحث عن هذه الآيات:

  1. "امينة هي جروح المحب"

  2. "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"

  3. قصة الغني ولعازر

-

للقيام بدراسة موضوعية

لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الفداء." أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في الفهرس -الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات ذات -الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، فدية" بل وحتى "يشتري" أو -"اشترى."

لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية

ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا -تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروحي فيحكم في كل -شيء وهو لا يحكم فيه من احد" فالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو -يحكم هي "judge و judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلفتين في اليونانية، -وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما في الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن فصاعداً -سنستخدم أرقام سترونج)

  1. ابحث عن "judge".

  2. ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 -والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.

  3. والآن قم بالبحث عن "judgeth".

  4. ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.

  5. ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي -اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 -ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك!

لإيجاد معاني الاسماء

بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.

ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:

  • نابال

  • ابيجايل

  • يشوع

  • برنابا

السابق أعلى التالي
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 البداية فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
+ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
السابق فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس التالي

ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي

كيف تجد آية محددة

  1. اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.

  2. اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي

  3. ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.

ابحث عن هذه الآيات:

  1. + "امينة هي جروح المحب" +

  2. + "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح" +

  3. قصة الغني ولعازر

للقيام بدراسة موضوعية

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

لإيجاد معاني الاسماء

بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.

ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:

  • نابال

  • ابيجايل

  • يشوع

  • برنابا

السابق أعلى التالي
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 البداية فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html index 1105ac7..e9d1541 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
السابق   التالي

فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس

قائمة المحتويات

الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
استمع
اقرأ
ادرس
احفظ
تأمل
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
دراسة الموضوعات
دراسة الشخصيات
الدراسة التفسيرية
قواعد التفسير الصحيح
المحتوى
السياق
المراجع ذات الصلة
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
كيف تجد آية محددة
للقيام بدراسة موضوعية
لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية
لإيجاد معاني الاسماء

الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس

-

 

فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون -ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.

 
 --يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40

-

الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر +فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس

فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
السابق   التالي

فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس

قائمة المحتويات

الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
استمع
اقرأ
ادرس
احفظ
تأمل
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
دراسة الموضوعات
دراسة الشخصيات
الدراسة التفسيرية
قواعد التفسير الصحيح
المحتوى
السياق
المراجع ذات الصلة
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
كيف تجد آية محددة
للقيام بدراسة موضوعية
لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية
لإيجاد معاني الاسماء

الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس

+

 

فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون +ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.

 
 --يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40

+

الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر "نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا -نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. -

 

اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي -الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات التوراة -فقد إستطاع الحصول على الحياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة في حد ذاتها هي كل ما -يبتغون. لكنهم للأسف كانوا مخدوعين في هذا.

لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن +نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.

 
 --المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.
السابق   التالي
ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس البداية خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 28a2113..914e3b5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,24 +1,30 @@ -كتاب كلام الله
كتاب كلام الله
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب كلام الله

العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله حية وفعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 : -4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من فم الله." عندما -نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، فإن روح الله يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار. -

في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله" هل تؤمن -بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل في موقف يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس.

 

فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم -كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب -قال' بنفس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي في تكوين 2 : 24 -بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنفس الطريقة قال، 'حسنا تنبأ -اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'، عندما كان يشير إلى حديث مباشرمن -الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع نفسه هو مصدر قناعة -كتاب العهد الجديد بفكرة الدور الثنائي في كتابة الكتاب المقدس. فبالنسبة لهم -كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً -مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من الروح القدس' ( بطرس الثانية -1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت -بطريقة تحرف أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الحقيقتين لا يمكن -تجاهلهما. ... -

-هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد المسيح للنص المقدس. فشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة -الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيحيين يؤمنون بالوحي الإلهي للكتاب المقدس -هو أن يسوع المسيح نفسه علم به.

 
 --المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95

ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب -الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح." إذا قبلنا -فعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو -مرجعنا في كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرفات.

السابق أعلى التالي
فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله البداية كتاب يعمل
+كتاب كلام الله
كتاب كلام الله
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب كلام الله

+ Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.

2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: +InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

السابق أعلى التالي
فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله البداية كتاب يعمل
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 45469be..bc36587 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,10 @@ -النصائح
النصائح
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

النصائح

-تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا -كلمة الحق بالاستقامة." -

-كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن فيكم كلمة المسيح بغنى وانتم بكل حكمة معلّمون ومنذرون -بعضكم بعضا بمزامير وتسابيح واغاني روحية بنعمة مترنمين في قلوبكم للرب." -

عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟

-ليس بالقليل!

-الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الحكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات -قد أعطيت من راع واحد. وبقي فمن هذا يا ابني تحذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية -والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد." -

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب يحارب البداية ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
+النصائح
النصائح
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

النصائح

2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟

ليس بالقليل!

Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب يحارب البداية ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bce96a7..1dc18e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,8 +1,13 @@ -كتاب يحرر
كتاب يحرر
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب يحرر

-يوحنا 8 : 32 "وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة -بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟ -الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النصف الأول من الجملة في عدد 31. "ان ثبتم في كلامي -فبالحقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."

كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله.

عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريح" المذكورة في أفسس 4 : 14 في اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها -تعني (ريح عنيفة). "كي لا نكون فيما بعد اطفالا مضطربين ومحمولين بكل ريح تعليم -..." واحد من الإمتيازات التي نحصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها -تثبتنا في الحق، وبالتالي لا يصبح من السهل على الرياح أن "تقتلع جذورنا".

فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29

ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟

  • كلمة الله

  • قوة الله

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب يعمل البداية كتاب يحارب
+كتاب يحرر
كتاب يحرر
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب يحرر

Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

+ But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟

  • كلمة الله

  • قوة الله

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب يعمل البداية كتاب يحارب
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html index d0ce6ff..b725f66 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,16 +1,19 @@ -ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"

 

الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في -العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة -'مرة واحدة' لتعني مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع. فالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على -صلاحية أبدية لا تحتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص في -العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واحدة إلى جميع -القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس في رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته -للخطية مرة واحدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 ؛ العبرانيين 9 -: 26 - 28)

-ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة -من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان -في المسيح. ومحاولة الإضافة إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيح... وهما الصخرتان -اللتان بنيت عليهما حركة الإصلاح -- فالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تحتاج لإضافة -تقاليد البشر، والمسيح قد أتم العمل وهو لا يحتاج لإضافة إستحقاق البشر. وكان -الشعار الاساسي للمصلحين هو "وحده الكتاب المقدس" يكفي لتعليمنا و "وحدها -النعمة" تكفي لخلاصنا.

 
 --المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107
السابق أعلى التالي
النصائح البداية ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
+ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
السابق أعلى التالي
النصائح البداية ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index d20cf8c..2401754 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس

إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك -تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع -#4، أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً. -

  1. العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.

  2. سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم +ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس

    ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
    السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

    ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

    1. العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.

    2. سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم المقابل له في الشهر.

    3. سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.

    4. المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع اصحاح واحد كل يوم.

    5. العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم في -سنتين وأسبوعين. -

    السابق أعلى التالي
    ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" البداية فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
    +سنتين وأسبوعين.

السابق أعلى التالي
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" البداية فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 4bb3eb8..c575257 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -كتاب يحارب
كتاب يحارب
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب يحارب

-في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية

جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية

سؤالجواب
كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟5
كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟واحد
وماهو؟ الكلمة - ( باليونانية)

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب يحرر البداية النصائح
+كتاب يحارب
كتاب يحارب
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب يحارب

في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية

جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية

سؤالجواب
كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟5
كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟واحد
وماهو؟الكلمة - ( باليونانية)

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب يحرر البداية النصائح
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9bff27c..d34e63f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,29 +1,5 @@ -كتاب يعمل
كتاب يعمل
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب يعمل

-ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول -أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا فيكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس، -قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة. -

جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟

الشاهدالعمل
أفسس 5 : 26 -تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة." -
-أعمال الرسل 20 : 32 - -تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع -المقدسين‎. " -
-رومية 15 : 4 - -تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." -
-رومية 10 : 17 - -تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." -
-كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11 - -تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" -
-متى 4 : 4 - -تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من -فم الله." -

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب كلام الله البداية كتاب يحرر
+كتاب يعمل
كتاب يعمل
السابق فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله التالي

كتاب يعمل

What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟

الشاهدالعمل
أفسس 5 : 26تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."
أعمال الرسل 20 : 32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
رومية 15 : 4تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء."
رومية 10 : 17تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله."
كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا"
متى 4 : 4تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من +فم الله."

السابق أعلى التالي
كتاب كلام الله البداية كتاب يحرر
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html index 59d43d7..80f7ae7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,24 +1,15 @@ -فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله
فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله
السابق   التالي

فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله

قائمة المحتويات

كتاب فريد
كتاب كلام الله
كتاب يعمل
كتاب يحرر
كتاب يحارب
النصائح
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس

هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب -المقدس هي واحدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع -الله.

كتاب فريد

لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:

  • -الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في -السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام -الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام. -

  • -الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من -خلفيات مختلفة، ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واحد. -

  • -الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات -العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة: -

جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.

العمل الأدبيمتى كتبأقدم نسخةالفاصل الزمنيعدد النسخ
هيرودوت448 - 428 ق.م.900 م1300 سنة8 -
تاسيتس100 م1100 م1000 سنة20 -
"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر50 - 58 ق.م.900 م950 سنة10 -
"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي59 ق.م. - 17 م900 م900 سنة20 -
العهد الجديد40 م - 100 م130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة30 - 310 سنة5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية -

توجد عشرة نسخ من "الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من -كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود -للعام 350 م ، برديات تحتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء -من إنجيل يوحنا من العام 130 م. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاحة لدينا -للمقارنة فيما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية و 10,000 باللاتينية!

 

"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل -وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26
السابق   التالي
كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس البداية كتاب كلام الله
+فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله
فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله
السابق   التالي

فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله

قائمة المحتويات

كتاب فريد
كتاب كلام الله
كتاب يعمل
كتاب يحرر
كتاب يحارب
النصائح
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

كتاب فريد

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

  • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

  • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.

العمل الأدبيمتى كتبأقدم نسخةالفاصل الزمنيعدد النسخ
هيرودوت448 - 428 ق.م.900 م1300 سنة8
تاسيتس100 م1100 م1000 سنة20
"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر50 - 58 ق.م.900 م950 سنة10
"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي59 ق.م. - 17 م900 م900 سنة20
العهد الجديد40 م - 100 م130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة30 - 310 سنة5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل +وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
السابق   التالي
كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس البداية كتاب كلام الله
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html index 6ddab53..c19fd7b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,18 +1,20 @@ -القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس التالي

القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي

فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا -الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصحاح؟ السفر؟ هل يتماشى تفسيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت -الإجابة بلا، إذاً فتفسيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوفر السياق ما نحتاج إليه لكي نفسر -النص بطريقة صحيحة. السياق هو المفتاح. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى -بعد أن نكون قد فسرنا النص في ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبحث بشكل أعمق.

مثال 2 أ

تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروح" في ضوء السياق، ماهو -الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟

لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة في المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون -بمثابة تحول كبير في موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً -إلى تغير مجرى الحديث، فربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تفسيرك عن الطريق الصحيح! -الماء هو السائل الذي يحيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية.

مثال 2 ب

يجب أن تفسر الآية في كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم في الكنائس" مع -السياق الكتابي في كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]"

مثال 2 ج

أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع -المسيح لغفران الخطايا ‎[...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا -كانت هذه هي الآية الوحيدة التي لدينا في الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص فربما كنا -سنستنتج هذا. لكن في ضوء التعليم الواضح في مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق -الإيمان بيسوع المسيح، إذاً ينبغي أن يختلف تفسيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد -بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا يحث سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة -الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول في -كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان المسيح لم يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."؟ -

السابق أعلى التالي
فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس البداية القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
+القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس التالي

القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

مثال 2 أ

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

مثال 2 ب

1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]”

مثال 2 ج

Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

السابق أعلى التالي
فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس البداية القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 62f3197..7239685 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس التالي

القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي

-السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي -كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة -لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخلفية التاريخية والثقافية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين -الإعتبار.

مثال 3 أ

"ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم -يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في -بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام في صباح الأحد ، ويتفق هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 ) -"وفي اليوم الثالث يقوم"؟ التفسير الحرفي لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" و "أيام" لن يساعد -في تفسير التناقض الظاهري.

نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، -مثلما نقوم نحن بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نصف ممتلئ)، -ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب حتى لو كان أحدهم نصف ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون -للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ في الساعة السادسة -مساءاً وتنتهي في السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة -مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً = -اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأحد الخامسة صباحاً أو نحو -ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا فالتفسير بحسب السياق الثقافي يجنبنا الأخطاء.

مثال 3 ب

تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور -بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق في ايام ابرام. فكلا -الطرفين كان يسير في الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على نفسه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم -بتنفيذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن في القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله فقط هو -من عبر في الوسط، مما يجعله إتفاقاً من طرف واحد.

السابق أعلى التالي
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي البداية القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
+القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس التالي

القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي

At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?”but +“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

مثال 3 أ

+ “3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

مثال 3 ب

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.

السابق أعلى التالي
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي البداية القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 1153594..7e6dbef 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,18 +1,20 @@ -القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس التالي

القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة

تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات -التي يكون لها معاني خاصة.

مثال 4 أ

"العين الشريرة" في متى 6 : 23.

قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة "شريرة" و "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، السياق -يزيد من حيرتنا. فلا تبدو الفكرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا -إذاً تحذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من فهمها بشكل صحيح.

ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، "عين شريرة". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى -لهذا المصطلح: متى 20 : 15 "او ما يحل لي ان افعل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك -شريرة لاني انا صالح." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو إصطلاح عبري يعني كون -الشخص بخيل أو حسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاحظ كيف أن فهمنا للعبارة بهذه -الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص.

مثال 4 ب

اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"

تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."

-يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا -بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجحوا في إقناع -الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن في إستطاعتهم أن يصبحوا آلهة مثله! في أحد -المحاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤلف كتاب "مملكة البدع")، -تحدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. فطلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة -آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخوافيه يظللك وتحت اجنحته تحتمي".عندها قال والتر -مارتن، "لو افترضنا جدلاً بصحة تفسيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان -إنساناً، فتطبيق نفس القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان -طائراً". أما المورمون فلم يتمكنوا إلا من الضحك بعدما أدركوا تفاهة موقفهم. -

السابق أعلى التالي
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي البداية القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
+القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس التالي

القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

مثال 4 أ

+ “evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

مثال 4 ب

اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"

تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."

References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

السابق أعلى التالي
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي البداية القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 4f4b741..fdb0d57 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس 

القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية

القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."

كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟

بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة -هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص -تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة لتوضيح نقطة واحدة. من الخطورة أن نحصل على -عقيدة من المثل، فالأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني -مختلفة. نحن نحتاج إلى الحصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضحة الموجودة بالكتاب -المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً يوضح هذا.

مثال 5 أ

مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: +القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية

القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
السابق فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس 

القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية

القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."

كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

مثال 5 أ

مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟

سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن -الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.

مثال 5 ب

مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة -الرمزية؟

امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم -سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم يمتدح على سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده.

السابق أعلى 
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة البداية 
+الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.

مثال 5 ب

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

السابق أعلى 
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة البداية 
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html index 9bdd35b..e0b6843 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,58 +1,67 @@ -فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
السابق   التالي

فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس

قائمة المحتويات

القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.
مثال 1 أ
مثال 1 ب
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
مثال 2 أ
مثال 2 ب
مثال 2 ج
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
مثال 3 أ
مثال 3 ب
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
مثال 4 أ
مثال 4 ب
القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
مثال 5 أ
مثال 5 ب

بعد أن تحدثنا عن المحتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر -بالحديث عن قواعد التفسير الكتابي، والتي تهدف إلى إكتشاف المعنى الأصلي الذي -يقصده كاتب النص (والوحي بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية -الصحيحة للنص، هناك تفسير واحد صحيح له. الكتاب المقدس نفسه يقول أنه لا توجد -نصوص ذات تفسير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب -ليست من تفسير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشاف المعنى الحقيقي، -وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير في حق أنفسنا وحق سامعينا. ( بطرس -الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي فيها اشياء عسرة الفهم يحرّفها غير العلماء وغير -الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك انفسهم." )

كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى -أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه -القواعد في ذهنك وأنت تدرس:

القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.

كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا -أفضل. حاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المفتاحية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات:

  1. التعريف. ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل -أيضاً يكون حاسماً.

  2. المراجع ذات الصلة. قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية -(وليست الكلمة العربية) في النص قد يوضح أو يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على -التعريف. كيف يستخدم نفس الكاتب هذه الكلمة في أماكن اخرى؟ وكيف يستخدمها كتاب -أخرين؟ قد توفر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة في وثائق غير كتابية -أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تكفي الكلمة العربية؟ لأن -هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى نفس الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات -اليونانية قد تعطي أحيانا بعض الفوارق الدقيقة جداً في المعنى.

مثال 1 أ

يوحنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟ -فهنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن يُلمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة -أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صحيحاً، لذا دعنا نبحث عن الكلمة -بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤلف Spiros Zodhiates ( -الناشر: AMG Publishers، 1991).

بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الحروف -تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف -(ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. فعل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم -ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير فيه... وهي تختلف عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني -في الواقع مجرد لمس سطح أحد الأشياء. " والآن لنبحث عن "pim." الرموز النحوية -عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ في ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي في زمن "present -imperative active (80)". في ص857، وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر -يعبر عن الأمر بفعل شيء ما في المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي -بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقاف فعل شيء ما. " بما أن الفعل في الآية جاء في -صيغة النهي، إذاً فهي تعني الأمر بإيقاف فعل ما كان يحدث بالفعل. إذاً، ما الذي -توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بالفعل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوقف -عن هذا.

مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! -

مثال 1 ب

في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو -دهان الزيت المقصود؟

تعريف aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى -تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - "المسح أو دهن بالزيت، مثل -المسح بالزيت لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة فعل، إذاً -علينا أن ننظر لزمن الفعل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن -الaorist participle يعبر عن فعل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بالفعل الرئيسي -مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى فعل يسبق الفعل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851)

  • المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho:

    1. متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك

    2. مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة +فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس

      فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
      السابق   التالي

      فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس

      قائمة المحتويات

      القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.
      مثال 1 أ
      مثال 1 ب
      القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
      مثال 2 أ
      مثال 2 ب
      مثال 2 ج
      القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
      مثال 3 أ
      مثال 3 ب
      القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
      مثال 4 أ
      مثال 4 ب
      القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
      مثال 5 أ
      مثال 5 ب

      We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

      How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

      القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.

      The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

      1. التعريف. ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل +أيضاً يكون حاسماً.

      2. المراجع ذات الصلة. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.

      مثال 1 أ

      Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

      Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

      + مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! + +

      مثال 1 ب

      In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

      Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

      • المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho:

        1. متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك

        2. مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.

        3. مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.

        4. لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.

        5. يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع -ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.

      • المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio:

        1. لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."

        2. أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته

        3. أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة

        4. كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله

      إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة -والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "chrio" -هو الإستخدام الروحي.

      وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام -الكلمة ذاتها)، عندما قام السامري الصالح بالإعتناء بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن -طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروح. لذا فالزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية في زمن -السيد المسيح. -

      والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض احد -بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى -المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روحي أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي!

      -وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه -بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة -وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص -المريض والصلاة من أجله في اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي -يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروحي. -

      السابق   التالي
      ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي البداية القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
      +ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.

  • المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio:

    1. لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."

    2. أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته

    3. أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة

    4. كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله

So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

السابق   التالي
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي البداية القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html index a5ef4d8..65f8b02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس
كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس
   التالي

كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس

بوب هارمان

فريق بيبل تايم

حقوق النشر © 2001-2009 فريق بيبل تايم ; -(info@bibletime.info)

- كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

- نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك. -

تلخيص

- كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب -المقدس -

- يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع -القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل -بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على -قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع -الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل. -

قائمة المحتويات

1. أهمية كلمة الله
كتاب فريد
كتاب كلام الله
كتاب يعمل
كتاب يحرر
كتاب يحارب
النصائح
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
استمع
اقرأ
ادرس
احفظ
تأمل
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
دراسة الموضوعات
دراسة الشخصيات
الدراسة التفسيرية
قواعد التفسير الصحيح
المحتوى
السياق
المراجع ذات الصلة
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
كيف تجد آية محددة
للقيام بدراسة موضوعية
لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية
لإيجاد معاني الاسماء
3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.
مثال 1 أ
مثال 1 ب
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
مثال 2 أ
مثال 2 ب
مثال 2 ج
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
مثال 3 أ
مثال 3 ب
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
مثال 4 أ
مثال 4 ب
القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
مثال 5 أ
مثال 5 ب

قائمة الجداول

1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.
1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟
1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية
   التالي
   فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله
+كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس
كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس
   التالي

كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس

بوب هارمان

The BibleTime Team

حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The بيبل تايم Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.

تلخيص

The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

It is the hope of the بيبل تايم team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

قائمة المحتويات

1. أهمية كلمة الله
كتاب فريد
كتاب كلام الله
كتاب يعمل
كتاب يحرر
كتاب يحارب
النصائح
ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"
ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس
2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس
الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس
خطوات دراسة كلمة الله
استمع
اقرأ
ادرس
احفظ
تأمل
طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:
دراسة الموضوعات
دراسة الشخصيات
الدراسة التفسيرية
قواعد التفسير الصحيح
المحتوى
السياق
المراجع ذات الصلة
دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18
ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي
كيف تجد آية محددة
للقيام بدراسة موضوعية
لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية
لإيجاد معاني الاسماء
3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس
القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.
مثال 1 أ
مثال 1 ب
القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي
مثال 2 أ
مثال 2 ب
مثال 2 ج
القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي
مثال 3 أ
مثال 3 ب
القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة
مثال 4 أ
مثال 4 ب
القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية
مثال 5 أ
مثال 5 ب

قائمة الجداول

1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.
1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟
1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية
   التالي
   فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 13e63a7..a96b9e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,210 +1,244 @@ -Основи на изучаването на Библията - - -Целта на изучаването - -
Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal + + Основи на изучаването на Библията + + Целта на изучаването + +
+ Jn.5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
- - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +
+ + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. - - -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +God. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] -Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си, + Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си, освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с Христос. -
- - -Подходи към Божието Слово -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +
+ + + Подходи към Божието Слово + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds. - -Слушане -Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + + Слушане + Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it. - - -Четене -Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + + + Четене + Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...] -1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...] - - - -Study -Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in + 1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...] + + + Study + Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. - -2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. + 2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth. - - -Запаметяване -Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + + + Запаметяване + Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee. - - -Размисъл -Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + + + Размисъл + Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -Начини за изучаване на Библията -Тематично изучаване -Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Начини за изучаване на Библията + + Тематично изучаване + Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или конкорданс. - - -Изучаване на герои -Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф + + + Изучаване на герои + Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф (Бит. 37-50) - - -Изследване -Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга. - - - -Основи на правилното интерпретиране - -Съдържание -Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с + + + Изследване + Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга. + + + + Основи на правилното интерпретиране + + Съдържание + Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано! - - -Контекст -What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book. - - -Препратки -Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, + + + Контекст + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Препратки + Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата част от Библията. - - - -Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - When you give - When you fast - When you pray - - -Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да + + + + Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + When you give + + + When you fast + + + When you pray + + + Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата": - - - When you give - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - do it secretly. - etc. - - - - - -Как да използваме конкорданс? - -За да намерим определен стих - - Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана. - Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред - Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният... - - -Find these verses: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - The story of the rich man and Lazarus. - - - - -За да проследим тема -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge -not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual -judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350 - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -За да разберем значенията на имената -По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + do it secretly. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Как да използваме конкорданс? + + За да намерим определен стих + + + Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана. + + + Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред + + + Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният... + + + Find these verses: + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + The story of the rich man and Lazarus. + + + + + За да проследим тема + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350 + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + За да разберем значенията на имената + По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или еврейски. -Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им: - -Навал -Авигея -Исус Навиев -Варава - - - - - + Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им: + + + Навал + + + Авигея + + + Исус Навиев + + + Варава + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 1907431..6475702 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,304 +1,303 @@ -Важността на Божието Слово -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to + + Важността на Божието Слово + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God. - -Книга, която е уникална -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents + + Книга, която е уникална + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: - - - - -Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността. - - - -Произведение -Написано -Най-старо копие -Разлика във времетоБрой копия - - - -Херодот -448-428 пр. хр.900 сл. хр. -1300 години8 - - -Тацит -100 сл. хр.1100 сл. хр. -1000 години20 - - -Галската война на Цезар -50-58 пр. хр.900 сл. хр. -950 години10 - - -Ливиевата Римска История -59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.900 сл. хр. -900 години20 - - -Нов Завет -40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи 30 - 310 години5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински - -
-Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts: + + + + Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността. + + + + Произведение + Написано + Най-старо копие + Разлика във времето + Брой копия + + + + + Херодот + 448-428 пр. хр. + 900 сл. хр. + 1300 години + 8 + + + Тацит + 100 сл. хр. + 1100 сл. хр. + 1000 години + 20 + + + Галската война на Цезар + 50-58 пр. хр. + 900 сл. хр. + 950 години + 10 + + + Ливиевата Римска История + 59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр. + 900 сл. хр. + 900 години + 20 + + + Нов Завет + 40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр. + 130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи + 30 - 310 години + 5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински + + + +
+ Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
+ Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни -творби."
- - -Книга, която е боговдъхновена -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +творби." +
+ + + Книга, която е боговдъхновена + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "Всичкото писание е -боговдъхновено..." Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете -за Исусовото отношение към Писанието. -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
- -2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "...и полезно за поука, за -изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият -човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело." -Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че -тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. - - -Книга, която е действена - -С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че -Библията "действува между вас, вярващите". Нека -разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. - - -Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните - - - -Стих -Действие - - - - -Еф. 5:26 - -очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" - - - - -Деяния 20:32 - - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " - - - - -Римл. 15:4 - - -утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда" - - - - - -Римл. 10:17 - - -вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово." - - - - - -1 Кор. 10:11 - - -поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам" - - - - - -Мат 4:4 - - -духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее -човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." - - - - -
- - -Книга, която дарява свобода - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за -истината на Божието Слово. - -Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава буреносен -вятър. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от -всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни -помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че -няма лесно да бъдем "завличани". - -"А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила." Мат. 22:29 -Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим? - -Писанията -Божията сила - - - -Книга за духовното воюване - -Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие. - -Духовната броня - - - -Въпрос -Отговор - - -Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?5 -Колко - за нападение?One -Кое? Словото - rhema -
- - -Съвети - -2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога -работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на -истината." - - -Кол. 3:16 казва: "Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с -пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни, -като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си." - - -Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? - -Немалко! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
+ 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. + + + Книга, която е действена + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните + + + + Стих + Действие + + + + + Еф. 5:26 + очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" + + + Деяния 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Римл. 15:4 + утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда" + + + Римл. 10:17 + вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово." + + + 1 Кор. 10:11 + поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам" + + + Мат 4:4 + духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее +човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." + + + +
+ + + Книга, която дарява свобода + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим? + + + Писанията + + + Божията сила + + + + + Книга за духовното воюване + Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие. + + Духовната броня + + + + Въпрос + Отговор + + + + + Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита? + 5 + + + Колко - за нападение? + One + + + Кое? + Словото - rhema + + + +
+ + + Съвети + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? + Немалко! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." - - -Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" -
-John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body." + + + Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" +
+ John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
- - -Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
+ + + Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден. -Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, -съответстваща на датата) -Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден. + + + Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата) + + + Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и -140. -Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно. -Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +140. + + + Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно. + + + Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария -Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. - - - - +Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index d422228..77b9f69 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,260 +1,273 @@ -Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
+ Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Препратки - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + Препратки + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
Пример 1.1 -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
+ Пример 1.1 + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
- -
Example 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
+
+ Example 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head - Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. - Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them. - Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume - Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...] - Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed - Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power - 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head + + + Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. + + + Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume + + + Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed + + + Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: "Болен ли е -някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него -и го помажат с масло в Господното име". В какъв смисъл се -използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
-
- -
-Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
+
+
+ Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
Пример 2.1 -В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -"да се роди от вода и -Дух". Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
+ Пример 2.1 + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
-
Пример 2.2 -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to +
+
+ Пример 2.2 + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
-
Пример 2.3 -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
-
- -
-Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
+
+ Пример 2.3 + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
+
+
+ Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
Пример 3.1 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
+ Пример 3.1 + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
- -
Пример 3.2Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
+
+ Пример 3.2 + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
-
- -
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
+
+
+ Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
Пример 4.1 -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
+ Пример 4.1 + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
- -
Пример 4.2 -Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; -Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
+
+ Пример 4.2 + Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; + Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
-
- -
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория -An allegory is: A story where each element has a + An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning. -Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
Пример 5.1 -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
+ Пример 5.1 + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.
- -
Пример 5.2 -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
- -
+ Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н. +
+
+ Пример 5.2 + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook index 9e8c12d..7d9b200 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Ръководство за изучаване на Библията - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license Ръководство за изучаване на Библията + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - - - - - Резюме - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + + + Резюме + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Study - HowTo - - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Study + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index a023121..3874a0f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -Подходи към Божието Слово
Подходи към Божието Слово
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Подходи към Божието Слово

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +Подходи към Божието Слово

Подходи към Божието Слово
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Подходи към Божието Слово

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.

Слушане

Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.“

Четене

Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]“

1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]“ -

Study

Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]“

Study

Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“ -

2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“

2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.“

Запаметяване

Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.“

Размисъл

Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“ -

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Начало Начини за изучаване на Библията
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Начало Начини за изучаване на Библията
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index c48b045..1c84c10 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

  1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

What does „practicing your righteousness“ mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. When you give

  2. When you fast

  3. When you pray

Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да -избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":

  1. When you give

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ -today?)

    2. do it secretly.

    3. etc.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Основи на правилното интерпретиране Начало Как да използваме конкорданс?
+Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

  1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

What does „practicing your righteousness“mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. When you give

  2. When you fast

  3. When you pray

Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":

  1. When you give

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a +trumpet“today?)

    2. do it secretly.

    3. etc.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Основи на правилното интерпретиране Начало Как да използваме конкорданс?
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 77a71dd..bcb33be 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Основи на правилното интерпретиране

Съдържание

Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!

Контекст

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

Препратки

Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +Основи на правилното интерпретиране

Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Основи на правилното интерпретиране

Съдържание

Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!

Контекст

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

Препратки

Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата част от Библията.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Начини за изучаване на Библията Начало Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index b142457..e989541 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Начини за изучаване на Библията
Начини за изучаване на Библията
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Начини за изучаване на Библията

Тематично изучаване

Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +Начини за изучаване на Библията

Начини за изучаване на Библията
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Начини за изучаване на Библията

Тематично изучаване

Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или конкорданс.

Изучаване на герои

Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф (Бит. 37-50)

Изследване

Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Подходи към Божието Слово Начало Основи на правилното интерпретиране
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 6cb8031..6f991cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Как да използваме конкорданс?
Как да използваме конкорданс?
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Как да използваме конкорданс?

За да намерим определен стих

  1. Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.

  2. Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред

  3. Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...

Find these verses:

  1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

  2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

  3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

-

За да проследим тема

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge -not lest you be judged“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

За да разберем значенията на имената

По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +Как да използваме конкорданс?

Как да използваме конкорданс?
Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

Как да използваме конкорданс?

За да намерим определен стих

  1. Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.

  2. Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред

  3. Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...

Find these verses:

  1. + „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“ +

  2. + „We are ambassadors of Christ.“ +

  3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

За да проследим тема

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge +not lest you be judged“and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.“Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

За да разберем значенията на имената

По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или еврейски.

Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:

  • Навал

  • Авигея

  • Исус Навиев

  • Варава

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index f6c2666..7ae0038 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
Назад   Напред

Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията

Съдържание

Целта на изучаването
Подходи към Божието Слово
Слушане
Четене
Study
Запаметяване
Размисъл
Начини за изучаване на Библията
Тематично изучаване
Изучаване на герои
Изследване
Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Съдържание
Контекст
Препратки
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Как да използваме конкорданс?
За да намерим определен стих
За да проследим тема
За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи
За да разберем значенията на имената

Целта на изучаването

-

 

You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията

Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
Назад   Напред

Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията

Съдържание

Целта на изучаването
Подходи към Божието Слово
Слушане
Четене
Study
Запаметяване
Размисъл
Начини за изучаване на Библията
Тематично изучаване
Изучаване на герои
Изследване
Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Съдържание
Контекст
Препратки
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Как да използваме конкорданс?
За да намерим определен стих
За да проследим тема
За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи
За да разберем значенията на имената

Целта на изучаването

+

 

You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

 
 --Jn.5:39-40

-

The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.

 
 --Jn.5:39-40

+

The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]

Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си, освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 804e216..b7426b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -Книга, която е боговдъхновена

Книга, която е боговдъхновена
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга, която е боговдъхновена

Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +Книга, която е боговдъхновена

Книга, която е боговдъхновена
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга, която е боговдъхновена

+ Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "Всичкото писание е -боговдъхновено..." Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете -за Исусовото отношение към Писанието.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.

2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "...и полезно за поука, за -изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият -човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело." -Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че -тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Начало Книга, която е действена
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Начало Книга, която е действена
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c35c92c..118ea2a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -Съвети
Съвети
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Съвети

-2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога -работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на -истината." -

-Кол. 3:16 казва: "Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с -пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни, -като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си." -

Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?

-Немалко!

-Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Съвети

Съвети
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Съвети

2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?

Немалко!

Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." -

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга за духовното воюване Начало Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
+body."

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга за духовното воюване Начало Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b3709c0..a535e10 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -Книга, която дарява свобода
Книга, която дарява свобода
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга, която дарява свобода

-Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за -истината на Божието Слово.

Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава буреносен -вятър. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от -всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни -помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че -няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".

"А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила." Мат. 22:29

Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?

  • Писанията

  • Божията сила

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга, която е действена Начало Книга за духовното воюване
+Книга, която дарява свобода
Книга, която дарява свобода
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга, която дарява свобода

Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

+ But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?

  • Писанията

  • Божията сила

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга, която е действена Начало Книга за духовното воюване
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index 77e3c68..92d005d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"

Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Съвети Начало Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Съвети Начало Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4463465..e09a3a7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

  1. Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.

  2. Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

    1. Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.

    2. Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, съответстваща на датата)

    3. Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.

    4. Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.

    5. Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария -Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. -

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" Начало Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
+Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" Начало Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6f306c7..ca59a72 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Книга за духовното воюване
Книга за духовното воюване
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга за духовното воюване

-Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.

Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня

ВъпросОтговор
Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?5
Колко - за нападение?One
Кое? Словото - rhema

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга, която дарява свобода Начало Съвети
+Книга за духовното воюване
Книга за духовното воюване
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга за духовното воюване

Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.

Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня

ВъпросОтговор
Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?5
Колко - за нападение?One
Кое?Словото - rhema

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга, която дарява свобода Начало Съвети
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6243d4b..05df3e6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,29 +1,5 @@ -Книга, която е действена
Книга, която е действена
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга, която е действена

-С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че -Библията "действува между вас, вярващите". Нека -разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. -

Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните

СтихДействие
Еф. 5:26 -очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" -
-Деяния 20:32 - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -
-Римл. 15:4 - -утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда" -
-Римл. 10:17 - -вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово." -
-1 Кор. 10:11 - -поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам" -
-Мат 4:4 - -духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее -човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." -

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга, която е боговдъхновена Начало Книга, която дарява свобода
+Книга, която е действена
Книга, която е действена
Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

Книга, която е действена

What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните

СтихДействие
Еф. 5:26очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"
Деяния 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
Римл. 15:4утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"
Римл. 10:17вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."
1 Кор. 10:11поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"
Мат 4:4духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее +човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Книга, която е боговдъхновена Начало Книга, която дарява свобода
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index 80fd892..d047638 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,27 +1,16 @@ -Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово
Назад   Напред

Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

Съдържание

Книга, която е уникална
Книга, която е боговдъхновена
Книга, която е действена
Книга, която дарява свобода
Книга за духовното воюване
Съвети
Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

Книга, която е уникална

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

  • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

  • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

    Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово
    Назад   Напред

    Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

    Съдържание

    Книга, която е уникална
    Книга, която е боговдъхновена
    Книга, която е действена
    Книга, която дарява свобода
    Книга за духовното воюване
    Съвети
    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

    Книга, която е уникална

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

    • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

    • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -

    Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.

    ПроизведениеНаписаноНай-старо копиеРазлика във времетоБрой копия
    Херодот448-428 пр. хр.900 сл. хр.1300 години8 -
    Тацит100 сл. хр.1100 сл. хр.1000 години20 -
    Галската война на Цезар50-58 пр. хр.900 сл. хр.950 години10 -
    Ливиевата Римска История59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.900 сл. хр.900 години20 -
    Нов Завет40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи30 - 310 години5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински -

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:

Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.

ПроизведениеНаписаноНай-старо копиеРазлика във времетоБрой копия
Херодот448-428 пр. хр.900 сл. хр.1300 години8
Тацит100 сл. хр.1100 сл. хр.1000 години20
Галската война на Цезар50-58 пр. хр.900 сл. хр.950 години10
Ливиевата Римска История59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.900 сл. хр.900 години20
Нов Завет40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи30 - 310 години5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни -творби."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
Назад   Напред
Ръководство за изучаване на Библията Начало Книга, която е боговдъхновена
+творби."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
Назад   Напред
Ръководство за изучаване на Библията Начало Книга, която е боговдъхновена
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index e9caeb6..7fc88c6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

Пример 2.1

В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -"да се роди от вода и -Дух". Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

Пример 2.1

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Пример 2.2

1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“ has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Пример 2.2

1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]“

Пример 2.3

Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Начало Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
+while praying or prophesying [...]“

Пример 2.3

Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Начало Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 34b56c5..8088b35 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

-At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but +Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“but „What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, -„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Пример 3.1

„3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Пример 3.1

+ „3 days & 3 nights“(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

Пример 3.2

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

Пример 3.2

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст Начало Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 837421f..69da49b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Пример 4.1

„evil eye“ in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do +Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Пример 4.1

+ „evil eye“in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Пример 4.2

Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Пример 4.2

Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of +shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст Начало Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст Начало Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index fd6b6bd..bc67074 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) 

Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория

An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Пример 5.1

The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.

Пример 5.2

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

Назад Ниво нагоре 
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика Начало 
+правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.

Пример 5.2

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

Назад Ниво нагоре 
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика Начало 
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 9844f58..f9226d5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,68 +1,67 @@ -Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
Назад   Напред

Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)

Съдържание

Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите
Пример 1.1
Example 1B
Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Пример 2.1
Пример 2.2
Пример 2.3
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Пример 3.1
Пример 3.2
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Пример 4.1
Пример 4.2
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория
Пример 5.1
Пример 5.2

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)

Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
Назад   Напред

Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)

Съдържание

Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите
Пример 1.1
Example 1B
Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Пример 2.1
Пример 2.2
Пример 2.3
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Пример 3.1
Пример 3.2
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Пример 4.1
Пример 4.2
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория
Пример 5.1
Пример 5.2

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

  2. Препратки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.

  3. Препратки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.

Пример 1.1

Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

Example 1B

In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

+ Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

Example 1B

In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho:

    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

  • Cross-references of chrio:

    1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]“

    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: "Болен ли е -някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него -и го помажат с масло в Господното име". В какъв смисъл се -използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!

-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

Назад   Напред
Как да използваме конкорданс? Начало Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

Назад   Напред
Как да използваме конкорданс? Начало Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 0d0dafc..e9a8a19 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -Ръководство за изучаване на Библията
Ръководство за изучаване на Библията
   Напред

Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

Bob Harman

The BibleTime team

Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

Резюме

- The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

- It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

Ръководство за изучаване на Библията
   Напред

Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

Bob Harman

The BibleTime Team

Авторски права © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.

Резюме

The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

Съдържание

1. Важността на Божието Слово
Книга, която е уникална
Книга, която е боговдъхновена
Книга, която е действена
Книга, която дарява свобода
Книга за духовното воюване
Съвети
Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
Целта на изучаването
Подходи към Божието Слово
Слушане
Четене
Study
Запаметяване
Размисъл
Начини за изучаване на Библията
Тематично изучаване
Изучаване на герои
Изследване
Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Съдържание
Контекст
Препратки
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Как да използваме конкорданс?
За да намерим определен стих
За да проследим тема
За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи
За да разберем значенията на имената
3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите
Пример 1.1
Example 1B
Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Пример 2.1
Пример 2.2
Пример 2.3
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Пример 3.1
Пример 3.2
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Пример 4.1
Пример 4.2
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

Съдържание

1. Важността на Божието Слово
Книга, която е уникална
Книга, която е боговдъхновена
Книга, която е действена
Книга, която дарява свобода
Книга за духовното воюване
Съвети
Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
Целта на изучаването
Подходи към Божието Слово
Слушане
Четене
Study
Запаметяване
Размисъл
Начини за изучаване на Библията
Тематично изучаване
Изучаване на герои
Изследване
Основи на правилното интерпретиране
Съдържание
Контекст
Препратки
Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
Как да използваме конкорданс?
За да намерим определен стих
За да проследим тема
За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи
За да разберем значенията на имената
3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите
Пример 1.1
Example 1B
Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
Пример 2.1
Пример 2.2
Пример 2.3
Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
Пример 3.1
Пример 3.2
Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
Пример 4.1
Пример 4.2
Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
Пример 5.1
Пример 5.2

Списък на таблиците

1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.
1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните
1.3. Духовната броня
   Напред
   Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index c8709b5..3dad50c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,207 +1,241 @@ -Základy studia Bible - - -Proč přistupujeme k Bibli - -
Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal + + Základy studia Bible + + Proč přistupujeme k Bibli + +
+ Jn.5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
- - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +
+ + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. - - -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +God. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] -V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k + V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem. -
- - -Přístupy k Božímu Slovu -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +
+ + + Přístupy k Božímu Slovu + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds. - -Slyšení -Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + + Slyšení + Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it. - - -Čtení -Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + + + Čtení + Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...] -1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...] - - - -Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated -Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in + Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. - -2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. + 2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth. - - -Memorování -Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + + + Memorování + Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee. - - -Meditování -Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + + + Meditování + Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -Typy studia Bible -Tématické studium -Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Typy studia Bible + + Tématické studium + Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance. - - -Studium postavy -Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50. - - -Vysvětlující studium -Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy. - - - -Základy správného výkladu - -Obsah -Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na + + + Studium postavy + Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50. + + + Vysvětlující studium + Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy. + + + + Základy správného výkladu + + Obsah + Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká. - - -Souvislosti -What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book. - - -Odkazy -Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, + + + Souvislosti + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Odkazy + Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma. - - - -Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - When you give - When you fast - When you pray - - -A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům + + + + Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + When you give + + + When you fast + + + When you pray + + + A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům praktikování spravedlnosti: - - - When you give - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - do it secretly. - etc. - - - - - -Jak používat konkordanci - -K nalezení konkrétního verše - - Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné. - Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru). - Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš. - - -Find these verses: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - The story of the rich man and Lazarus. - - - - -K tématickému studiu -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge -not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual -judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -K nalezení významu jmen -Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině. -Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam: - -Nábal -Abigail -Jozue -Barnabáš - - - - - + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + do it secretly. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Jak používat konkordanci + + K nalezení konkrétního verše + + + Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné. + + + Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru). + + + Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš. + + + Find these verses: + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + The story of the rich man and Lazarus. + + + + + K tématickému studiu + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + K nalezení významu jmen + Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině. + Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam: + + + Nábal + + + Abigail + + + Jozue + + + Barnabáš + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index b0cb7ec..e967591 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,303 +1,303 @@ -Význam Božího Slova -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to + + Význam Božího Slova + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God. - -Jedinečná kniha -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents + + Jedinečná kniha + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: - - - - -Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty. - - - -Text -Kdy napsáno -Nejstarší opis -Časový odstupPočet opisů - - - -Herodotus -448-428 př.K.900 n.l. -1300 let8 - - -Tacitus -100 n.l.1100 n.l. -1000 let20 - - -Caesarova Válka Galská -50-58 př.K.900 n.l. -950 let10 - - -Livyho Roman History -59 př.K. - 17 n.l.900 n.l. -900 let20 - - -Nový Zákon -40 n.l. - 100 n.l.130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy 30 - 310 let5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských - -
-Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts: + + + + Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty. + + + + Text + Kdy napsáno + Nejstarší opis + Časový odstup + Počet opisů + + + + + Herodotus + 448-428 př.K. + 900 n.l. + 1300 let + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 n.l. + 1100 n.l. + 1000 let + 20 + + + Caesarova Válka Galská + 50-58 př.K. + 900 n.l. + 950 let + 10 + + + Livyho Roman History + 59 př.K. - 17 n.l. + 900 n.l. + 900 let + 20 + + + Nový Zákon + 40 n.l. - 100 n.l. + 130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy + 30 - 310 let + 5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských + + + +
+ Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona -absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."
- - -Kniha vdechnutá Bohem -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
+ Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona +absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." +
+ + + Kniha vdechnutá Bohem + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že "Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..." -Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu. -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
- -2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: "a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k -napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a -vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu." Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je -opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry -a chování. - - -Kniha, která pracuje - -Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je "slovo -Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících." Popišme si, co všechno -Slovo vykonává. - - -Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem? - - - -Odkaz -Vliv - - - - -Ef 5,26 - -očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." - - - - -Sk 20,32 - - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " - - - - -Ř 15,4 - - -povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději." - - - - - -Ř 10,17 - - -dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží." - - - - - -1K 10,11 - - -napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro -napomenutí nám" - - - - - -Mt 4,4 - - -sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které -vychází z Božích úst.'" - - - - -
- - -Kniha, která osvobozuje - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího -slova. - -Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam prudký -vítr. abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená -každým větrem učení... Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible -přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti". - -Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."Mt 22,29 -Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb? - -Boží slovo -Boží moc - - - -Kniha, která bojuje - -V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje. - -Duchovní zbroj - - - -Otázka -Odpověď - - -Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?5 -Kolik je jich útočných?One -Která (-é)? Slovo - rhema -
- - -Napomenutí - -"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako -osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně -vykládá slovo pravdy." (2Tm 2,15) - - -"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší -moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a -duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu." (Kol -3,16) - - -Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? - -Nemálo! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
+ 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. + + + Kniha, která pracuje + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem? + + + + Odkaz + Vliv + + + + + Ef 5,26 + očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." + + + Sk 20,32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Ř 15,4 + povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději." + + + Ř 10,17 + dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží." + + + 1K 10,11 + napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutí nám" + + + Mt 4,4 + sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které +vychází z Božích úst.'" + + + +
+ + + Kniha, která osvobozuje + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb? + + + Boží slovo + + + Boží moc + + + + + Kniha, která bojuje + V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje. + + Duchovní zbroj + + + + Otázka + Odpověď + + + + + Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně? + 5 + + + Kolik je jich útočných? + One + + + Která (-é)? + Slovo - rhema + + + +
+ + + Napomenutí + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? + Nemálo! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." - - -Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" -
-John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body." + + + Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" +
+ John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
- - -Příloha: Plány čtení Bible Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
+ + + Příloha: Plány čtení Bible + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu. -Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci. -Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140. -Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně. -Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu. + + + Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci. + + + Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140. + + + Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně. + + + Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a -dva týdny. - - - - +dva týdny. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index ff44e07..7b5e18e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,258 +1,273 @@ -Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov. -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
+ Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Odkazy - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + Odkazy + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
Příklad 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
+ Příklad 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
- -
Example 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
+
+ Example 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head - Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. - Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them. - Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume - Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...] - Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed - Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power - 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head + + + Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. + + + Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume + + + Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed + + + Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání" -duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
-
- -
-Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
+
+
+ Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
Příklad 2A -Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z -Ducha". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
+ Příklad 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
-
Příklad 2B -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to +
+
+ Příklad 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
-
Přiklad 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
-
- -
-Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
+
+ Přiklad 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
+
+
+ Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
Příklad 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
+ Příklad 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
- -
Příklad 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
+
+ Příklad 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
-
- -
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
+
+
+ Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
Příklad 4A -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
+ Příklad 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
- -
Příklad 4B -Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; -Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
+
+ Příklad 4B + Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; + Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
-
- -
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií -An allegory is: A story where each element has a + An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning. -Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
Příklad 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
+ Příklad 5A + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.
- -
Příklad 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
- -
+ Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej +obtěžuje atd. +
+
+ Příklad 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook index 76682e4..83c2015 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,70 +9,48 @@ ]> - - - Jak studovat Bibli - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license Jak studovat Bibli + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - - - - - Původní anglické znění: - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + + + Původní anglické znění: + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated - HowTo - - + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 3401668..ee9a4c5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,23 +1,21 @@ -Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Přístupy k Božímu Slovu

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

Slyšení

Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.“

Čtení

Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]“

1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]“ -

Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated

Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“ -

2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to -God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.“

Memorování

Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.“

Meditování

Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he -meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by -streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“ -

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Domů Typy studia Bible
+Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Přístupy k Božímu Slovu

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

Slyšení

Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.“

Čtení

Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]“

1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]“

Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated

Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“

2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.“

Memorování

Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.“

Meditování

Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Domů Typy studia Bible
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index bf12445..cf498c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

  1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

What does „practicing your righteousness“ mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. When you give

  2. When you fast

  3. When you pray

A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům -praktikování spravedlnosti:

  1. When you give -

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ -today?)

    2. do it secretly.

    3. etc.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Základy správného výkladu Domů Jak používat konkordanci
+Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

  1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

What does „practicing your righteousness“mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. When you give

  2. When you fast

  3. When you pray

A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:

  1. When you give

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a +trumpet“today?)

    2. do it secretly.

    3. etc.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Základy správného výkladu Domů Jak používat konkordanci
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 7eeb60b..0cd12b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Základy správného výkladu
Základy správného výkladu
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Základy správného výkladu

Obsah

Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.

Souvislosti

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

Odkazy

Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +Základy správného výkladu

Základy správného výkladu
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Základy správného výkladu

Obsah

Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.

Souvislosti

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

Odkazy

Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Typy studia Bible Domů Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 91fd2c0..09123d4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ -Typy studia Bible
Typy studia Bible
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Typy studia Bible

Tématické studium

Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +Typy studia Bible

Typy studia Bible
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Typy studia Bible

Tématické studium

Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.

Studium postavy

Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.

Vysvětlující studium

Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu Domů Základy správného výkladu
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 49c86af..6928f61 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Jak používat konkordanci
Jak používat konkordanci
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Jak používat konkordanci

K nalezení konkrétního verše

  1. Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.

  2. Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).

  3. Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.

Find these verses: -

  1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

  2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

  3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

-

K tématickému studiu

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge -not lest you be judged“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

K nalezení významu jmen

Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.

Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:

  • Nábal

  • Abigail

  • Jozue

  • Barnabáš

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 Domů Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
+Jak používat konkordanci
Jak používat konkordanci
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

Jak používat konkordanci

K nalezení konkrétního verše

  1. Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.

  2. Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).

  3. Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.

Find these verses:

  1. + „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“ +

  2. + „We are ambassadors of Christ.“ +

  3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

K tématickému studiu

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge +not lest you be judged“and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.“Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

K nalezení významu jmen

Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.

Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:

  • Nábal

  • Abigail

  • Jozue

  • Barnabáš

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 Domů Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index c08e176..1e36f04 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible

Obsah

Proč přistupujeme k Bibli
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Slyšení
Čtení
Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated
Memorování
Meditování
Typy studia Bible
Tématické studium
Studium postavy
Vysvětlující studium
Základy správného výkladu
Obsah
Souvislosti
Odkazy
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Jak používat konkordanci
K nalezení konkrétního verše
K tématickému studiu
K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině
K nalezení významu jmen

Proč přistupujeme k Bibli

-

 

You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

 
 --Jn.5:39-40

-

The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]

V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k -Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se -takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible

Obsah

Proč přistupujeme k Bibli
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Slyšení
Čtení
Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated
Memorování
Meditování
Typy studia Bible
Tématické studium
Studium postavy
Vysvětlující studium
Základy správného výkladu
Obsah
Souvislosti
Odkazy
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Jak používat konkordanci
K nalezení konkrétního verše
K tématickému studiu
K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině
K nalezení významu jmen

Proč přistupujeme k Bibli

+

 

You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.

 
 --Jn.5:39-40

+

The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God.

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k +Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se +takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
Předcházející   Další
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible Domů Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index e7070e7..1d81302 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha vdechnutá Bohem

Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že "Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..." -Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: "a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k -napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a -vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu." Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je -opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry -a chování.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Domů Kniha, která pracuje
+Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha vdechnutá Bohem

+ Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.

2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Domů Kniha, která pracuje
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 26981e3..0f08758 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -Napomenutí
Napomenutí
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Napomenutí

-"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako -osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně -vykládá slovo pravdy." (2Tm 2,15) -

-"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší -moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a -duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu." (Kol -3,16) -

Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?

-Nemálo!

-Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." -

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha, která bojuje Domů Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
+Napomenutí
Napomenutí
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Napomenutí

2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?

Nemálo!

Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha, která bojuje Domů Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 9c003ca..8dcdd02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,12 +1,14 @@ -Kniha, která osvobozuje
Kniha, která osvobozuje
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha, která osvobozuje

-Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího -slova.

Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam prudký -vítr. abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená -každým větrem učení... Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible -přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".

Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."Mt 22,29

Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?

  • Boží slovo

  • Boží moc

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha, která pracuje Domů Kniha, která bojuje
+Kniha, která osvobozuje
Kniha, která osvobozuje
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha, která osvobozuje

Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

+ But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?

  • Boží slovo

  • Boží moc

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha, která pracuje Domů Kniha, která bojuje
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index 34d8cb9..b3d7c2f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and -ephapax. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Předcházející Nahoru Další
Napomenutí Domů Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
+Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Předcházející Nahoru Další
Napomenutí Domů Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 80f7171..5731e31 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ -Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

  1. Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.

  2. Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci.

  3. Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.

  4. Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně.

  5. Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu -kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a -dva týdny. -

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" Domů Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
+Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

  1. Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.

  2. Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.

  3. Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.

  4. Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.

  5. Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a +dva týdny.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" Domů Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index c19983d..321fa6f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Kniha, která bojuje
Kniha, která bojuje
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha, která bojuje

-V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.

Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj

OtázkaOdpověď
Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?5
Kolik je jich útočných?One
Která (-é)? Slovo - rhema

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha, která osvobozuje Domů Napomenutí
+Kniha, která bojuje
Kniha, která bojuje
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha, která bojuje

V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.

Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj

OtázkaOdpověď
Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?5
Kolik je jich útočných?One
Která (-é)?Slovo - rhema

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha, která osvobozuje Domů Napomenutí
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index 67ad323..89c8e46 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,30 +1,7 @@ -Kniha, která pracuje
Kniha, která pracuje
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha, která pracuje

-Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je "slovo -Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících." Popišme si, co všechno -Slovo vykonává. -

Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?

OdkazVliv
Ef 5,26 -očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." -
-Sk 20,32 - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -
-Ř 15,4 - -povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději." -
-Ř 10,17 - -dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží." -
-1K 10,11 - -napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro -napomenutí nám" -
-Mt 4,4 - -sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které -vychází z Božích úst.'" -

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem Domů Kniha, která osvobozuje
+Kniha, která pracuje
Kniha, která pracuje
Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

Kniha, která pracuje

What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?

OdkazVliv
Ef 5,26očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."
Sk 20,32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
Ř 15,4povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."
Ř 10,17dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."
1K 10,11napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutí nám"
Mt 4,4sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které +vychází z Božích úst.'"

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem Domů Kniha, která osvobozuje
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index 11462ae..fb517bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova

Obsah

Jedinečná kniha
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Kniha, která pracuje
Kniha, která osvobozuje
Kniha, která bojuje
Napomenutí
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

Jedinečná kniha

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

  • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

  • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents -Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -

Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.

TextKdy napsánoNejstarší opisČasový odstupPočet opisů
Herodotus448-428 př.K.900 n.l.1300 let8 -
Tacitus100 n.l.1100 n.l.1000 let20 -
Caesarova Válka Galská50-58 př.K.900 n.l.950 let10 -
Livyho Roman History59 př.K. - 17 n.l.900 n.l.900 let20 -
Nový Zákon40 n.l. - 100 n.l.130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy30 - 310 let5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských -

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona -absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
Předcházející   Další
Jak studovat Bibli Domů Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
+Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova

Obsah

Jedinečná kniha
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Kniha, která pracuje
Kniha, která osvobozuje
Kniha, která bojuje
Napomenutí
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

Jedinečná kniha

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

  • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

  • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.

TextKdy napsánoNejstarší opisČasový odstupPočet opisů
Herodotus448-428 př.K.900 n.l.1300 let8
Tacitus100 n.l.1100 n.l.1000 let20
Caesarova Válka Galská50-58 př.K.900 n.l.950 let10
Livyho Roman History59 př.K. - 17 n.l.900 n.l.900 let20
Nový Zákon40 n.l. - 100 n.l.130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy30 - 310 let5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona +absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
Předcházející   Další
Jak studovat Bibli Domů Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index 832dd63..78c3052 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

Příklad 2A

Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z -Ducha". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Příklad 2B

1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]“

Přiklad 2C

Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Domů Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
+Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

Příklad 2A

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Příklad 2B

1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]“

Přiklad 2C

Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Domů Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3ccaff4..01845b3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

-At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but -„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, -„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Příklad 3A

„3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

Příklad 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“but +„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, +„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Příklad 3A

+ „3 days & 3 nights“(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

Příklad 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu Domů Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 0f9adb7..b60e4e3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Příklad 4A

„evil eye“ in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Příklad 4B

Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

+ + Værk + Blev skrevet + Første Kopi + Tidsforløb + Antal Kopier + + + + + Herodotus + 448-428 f.kr. + 900 e.kr. + 1300 år + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 e.kr. + 110 e.kr. + 1000 år + 20 + + + Caesar's Galliske Krig + 80-58 f.kr. + 900 e.kr. + 950 år + 10 + + + Livy's Roms historie + 59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr. + 900 e.kr. + 900 år + 20 + + + Det nye testamente + 40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr. + 130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter + 30 - 310 år + 5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin + + + +
Předcházející Nahoru Další
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu Domů Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Příklad 4A

+ „evil eye“in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Příklad 4B

Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu Domů Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 15705d4..4eca693 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) 

Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií

An allegory is: A story where each element has a -meaning.

Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Příklad 5A

The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?

Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.

Příklad 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

Předcházející Nahoru 
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce Domů 
+Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) 

Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií

An allegory is: A story where each element has a +meaning.

Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Příklad 5A

The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?

Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej +obtěžuje atd.

Příklad 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

Předcházející Nahoru 
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce Domů 
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 7aa57ff..9e3b772 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,67 +1,68 @@ -Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)

Obsah

Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.
Příklad 1A
Example 1B
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Příklad 2A
Příklad 2B
Přiklad 2C
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Příklad 3A
Příklad 3B
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Příklad 4A
Příklad 4B
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií
Příklad 5A
Příklad 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

  2. Odkazy. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

Příklad 1A

Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

Example 1B

In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho: -

    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

  • Cross-references of chrio: -

    1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]“

    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the -cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání" -duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!

-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

Předcházející   Další
Jak používat konkordanci Domů Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
+Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)

Obsah

Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.
Příklad 1A
Example 1B
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Příklad 2A
Příklad 2B
Přiklad 2C
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Příklad 3A
Příklad 3B
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Příklad 4A
Příklad 4B
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií
Příklad 5A
Příklad 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

  2. Odkazy. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.

Příklad 1A

Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

+ Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

Example 1B

In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho:

    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

  • Cross-references of chrio:

    1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]“

    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

Předcházející   Další
Jak používat konkordanci Domů Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index 6769619..1524892 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,14 @@ -Jak studovat Bibli
Jak studovat Bibli
   Další

Jak studovat Bibli

Bob Harman

The BibleTime team

Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

Původní anglické znění:

- The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

- It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

Obsah

1. Význam Božího Slova
Jedinečná kniha
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Kniha, která pracuje
Kniha, která osvobozuje
Kniha, která bojuje
Napomenutí
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
2. Základy studia Bible
Proč přistupujeme k Bibli
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Slyšení
Čtení
Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated
Memorování
Meditování
Typy studia Bible
Tématické studium
Studium postavy
Vysvětlující studium
Základy správného výkladu
Obsah
Souvislosti
Odkazy
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Jak používat konkordanci
K nalezení konkrétního verše
K tématickému studiu
K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině
K nalezení významu jmen
3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.
Příklad 1A
Example 1B
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Příklad 2A
Příklad 2B
Přiklad 2C
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Příklad 3A
Příklad 3B
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Příklad 4A
Příklad 4B
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +Jak studovat Bibli
Jak studovat Bibli
   Další

Jak studovat Bibli

Bob Harman

The BibleTime Team

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.

Původní anglické znění:

The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

Obsah

1. Význam Božího Slova
Jedinečná kniha
Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
Kniha, která pracuje
Kniha, která osvobozuje
Kniha, která bojuje
Napomenutí
Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
2. Základy studia Bible
Proč přistupujeme k Bibli
Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
Slyšení
Čtení
Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated
Memorování
Meditování
Typy studia Bible
Tématické studium
Studium postavy
Vysvětlující studium
Základy správného výkladu
Obsah
Souvislosti
Odkazy
Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
Jak používat konkordanci
K nalezení konkrétního verše
K tématickému studiu
K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině
K nalezení významu jmen
3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.
Příklad 1A
Example 1B
Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
Příklad 2A
Příklad 2B
Přiklad 2C
Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
Příklad 3A
Příklad 3B
Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
Příklad 4A
Příklad 4B
Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
Příklad 5A
Příklad 5B

Seznam tabulek

1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.
1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?
1.3. Duchovní zbroj
   Další
   Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 31019b4..98af8b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,207 +1,242 @@ -Bible Study Basics - - -Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen - -
Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk) I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt + + Bible Study Basics + + Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen + +
+ Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk) + I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at få liv. -
- - -Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde +
+ + Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld; sådan er det også med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at -have fællesskab med Gud. - - -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +have fællesskab med Gud. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den -hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, -"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det -kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet -bitterligt bedraget. [...] -Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...] + Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi må møde Kristus. -
- - -Tilgange til Guds Ord -At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og -udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer -lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore -sind. - -Hør -Luk.11:28 Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det! - - -Læs -Åb.1:3 Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord +
+ + + Tilgange til Guds Ord + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds. + + Hør + Luk.11:28 Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det! + + + Læs + Åb.1:3 Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord [...] -1. Tim.4:13 Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen -[...] - - - -Studér -ApG. 17:11 Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i + 1. Tim.4:13 Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen +[...] + + + Studér + ApG. 17:11 Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt -Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan. - -2. Tim.2:15 Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan. + 2. Tim.2:15 Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord. - - -Lær uden ad -Sl.119:11 Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod + + + Lær uden ad + Sl.119:11 Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod dig. - - -Meditér -Sl.1:2-3 men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag + + + Meditér + Sl.1:2-3 men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for -ham. - - -The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre -alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de -første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug -for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at -de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab. - - - -Typer af bibelstudie -Emne Studie -Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +ham. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Typer af bibelstudie + + Emne Studie + Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en bibelordbog. - - -Person Studie -At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50. - - -Forklarende studie -Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog. - - - -Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning - -Indhold -Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær + + + Person Studie + At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50. + + + Forklarende studie + Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog. + + + + Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning + + Indhold + Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger. - - -Sammenhæng -Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- -passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen. - - -Krydsreference -Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke + + + Sammenhæng + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Krydsreference + Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre skriftsteder. ææ - - - -Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at -blive set af dem - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - Når du giver - Når du faster - Når du beder - - -Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong + + + + Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + Når du giver + + + Når du faster + + + Når du beder + + + Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness: - - - When you give - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - gør det i det skjulte. - osv. - - - - - -Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans - -At finde et bestemt vers - - Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset. - Slå ordet op alfabetisk. - Go down the column of listings until you find your verse. - - -Find these verses: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus. - - - - -At lave et emnestudie -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge -not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual -judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -At Finde Betydningen af Navne -Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + gør det i det skjulte. + + + osv. + + + + + + + Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans + + At finde et bestemt vers + + + Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset. + + + Slå ordet op alfabetisk. + + + Go down the column of listings until you find your verse. + + + Find these verses: + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus. + + + + + At lave et emnestudie + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + At Finde Betydningen af Navne + Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller hebraisk. -Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned: - -Nabal -Abigajil -Josva -Barnabas - - - - - + Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned: + + + Nabal + + + Abigajil + + + Josva + + + Barnabas + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index d3c191d..65a80c4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,312 +1,309 @@ -Vigtigheden af Guds Ord -At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie -af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud. - -En Bog der er Unik -Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til: - - - - -popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om -året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år! - - - - -forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 -forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som -den var skrevet af en. - - - - -velbevarethed. I Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: - - - - -Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God. + + En Bog der er Unik + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: + + +
+ Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster. - - - -Værk -Blev skrevet -Første Kopi -TidsforløbAntal Kopier - - - -Herodotus -448-428 f.kr.900 e.kr. -1300 år8 - - -Tacitus -100 e.kr.110 e.kr. -1000 år20 - - -Caesar's Galliske Krig -80-58 f.kr.900 e.kr. -950 år10 - - -Livy's Roms historie -59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.900 e.kr. -900 år20 - - -Det nye testamente -40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter 30 - 310 år5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin - -
-Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the + +
+ Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i Questions of Life -p. 25-26"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
+ Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre -oldhistoriske prosa."
- - -En bog Gud åndede -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +oldhistoriske prosa." +
+ + + En bog Gud åndede + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -2 Tim.3:16 declares, "All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
- -2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "og nyttigt til undervisning, til -bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, -som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god -gerning." Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der -snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle -anliggender af tro og handling. - - -En Bog der Virker - -What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"performs its work in you who believe." Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. - - -Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne? - - - -Reference -Handling - - - - -Ef. 5:26 - -renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved -ordet," - - - - -ApG 20:32 - - -opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til -alle dem, der er helliget. " - - - - -Rom. 15:4 - - -trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, -kan fastholde håbet. - - - - - -Rom. 10:17 - - -giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, -kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." - - - - - -1. Kor. 10:11 - - -vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende -eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" - - - - - -Matt. 4:4 - - -næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af -brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹" - - - - -
- - -En bog som befrier - -Joh.8.32"og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre -jer frie." Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et -betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab? -Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31. -"Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine -disciple... " -Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds -ord. - -The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent -wind. "As a result, we are no longer to be children, +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
+ 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. + + + En Bog der Virker + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne? + + + + Reference + Handling + + + + + Ef. 5:26 + renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +ordet," + + + ApG 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Rom. 15:4 + trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, +kan fastholde håbet. + + + Rom. 10:17 + giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, +kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." + + + 1. Kor. 10:11 + vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende +eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" + + + Matt. 4:4 + næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af +brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹" + + + +
+ + + En bog som befrier + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." - -But Jesus answered and said to them, "You are + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God."Mt.22:29 -Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl? - -Guds ord -Guds kraft - - - -En Bog som Bekriger - -Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning. - -Åndelig Rustning - - - -Spørgsmål -Svar - - -Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?5 -Hvor mange er offensive?Et -Hvile(t)? ordet - rhema -
- - -Formaninger - -2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for -Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig -over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt -sandheden." - - -Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at -udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv -med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres -hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. " - - -Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? - -Ikke kun en smule! - - -Præd.12:11-12 " De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i -tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig -advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen -læsning bliver man træt af." - - -Tillæg: "En gang for alle" -
-John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +God." Mt.22:29 + Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl? + + + Guds ord + + + Guds kraft + + + + + En Bog som Bekriger + Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning. + + Åndelig Rustning + + + + Spørgsmål + Svar + + + + + Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben? + 5 + + + Hvor mange er offensive? + Et + + + Hvile(t)? + ordet - rhema + + + +
+ + + Formaninger + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? + Ikke kun en smule! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body." + + + Tillæg: "En gang for alle" +
+ John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
- - -Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan -bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, -eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt! - - -Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen. -Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende -til dagen på måneden. -Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for -eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140. -Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene -et kapitel om dagen. -Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
+ + + Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen. + + + Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +til dagen på måneden. + + + Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for +eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140. + + + Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene +et kapitel om dagen. + + + Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2 -uger. - - - - +uger. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 12b2b26..ff3fd15 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,259 +1,272 @@ -Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene. -Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af -ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige -betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
+ Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps: + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Krydsreference - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + Krydsreference + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
Eksempel 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
+ Eksempel 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
- -
Eksempel 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
+
+ Eksempel 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved - Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham. - Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem. - Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. - Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig -til at prædike [...] - Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet - ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft - 2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved + + + Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham. + + + Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem. + + + Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. + + + Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig +til at prædike [...] + + + Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet + + + ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft + + + 2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord." Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
-
- -
-Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
+
+
+ Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
Eksempel 2A -In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the -Spirit." In context, what is the water under discussion here? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
+ Eksempel 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
-
Eksempel 2B -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to +
+
+ Eksempel 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
-
Eksempel 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
-
- -
-Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
+
+ Eksempel 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
+
+
+ Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
Eksempel 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
+ Eksempel 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
- -
Eksempel 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
+
+ Eksempel 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
-
- -
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
+
+
+ Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
Eksempel 4A -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
+ Eksempel 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
- -
Eksempel 4B -Es.59:1 Herrens arm er ikke for kort... -5. Mos.33:27 han bærer dig på stærke arme... - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
+
+ Eksempel 4B + Es.59:1 Herrens arm er ikke for kort... + 5. Mos.33:27 han bærer dig på stærke arme... + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
-
- -
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory -En allegori er: En historie hvor hvert element har en + En allegori er: En historie hvor hvert element har en betydning. -Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
Eksempel 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
+ Eksempel 5A + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.
- -
Eksempel 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
- -
+ All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc. +
+
+ Eksempel 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook index 9634f95..0c41cc5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Guiden til Bibelstudie - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret -under vilkårene af denne licens Guiden til Bibelstudie + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre -andet er indikeret. - - - - - Abstrakt - - - Biblestudie vejledningen er en guide til at -studere Bibelen. - - - Det er &bibletime; holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne -til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er -blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings -doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den -siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så -hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig. - - - - - Bible - Studér - HowTo - - +Attribution-Share Alike". + Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret. + + + Abstrakt + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Studér + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 95d905c..b01cb07 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,17 @@ -Tilgange til Guds Ord
Tilgange til Guds Ord
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Tilgange til Guds Ord

At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og -udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer -lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore -sind.

Hør

Luk.11:28 “Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!”

Læs

Åb.1:3 “ Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord +Tilgange til Guds Ord

Tilgange til Guds Ord
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Tilgange til Guds Ord

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

Hør

Luk.11:28 “Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!”

Læs

Åb.1:3 “ Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord [...]”

1. Tim.4:13 “ Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen -[...]” -

Studér

ApG. 17:11 “Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i +[...]”

Studér

ApG. 17:11 “Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt -Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.” -

2. Tim.2:15 “Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.”

2. Tim.2:15 “Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.”

Lær uden ad

Sl.119:11 “Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod dig.”

Meditér

Sl.1:2-3 “men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for -ham.” -

The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre -alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de -første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug -for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at -de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.

forrige op næste
Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics hjem Typer af bibelstudie
+ham.”

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

forrige op næste
Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics hjem Typer af bibelstudie
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b8f7fd5..70ae448 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

  1. Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at -blive set af dem

What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. Når du giver

  2. Når du faster

  3. Når du beder

Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong -ways of practicing our righteousness:

  1. When you give

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” -today?)

    2. gør det i det skjulte.

    3. osv.

forrige op næste
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning hjem Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
+Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

  1. Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem

What does “practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. Når du giver

  2. Når du faster

  3. Når du beder

Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong +ways of practicing our righteousness:

  1. When you give

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a +trumpet”today?)

    2. gør det i det skjulte.

    3. osv.

forrige op næste
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning hjem Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index e41e1fc..f43030e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning

Indhold

Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær -forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.

Sammenhæng

Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- -passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.

Krydsreference

Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke +Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning

Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning

Indhold

Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær +forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.

Sammenhæng

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

Krydsreference

Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre skriftsteder. ææ

forrige op næste
Typer af bibelstudie hjem Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html index 7fa16b2..317fa81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Typer af bibelstudie
Typer af bibelstudie
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Typer af bibelstudie

Emne Studie

Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +Typer af bibelstudie

Typer af bibelstudie
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Typer af bibelstudie

Emne Studie

Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en bibelordbog.

Person Studie

At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.

Forklarende studie

Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.

forrige op næste
Tilgange til Guds Ord hjem Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 549b12c..87cb324 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans

At finde et bestemt vers

  1. Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.

  2. Slå ordet op alfabetisk.

  3. Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.

Find these verses:

  1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

  2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

  3. Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.

-

At lave et emnestudie

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge -not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

At Finde Betydningen af Navne

Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller +Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans

Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
forrige Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics næste

Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans

At finde et bestemt vers

  1. Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.

  2. Slå ordet op alfabetisk.

  3. Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.

Find these verses:

  1. + “Faithful are the wounds of a friend” +

  2. + “We are ambassadors of Christ.” +

  3. Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.

At lave et emnestudie

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

At Finde Betydningen af Navne

Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller hebraisk.

Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:

  • Nabal

  • Abigajil

  • Josva

  • Barnabas

forrige op næste
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 hjem Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html index f80bf1d..fdc9819 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics
Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics
forrige   næste

Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics

Indholdsfortegnelse

Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen
Tilgange til Guds Ord
Hør
Læs
Studér
Lær uden ad
Meditér
Typer af bibelstudie
Emne Studie
Person Studie
Forklarende studie
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
Indhold
Sammenhæng
Krydsreference
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
At finde et bestemt vers
At lave et emnestudie
At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk
At Finde Betydningen af Navne

Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen

-

 

I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt +Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics

Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics
forrige   næste

Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics

Indholdsfortegnelse

Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen
Tilgange til Guds Ord
Hør
Læs
Studér
Lær uden ad
Meditér
Typer af bibelstudie
Emne Studie
Person Studie
Forklarende studie
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
Indhold
Sammenhæng
Krydsreference
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
At finde et bestemt vers
At lave et emnestudie
At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk
At Finde Betydningen af Navne

Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen

+

 

I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at -få liv.

 
 --Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)

-

Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde +få liv.

 
 --Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)

+

Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde “vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld”; sådan er det også med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at -have fællesskab med Gud. -

 

Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den -hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, -"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det -kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet -bitterligt bedraget. [...]

Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen +have fællesskab med Gud.

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi må møde Kristus.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 29772bb..d8d5fd8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,33 +1,30 @@ -En bog Gud åndede
En bog Gud åndede
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En bog Gud åndede

Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +En bog Gud åndede

En bog Gud åndede
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En bog Gud åndede

+ Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

2 Tim.3:16 declares, "All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.

2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "og nyttigt til undervisning, til -bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, -som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god -gerning." Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der -snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle -anliggender af tro og handling.

forrige op næste
Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord hjem En Bog der Virker
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

forrige op næste
Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord hjem En Bog der Virker
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 92ca3d3..ded4443 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -Formaninger
Formaninger
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

Formaninger

-2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for -Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig -over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt -sandheden." -

-Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at -udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv -med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres -hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. " -

Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?

-Ikke kun en smule!

-Præd.12:11-12 " De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i -tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig -advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen -læsning bliver man træt af." -

forrige op næste
En Bog som Bekriger hjem Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
+Formaninger
Formaninger
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

Formaninger

2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?

Ikke kun en smule!

Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

forrige op næste
En Bog som Bekriger hjem Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 6596bb6..b2b4c29 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ -En bog som befrier
En bog som befrier
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En bog som befrier

-Joh.8.32"og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre -jer frie." Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et -betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab? -Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31. -"Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine -disciple... "

Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds -ord.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent -wind. "As a result, we are no longer to be children, +En bog som befrier

En bog som befrier
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En bog som befrier

Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

But Jesus answered and said to them, "You are +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

+ But Jesus answered and said to them," You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God."Mt.22:29

Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?

  • Guds ord

  • Guds kraft

forrige op næste
En Bog der Virker hjem En Bog som Bekriger
+God." Mt.22:29

Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?

  • Guds ord

  • Guds kraft

forrige op næste
En Bog der Virker hjem En Bog som Bekriger
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html index 97c5b8f..98f83e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

Tillæg: "En gang for alle"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Tillæg: "En gang for alle"

Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

Tillæg: "En gang for alle"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
forrige op næste
Formaninger hjem Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
forrige op næste
Formaninger hjem Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 2e94c8a..aac5bc6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner

Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan -bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, -eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt! -

  1. Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.

  2. Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner

    Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
    forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

    Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

    1. Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.

    2. Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende til dagen på måneden.

    3. Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.

    4. Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene et kapitel om dagen.

    5. Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2 -uger. -

    forrige op næste
    Tillæg: "En gang for alle" hjem Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics
    +uger.

forrige op næste
Tillæg: "En gang for alle" hjem Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6cdc2d6..5c6cc8c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -En Bog som Bekriger
En Bog som Bekriger
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En Bog som Bekriger

-Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.

Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning

SpørgsmålSvar
Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?5
Hvor mange er offensive?Et
Hvile(t)? ordet - rhema

forrige op næste
En bog som befrier hjem Formaninger
+En Bog som Bekriger
En Bog som Bekriger
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En Bog som Bekriger

Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.

Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning

SpørgsmålSvar
Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?5
Hvor mange er offensive?Et
Hvile(t)?ordet - rhema

forrige op næste
En bog som befrier hjem Formaninger
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6339407..0b45413 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -En Bog der Virker
En Bog der Virker
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En Bog der Virker

-What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"performs its work in you who believe." Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. -

Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?

ReferenceHandling
Ef. 5:26 -renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved -ordet," -
-ApG 20:32 - -opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til -alle dem, der er helliget. " -
-Rom. 15:4 - -trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, -kan fastholde håbet. -
-Rom. 10:17 - -giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, -kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." -
-1. Kor. 10:11 - -vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende -eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" -
-Matt. 4:4 - -næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af -brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹" -

forrige op næste
En bog Gud åndede hjem En bog som befrier
+En Bog der Virker
En Bog der Virker
forrige Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord næste

En Bog der Virker

What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?

ReferenceHandling
Ef. 5:26renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +ordet,"
ApG 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
Rom. 15:4trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, +kan fastholde håbet.
Rom. 10:17giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, +kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."
1. Kor. 10:11vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende +eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"
Matt. 4:4næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af +brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"

forrige op næste
En bog Gud åndede hjem En bog som befrier
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html index c088757..a8d919b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,28 +1,18 @@ -Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord
Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord
forrige   næste

Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord

Indholdsfortegnelse

En Bog der er Unik
En bog Gud åndede
En Bog der Virker
En bog som befrier
En Bog som Bekriger
Formaninger
Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner

At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie -af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.

En Bog der er Unik

Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:

  • -popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om -året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år! -

  • -forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 -forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som -den var skrevet af en. -

  • -velbevarethed. I Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: -

Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord

Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord
forrige   næste

Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord

Indholdsfortegnelse

En Bog der er Unik
En bog Gud åndede
En Bog der Virker
En bog som befrier
En Bog som Bekriger
Formaninger
Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

En Bog der er Unik

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

  • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

  • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster.

VærkBlev skrevetFørste KopiTidsforløbAntal Kopier
Herodotus448-428 f.kr.900 e.kr.1300 år8 -
Tacitus100 e.kr.110 e.kr.1000 år20 -
Caesar's Galliske Krig80-58 f.kr.900 e.kr.950 år10 -
Livy's Roms historie59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.900 e.kr.900 år20 -
Det nye testamente40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter30 - 310 år5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin -

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +tekster." border="1">

VærkBlev skrevetFørste KopiTidsforløbAntal Kopier
Herodotus448-428 f.kr.900 e.kr.1300 år8
Tacitus100 e.kr.110 e.kr.1000 år20
Caesar's Galliske Krig80-58 f.kr.900 e.kr.950 år10
Livy's Roms historie59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.900 e.kr.900 år20
Det nye testamente40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter30 - 310 år5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre -oldhistoriske prosa."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i Questions of Life -p. 25-26
forrige   næste
Guiden til Bibelstudie hjem En bog Gud åndede
+oldhistoriske prosa."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
forrige   næste
Guiden til Bibelstudie hjem En bog Gud åndede
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html index d8e732c..4aee94c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) næste

Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng

Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) næste

Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.

Eksempel 2A

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the -Spirit." In context, what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Eksempel 2B

1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Eksempel 2B

1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]”

Eksempel 2C

Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

forrige op næste
Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) hjem Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
+while praying or prophesying [...]”

Eksempel 2C

Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

forrige op næste
Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) hjem Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 09cf8e4..2a1d927 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) næste

Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng

-At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but +Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng

Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) næste

Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng

At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?”but “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, -“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Eksempel 3A

“3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Eksempel 3A

+ “3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

Eksempel 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

Eksempel 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

forrige op næste
Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng hjem Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html index a32a3f0..4bca2c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) næste

Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Eksempel 4A

“evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do +Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog

Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) næste

Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Eksempel 4A

+ “evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Eksempel 4B

Es.59:1 “Herrens arm er ikke for kort...”

5. Mos.33:27 “han bærer dig på stærke arme...”

-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Eksempel 4B

Es.59:1 “Herrens arm er ikke for kort...”

5. Mos.33:27 “han bærer dig på stærke arme...”

References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

forrige op næste
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng hjem Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

forrige op næste
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng hjem Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html index feda52e..6efef56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
+ +
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
forrige Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) 

Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

En allegori er: En historie hvor hvert element har en betydning.

Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Eksempel 5A

The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.

Eksempel 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

forrige op 
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog hjem 
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.

Eksempel 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

forrige op 
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog hjem 
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html index c8f94d9..0b0b6f5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,67 +1,66 @@ -Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)
Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)
forrige   næste

Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)

Indholdsfortegnelse

Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.
Eksempel 1A
Eksempel 1B
Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
Eksempel 2A
Eksempel 2B
Eksempel 2C
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
Eksempel 3A
Eksempel 3B
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
Eksempel 4A
Eksempel 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory
Eksempel 5A
Eksempel 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)

Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)
forrige   næste

Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)

Indholdsfortegnelse

Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.
Eksempel 1A
Eksempel 1B
Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
Eksempel 2A
Eksempel 2B
Eksempel 2C
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
Eksempel 3A
Eksempel 3B
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
Eksempel 4A
Eksempel 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory
Eksempel 5A
Eksempel 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.

Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af -ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige -betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:

  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

  2. Krydsreference. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

    1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

    2. Krydsreference. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.

    Eksempel 1A

    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

    Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

    Eksempel 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

    + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

    Eksempel 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

    • Cross-references for aleipho:

      1. Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved

      2. Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.

      3. Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.

      4. Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien.

      5. Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår

    • Cross-references of chrio:

      1. Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) “Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig til at prædike [...]”

      2. Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet

      3. ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft

      4. 2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud

    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord." Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

forrige   næste
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans hjem Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

forrige   næste
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans hjem Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html index 1d03fb0..082e0bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,13 @@ -Guiden til Bibelstudie
Guiden til Bibelstudie
   næste

Guiden til Bibelstudie

Bob Harman

The BibleTime team

Ophavsret © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

- Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret -under vilkårene af denne licens "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

- Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre -andet er indikeret. -

Abstrakt

- Biblestudie vejledningen er en guide til at -studere Bibelen. -

- Det er BibleTime holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne -til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er -blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings -doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den -siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så -hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig. -

Indholdsfortegnelse

1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord
En Bog der er Unik
En bog Gud åndede
En Bog der Virker
En bog som befrier
En Bog som Bekriger
Formaninger
Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
2. Bible Study Basics
Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen
Tilgange til Guds Ord
Hør
Læs
Studér
Lær uden ad
Meditér
Typer af bibelstudie
Emne Studie
Person Studie
Forklarende studie
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
Indhold
Sammenhæng
Krydsreference
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
At finde et bestemt vers
At lave et emnestudie
At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk
At Finde Betydningen af Navne
3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)
Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.
Eksempel 1A
Eksempel 1B
Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
Eksempel 2A
Eksempel 2B
Eksempel 2C
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
Eksempel 3A
Eksempel 3B
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
Eksempel 4A
Eksempel 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +Guiden til Bibelstudie
Guiden til Bibelstudie
   næste

Guiden til Bibelstudie

Bob Harman

The BibleTime Team

Ophavsret © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret.

Abstrakt

The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

Indholdsfortegnelse

1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord
En Bog der er Unik
En bog Gud åndede
En Bog der Virker
En bog som befrier
En Bog som Bekriger
Formaninger
Tillæg: "En gang for alle"
Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner
2. Bible Study Basics
Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen
Tilgange til Guds Ord
Hør
Læs
Studér
Lær uden ad
Meditér
Typer af bibelstudie
Emne Studie
Person Studie
Forklarende studie
Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning
Indhold
Sammenhæng
Krydsreference
Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18
Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans
At finde et bestemt vers
At lave et emnestudie
At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk
At Finde Betydningen af Navne
3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)
Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.
Eksempel 1A
Eksempel 1B
Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng
Eksempel 2A
Eksempel 2B
Eksempel 2C
Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng
Eksempel 3A
Eksempel 3B
Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog
Eksempel 4A
Eksempel 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Eksempel 5A
Eksempel 5B

Tabelliste

1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster.
1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?
1.3. Åndelig Rustning
   næste
   Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 2b0dfc0..19bddfd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,224 +1,259 @@ -Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums - - -Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern - -
Joh. 5:39-40 Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; + + Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums + + Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern + +
+ Joh. 5:39-40 + Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass ihr das Leben hättet. -
- - -Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther +
+ + Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther sagte Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen; genauso ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen, -sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott. - - -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104. -Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift -gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He -who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of -the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier -wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...] -Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, + Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift +gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He who +has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the +world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie +schmerzlich getäuscht. [...] + Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie Christus zu finden. -
- - -Annäherung an Gottes Wort -Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren +
+ + + Annäherung an Gottes Wort + Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und -verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen. - -Hören -Lukas 11,28 Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen. + + Hören + Lukas 11,28 Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort Gottes hören und es befolgen. - - -Lesen -Offenbarung 1,3 Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer + + + Lesen + Offenbarung 1,3 Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist nahe. -1. Timotheus 4,13 Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme. - - - -Studium -Apostelgeschichte 17,11 Diese waren freundlicher als die in + 1. Timotheus 4,13 Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme. + + + Studium + Apostelgeschichte 17,11 Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte. - -2. Timotheus 2,15 Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte. + 2. Timotheus 2,15 Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. - - -Auswendiglernen -Psalm 119,11 Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich + + + Auswendiglernen + Psalm 119,11 Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich nicht sündige. - - -Nachdenken -Psalm 1,1-3 Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / + + + Nachdenken + Psalm 1,1-3 Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen. - - -Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen. + Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und -lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise -wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut. - - - -Arten des Bibelstudiums -Thematische Studie -Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der +Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird. + + + + Arten des Bibelstudiums + + Thematische Studie + Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz. - - -Charakterstudie -Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in + + + Charakterstudie + Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in 1. Mose 37-50 - - -Textauszugsstudie -Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches. - - - -Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung - -Inhalt -Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien + + + Textauszugsstudie + Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches. + + + + Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung + + Inhalt + Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt wird. - - -Kontext -Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst -die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben. - - -Querverweise -Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott + + + Kontext + Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heißt die Devise - +der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten +Buches Sinn ergeben. + + + Querverweise + Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen. - - - -Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 -Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text -durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach -dem Vers, der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie -fertig sind? Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen -heraussuchen und dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses -passen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die -Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht: - - - Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen - - -Was bedeutet Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen? Gibt der Text + + + + Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 + Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich +durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers, +der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig +gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des +Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des +Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie +ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht: + + + Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen + + + Was bedeutet Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? Unsere Absichten! Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln diesen Gedanken? - - - Wenn Sie spenden - Wenn Sie fasten - Wenn Sie beten - - -Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es + + + Wenn Sie spenden + + + Wenn Sie fasten + + + Wenn Sie beten + + + Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen: - - - Wenn Sie geben - lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das vor -sich herposaunen lassen?) - Tun Sie es im Verborgenen. - usw. - - - - - -Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt - -Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden - - Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus. - Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach. - Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden. - - -Finden Sie diese Verse: - Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut - So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt. - Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus - - - - -Eine thematische Studie durchführen -Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort -"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der -Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann -könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen nachschlagen -, z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "kaufen" oder -"erkauft." - - - -Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären -Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet! und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet. entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei -verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). - - Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach. - Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine -Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische -Wort. Schreiben Sie es auf. - Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach. - Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350. - Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, + + + Wenn Sie geben + + lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das +vor sich herausposaunen lassen?) + + + Tun Sie es im Verborgenen. + + + usw. + + + + + + + Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt + + Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden + + + Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus. + + + Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach. + + + Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden. + + + Finden Sie diese Verse: + + + Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut + + + + + So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt. + + + + Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus + + + + + Eine thematische Studie durchführen + Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort "Erlösung" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie das +Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen +nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen +Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld", sogar "kaufen" oder +"erkauft". + + + Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären + Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 Richtet nicht, +damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet! und 1. Kor 2,15 Der +Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet. +entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische +Wörter, die beide mit "richten"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen +ab jetzt Strongnummern). + + + Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach. + + + Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine +Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische +Wort. Schreiben Sie sie auf. + + + Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach. + + + Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350. + + + Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und -Sie haben ihre Antwort! - - - -Die Bedeutung von Namen finden -Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Sie haben Ihre Antwort! + + + + + Die Bedeutung von Namen finden + Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder Hebräischen Namen finden. -Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf: - -Nabal -Abigail -Josua -Barnabas - - - - - + Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Josua + + + Barnabas + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 428949e..1b5dc5e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,333 +1,330 @@ -Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes -Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes -Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott -kommunizieren zu lernen. - -Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist -Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig + + Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes + Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes +Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten, +mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen. + + Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist + Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig bezüglich: - - - - -Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen -Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der -Bestseller. - - - - -Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 -verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest -sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde. - - - - -Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch Are New Testament -Documents Reliable? die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit -anderen altertümlichen Texten: - - - - -Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten - - - -Werk -Erstellungszeit -Erstausgabe -ZeitspanneAnzahl von Kopien - - - -Herodot -448-428 v.Chr..900 n.Chr. -1300 Jahre8 - - -Tacitus -100 n.Chr.1100 n.Chr. -1000 Jahre20 - - -Cäsars Gallischer Krieg -50-58 v.Chr.900 n.Chr. -950 Jahre10 - - -Livius' Römische Geschichte -59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.900 n.Chr. -900 Jahre20 - - -Neues Testament -40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte 30 - 310 Jahre5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische - -
-Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars Gallischem Krieg, -die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert -usw. Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 -n.Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten -Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des -Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie -miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch! -
Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", + + + Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen +Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche +Bestseller. + + + Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 +verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest +sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde. + + + Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch Are New Testament +Documents Reliable? die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit +anderen altertümlichen Texten: + + + + Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten + + + + Werk + Erstellungszeit + Erstausgabe + Zeitspanne + Anzahl von Kopien + + + + + Herodot + 448-428 v.Chr.. + 900 n.Chr. + 1300 Jahre + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 n.Chr. + 1100 n.Chr. + 1000 Jahre + 20 + + + Cäsars Gallischer Krieg + 50-58 v.Chr. + 900 n.Chr. + 950 Jahre + 10 + + + Livius' Römische Geschichte + 59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr. + 900 n.Chr. + 900 Jahre + 20 + + + Neues Testament + 40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr. + 130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte + 30 - 310 Jahre + 5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische + + + +
+ Zehn Kopien von Cäsars Gallischem Krieg existieren, die +erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für +das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 +n.Chr. datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des +Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von +130 n.Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu +vergleichen? 5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch! +
+ Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", Bd. 1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in Questions of -Life S. 25-26"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +Life S. 25-26 + "In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen -alten Prosaschriften."
- - -Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat -Heb.4,12 Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und -kräftig..., Jesus sagte (Mt. 4,4), Er -aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom -Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht." - Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in -unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art. - -2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht]. Glauben Sie das? -Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in -Betracht. -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als -Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte -sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte -einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des -Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat -von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was -er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & -Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes -ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es -genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei -Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie -'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' -(2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise -gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch -haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen -Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden -Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ... - - -Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das -Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen -an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus -selbst ihn gelehrt hat.
- -2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: ist nütze zur Lehre, -zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass -der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel -wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie -unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. - - -Ein Buch, das arbeitet - -Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet. Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit -nieder, die das Wort durchführt. - - -Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen? - - - -Referenz -Zweck - - - - -Epheser 5,26 - -es reinigt -- [...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort... - - - - -Apostelgeschichte 20,32 - - -es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der +alten Prosaschriften." + + + + Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat + + Heb 4,12 "Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig +und kräftig..." Jesus sagte (Mt 4,4)," +Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, +sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'" +Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein +zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art. + 2. Tim 3:16 erklärt "Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben +[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht]." Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, +ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 + Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache +voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er +konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er +konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des +Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie +fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und +zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 +& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen +Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift +erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten +vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die +Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben +Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder +in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen +Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um +das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer +sprachen. Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen +abzulenken. ... + Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes +Zeuge. Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, +warum Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus +Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat. +
+ 2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: " ist nütze zur Lehre, zur +Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der +Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. " +Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird +die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des +Glaubens und Wandels ist. + + + Ein Buch, das arbeitet + Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt, +dass die Bibel "auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet." +Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet. +
+ Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen? + + + + Referenz + Zweck + + + + + Epheser 5,26 + es reinigt -- [...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort... + + + Apostelgeschichte 20,32 + es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die -geheiligt sind. " - - - - -Römer 15,4 - - -es ermutigt -- Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geheiligt sind. " + + + Römer 15,4 + es ermutigt -- Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. - - - - - -Römer 10,17 - - -es gibt Glauben -- So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi. - - - - - -1. Korinther 10,11 - - -es warnt -- Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...] - - - - - -Matthäus 4,4 - - -Nahrung -- Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +haben. + + + Römer 10,17 + es gibt Glauben -- So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi. + + + 1. Korinther 10,11 + es warnt -- Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...] + + + Matthäus 4,4 + Nahrung -- Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht." - - - - -
- - -Ein Buch, das befreit - -Joh. 8,32 "und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit wird -euch frei machen." Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst +Wort Gottes geht." + +
+ + + Ein Buch, das befreit + Joh. 8,32 " und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit +wird euch frei machen." Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus, -indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "Wenn -ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig meine -Jünger..." -Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der +indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, " +Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig +meine Jünger..." + Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht. - -Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint -einen gewaltsamen Wind. Als Folge sind wir + Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint +einen "gewaltsamen Wind". "Als Folge sind wir nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von -jedem Wind der Lehre [...]. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht weggeblasen werden. - -Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes. -Matthäus 22,29 -Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden? - -Gottes Wort -Gottes Kraft - - - -Ein Buch, das Krieg führt - -Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung. - -Geistliche Rüstung - - - -Frage -Antwort - - -Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?5 -Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?Eins -Welche? das Wort - rhema -
- - -Ermahnungen - -2. Thimotheus 2,15Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu -erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt. - - -Kollosser 3,16 Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht "weggeblasen werden". + + Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, +"Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft +Gottes." Matthäus 22,29 + Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden? + + + Gottes Wort + + + Gottes Kraft + + + + + Ein Buch, das Krieg führt + Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung. + + Geistliche Rüstung + + + + Frage + Antwort + + + + + Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen? + 5 + + + Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen? + Eins + + + Welche? + das Wort - rhema + + + +
+ + + Ermahnungen + 2. Timotheus 2,15 "Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen +als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der +Wahrheit recht austeilt." + Kolosser 3,16 " Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. - - -Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? - -Nicht wenig! - - -Prediger 12,11-12 "Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und wie -eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem Hirten -gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des vielen -Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib -müde. " - - -Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote> -
-John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus +Herzen." + Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? + Nicht wenig! + Prediger 12,11-12 " Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und +wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem +Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des +vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib +müde." + + + Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote> +
+ John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus wird durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch das Adverb hapax und ephapax. Es wird normalerweise mit "einmal" oder "ein für allemal" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von "einmal für immer" -[Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version" eng. "once", "once +[Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version") engl. "once", "once for all" kann auch als "endgültig" übersetzt werden]. Es wird für das benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich -bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen +bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt "Denn was er gestorben ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]" (Römer -6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28). -Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das -Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche -Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt -sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus -zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten +6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28). + Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und +dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die +christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in +Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne +abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen] wurde die -protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren -waren sola scriptura für die Autorität und +protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren +waren sola scriptura für unsere Autorität und sola gratia für unsere Erlösung. -
- - -Anhang: Bibellesepläne Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu +
+ + + Anhang: Bibellesepläne + Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit #4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch -zu halten. - - -Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage -die Woche. - Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, -dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend. -Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +zu halten. + + + Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche. + + + Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend. + + + Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 -lesen. -Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und -Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich. -Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +lesen. + + + Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich. + + + Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie -das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. - - - - +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index f2c5f28..c133992 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,296 +1,310 @@ -Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) -Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext + + Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) + Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext (="context") und Querverweise (="cross-reference"). Wir möchten dies nun -durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der +durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind, -ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass -keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 Und das -sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache -eigener Auslegung ist). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die -korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben -Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten -gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 [...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu -verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch -die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis. - -Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines -Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre +ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies +dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 +Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der +Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist). Verschiedene Regeln +können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung +dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große +Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 [...] in denen einige Dinge +schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen +verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen +Verdammnis. + Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines +Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung -ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln: - -
Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus. -Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein +Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln: +
+ Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus. + Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen: - - - - Bestimmung - Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- + + + + Bestimmung + Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend. - - - - - Querverweise - Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische -oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, -kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor -das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen -auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum -müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche -Wort nicht gut genug? Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das -selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter -verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben + + + + + Querverweise + Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder +hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann +die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe +Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten +Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten +geben. Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist +das deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? Weil mehr als ein griechisches +Wort in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen +Wörter verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können. - - - - -
Beispiel 1A -Joh. 20,17 "Rühre mich nicht an" klingt hart, oder? Es -klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden -ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht + + + +
+ Beispiel 1A + Joh. 20,17 "Rühre mich nicht an" klingt hart, oder? Es +klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er auferstanden +ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das scheint nicht richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991) nachschlagen. - -Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem + Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem Wort "Rühre" "pim680". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). "680. Haptomai; von hapto (681), -berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf -einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584), -was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen wir nun -"pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der +berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf +dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao +(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen +wir nun "pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für "Präsens Imperativ Aktiv (80)" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht "Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden." Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, -so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir -nun herausgefunden? -Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn -nicht weiter festhalten solle! -
- -
Beispiel 1B -In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, +so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben +wir nun herausgefunden? + + Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn +nicht weiter festhalten solle! + +
+
+ Beispiel 1B + In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben. Was meint dieses salben? -Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein + Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein anderes griechisches Wort, das mit "salben" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - -"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder +"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder religiösen Dienst" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus in Betracht, "apta" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. "Das Aorist Partizip drückt einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine -Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. " (Zodhiates +Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet." (Zodhiates S. 851) - - -Querverweise für aleipho: - Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest - Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen -und Jesus zu salben. - Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie. - Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie -mit dem Öl. - Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar. - - - -Querverweise für chrio: - Lk 4,18 Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich + + + Querverweise für aleipho: + + Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest + + + Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben. + + + Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie. + + + Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl. + + + Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar. + + + + + Querverweise für chrio: + + Lk 4,18 Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe... - Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast - Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist -und mit Kraft - 2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ... - - - - -Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +bringe... + + + Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast + + + Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft + + + 2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ... + + + + + Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: -ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE -GEISTLICHE. - -Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl +"aleipho" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und "chrio" eine +geistliche. + Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden -säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu. - -Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu. + Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus +5,14 anwenden "Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn. Ist hier salben geistlich -oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch! - -Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit +Namen des Herrn." Ist hier "salben" geistlich oder praktisch +gemeint? Praktisch! + Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit "gesalbt haben" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und dann des Gebets ("Im Namen des Herrn" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben -und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das -wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem -Gott aus? - -
-
- -
-Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang -Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu +und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht das wunderbare +Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei unseremGott aus? +
+
+
+ Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang + Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der -Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung -des Textes ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter -nachforschen. - -
Beispiel 2A -In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist Im -Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion? -Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von +Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt, +nach dem wir den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben, +müssen wir weiter nachforschen. +
+ Beispiel 2A + In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist" betrachtet. Im Bezug +auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion? + Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem -plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre +plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, "geboren aus Wasser" = natürliche Geburt. -
-
Beispiel 2B -1 Korinther 14,34 [...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...] genommen werden. -
-
Beispiel 2C -Apostelgeschichte 2,38 Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und -jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer -Sünden [...]" Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der -einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies -folgern. Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass -Wiedergeburt durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders -auslegen. Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das -Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu -werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben "Denn -Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu -verkünden"? - -
-
- -
-Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang - -Zuallererst fragen wir nicht Was bedeutet dies für mich? +
+
+ Beispiel 2B + 1 Korinther 14,34 [...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther +11,5 Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...] +gesehen werden. +
+
+ Beispiel 2C + Apostelgeschichte 2,38 Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und jeder +lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden +[...]" Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige Vers +der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem +Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den +Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt +seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn +die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in +1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben "Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu +taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden"? +
+
+
+ Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang + Zuallererst fragen wir nicht Was bedeutet dies für mich?, sondern Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?; später können wir fragen Was bedeutet es für mich?. Wir müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der Empfänger in Betracht ziehen. - -
Beispiel 3A "3 Tage & 3 Nächte" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer "Mittwochs -Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie -konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und -trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen -von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu -erklären. -Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil +
+ Beispiel 3A + + 3 Tage & 3 Nächte (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer +"Mittwochs-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders zum Kult des +Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen +auferstehen und trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? +Genaue Bedeutungen von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren +Widerspruch zu erklären. + Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben -Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es +Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage -begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = -1. Tag. Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag -vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts -hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus. -
- -
Beispiel 3B1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von +begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr = +Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis +Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen +Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus. +
+
+ Beispiel 3B + 1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale -Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner +Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber -in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag -macht. -
-
- -
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen +Vertrag macht.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache -Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich + Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben. - -
Beispiel 4A -böses Auge in Mt.6,23. -Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht +
+ Beispiel 4A + + böses Auge in Mt. 6,23. + Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch mehr zu verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach steht! Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen. -Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, "böses Auge". Lasst uns -andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 "Oder -habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst -du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. "gut"] -bin?". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu haben, ein Idiom für -geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, -wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt. -
- -
Beispiel 4B -Jes. 59:1 Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz; -Deut.33:27 unter den ewigen Armen. - -Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um -nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen -davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden -können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von -Kingdom of the Cults) forderte eine Gruppe von -Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin -forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 + Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, böses +Auge. Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: +Mt. 20,15 " Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, +mit dem was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so +gütig [wörtl. "gut"] bin?". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu +haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück +zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang +passt. +
+
+ Beispiel 4B + Jes. 59:1 Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz; + Deut.33:27 unter den ewigen Armen. + Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um +nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen +davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können +just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von +Kingdom of the Cults) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von +Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin +forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben -unter seinen Flügeln.... W.M. folgerte "Mit den selben Regeln der -Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, -haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist." Die Mormonen -mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen. - -
-
- -
Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W. M. folgerte <quote>Mit denselben Regeln +der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch +ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</quote>. Die +Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position +begriffen.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie -Eine Allegorie ist eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine + Eine Allegorie ist eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat. -Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch? - -Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des + Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch? + Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist -gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht -werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren -Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich -verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich. - -
Beispiel 5A -Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese +gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so +gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre +aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese +zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich. +
+ Beispiel 5A + Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Üb.: im Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie verwandeln, was haben wir dann? -Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.
- -
Beispiel 5B -Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der -springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie? -Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der + Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw. +
+
+ Beispiel 5B + Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der +springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie? + Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht -haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, -nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen. -
- -
+haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit +dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht. +
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook index 578c6be..7192595 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,71 +9,49 @@ ]> - - - Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - Das BibleTime-Team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 Das Team von &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist -unter die Bestimmungen der Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium + + + Bob + Harman + + + + Das BibleTime-Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist +unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike" Lizenz gestellt. - - - Anm. des Übersetzers: Der deutsche Text der +Attribution-Share Alike" gestellt. + Anm. des Übersetzers: Der deutsche Text der Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 -entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert. - - - - - Zusammenfassung - - - Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy -HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. - - - Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser +entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert. + + + Zusammenfassung + Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy +HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. + Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine -bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die -Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung -herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht -enttäuschen. - - - - - Bibel - Studium - Anleitung - - +bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, +dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie +mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr +Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen. + + + Bibel + Studium + Anleitung + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4ca0c2b..bb5f2db 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Annäherung an Gottes Wort

Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren +Annäherung an Gottes Wort

Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Annäherung an Gottes Wort

Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und -verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen.

Hören

Lukas 11,28 „Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen.

Hören

Lukas 11,28 „Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort Gottes hören und es befolgen.“

Lesen

Offenbarung 1,3 „Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist nahe.“

1. Timotheus 4,13 „Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.“ -

Studium

Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „Diese waren freundlicher als die in +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.“

Studium

Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.“ -

2. Timotheus 2,15 „Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.“

2. Timotheus 2,15 „Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. “

Auswendiglernen

Psalm 119,11 „Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich nicht sündige.“

Nachdenken

Psalm 1,1-3 „Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / @@ -18,10 +16,9 @@ nicht auf dem Weg der S Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.“ -

Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.“

Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und -lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise -wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Zum Anfang Arten des Bibelstudiums
+lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der +Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Zum Anfang Arten des Bibelstudiums
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 750954c..96caa73 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text -durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach -dem Vers, der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie -fertig sind? Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen -heraussuchen und dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses -passen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die -Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:

  1. Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen

Was bedeutet „Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen“? Gibt der Text +Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich +durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers, +der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig +gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des +Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des +Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie +ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:

  1. Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen

Was bedeutet „Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen“? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? Unsere Absichten! Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln diesen Gedanken?

  1. Wenn Sie spenden

  2. Wenn Sie fasten

  3. Wenn Sie beten

Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es -vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:

  1. Wenn Sie geben

    1. lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das „vor -sich herposaunen lassen“?)

    2. Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.

    3. usw.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung Zum Anfang Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
+vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:

  1. Wenn Sie geben

    1. lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das +„vor sich herausposaunen“ lassen?)

    2. Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.

    3. usw.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung Zum Anfang Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index b5f09d0..9485694 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung

Inhalt

Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung

Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung

Inhalt

Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.

Kontext

Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst -die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.

Querverweise

Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +wird.

Kontext

Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heißt die Devise - +der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten +Buches Sinn ergeben.

Querverweise

Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Arten des Bibelstudiums Zum Anfang Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index d821c16..e8d93fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Arten des Bibelstudiums
Arten des Bibelstudiums
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Arten des Bibelstudiums

Thematische Studie

Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Arten des Bibelstudiums

Arten des Bibelstudiums
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Arten des Bibelstudiums

Thematische Studie

Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.

Charakterstudie

Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in 1. Mose 37-50

Textauszugsstudie

Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Annäherung an Gottes Wort Zum Anfang Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0d766c6..16478c4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,19 +1,21 @@ -Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt

Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden

  1. Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.

  2. Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.

  3. Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.

Finden Sie diese Verse:

  1. „Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut“

  2. „So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.“

  3. Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus

-

Eine thematische Studie durchführen

Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort -"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der -Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann -könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen nachschlagen -, z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "kaufen" oder -"erkauft."

Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären

Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!“ und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) „Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei -verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern).

  1. Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.

  2. Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine -Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische -Wort. Schreiben Sie es auf.

  3. Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.

  4. Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.

  5. Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, +Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt

    Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
    Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

    Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt

    Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden

    1. Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.

    2. Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.

    3. Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.

    Finden Sie diese Verse:

    1. + „Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut“ +

    2. + „So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.“ +

    3. Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus

    Eine thematische Studie durchführen

    Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort "Erlösung" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie das +Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen +nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen +Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld", sogar "kaufen" oder +"erkauft".

    Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären

    Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 „Richtet nicht, +damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!“ und 1. Kor 2,15 „Der +Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.“ +entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische +Wörter, die beide mit "richten"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen +ab jetzt Strongnummern).

    1. Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.

    2. Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine +Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische +Wort. Schreiben Sie sie auf.

    3. Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.

    4. Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.

    5. Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und -Sie haben ihre Antwort!

    Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

    Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Sie haben Ihre Antwort!

Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder Hebräischen Namen finden.

Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:

  • Nabal

  • Abigail

  • Josua

  • Barnabas

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 Zum Anfang Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index 7d461a4..a299ce3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Hören
Lesen
Studium
Auswendiglernen
Nachdenken
Arten des Bibelstudiums
Thematische Studie
Charakterstudie
Textauszugsstudie
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Inhalt
Kontext
Querverweise
Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
Eine thematische Studie durchführen
Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern

-

 

Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; +Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums

Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Hören
Lesen
Studium
Auswendiglernen
Nachdenken
Arten des Bibelstudiums
Thematische Studie
Charakterstudie
Textauszugsstudie
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Inhalt
Kontext
Querverweise
Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
Eine thematische Studie durchführen
Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern

+

 

Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass -ihr das Leben hättet.

 
 --Joh. 5:39-40

-

Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther +ihr das Leben hättet.

 
 --Joh. 5:39-40

+

Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther sagte „Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen“; genauso ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen, -sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott. -

 

Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift -gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He -who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of -the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier -wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]

Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, +sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.

 

Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift +gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He who +has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the +world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie +schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]

Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie Christus zu finden.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index cd5dd4c..dfc29ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,37 +1,35 @@ -Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat

Heb.4,12 „ Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und -kräftig...“, Jesus sagte (Mt. 4,4), „Er -aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom -Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht." -“ Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in -unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art. -

2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt „Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].“ Glauben Sie das? -Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in -Betracht.

 

Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als -Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte -sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte -einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des -Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat -von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was -er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & -Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes -ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es -genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei -Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie -'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' -(2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise -gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch -haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen -Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden -Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ... -

-Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das -Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen -an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus -selbst ihn gelehrt hat.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95

2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: „ist nütze zur Lehre, -zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass -der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. “ Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel -wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie -unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das arbeitet
+Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat

+ Heb 4,12 "Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig +und kräftig..." Jesus sagte (Mt 4,4)," +Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, +sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'" +Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein +zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art.

2. Tim 3:16 erklärt "Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben +[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht]." Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, +ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht.

 

Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache +voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er +konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er +konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des +Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie +fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und +zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 +& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen +Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift +erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten +vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die +Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben +Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder +in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen +Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um +das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer +sprachen. Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen +abzulenken. ...

Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes +Zeuge. Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, +warum Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus +Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95

2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: " ist nütze zur Lehre, zur +Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der +Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. " +Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird +die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des +Glaubens und Wandels ist.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das arbeitet
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 3eccd45..519e132 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -Ermahnungen
Ermahnungen
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ermahnungen

-2. Thimotheus 2,15„Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu -erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.“ -

-Kollosser 3,16„ Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Ermahnungen

Ermahnungen
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ermahnungen

2. Timotheus 2,15 "Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen +als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der +Wahrheit recht austeilt."

Kolosser 3,16 " Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. “ -

Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?

-Nicht wenig!

-Prediger 12,11-12 "Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und wie -eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem Hirten -gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des vielen -Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib -müde. " -

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt Zum Anfang Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
+Herzen."

Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?

Nicht wenig!

Prediger 12,11-12 " Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und +wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem +Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des +vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib +müde."

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt Zum Anfang Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8f18556..595eff9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -Ein Buch, das befreit
Ein Buch, das befreit
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das befreit

-Joh. 8,32 "und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit wird -euch frei machen." Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst +Ein Buch, das befreit

Ein Buch, das befreit
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das befreit

Joh. 8,32 " und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit +wird euch frei machen." Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus, -indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "Wenn -ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig meine -Jünger..."

Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der -Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.

Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint -einen gewaltsamen Wind. Als Folge sind wir +indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, " +Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig +meine Jünger..."

Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der +Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.

Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint +einen "gewaltsamen Wind". "Als Folge sind wir nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von -jedem Wind der Lehre [...]. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht „weggeblasen werden“.

Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.“ -Matthäus 22,29

Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?

  • Gottes Wort

  • Gottes Kraft

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das arbeitet Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
+Folge, dass wir nicht leicht "weggeblasen werden".

+ Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, +"Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft +Gottes." Matthäus 22,29

Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?

  • Gottes Wort

  • Gottes Kraft

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das arbeitet Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 52bfb82..8728f38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,25 +1,24 @@ -Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Anhang: „Einer für Alle“

 

Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus +Anhang: „Einer für Alle“

Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Anhang: „Einer für Alle“

 

Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus wird durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch das Adverb hapax und ephapax. Es wird normalerweise mit "einmal" oder "ein für allemal" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von "einmal für immer" -[Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version" eng. "once", "once +[Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version") engl. "once", "once for all" kann auch als "endgültig" übersetzt werden]. Es wird für das benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich -bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen +bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt "Denn was er gestorben ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]" (Römer -6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28).

-Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das -Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche -Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt -sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus -zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten +6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28).

Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und +dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die +christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in +Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne +abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen] wurde die -protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren -waren sola scriptura für die Autorität und +protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren +waren sola scriptura für unsere Autorität und sola gratia für unsere Erlösung.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ermahnungen Zum Anfang Anhang: Bibellesepläne
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index d3a9e07..f31f706 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,11 @@ -Anhang: Bibellesepläne
Anhang: Bibellesepläne
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Anhang: Bibellesepläne

Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu +Anhang: Bibellesepläne

Anhang: Bibellesepläne
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Anhang: Bibellesepläne

Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit #4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch -zu halten. -

  1. Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +zu halten.

    1. Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage die Woche.

    2. Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.

    3. Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 lesen.

    4. Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.

    5. Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie -das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“ Zum Anfang Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
+das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“ Zum Anfang Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 5257261..2172a21 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das Krieg führt

-Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.

Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung

FrageAntwort
Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?5
Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?Eins
Welche? das Wort - rhema

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das befreit Zum Anfang Ermahnungen
+Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das Krieg führt

Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.

Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung

FrageAntwort
Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?5
Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?Eins
Welche?das Wort - rhema

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das befreit Zum Anfang Ermahnungen
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index c989c1d..6a1df6a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,37 +1,12 @@ -Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das arbeitet

-Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel „ auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.“ Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit -nieder, die das Wort durchführt. -

Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?

ReferenzZweck
Epheser 5,26 -es reinigt -- „[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...“ -
-Apostelgeschichte 20,32 - -es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der +Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

Ein Buch, das arbeitet

Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt, +dass die Bibel "auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet." +Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet.

Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?

ReferenzZweck
Epheser 5,26es reinigt -- „[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...“
Apostelgeschichte 20,32es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die -geheiligt sind. " -
-Römer 15,4 - -es ermutigt -- „Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geheiligt sind. "
Römer 15,4es ermutigt -- „Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. “ -
-Römer 10,17 - -es gibt Glauben -- „So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.“ -
-1. Korinther 10,11 - -es warnt -- „ Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]“ -
-Matthäus 4,4 - -Nahrung -- „Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +haben. “
Römer 10,17es gibt Glauben -- „So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.“
1. Korinther 10,11es warnt -- „ Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]“
Matthäus 4,4Nahrung -- „Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."“ -

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das befreit
+Wort Gottes geht."“

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das befreit
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index b05d82f..7f64d8a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,31 +1,20 @@ -Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Ein Buch, das befreit
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Ermahnungen
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Anhang: Bibellesepläne

Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes -Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott -kommunizieren zu lernen.

Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist

Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig -bezüglich:

  • -Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen -Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der -Bestseller. -

  • -Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 -verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest -sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde. -

  • -Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch Are New Testament -Documents Reliable? die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit -anderen altertümlichen Texten: -

Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten

WerkErstellungszeitErstausgabeZeitspanneAnzahl von Kopien
Herodot448-428 v.Chr..900 n.Chr.1300 Jahre8 -
Tacitus100 n.Chr.1100 n.Chr.1000 Jahre20 -
Cäsars Gallischer Krieg50-58 v.Chr.900 n.Chr.950 Jahre10 -
Livius' Römische Geschichte59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.900 n.Chr.900 Jahre20 -
Neues Testament40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte30 - 310 Jahre5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische -

Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars Gallischem Krieg, -die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert -usw. Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 -n.Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten -Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des -Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie -miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch!

 

"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes

Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Ein Buch, das befreit
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Ermahnungen
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Anhang: Bibellesepläne

Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes +Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten, +mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen.

Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist

Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig +bezüglich:

  • Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen +Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche +Bestseller.

  • Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 +verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest +sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.

  • Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch Are New Testament +Documents Reliable? die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit +anderen altertümlichen Texten:

Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten

WerkErstellungszeitErstausgabeZeitspanneAnzahl von Kopien
Herodot448-428 v.Chr..900 n.Chr.1300 Jahre8
Tacitus100 n.Chr.1100 n.Chr.1000 Jahre20
Cäsars Gallischer Krieg50-58 v.Chr.900 n.Chr.950 Jahre10
Livius' Römische Geschichte59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.900 n.Chr.900 Jahre20
Neues Testament40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte30 - 310 Jahre5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische

Zehn Kopien von Cäsars Gallischem Krieg existieren, die +erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für +das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 +n.Chr. datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des +Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von +130 n.Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu +vergleichen? 5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!

 

"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen -alten Prosaschriften."

 
 --Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +alten Prosaschriften."

 
 --Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", Bd. 1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in Questions of Life S. 25-26
Zurück   Weiter
Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index adf58be..26533ac 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,28 +1,26 @@ -Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu +Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der -Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung -des Textes ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter -nachforschen.

Beispiel 2A

In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -„geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist“ Im -Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?

Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von +Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt, +nach dem wir den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben, +müssen wir weiter nachforschen.

Beispiel 2A

In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist" betrachtet. Im Bezug +auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?

Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem -plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre +plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, "geboren aus Wasser" = natürliche Geburt.

Beispiel 2B

1 Korinther 14,34 „[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 „Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]“ genommen werden.

Beispiel 2C

Apostelgeschichte 2,38 „Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und -jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer -Sünden [...]"“ Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der -einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies -folgern. Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass -Wiedergeburt durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders -auslegen. Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das -Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu -werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben "Denn -Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu -verkünden"? -

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Zum Anfang Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
+Gemeindeversammlung“ muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther +11,5 „Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]“ +gesehen werden.

Beispiel 2C

Apostelgeschichte 2,38 „Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und jeder +lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden +[...]"“ Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige Vers +der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem +Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den +Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt +seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn +die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in +1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben "Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu +taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden"?

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Zum Anfang Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index c087261..6c597c6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

-Zuallererst fragen wir nicht „Was bedeutet dies für mich?“ +Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

Zuallererst fragen wir nicht „Was bedeutet dies für mich?“, sondern „Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?“; später können wir fragen „Was bedeutet es für mich?“. Wir müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der -Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.

Beispiel 3A

"3 Tage & 3 Nächte" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer "Mittwochs -Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie -konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und -trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen -von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu -erklären.

Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil +Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.

Beispiel 3A

+ „3 Tage & 3 Nächte“ (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer +"Mittwochs-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders zum Kult des +Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen +auferstehen und trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? +Genaue Bedeutungen von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren +Widerspruch zu erklären.

Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben -Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es +Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage -begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = -1. Tag. Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag -vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts -hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.

Beispiel 3B

1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von +begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr = +Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis +Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen +Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.

Beispiel 3B

1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale -Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner +Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber -in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag -macht.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang Zum Anfang Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen +Vertrag macht.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang Zum Anfang Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index fb332a0..6c0944d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,27 +1,28 @@ -Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache

Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich -sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.

Beispiel 4A

„böses Auge“ in Mt.6,23.

Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht +sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.

Beispiel 4A

+ „böses Auge“ in Mt. 6,23.

Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch mehr zu verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach steht! -Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.

Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, "böses Auge". Lasst uns -andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 "Oder -habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst -du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. "gut"] -bin?". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu haben, ein Idiom für -geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, -wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt.

Beispiel 4B

Jes. 59:1 „Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;“

Deut.33:27 „ unter den ewigen Armen.“

-Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um -nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen -davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden -können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von -Kingdom of the Cults) forderte eine Gruppe von -Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin -forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 +Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.

Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, „böses +Auge“. Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: +Mt. 20,15 " Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, +mit dem was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so +gütig [wörtl. "gut"] bin?". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu +haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück +zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang +passt.

Beispiel 4B

Jes. 59:1 „Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;“

Deut.33:27 „ unter den ewigen Armen.“

Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um +nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen +davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können +just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von +Kingdom of the Cults) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von +Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin +forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 „Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben -unter seinen Flügeln...“. W.M. folgerte "Mit den selben Regeln der -Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, -haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist." Die Mormonen -mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen. -

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang Zum Anfang Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +unter seinen Flügeln...“. W. M. folgerte „Mit denselben Regeln +der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch +ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist“. Die +Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position +begriffen.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang Zum Anfang Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 9587a08..3cd15ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) 

Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie

Eine Allegorie ist eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.

Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?

Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist -gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht -werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren -Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich -verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich.

Beispiel 5A

Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese +gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so +gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre +aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese +zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich.

Beispiel 5A

Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Üb.: im Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie verwandeln, was haben wir dann?

Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.

Beispiel 5B

Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der -springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?

Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der +springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?

Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht -haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, -nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen.

Zurück Nach oben 
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit +dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht.

Zurück Nach oben 
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache Zum Anfang 
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index e38b9f6..631a11c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,64 +1,67 @@ -Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
Beispiel 1A
Beispiel 1B
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 2A
Beispiel 2B
Beispiel 2C
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 3A
Beispiel 3B
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
Beispiel 1A
Beispiel 1B
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 2A
Beispiel 2B
Beispiel 2C
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 3A
Beispiel 3B
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
Beispiel 4A
Beispiel 4B
Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
Beispiel 5A
Beispiel 5B

Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext (="context") und Querverweise (="cross-reference"). Wir möchten dies nun -durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der +durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind, -ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass -keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 „Und das -sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache -eigener Auslegung ist“). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die -korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben -Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten -gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 „[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu -verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch -die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.“

Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines -Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre +ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies +dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 +„Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der +Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist“). Verschiedene Regeln +können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung +dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große +Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 „[...] in denen einige Dinge +schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen +verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen +Verdammnis.“

Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines +Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung -ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:

Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.

Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein +Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:

Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.

Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen:

  1. Bestimmung. Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- -Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.

  2. Querverweise. Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische -oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, -kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor -das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen -auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum -müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche -Wort nicht gut genug? Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das -selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter -verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben +Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.

  3. Querverweise. Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder +hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann +die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe +Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten +Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten +geben. Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist +das deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? Weil mehr als ein griechisches +Wort in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen +Wörter verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können.

Beispiel 1A

Joh. 20,17 "Rühre mich nicht an" klingt hart, oder? Es -klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden -ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht +klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er auferstanden +ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das scheint nicht richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991) nachschlagen.

Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem Wort "Rühre" "pim680". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). "680. Haptomai; von hapto (681), -berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf -einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584), -was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen wir nun -"pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der +berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf +dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao +(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen +wir nun "pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für "Präsens Imperativ Aktiv (80)" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht "Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden." Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, -so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir -nun herausgefunden?

Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn -nicht weiter festhalten solle!

Beispiel 1B

In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, +so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben +wir nun herausgefunden?

+ Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn +nicht weiter festhalten solle! +

Beispiel 1B

In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben. Was meint dieses -salben?

Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein +salben?

Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein anderes griechisches Wort, das mit "salben" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - -"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder +"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder religiösen Dienst" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus in Betracht, "apta" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. "Das Aorist Partizip drückt einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine -Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. " (Zodhiates +Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet." (Zodhiates S. 851)

  • Querverweise für aleipho:

    1. Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest

    2. Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen und Jesus zu salben.

    3. Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.

    4. Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie mit dem Öl.

    5. Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.

  • Querverweise für chrio:

    1. Lk 4,18 „Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich @@ -66,21 +69,17 @@ gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht bringe...“

    2. Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast

    3. Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist und mit Kraft

    4. 2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...

Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: -ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE -GEISTLICHE.

Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl +"aleipho" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und "chrio" eine +geistliche.

Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden -säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu. -

Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden „Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.

Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus +5,14 anwenden "Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.“ Ist hier „salben“ geistlich -oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!

-Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit +Namen des Herrn." Ist hier "salben" geistlich oder praktisch +gemeint? Praktisch!

Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit "gesalbt haben" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und dann des Gebets ("Im Namen des Herrn" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben -und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das -wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem -Gott aus? -

Zurück   Weiter
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt Zum Anfang Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
+und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht das wunderbare +Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei unseremGott aus?

Zurück   Weiter
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt Zum Anfang Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index e5e889f..c027b4f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,23 +1,15 @@ -Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium
Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium
   Weiter

Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

Bob Harman

Das BibleTime-Team

Copyright © 2001-2009 Das Team von BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

- Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist -unter die Bestimmungen der "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike" Lizenz gestellt. -

- Anm. des Übersetzers: Der deutsche Text der +Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium
   Weiter

Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

Bob Harman

Das BibleTime-Team

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist +unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike" gestellt.

Anm. des Übersetzers: Der deutsche Text der Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 -entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert. -

Zusammenfassung

- Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy -HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. -

- Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser +entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.

Zusammenfassung

Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy +HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.

Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine -bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die -Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung -herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht -enttäuschen. -

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Ein Buch, das befreit
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Ermahnungen
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Anhang: Bibellesepläne
2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Hören
Lesen
Studium
Auswendiglernen
Nachdenken
Arten des Bibelstudiums
Thematische Studie
Charakterstudie
Textauszugsstudie
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Inhalt
Kontext
Querverweise
Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
Eine thematische Studie durchführen
Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
Die Bedeutung von Namen finden
3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
Beispiel 1A
Beispiel 1B
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 2A
Beispiel 2B
Beispiel 2C
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 3A
Beispiel 3B
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, +dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie +mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr +Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen.

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
Ein Buch, das arbeitet
Ein Buch, das befreit
Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
Ermahnungen
Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
Anhang: Bibellesepläne
2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
Annäherung an Gottes Wort
Hören
Lesen
Studium
Auswendiglernen
Nachdenken
Arten des Bibelstudiums
Thematische Studie
Charakterstudie
Textauszugsstudie
Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
Inhalt
Kontext
Querverweise
Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
Eine thematische Studie durchführen
Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
Die Bedeutung von Namen finden
3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
Beispiel 1A
Beispiel 1B
Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 2A
Beispiel 2B
Beispiel 2C
Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
Beispiel 3A
Beispiel 3B
Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
Beispiel 4A
Beispiel 4B
Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
Beispiel 5A
Beispiel 5B

Tabellenverzeichnis

1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten
1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?
1.3. Geistliche Rüstung
   Weiter
   Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index f70bf81..34d2611 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,198 +1,274 @@ -Bible Study Basics - - -Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible - -
Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that -in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you -are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
- - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so -in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. - - -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the -Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...] -There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of -Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus -Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that -through it we may meet Christ. -
- - -Approaches to God's Word -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds. - -Hear -Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it. - - -Read -Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...] -1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...] - - - -Study -Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. - -2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself -approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth. - - -Memorize -Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee. - - -Meditate -Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And -in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted -by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all -the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the -Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become -familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -Types of Bible Studies -Topical Study -Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance. - - -Character Study -Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50. - - -Expository Study -Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book. - - - -Basics of Correct Interpretation - -Content -What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say. - - -Context -What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. - - -Cross-reference -What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God -doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures. - - - -An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums -up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - When you give - When you fast - When you pray - - -Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness: - - - When you give - - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet today?) - do it secretly. - etc. - - - - - -Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance - -To Find a Particular Verse - - Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse. - Turn to this word alphabetically. - Go down the column of listings until you find your verse. - - -Find these verses: - - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - The story of the rich man and Lazarus. - - - - -To Do a Topical Study -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the -concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." - - - -To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 -He that is spiritual judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -To Find Meanings of Names -By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew. -Look up these names and write down their meaning: - -Nabal -Abigail -Joshua -Barnabus - - - - - + + Bible Study Basics + + Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible + +
+ Jn.5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them + you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; + and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have + life. +
+ + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. + Martin Luther said + we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; + just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for + fellowship with God. +
+ John R.W. Stott, + Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.97, 104. + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess + Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, + "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to + himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in + itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] + There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of + Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces + us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is + an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ. +
+ + + Approaches to God's Word + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the + scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view + of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, + studying and memorization together and cements the word in our + minds. + + Hear + Lk.11:28 + blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + it. + + + Read + Rev.1:3 + Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of + this prophecy [...] + 1 Tim.4:13 + give attention to the public reading of Scripture + [...] + + + Study + Acts 17:11 + Now these were more noble-minded than those in + Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, + examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were + so. + 2 Tim.2:15 + Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to + God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling + accurately the word of truth. + + + Memorize + Ps.119:11 + Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin + against Thee. + + + Meditate + Ps.1:2-3 + But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law + he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly + planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its + season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he + prospers. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb + can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do + any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new + Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to + study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with + the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Types of Bible Studies + + Topical Study + Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using + cross-references or a concordance. + + + Character Study + Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life + in Gen.37-50. + + + Expository Study + Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or + book. + + + + Basics of Correct Interpretation + + Content + What does it say? What does it say in the original + language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it + doesn't say. + + + Context + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the + rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the + entire passage and book. + + + Cross-reference + What do other verses about this subject say through the + rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our + interpretation needs to stand the test of other + scriptures. + + + + An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first + looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole + passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in + the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of + the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of + your outline: + + + Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be + noticed + + + What does + practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage + give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? + Our motives! What sub-headings develop this + thought? + + + When you give + + + When you fast + + + When you pray + + + Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to + avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness: + + + When you give + + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone + sound a trumpettoday?) + + + do it secretly. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance + + To Find a Particular Verse + + + Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the + verse. + + + Turn to this word alphabetically. + + + Go down the column of listings until you find your + verse. + + + Find these verses: + + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + The story of the rich man and Lazarus. + + + + + To Do a Topical Study + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word + "redemption." First you would look up that word in the + concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could + look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. + "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between + Mt.7:1 + Judge not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 + He that is spiritual judgeth all things.Maybe + there are two different Greek words here, both being translated + "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right + is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write + it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, + you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is + Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 + and you have your answer! + + + + + To Find Meanings of Names + By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in + the Greek or Hebrew. + Look up these names and write down their meaning: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Joshua + + + Barnabus + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 4e837bc..ef04265 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,311 +1,351 @@ -Importance of God's Word -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on -God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God. - -A Book that is Unique -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: - - - - -Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts. - - - -Work -When Written -Earliest Copy -Time LapseNumber of Copies - - - -Herodotus -448-428 B.C.900 A.D. -1300 years8 - - -Tacitus -100 A.D.1100 A.D. -1000 years20 - - -Caesar's Gallic War -50-58 B.C.900 A.D. -950 years10 - - -Livy's Roman History -59 B.C. - 17 A.D.900 A.D. -900 years20 - - -New Testament -40 A.D. - 100 A.D.130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 -A.D. Full manuscripts 30 - 310 years5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin - -
-Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest of which was copied -900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have -full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New -Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How -many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 -in Latin! -
Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the -Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life p. -25-26"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which -it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably -alone among other ancient prose writings."
- - -A Book that God Breathed -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... -" Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that -proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. - -2 Tim.3:16 declares, "All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude -toward the Scriptures. -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for -granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say -'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in -Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He -said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He -went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to -say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to -say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not -speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor -did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God -spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
- -2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "and profitable for teaching, for -correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, -equipped for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith -and conduct. - - -A Book that Works - -What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"performs its work in you -who believe." Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word -performs. - - -What does Bible study do for Christians? - - - -Reference -Action - - - - -Eph. 5:26 - -cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word." - - - - -Acts 20:32 - - -builds up -- -" -...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the -inheritance among all those who are sanctified. -" - - - - -Rom. 15:4 - - -encourages -- "that through perseverance and the -encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope." - - - - - -Rom. 10:17 - - -gives faith -- -"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of -Christ." - - - - - -1 Cor. 10:11 - - -instructs -- -"Now these things happened to them for an example, -and they were written for our instruction" - - - - - -Mt. 4:4 - - -nourishment -- -"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, -but on every word that proceeds out of the -mouth of God.'" - - - - -
- - -A Book that Liberates - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you -free."This is usually quoted by -itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to -all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the -sentence, in v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word. - -The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent wind. -"As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by -waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine..."One -thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the -result that we won't be easily "blown away." - -But Jesus answered and said to them, "You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God."Mt.22:29 -What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error? - -God's word -God's power - - - -A Book that Wars - -Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament. - -Spiritual Armor - - - -Question -Answer - - -How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?5 -How many are offensive?One -Which one(s)? the word - rhema -
- - -Exhortations - -2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly -dividing the word of truth." - - -Col.3:16 "Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another -with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God." - - -If you're rich in something, how much of it do you -have? - -Not a little! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these -collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But -beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and -excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." - - -Appendix: "Once for -All" -
-John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the -finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek -Testament, namely the adverb hapax and -ephapax. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as -to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT -to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was -once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" -(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once -for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian -revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete. -Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are -the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed -word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without -the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola gratia for our salvation. -
- - -Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs Here are some easy programs to systematically read your -Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, -or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week. -Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month. -Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140. -Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day. -Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if -you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. - - - - + + Importance of God's Word + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call + on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we + learn to communicate with God. + + A Book that is Unique + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 + million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and + year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by + 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as + if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in + Are New Testament Documents + Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with + other ancient texts: + + + + Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts. + + + + Work + When Written + Earliest Copy + Time Lapse + Number of Copies + + + + + Herodotus + 448-428 B.C. + 900 A.D. + 1300 years + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 A.D. + 1100 A.D. + 1000 years + 20 + + + Caesar's + Gallic War + 50-58 B.C. + 900 A.D. + 950 years + 10 + + + Livy's + Roman History + 59 B.C. - 17 A.D. + 900 A.D. + 900 years + 20 + + + New Testament + 40 A.D. - 100 A.D. + 130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full + manuscripts + 30 - 310 years + 5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin + + + +
+ Ten copies of Caesar's + Gallic War exist, the earliest of which was + copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New + Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri + containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment + of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to + compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
+ Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in + the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in + Questions of Lifep. 25-26 + "In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it + rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and + unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings." +
+ + + A Book that God Breathed + + Heb.4:12 + "For the word of God is living and active..." + Jesus said + (Mt.4:4)," + It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on + every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of + God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to + speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " + All scripture is inspired by God [lit., + God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, + consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
+ John R.W. Stott, + Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted + that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally + say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a + comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the + Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah + prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went + on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & + Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament + authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of + Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of + old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say + that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). + God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality + of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to + corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. + Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. + ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their + witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the + testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes + in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself + taught it. +
+ 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " + and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training + in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for + every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is + God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all + matters of faith and conduct. + + + A Book that Works + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says + that the Bible " + performs its work in you who believe." Beside + each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + What does Bible study do for Christians? + + + + Reference + Action + + + + + Eph. 5:26 + cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing + of water with the word." + + + Acts 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is + able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among + all those who are sanctified. " + + + Rom. 15:4 + encourages -- "that through perseverance and the + encouragement of the Scriptures we might have + hope." + + + Rom. 10:17 + gives faith -- "So faith comes from hearing, and + hearing by the word of Christ." + + + 1 Cor. 10:11 + instructs -- "Now these things happened to them for + an example, and they were written for our + instruction" + + + Mt. 4:4 + nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is + written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every + word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'" + + + +
+ + + A Book that Liberates + Jn.8:32 " + and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make + you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a + conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds + of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the + sentence, in v.31. " + If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of + Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically + speaking of the truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a + violent wind." + As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here + and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of + doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is + to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily + "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," + You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the + Scriptures, or the power of God." Mt.22:29 + What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from + error? + + + God's word + + + God's power + + + + + A Book that Wars + Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament. + + Spiritual Armor + + + + Question + Answer + + + + + How many of the weapons listed here are defensive + weapons? + 5 + + + How many are offensive? + One + + + Which one(s)? + the word - + rhema + + + +
+ + + Exhortations + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " + Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that + needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of + truth." + Col.3:16 " + Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all + wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns + and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to + God." + If you're rich in something, how much of it do you + have? + Not a little! + Eccl.12:11-12 " + The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of + these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one + Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many + books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to + the body." + + + Appendix: "Once for All" +
+ John R. W. Stott, + Christ the Controversialist,InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in + Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the + adverb + hapaxand + ephapax. It is usually translated + in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used + of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need + repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and + redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all + delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " + Christ also died for sins once for all" + (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ + has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian + revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ + complete. Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory + to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the Protestant + Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition + of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the + addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were + sola scripturafor our authority + and + sola gratiafor our + salvation. +
+ + + Supplement: Bible Reading Programs + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your + Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance + #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to + keep it fresh! + + + New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 + days a week. + + + Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each + day, corresponding to the day of the month. + + + Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each + day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, + & 140. + + + Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms + and Proverbs one chapter per day. + + + Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: + if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping + over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in + 2 years and 2 weeks. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index aadc189..803e639 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,212 +1,329 @@ -Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by -delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are -some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words. -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Cross-reference - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word - (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author - use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical - documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? - Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
Example 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want -to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look -it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters -give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up -the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying -influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look -up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for -"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do -something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him! -
- -
Example 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated -"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). - Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, -as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - - Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head - Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. - Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them. - Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume - Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - - Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...] - Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed - Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power - 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the -definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good -Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal -use in Jesus' day. - -Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "Is any among you sick? Let -him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord." Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would -be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the -Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person -medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and -spiritual in our God! - -
-
- -
-Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the -verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, -it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
Example 2A -In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the Spirit." In context, what is -the water under discussion here? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being -discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
-
Example 2B -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
-
Example 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, -and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the -only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching -elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging -baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, -how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
-
- -
-Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, What does it mean to me?. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
Example 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have -led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," -esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning -yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the -apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets -of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish -mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 -p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
- -
Example 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context -is that cutting animals in two and then walking between -the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking -the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But -in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
-
- -
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language -Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
Example 4A -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even -more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 -"Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I -am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
- -
Example 4B -Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; -Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we -are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a -lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) -with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird. The Mormons -had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. - -
-
- -
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory -An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning. -Every parable is an allegory, true or false? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of -God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one -point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
Example 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one -lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.
- -
Example 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it -an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a -time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
- -
+ + Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, + cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into + biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended + by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a + passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture + itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private + interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV + Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any + private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward + discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have + brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 + ...in which are some things hard to understand, which the + untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the + Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a + passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular + verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? + Keep these rules in mind: +
+ Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning + of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the + exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. + For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. + + + + + Cross-reference + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same + Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in + scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. + How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other + authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word + in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to + the original languages; why isn't the English word good + enough? + Because more than one Greek word may be translated + into the same English word, and the Greek words may have + different shades of meaning. + + + +
+ Example 1A + Jn.20:17 + "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't + it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is + risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem + right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' + The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG + Publishers, 1991). + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" + we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of + speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. + Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto + (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a + modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao + (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of + something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates + come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for + "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. + In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in + the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when + it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a + negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is + already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying + to stop holding him! + +
+
+ Example 1B + In James 5:14, + Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is + sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we + also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - + "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or + religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the + tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist + participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous + action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it + usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." + (Zodhiates p.851) + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + + Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your + head + + + Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might + come and anoint Him. + + + Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many + sick people and healing them. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them + with the perfume + + + Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and + wiped them with her hair + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + + Lk.4:18 + The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has + anointed me to preach [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed + + + Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost + and power + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look + back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up + the difference: + "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a + spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the + practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared + for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the + wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to + James 5:14 + "Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of + the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in + the name of the Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or + practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be + better translated "having anointed," so the order is the + anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers + to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the + elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in + the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of + practical and spiritual in our God! +
+
+
+ Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do + the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The + book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is + flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly + interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to + the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, + we have to look further. +
+ Example 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 + "born of water and the Spirit."In context, + what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be + a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and + Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a + clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the + amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +
+
+ Example 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 + Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be + taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 + every woman [...] while praying or prophesying + [...] +
+
+ Example 2C + Acts 2:38 + And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be + baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your + sins [...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If + this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to + conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere + that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to + interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his + hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to + being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 + "For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach + the gospel"? +
+
+
+ Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context + At first we are not asking + What does it mean to me?but + What did it mean to the original readers?; later we + can ask, + What does it mean to me?. We have to take into + account the historical and cultural background of the author and + the recipients. +
+ Example 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to + come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of + Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise + Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact + meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent + contradiction. + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a + day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there + were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 + buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the + Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days + started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 + p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday + 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the + cultural context keeps us out of trouble. +
+
+ Example 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals + in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of + entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked + between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to + them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in + this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral + covenant. +
+
+
+ Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be + figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special + meanings. +
+ Example 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule + 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit + with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we + aren't understanding it rightly!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, + evil eye. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: + Mt.20:15 " + Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is + my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous + [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a + Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and + notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the + context. +
+
+ Example 4B + Is.59:1 + The Lord's hand is not short; + Deut.33:27 + Underneath are the everlasting arms. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day + Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they + convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become + God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of + Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of + Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of + verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one + more scripture: Ps.91:4 + He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings + shalt thou trust. W.M. said, + By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved + God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird. The + Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their + position. +
+
+
+ Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory + An allegory is: + A story where each element has a + meaning. + Every parable is an allegory, true or false? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of + the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns + are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories + but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get + our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of + things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay + it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +
+ Example 5A + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in + Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. + If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? + All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is + reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, + etc. +
+
+ Example 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What + is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness + in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have + it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in + cheating his master. +
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook index cc59daf..37734ac 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,69 +9,50 @@ ]> - - - The Biblestudy HowTo - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 - The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info) - - - - - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and - is licensed under the terms of the license - - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - - - - - Abstract - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the - readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This - particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to - advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read - and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start - with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your - heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Study - HowTo - - + The Biblestudy HowTo + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 + The &bibletime; Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is + licensed under the terms of the license + + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible + unless otherwise indicated. + + + Abstract + The + Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying + the Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo + will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they + say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care + not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We + recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what + they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the + Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Study + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4e1109e..21fa262 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,30 @@ -Approaches to God's Word
Approaches to God's Word
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Approaches to God's Word

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

Hear

Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it.”

Read

Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]”

1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]” -

Study

Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” -

2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself -approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth.”

Memorize

Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee.”

Meditate

Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And -in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted -by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.” -

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all -the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the -Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become -familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

Prev Up Next
Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Home Types of Bible Studies
+Approaches to God's Word
Approaches to God's Word
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Approaches to God's Word

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the + scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view + of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, + studying and memorization together and cements the word in our + minds.

Hear

Lk.11:28 + “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + it.”

Read

Rev.1:3 + “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of + this prophecy [...]”

1 Tim.4:13 + “give attention to the public reading of Scripture + [...]”

Study

Acts 17:11 + “Now these were more noble-minded than those in + Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, + examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were + so.”

2 Tim.2:15 + “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to + God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling + accurately the word of truth.”

Memorize

Ps.119:11 + “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin + against Thee.”

Meditate

Ps.1:2-3 + “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law + he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly + planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its + season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he + prospers.”

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb + can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do + any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new + Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to + study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with + the overall message of the Bible.

Prev Up Next
Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Home Types of Bible Studies
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 33b5520..c10a2cb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,14 @@ -An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums -up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:

  1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. When you give

  2. When you fast

  3. When you pray

Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness:

  1. When you give -

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” today?)

    2. do it secretly.

    3. etc.

Prev Up Next
Basics of Correct Interpretation Home Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
+An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first + looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole + passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in + the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of + the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of + your outline:

  1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be + noticed

What does + “practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage + give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? + Our motives! What sub-headings develop this + thought?

  1. When you give

  2. When you fast

  3. When you pray

Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to + avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:

  1. When you give +

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone + “sound a trumpet”today?)

    2. do it secretly.

    3. etc.

Prev Up Next
Basics of Correct Interpretation Home Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 786f2ad..4ff9184 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,8 @@ -Basics of Correct Interpretation
Basics of Correct Interpretation
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Basics of Correct Interpretation

Content

What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.

Context

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

Cross-reference

What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God -doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.

Prev Up Next
Types of Bible Studies Home An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
+Basics of Correct Interpretation
Basics of Correct Interpretation
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Basics of Correct Interpretation

Content

What does it say? What does it say in the original + language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it + doesn't say.

Context

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the + rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the + entire passage and book.

Cross-reference

What do other verses about this subject say through the + rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our + interpretation needs to stand the test of other + scriptures.

Prev Up Next
Types of Bible Studies Home An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html index 083acca..1b94937 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ -Types of Bible Studies
Types of Bible Studies
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Types of Bible Studies

Topical Study

Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.

Character Study

Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50.

Expository Study

Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.

Prev Up Next
Approaches to God's Word Home Basics of Correct Interpretation
+Types of Bible Studies
Types of Bible Studies
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Types of Bible Studies

Topical Study

Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using + cross-references or a concordance.

Character Study

Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life + in Gen.37-50.

Expository Study

Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or + book.

Prev Up Next
Approaches to God's Word Home Basics of Correct Interpretation
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0c1c200..6633a62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,9 +1,23 @@ -Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance

To Find a Particular Verse

  1. Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.

  2. Turn to this word alphabetically.

  3. Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.

Find these verses: -

  1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

  2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

  3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

-

To Do a Topical Study

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the -concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 -“He that is spiritual judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

To Find Meanings of Names

By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.

Look up these names and write down their meaning:

  • Nabal

  • Abigail

  • Joshua

  • Barnabus

Prev Up Next
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 Home Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
+Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance

To Find a Particular Verse

  1. Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the + verse.

  2. Turn to this word alphabetically.

  3. Go down the column of listings until you find your + verse.

Find these verses: +

  1. + “Faithful are the wounds of a friend” +

  2. + “We are ambassadors of Christ.” +

  3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

To Do a Topical Study

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word + "redemption." First you would look up that word in the + concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could + look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. + "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between + Mt.7:1 + “Judge not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 + “He that is spiritual judgeth all things.”Maybe + there are two different Greek words here, both being translated + "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right + is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write + it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, + you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is + Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 + and you have your answer!

To Find Meanings of Names

By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in + the Greek or Hebrew.

Look up these names and write down their meaning:

  • Nabal

  • Abigail

  • Joshua

  • Barnabus

Prev Up Next
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 Home Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html index 84d239a..5a52b05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,19 @@ -Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
Prev   Next

Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics

Table of Contents

Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible
Approaches to God's Word
Hear
Read
Study
Memorize
Meditate
Types of Bible Studies
Topical Study
Character Study
Expository Study
Basics of Correct Interpretation
Content
Context
Cross-reference
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
To Find a Particular Verse
To Do a Topical Study
To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew
To Find Meanings of Names

Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible

-

 

You search the Scriptures, because you think that -in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you -are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

 
 --Jn.5:39-40

-

The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so -in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. -

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]

There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of -Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus -Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that -through it we may meet Christ.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the -Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
Prev   Next
Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs Home Approaches to God's Word
+Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
Prev   Next

Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics

Table of Contents

Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible
Approaches to God's Word
Hear
Read
Study
Memorize
Meditate
Types of Bible Studies
Topical Study
Character Study
Expository Study
Basics of Correct Interpretation
Content
Context
Cross-reference
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
To Find a Particular Verse
To Do a Topical Study
To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew
To Find Meanings of Names

Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible

+

 

You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them + you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; + and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have + life.

 
 --Jn.5:39-40

+

The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. + Martin Luther said + “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; + just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for + fellowship with God.

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess + Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, + "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to + himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in + itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]

There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of + Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces + us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is + an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, + Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
Prev   Next
Supplement: Bible Reading Programs Home Approaches to God's Word
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 699fa5e..602413d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,30 +1,39 @@ -A Book that God Breathed
A Book that God Breathed
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that God Breathed

Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... -" Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that -proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -

2 Tim.3:16 declares, "All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude -toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for -granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say -'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in -Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He -said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He -went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to -say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to -say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not -speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor -did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God -spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ... -

-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "and profitable for teaching, for -correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, -equipped for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith -and conduct.

Prev Up Next
Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Home A Book that Works
+A Book that God Breathed
A Book that God Breathed
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that God Breathed

+ Heb.4:12 + "For the word of God is living and active..." + Jesus said + (Mt.4:4)," + It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on + every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of + God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to + speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.

2 Tim.3:16 declares, " + All scripture is inspired by God [lit., + God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, + consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted + that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally + say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a + comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the + Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah + prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went + on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & + Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament + authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of + Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of + old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say + that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). + God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality + of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to + corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. + Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. + ...

This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their + witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the + testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes + in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself + taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, + Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " + and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training + in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for + every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is + God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all + matters of faith and conduct.

Prev Up Next
Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Home A Book that Works
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index f4e38d1..bcc10ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Exhortations
Exhortations
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

Exhortations

-2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly -dividing the word of truth." -

-Col.3:16 "Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another -with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God." -

If you're rich in something, how much of it do you -have?

-Not a little!

-Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these -collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But -beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and -excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." -

Prev Up Next
A Book that Wars Home Appendix: "Once for -All"
+Exhortations
Exhortations
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

Exhortations

2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " + Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that + needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of + truth."

Col.3:16 " + Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all + wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns + and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to + God."

If you're rich in something, how much of it do you + have?

Not a little!

Eccl.12:11-12 " + The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of + these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one + Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many + books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to + the body."

Prev Up Next
A Book that Wars Home Appendix: "Once for All"
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8df7b44..3080514 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,12 +1,19 @@ -A Book that Liberates
A Book that Liberates
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that Liberates

-Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you -free."This is usually quoted by -itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to -all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the -sentence, in v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent wind. -"As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by -waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine..."One -thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the -result that we won't be easily "blown away."

But Jesus answered and said to them, "You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God."Mt.22:29

What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?

  • God's word

  • God's power

Prev Up Next
A Book that Works Home A Book that Wars
+A Book that Liberates
A Book that Liberates
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that Liberates

Jn.8:32 " + and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make + you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a + conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds + of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the + sentence, in v.31. " + If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of + Mine..."

We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically + speaking of the truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a + violent wind." + As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here + and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of + doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is + to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily + "blown away."

+ But Jesus answered and said to them," + You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the + Scriptures, or the power of God." Mt.22:29

What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from + error?

  • God's word

  • God's power

Prev Up Next
A Book that Works Home A Book that Wars
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html index 9e5d65c..d463c89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,22 +1,25 @@ -Appendix: "Once for All"
Appendix: "Once for -All"
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

Appendix: "Once for -All"

 

The truth regarding the -finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek -Testament, namely the adverb hapax and -ephapax. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as -to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT -to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was -once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" -(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

-Thus we may say that God has spoken once -for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian -revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete. -Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are -the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed -word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without -the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola gratia for our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Prev Up Next
Exhortations Home Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs
+Appendix: "Once for All"
Appendix: "Once for All"
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

Appendix: "Once for All"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in + Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the + adverb + hapaxand + ephapax. It is usually translated + in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used + of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need + repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and + redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all + delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " + Christ also died for sins once for all" + (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ + has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian + revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ + complete. Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory + to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the Protestant + Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition + of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the + addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were + sola scripturafor our authority + and + sola gratiafor our + salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, + Christ the Controversialist,InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.106-107
Prev Up Next
Exhortations Home Supplement: Bible Reading Programs
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 00f64ce..cef604a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ -Supplement: Bible Reading Programs
Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs

Here are some easy programs to systematically read your -Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, -or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

  1. New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week.

  2. Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month.

  3. Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.

  4. Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day.

  5. Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if -you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. -

Prev Up Next
Appendix: "Once for -All" Home Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
+Supplement: Bible Reading Programs
Supplement: Bible Reading Programs
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

Supplement: Bible Reading Programs

Here are some easy programs to systematically read your + Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance + #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to + keep it fresh!

  1. New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 + days a week.

  2. Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each + day, corresponding to the day of the month.

  3. Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each + day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, + & 140.

  4. Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms + and Proverbs one chapter per day.

  5. Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: + if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping + over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in + 2 years and 2 weeks.

Prev Up Next
Appendix: "Once for All" Home Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 099f258..fdb35b1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ -A Book that Wars
A Book that Wars
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that Wars

-Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.

Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor

QuestionAnswer
How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?5
How many are offensive?One
Which one(s)? the word - rhema

Prev Up Next
A Book that Liberates Home Exhortations
+A Book that Wars
A Book that Wars
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that Wars

Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.

Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor

QuestionAnswer
How many of the weapons listed here are defensive + weapons?5
How many are offensive?One
Which one(s)?the word - + rhema

Prev Up Next
A Book that Liberates Home Exhortations
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html index e476778..c290d2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,40 +1,14 @@ -A Book that Works
A Book that Works
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that Works

-What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"performs its work in you -who believe." Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word -performs. -

Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?

ReferenceAction
Eph. 5:26 -cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word." -
-Acts 20:32 - -builds up -- -" -...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the -inheritance among all those who are sanctified. -" -
-Rom. 15:4 - -encourages -- "that through perseverance and the -encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope." -
-Rom. 10:17 - -gives faith -- -"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of -Christ." -
-1 Cor. 10:11 - -instructs -- -"Now these things happened to them for an example, -and they were written for our instruction" -
-Mt. 4:4 - -nourishment -- -"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, -but on every word that proceeds out of the -mouth of God.'" -

Prev Up Next
A Book that God Breathed Home A Book that Liberates
+A Book that Works
A Book that Works
Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

A Book that Works

What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says + that the Bible " + performs its work in you who believe." Beside + each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?

ReferenceAction
Eph. 5:26cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing + of water with the word."
Acts 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is + able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among + all those who are sanctified. "
Rom. 15:4encourages -- "that through perseverance and the + encouragement of the Scriptures we might have + hope."
Rom. 10:17gives faith -- "So faith comes from hearing, and + hearing by the word of Christ."
1 Cor. 10:11instructs -- "Now these things happened to them for + an example, and they were written for our + instruction"
Mt. 4:4nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is + written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every + word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"

Prev Up Next
A Book that God Breathed Home A Book that Liberates
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html index 8e435dd..f1a14f2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,29 +1,25 @@ -Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
Prev   Next

Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word

Table of Contents

A Book that is Unique
A Book that God Breathed
A Book that Works
A Book that Liberates
A Book that Wars
Exhortations
Appendix: "Once for -All"
Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on -God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

A Book that is Unique

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

  • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

  • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -

Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.

WorkWhen WrittenEarliest CopyTime LapseNumber of Copies
Herodotus448-428 B.C.900 A.D.1300 years8 -
Tacitus100 A.D.1100 A.D.1000 years20 -
Caesar's Gallic War50-58 B.C.900 A.D.950 years10 -
Livy's Roman History59 B.C. - 17 A.D.900 A.D.900 years20 -
New Testament40 A.D. - 100 A.D.130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 -A.D. Full manuscripts30 - 310 years5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin -

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest of which was copied -900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have -full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New -Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How -many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 -in Latin!

 

"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which -it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably -alone among other ancient prose writings."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the -Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life p. -25-26
Prev   Next
The Biblestudy HowTo Home A Book that God Breathed
+Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
Prev   Next

Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word

Table of Contents

A Book that is Unique
A Book that God Breathed
A Book that Works
A Book that Liberates
A Book that Wars
Exhortations
Appendix: "Once for All"
Supplement: Bible Reading Programs

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call + on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we + learn to communicate with God.

A Book that is Unique

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 + million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and + year-to-year best seller!

  • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by + 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as + if written by one.

  • preservation. F. F. Bruce in + Are New Testament Documents + Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with + other ancient texts:

Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts.

WorkWhen WrittenEarliest CopyTime LapseNumber of Copies
Herodotus448-428 B.C.900 A.D.1300 years8
Tacitus100 A.D.1100 A.D.1000 years20
Caesar's + Gallic War50-58 B.C.900 A.D.950 years10
Livy's + Roman History59 B.C. - 17 A.D.900 A.D.900 years20
New Testament40 A.D. - 100 A.D.130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full + manuscripts30 - 310 years5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin

Ten copies of Caesar's + Gallic War exist, the earliest of which was + copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New + Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri + containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment + of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to + compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it + rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and + unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in + the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in + Questions of Lifep. 25-26
Prev   Next
The Biblestudy HowTo Home A Book that God Breathed
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html index 071fe78..b2adfdb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,29 @@ -Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the -verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, -it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.

Example 2A

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the Spirit." In context, what is -the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being -discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Example 2B

1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]”

Example 2C

Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, -and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the -only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching -elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging -baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, -how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

Prev Up Next
Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Home Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
+Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do + the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The + book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is + flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly + interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to + the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, + we have to look further.

Example 2A

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 + "born of water and the Spirit."In context, + what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be + a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and + Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a + clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the + amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Example 2B

1 Cor.14:34 + “Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to be + taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 + “every woman [...] while praying or prophesying + [...]”

Example 2C

Acts 2:38 + “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be + baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your + sins [...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If + this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to + conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere + that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to + interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his + hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to + being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 + "For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach + the gospel"?

Prev Up Next
Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Home Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 148bc2f..fe58c47 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,16 +1,30 @@ -Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context

-At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, “What does it mean to me?”. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Example 3A

“3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have -led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," -esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning -yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the -apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets -of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish -mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 -p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.

Example 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context -is that cutting animals in two and then walking between -the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking -the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But -in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

Prev Up Next
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context Home Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
+Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context

At first we are not asking + “What does it mean to me?”but + “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we + can ask, + “What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into + account the historical and cultural background of the author and + the recipients.

Example 3A

+ “3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to + come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of + Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise + Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact + meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent + contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a + day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there + were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 + buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the + Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days + started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 + p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday + 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the + cultural context keeps us out of trouble.

Example 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals + in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of + entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked + between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to + them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in + this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral + covenant.

Prev Up Next
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context Home Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2442836..adfe177 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,34 @@ -Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language

Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Example 4A

“evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even -more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 -"Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I -am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Example 4B

Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we -are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a -lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) -with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird”. The Mormons -had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -

Prev Up Next
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context Home Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
+Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be + figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special + meanings.

Example 4A

+ “evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule + 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit + with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we + aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, + “evil eye”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: + Mt.20:15 " + Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is + my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous + [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a + Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and + notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the + context.

Example 4B

Is.59:1 + “The Lord's hand is not short;”

Deut.33:27 + “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day + Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they + convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become + God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of + Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of + Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of + verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one + more scripture: Ps.91:4 + “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings + shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, + “By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved + God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird”. The + Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their + position.

Prev Up Next
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context Home Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 9e99207..f3a3cc6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,8 +1,20 @@ -Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) 

Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

Every parable is an allegory, true or false?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of -God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one -point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Example 5A

The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one -lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.

Example 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it -an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a -time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

Prev Up 
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language Home 
+Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory
Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) 

Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory

An allegory is: + A story where each element has a + meaning.

Every parable is an allegory, true or false?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of + the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns + are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories + but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get + our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of + things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay + it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Example 5A

The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in + Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. + If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is + reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, + etc.

Example 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What + is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness + in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have + it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in + cheating his master.

Prev Up 
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language Home 
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html index 78918d8..58584bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,44 +1,96 @@ -Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
Prev   Next

Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)

Table of Contents

Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.
Example 1A
Example 1B
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context
Example 2A
Example 2B
Example 2C
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
Example 3A
Example 3B
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
Example 4A
Example 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Example 5A
Example 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by -delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are -some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction.”

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.

  2. Cross-reference. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word - (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author - use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical - documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? - Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning.

Example 1A

Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want -to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look -it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters -give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up -the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying -influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look -up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for -"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do -something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

Example 1B

In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated -"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). - Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, -as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho: -

    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

  • Cross-references of chrio: -

    1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]”

    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the -definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good -Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal -use in Jesus' day. -

Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "Is any among you sick? Let -him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord." Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would -be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the -Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person -medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and -spiritual in our God! -

Prev   Next
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance Home Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context
+Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
Prev   Next

Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)

Table of Contents

Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.
Example 1A
Example 1B
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
Example 2A
Example 2B
Example 2C
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context
Example 3A
Example 3B
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language
Example 4A
Example 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory
Example 5A
Example 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, + cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into + biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended + by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a + passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture + itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private + interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV + “Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any + private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward + discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have + brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 + “...in which are some things hard to understand, which the + untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the + Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a + passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular + verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? + Keep these rules in mind:

Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning + of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the + exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. + For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.

  2. Cross-reference. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same + Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in + scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. + How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other + authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word + in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to + the original languages; why isn't the English word good + enough? + Because more than one Greek word may be translated + into the same English word, and the Greek words may have + different shades of meaning.

Example 1A

Jn.20:17 + "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't + it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is + risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem + right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' + The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG + Publishers, 1991).

Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" + we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of + speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. + Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto + (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a + modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao + (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of + something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates + come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for + "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. + In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in + the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when + it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a + negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is + already occurring. So, what have we found?

+ Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying + to stop holding him! +

Example 1B

In James 5:14, + Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is + sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we + also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - + "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or + religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the + tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist + participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous + action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it + usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." + (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho: +

    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your + head

    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might + come and anoint Him.

    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many + sick people and healing them.

    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them + with the perfume

    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and + wiped them with her hair

  • Cross-references of chrio: +

    1. Lk.4:18 + “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has + anointed me to preach [...]”

    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost + and power

    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look + back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up + the difference: + "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a + spiritual

As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the + practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared + for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the + wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.

Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to + James 5:14 + "Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of + the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in + the name of the Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or + practical? Practical!

And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be + better translated "having anointed," so the order is the + anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers + to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the + elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in + the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of + practical and spiritual in our God!

Prev   Next
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance Home Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html index a125bb9..d39db3e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,18 @@ -The Biblestudy HowTo
The Biblestudy HowTo
   Next

The Biblestudy HowTo

Bob Harman

The BibleTime team

Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and - is licensed under the terms of the license - - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". -

- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

Abstract

- The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. -

- It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the - readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This - particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to - advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read - and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start - with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your - heart He will not disappoint you. -

Table of Contents

1. Importance of God's Word
A Book that is Unique
A Book that God Breathed
A Book that Works
A Book that Liberates
A Book that Wars
Exhortations
Appendix: "Once for -All"
Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs
2. Bible Study Basics
Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible
Approaches to God's Word
Hear
Read
Study
Memorize
Meditate
Types of Bible Studies
Topical Study
Character Study
Expository Study
Basics of Correct Interpretation
Content
Context
Cross-reference
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
To Find a Particular Verse
To Do a Topical Study
To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew
To Find Meanings of Names
3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.
Example 1A
Example 1B
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context
Example 2A
Example 2B
Example 2C
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
Example 3A
Example 3B
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
Example 4A
Example 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
Example 5A
Example 5B

List of Tables

1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.
1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?
1.3. Spiritual Armor
   Next
   Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
+The Biblestudy HowTo
The Biblestudy HowTo
   Next

The Biblestudy HowTo

Bob Harman

The BibleTime Team

Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)

This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is + licensed under the terms of the license + + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible + unless otherwise indicated.

Abstract

The + Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying + the Bible.

It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo + will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they + say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care + not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We + recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what + they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the + Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

Table of Contents

1. Importance of God's Word
A Book that is Unique
A Book that God Breathed
A Book that Works
A Book that Liberates
A Book that Wars
Exhortations
Appendix: "Once for All"
Supplement: Bible Reading Programs
2. Bible Study Basics
Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible
Approaches to God's Word
Hear
Read
Study
Memorize
Meditate
Types of Bible Studies
Topical Study
Character Study
Expository Study
Basics of Correct Interpretation
Content
Context
Cross-reference
An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
To Find a Particular Verse
To Do a Topical Study
To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew
To Find Meanings of Names
3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.
Example 1A
Example 1B
Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
Example 2A
Example 2B
Example 2C
Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context
Example 3A
Example 3B
Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language
Example 4A
Example 4B
Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory
Example 5A
Example 5B

List of Tables

1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts.
1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?
1.3. Spiritual Armor
   Next
   Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 658a2db..58238e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,213 +1,245 @@ -Estudio Bíblico básico - - -Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia - -
Juan 5:39-40 Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis + + Estudio Bíblico básico + + Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia + +
+ Juan 5:39-40 + Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir a mí, para que tengáis vida. -
- - -El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin +
+ + El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin Luther dijo vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé; sólo que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para -tener comunión con Él. - - -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +tener comunión con Él. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el Polemico), InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras -equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a -sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo -venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron gravemente -engañados. [...] -No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...] + No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo. -
- - -Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios -Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura -mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una -visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, -leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en -nuestras mentes. - -Oír -Lucas 11:28 bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la +
+ + + Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds. + + Oír + Lucas 11:28 bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la guardan. - - -Leer -Apocalipsis 1:3 Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las + + + Leer + Apocalipsis 1:3 Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las palabras de esta profecía [...] -1 Timoteo 4:13 presta atención a la lectura pública de la -Escritura[...] - - - -Estudio -Hechos 17:11 Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que + 1 Timoteo 4:13 presta atención a la lectura pública de la +Escritura[...] + + + Estudio + Hechos 17:11 Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran -así. - -2 Timoteo 2:15 Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +así. + 2 Timoteo 2:15 Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con precisión la palabra de verdad. - - -Memorizar -Salmos 119:11 En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra + + + Memorizar + Salmos 119:11 En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra ti. - - -Meditar -Salmos 1:2-3 pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley + + + Meditar + Salmos 1:2-3 pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en -todo lo que hace, prospera. - - -Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede -tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los -primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo -cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar -y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la -Biblia. - - - -Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos -Estudio Temático -Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias +todo lo que hace, prospera. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos + + Estudio Temático + Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias cruzadas o una concordancia. - - -Estudio de Personajes -Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de + + + Estudio de Personajes + Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de José en Gen.37-50. - - -Estudio Expositivo -El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro. - - - -Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta - -Contenido -¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las + + + Estudio Expositivo + El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro. + + + + Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta + + Contenido + ¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice. - - -Contexto -¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es -la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el -pasaje y del libro. - - -Referencias Cruzadas -¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? + + + Contexto + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Referencias Cruzadas + ¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene que superar la prueba de otras escrituras. - - - -Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 -Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el -versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? -Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se -refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un -número romano Uno en su esquema: - - - Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar - - -¿Qué quiere decir practicar piedad? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos -ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? Nuestros -motivos! ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento? - - - Cuando Ud. da - Cuando Ud. ayuna - Cuando Ud. ora - - -Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar + + + + Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + Cuando Ud. da + + + Cuando Ud. ayuna + + + Cuando Ud. ora + + + Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar caminos equivocados para practicar piedad. - - - When you give - no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien tocar trompeta -hoy en día?) - hazlo secretamente. - etc. - - - - - -Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia - -Para encontrar un versículo particular. - - Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso. - Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético - Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso. - - -Find these verses: - Fieles son las heridas del amigo - somos embajadores de Cristo - La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro. - - - - -Para hacer un Estudio Temático -Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra -"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y -busque las referencias que figuran en ella. Entonces usted verá palabras -relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir, -rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró". - - - -Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo -¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 No juzguéis -para que no seáis juzgados y 1 Cor.2:15 El que es espiritual -juzga todas las cosas. ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes -aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos -ambos de fuente desde aquí en adelante) - - Busque "juez" - Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número -2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela. - Ahora busque "juzga". - Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. - Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el -lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de -2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! - - - -Para encontrar los significados de los nombres -De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + hazlo secretamente. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia + + Para encontrar un versículo particular. + + + Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso. + + + Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético + + + Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso. + + + Find these verses: + + + Fieles son las heridas del amigo + + + + + somos embajadores de Cristo + + + + La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro. + + + + + Para hacer un Estudio Temático + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Para encontrar los significados de los nombres + De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o hebreo. -Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado: - -Nabal -Abigail -Josué -Bernabé - - - - - + Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Josué + + + Bernabé + + + + diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 03aefba..8d1d074 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,310 +1,305 @@ -Importancia de la Palabra de Dios -La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los -que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las -principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios. - -Un libro que es único -La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en: - - - - -popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por -año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido. - - - - -autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores -de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por -uno. - - - - -conservación. F. F. Bruce en Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?) compara -manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos: - - - - -Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos. - - - -Obra -Cuando fue escrita -Copia más antigua -Tiempo transcurridoNúmero de Copias - - - -Heródoto -448-428 AC900 DC -1300 años8 - - -Tácito -100 DC1100 DC -1000 años20 - - -Guerra de las Galias de César -50-58 AC900 DC -950 años10 - - -Historia Romana de Livio -59 AC - 17 DC900 DC -900 años20 - - -Nuevo Testamento -40 DC - 100 DC130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos 30 - 310 años5000 Griego y 10000 Latin - -
-Existen Diez copias de Guerra de las Galias de César, -siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original, -etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 -DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un -fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos -tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! -
Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El -Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado -en Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida) p. 25-26"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto + + Importancia de la Palabra de Dios + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God. + + Un libro que es único + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: + + + + Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos. + + + + Obra + Cuando fue escrita + Copia más antigua + Tiempo transcurrido + Número de Copias + + + + + Heródoto + 448-428 AC + 900 DC + 1300 años + 8 + + + Tácito + 100 DC + 1100 DC + 1000 años + 20 + + + Guerra de las Galias de César + 50-58 AC + 900 DC + 950 años + 10 + + + Historia Romana de Livio + 59 AC - 17 DC + 900 DC + 900 años + 20 + + + Nuevo Testamento + 40 DC - 100 DC + 130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos + 30 - 310 años + 5000 Griego y 10000 Latin + + + +
+ Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
+ Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos -escritos en prosa".
- - -Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) -Heb.4:12 "Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y -eficaz" Jesús dice (Mt.4:4), -"Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda -palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios." -Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros -corazones de una manera fresca continuamente. - -2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios -[lit. aliento de Dios]" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar, -considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. -
John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polemico), InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos -ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o -'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en -Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo -19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está -escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios -(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del -Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la -Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres -por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fue decir 'hombres movidos por el -Espíritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal -manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres -hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios -habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo del -otro. ... - - -Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración -era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de -Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino -de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó.
- -2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para -corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea -perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra." Si -aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablándonos, se deduce que será -nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. - - -Un libro que Obra - -¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que -la Biblia "obra también en vosotros que creísteis." Al -lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza. - - -¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos? - - - -Referencia -Acción - - - - -Efesios 5:26 - -limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" - - - - -Hechos 20:32 - - -edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para -sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados." - - - - -Romanos 15:4 - - -alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, -tengamos esperanza." - - - - - -Romanos 10:17 - - -da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios." - - - - - -1 Corintios 10:11 - - -instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son -escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" - - - - - -Mateo 4:4 - - -alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá -el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" - - - - -
- - -Un libro que libera - -Juan 8:32 "y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará -libres." Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa -condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento? -Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, -en el verso 31. "Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis -verdaderamente mis discípulos;" -Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la -verdad de la Palabra de Dios. - -La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un -viento violento. "para que ya no seamos niños -fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina..." -Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la -verdad, con el resultado que no será fácil "soplarnos fuera." - -Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: -"Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las -Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios." Mateo 22:29 -¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error? - -La palabra de Dios -El poder de Dios - - - -Un libro que guerrea - -Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual. - -Armadura Espiritual - - - -Pregunta -Respuesta - - -¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?5 -¿Cuantas con ofensivas?Una -¿Cúal? la palabra - rhema -
- - -Exhortaciones - -2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios -aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la -palabra de verdad." - - -Col.3:16 "La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, -enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e -himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones -al Señor. " - - -Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? - -¡No un poco! - - -Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "Las palabras de los sabios son como -aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por -un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos -libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga." - - -Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" -
-John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico) InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es -transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los -adverbios hapax y -ephapax.Por lo general se traduce en la -Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto -se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y -se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto, -Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3), -y los Romanos, dice,"Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para -siempre" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha -sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y -de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada -puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las -dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios -revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin -agregados de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran -sólo la escritura para nuestra autoridad y -sólo la gracia para nuestra salvación. -
- - -Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma -sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, -por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para -mantenerlo fresco! - - -Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana. -Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que -corresponde al día del mes. -Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por -ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140. -Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios -de un capítulo por día. -Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo +escritos en prosa". +
+ + + Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
+ John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico), InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
+ 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. + + + Un libro que Obra + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos? + + + + Referencia + Acción + + + + + Efesios 5:26 + limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" + + + Hechos 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Romanos 15:4 + alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, +tengamos esperanza." + + + Romanos 10:17 + da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios." + + + 1 Corintios 10:11 + instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son +escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" + + + Mateo 4:4 + alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" + + + +
+ + + Un libro que libera + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + ¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error? + + + La palabra de Dios + + + El poder de Dios + + + + + Un libro que guerrea + Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual. + + Armadura Espiritual + + + + Pregunta + Respuesta + + + + + ¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas? + 5 + + + ¿Cuantas con ofensivas? + Una + + + ¿Cúal? + la palabra - rhema + + + +
+ + + Exhortaciones + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? + ¡No un poco! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body." + + + Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" +
+ John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
+ + + Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana. + + + Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que +corresponde al día del mes. + + + Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por +ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140. + + + Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios +de un capítulo por día. + + + Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el -Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas. - - - - +Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 25444f8..8e57cd3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,279 +1,275 @@ -Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) -Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia -cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica -bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original -(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas, -sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la -Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV entendiendo -primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación -privada). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido -correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos -problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 ...entre las -cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e -inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia -perdición. - -¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos -que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo -significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas: - -
Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras. -Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las -palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el -significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos: - - - - Definición - Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, + + Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
+ Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps: + + + + Definición + Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, también el tiempo verbal es crucial. - - - - - Referencias Cruzadas - Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o -Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una -nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros -lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la -palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los -idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en -Español?Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede -traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden -tener distintos matices de significado. - - - - -
Ejemplo 1A -Jn.20:17 "No me toques" (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena -como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es -demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a -ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'The Complete Word Study New Testament -(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento) (AMG -Publishers, 1991). - -Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos -"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los -números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la -definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la -manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia -sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa -que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código -gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849 -vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857, -"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para -hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o, -cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden -negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está -ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
- -
Ejemplo 1B -En Santiago 5:14 Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por -él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor. ¿Qué es esta -unción? -La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también -tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar -o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio -religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo -también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa -una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es -decir, momentánea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es -temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo -principal." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza - Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a -ungirle. - Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban. - Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento. - Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lucas 4:18 El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para -predicar [...] - Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste - Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con -poder - 2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios - - - - -Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las -referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la -diferencia:"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y -"chrio" es uno espiritual - -Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica -del aceite en esa época, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado -por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un -uso medicinal en la época de Jesús. - -Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a -Santiago 5:14 "¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los -ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre -del Señor." Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica! - -Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como -"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la -oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la -unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento -a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan -un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios! - -
-
- -
-Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico -Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los -versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su -interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto -suple lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente un pasaje. El -contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado -después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar -más allá. - -
Ejemplo 2A -El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 "nacido de agua y del -Espíritu" En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí? -El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del -tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de -tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El -agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural. -
-
Ejemplo 2B -1 Corintios 14:34 Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias -tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 toda -mujer que ora o profetiza [...] -
-
Ejemplo 2C -Hechos 2:38 Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno -de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; -[...]" . Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este -fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que -concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la -regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro -modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes -respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo -podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 "Porque no me envió Cristo -a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" ? - -
-
- -
-Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural - -Al principio no nos preguntamos ¿Qué significa para mí?, sino -que primero preguntemos ¿Qué significó para sus lectores -originales?; luego puede preguntar ¿Qué significa para -mí?. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y -culturales del autor y los destinatarios. - -
Ejemplo 3A 3 días y 3 noches (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una -"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del -Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resucitar -Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El -significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente -contradicción. -Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de -un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos -y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno -esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judía, una parte del -día es contada como un día, y los días comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a -las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a -Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación -en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas. -
- -
Ejemplo 3BGénesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y -luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato -en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el -compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de -su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que -es un pacto unilateral. -
-
- -
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Referencias Cruzadas + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning. + + + +
+ Ejemplo 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
+
+ Ejemplo 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza + + + Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a +ungirle. + + + Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban. + + + Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento. + + + Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lucas 4:18 El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para +predicar [...] + + + Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste + + + Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con +poder + + + 2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
+
+
+ Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further. +
+ Ejemplo 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +
+
+ Ejemplo 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] +
+
+ Ejemplo 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
+
+
+ Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but +What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. +
+ Ejemplo 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction. + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble. +
+
+ Ejemplo 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant. +
+
+
+ Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma -Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea -figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un -significado especial. - -
Ejemplo 4A -ojo malvado en Mt.6:23. -La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el -contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede -antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto -correctamente!! -Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, ojo malvado. Vamos a -buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "¿No es legal para mi -hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"], -porque soy bueno?" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un -modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe -cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto. -
- -
Ejemplo 4B -Is.59:1 no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová -Deut.33:27 y acá abajo los brazos eternos. - -Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los -Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como -nosotros. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, van a enseñar que podemos -llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un -grupo de ancianos del Mormón desafió a Walter Martin (autor del -Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)) con una -enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a -leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y -debajo de sus alas estarás seguro. W.M. dijo: Por las mismas -reglas de interpretación que ustedes acaban de demostrar que Dios es un -hombre, ustedes acaban de demostrar que Él es un pájaro. Los -mormones tuvieron que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su -posición. - -
-
- -
Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Ejemplo 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +
+
+ Ejemplo 4B + Is.59:1 no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová + Deut.33:27 y acá abajo los brazos eternos. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +
+
+
+ Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría -Una alegoría es: Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un + Una alegoría es: Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un significado. -Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso? - -Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es -una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las -preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son -alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso -obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parábolas; ella puede ser retorcida para -decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotros necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de -desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parábola ilustra -eso, bien. - -
Ejemplo 5A -La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia + Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +
+ Ejemplo 5A + La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría, ¿qué tenemos? -Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los -derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.
- -
Ejemplo 5B -La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de -la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría? -El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que -tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es -elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. -
- -
+ Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los +derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc. +
+
+ Ejemplo 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
+ diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook index aa79c3f..4265c8d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,70 +9,48 @@ ]> - - - El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está -disponible bajo los términos de la licencia "Creative Commons -Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".. - - - Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo + El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé -SpaRVG2004] - - - - - Resumen - - - El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia es una guía para el -estudio de la Biblia. - - - Es la esperanza del equipo &bibletime; que este Cómo provoque a los lectores -a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en -particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina -confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para -entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la -palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará. - - - - - Bible - Estudio - HowTo - - +SpaRVG2004] + + + Resumen + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Estudio + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index f637658..d49e6ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,25 +1,20 @@ -Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios

Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura -mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una -visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, -leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en -nuestras mentes.

Oír

Lucas 11:28 “bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la +Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios

Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios

Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

Oír

Lucas 11:28 “bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la guardan.”

Leer

Apocalipsis 1:3 “Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las palabras de esta profecía [...]”

1 Timoteo 4:13 “presta atención a la lectura pública de la -Escritura[...]” -

Estudio

Hechos 17:11 “Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que +Escritura[...]”

Estudio

Hechos 17:11 “Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran -así.” -

2 Timoteo 2:15 “Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +así.”

2 Timoteo 2:15 “Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con precisión la palabra de verdad.”

Memorizar

Salmos 119:11 “En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra ti.”

Meditar

Salmos 1:2-3 “pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en -todo lo que hace, prospera.” -

Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede -tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los -primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo -cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar -y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la -Biblia.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Inicio Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
+todo lo que hace, prospera.”

The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Inicio Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 747bb3e..7e35a4d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18

Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el -versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? -Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se -refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un -número romano Uno en su esquema:

  1. Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar

¿Qué quiere decir “practicar piedad”? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos -ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? Nuestros -motivos! ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?

  1. Cuando Ud. da

  2. Cuando Ud. ayuna

  3. Cuando Ud. ora

Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar -caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.

  1. When you give

    1. no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien “tocar trompeta” -hoy en día?)

    2. hazlo secretamente.

    3. etc.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta Inicio Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
+Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18

Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

  1. Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar

What does “practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

  1. Cuando Ud. da

  2. Cuando Ud. ayuna

  3. Cuando Ud. ora

Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar +caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.

  1. When you give

    1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a +trumpet”today?)

    2. hazlo secretamente.

    3. etc.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta Inicio Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index f57f88a..6a327e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta

Contenido

¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las -definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.

Contexto

¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es -la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el -pasaje y del libro.

Referencias Cruzadas

¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? +Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta

Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta

Contenido

¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las +definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.

Contexto

What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

Referencias Cruzadas

¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos Inicio Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html index 3b21e46..49dab20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos

Estudio Temático

Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias +Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos

Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos

Estudio Temático

Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias cruzadas o una concordancia.

Estudio de Personajes

Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de José en Gen.37-50.

Estudio Expositivo

El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios Inicio Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index aa71ab8..180e96a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia

Para encontrar un versículo particular.

  1. Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.

  2. Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético

  3. Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.

Find these verses:

  1. “Fieles son las heridas del amigo”

  2. “somos embajadores de Cristo”

  3. La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.

-

Para hacer un Estudio Temático

Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra -"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y -busque las referencias que figuran en ella. Entonces usted verá palabras -relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir, -rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró".

Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo

¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 “No juzguéis -para que no seáis juzgados” y 1 Cor.2:15 “El que es espiritual -juzga todas las cosas.” ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes -aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos -ambos de fuente desde aquí en adelante)

  1. Busque "juez"

  2. Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número -2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.

  3. Ahora busque "juzga".

  4. Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el -lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de -2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta!

Para encontrar los significados de los nombres

De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o +Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia

Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
Anterior Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico Siguiente

Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia

Para encontrar un versículo particular.

  1. Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.

  2. Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético

  3. Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.

Find these verses:

  1. + “Fieles son las heridas del amigo” +

  2. + “somos embajadores de Cristo” +

  3. La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.

Para hacer un Estudio Temático

Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo

What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

  1. Look up "judge".

  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

  3. Now look up "judgeth".

  4. Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

Para encontrar los significados de los nombres

De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o hebreo.

Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:

  • Nabal

  • Abigail

  • Josué

  • Bernabé

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 Inicio Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html index e092463..e55f114 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico
Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico
Anterior   Siguiente

Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico

Tabla de contenidos

Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia
Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
Oír
Leer
Estudio
Memorizar
Meditar
Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
Estudio Temático
Estudio de Personajes
Estudio Expositivo
Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
Contenido
Contexto
Referencias Cruzadas
Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
Para encontrar un versículo particular.
Para hacer un Estudio Temático
Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo
Para encontrar los significados de los nombres

Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia

-

 

Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis +Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico

Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico
Anterior   Siguiente

Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico

Tabla de contenidos

Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia
Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
Oír
Leer
Estudio
Memorizar
Meditar
Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
Estudio Temático
Estudio de Personajes
Estudio Expositivo
Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
Contenido
Contexto
Referencias Cruzadas
Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
Para encontrar un versículo particular.
Para hacer un Estudio Temático
Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo
Para encontrar los significados de los nombres

Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia

+

 

Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir -a mí, para que tengáis vida.

 
 --Juan 5:39-40

-

El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin +a mí, para que tengáis vida.

 
 --Juan 5:39-40

+

El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin Luther dijo “vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé”; sólo que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para -tener comunión con Él. -

 

Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras -equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a -sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo -venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron gravemente -engañados. [...]

No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para +tener comunión con Él.

 

The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 4af9ff8..07188e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,33 +1,30 @@ -Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)

Heb.4:12 "Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y -eficaz" Jesús dice (Mt.4:4), -"Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda -palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios." -Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros -corazones de una manera fresca continuamente. -

2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios -[lit. aliento de Dios]" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar, -considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras.

 

Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos -ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o -'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en -Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo -19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está -escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios -(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del -Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la -Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres -por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fue decir 'hombres movidos por el -Espíritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal -manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres -hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios -habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo del -otro. ... -

-Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración -era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de -Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino -de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polemico), InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para -corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea -perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra." Si -aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablándonos, se deduce que será -nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Inicio Un libro que Obra
+Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)

+ Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.

2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

 

He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico), InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Inicio Un libro que Obra
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 6a265ba..41e4841 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -Exhortaciones
Exhortaciones
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Exhortaciones

-2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios -aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la -palabra de verdad." -

-Col.3:16 "La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, -enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e -himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones -al Señor. " -

Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?

-¡No un poco!

-Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "Las palabras de los sabios son como -aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por -un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos -libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga." -

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que guerrea Inicio Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
+Exhortaciones
Exhortaciones
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Exhortaciones

2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?

¡No un poco!

Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que guerrea Inicio Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index aad4cc4..6ac2be9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ -Un libro que libera
Un libro que libera
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que libera

-Juan 8:32 "y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará -libres." Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa -condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento? -Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, -en el verso 31. "Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis -verdaderamente mis discípulos;"

Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la -verdad de la Palabra de Dios.

La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un -viento violento. "para que ya no seamos niños -fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina..." -Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la -verdad, con el resultado que no será fácil "soplarnos fuera."

Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: -"Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las -Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios." Mateo 22:29

¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?

  • La palabra de Dios

  • El poder de Dios

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que Obra Inicio Un libro que guerrea
+Un libro que libera
Un libro que libera
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que libera

Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

+ But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?

  • La palabra de Dios

  • El poder de Dios

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que Obra Inicio Un libro que guerrea
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html index 10a5699..6f87c8b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"

 

La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es -transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los -adverbios hapax y -ephapax.Por lo general se traduce en la -Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto -se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y -se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto, -Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3), -y los Romanos, dice,"Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para -siempre" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

-Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha -sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y -de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada -puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las -dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios -revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin -agregados de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran -sólo la escritura para nuestra autoridad y -sólo la gracia para nuestra salvación.

 
 --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico) InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Anterior Subir Siguiente
Exhortaciones Inicio Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
+Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"

 

The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

 
 --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
Anterior Subir Siguiente
Exhortaciones Inicio Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 949b677..2e02663 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ -Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia

Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma -sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, -por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para -mantenerlo fresco! -

  1. Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.

  2. Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que +Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia

    Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

    Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

    1. Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.

    2. Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que corresponde al día del mes.

    3. Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.

    4. Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios de un capítulo por día.

    5. Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el -Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas. -

    Anterior Subir Siguiente
    Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" Inicio Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico
    +Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" Inicio Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6d1dd4c..b82824f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Un libro que guerrea
Un libro que guerrea
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que guerrea

-Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.

Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual

PreguntaRespuesta
¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?5
¿Cuantas con ofensivas?Una
¿Cúal? la palabra - rhema

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que libera Inicio Exhortaciones
+Un libro que guerrea
Un libro que guerrea
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que guerrea

Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.

Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual

PreguntaRespuesta
¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?5
¿Cuantas con ofensivas?Una
¿Cúal?la palabra - rhema

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que libera Inicio Exhortaciones
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html index de322e9..b58dc5b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,31 +1,7 @@ -Un libro que Obra
Un libro que Obra
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que Obra

-¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que -la Biblia "obra también en vosotros que creísteis." Al -lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza. -

Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?

ReferenciaAcción
Efesios 5:26 -limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" -
-Hechos 20:32 - -edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para -sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados." -
-Romanos 15:4 - -alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, -tengamos esperanza." -
-Romanos 10:17 - -da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios." -
-1 Corintios 10:11 - -instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son -escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" -
-Mateo 4:4 - -alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá -el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" -

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) Inicio Un libro que libera
+Un libro que Obra
Un libro que Obra
Anterior Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios Siguiente

Un libro que Obra

What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?

ReferenciaAcción
Efesios 5:26limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"
Hechos 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
Romanos 15:4alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, +tengamos esperanza."
Romanos 10:17da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."
1 Corintios 10:11instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son +escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"
Mateo 4:4alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) Inicio Un libro que libera
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html index 8d24010..dbe3a60 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,28 +1,16 @@ -Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios
Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios
Anterior   Siguiente

Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios

Tabla de contenidos

Un libro que es único
Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
Un libro que Obra
Un libro que libera
Un libro que guerrea
Exhortaciones
Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia

La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los -que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las -principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.

Un libro que es único

La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:

  • -popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por -año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido. -

  • -autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores -de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por -uno. -

  • -conservación. F. F. Bruce en Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?) compara -manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos: -

Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.

ObraCuando fue escritaCopia más antiguaTiempo transcurridoNúmero de Copias
Heródoto448-428 AC900 DC1300 años8 -
Tácito100 DC1100 DC1000 años20 -
Guerra de las Galias de César50-58 AC900 DC950 años10 -
Historia Romana de Livio59 AC - 17 DC900 DC900 años20 -
Nuevo Testamento40 DC - 100 DC130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos30 - 310 años5000 Griego y 10000 Latin -

Existen Diez copias de Guerra de las Galias de César, -siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original, -etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 -DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un -fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos -tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin!

 

"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto +Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios

Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios
Anterior   Siguiente

Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios

Tabla de contenidos

Un libro que es único
Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
Un libro que Obra
Un libro que libera
Un libro que guerrea
Exhortaciones
Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia

Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

Un libro que es único

The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

  • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

  • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

  • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.

ObraCuando fue escritaCopia más antiguaTiempo transcurridoNúmero de Copias
Heródoto448-428 AC900 DC1300 años8
Tácito100 DC1100 DC1000 años20
Guerra de las Galias de César50-58 AC900 DC950 años10
Historia Romana de Livio59 AC - 17 DC900 DC900 años20
Nuevo Testamento40 DC - 100 DC130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos30 - 310 años5000 Griego y 10000 Latin

Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

 

"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos -escritos en prosa".

 
 --Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El -Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado -en Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida) p. 25-26
Anterior   Siguiente
El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia Inicio Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
+escritos en prosa".

 
 --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
Anterior   Siguiente
El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia Inicio Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html index d96376f..bf2d9f9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,20 @@ -Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
Anterior Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Siguiente

Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico

Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los -versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su -interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto -suple lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente un pasaje. El -contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado -después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar -más allá.

Ejemplo 2A

El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 "nacido de agua y del -Espíritu" En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?

El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del -tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de -tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El -agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.

Ejemplo 2B

1 Corintios 14:34 “Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias” -tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 “toda -mujer que ora o profetiza [...]”

Ejemplo 2C

Hechos 2:38 “Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno -de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; -[...]" ”. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este -fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que -concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la -regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro -modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes -respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo -podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 "Porque no me envió Cristo -a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" ? -

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Inicio Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
+Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
Anterior Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Siguiente

Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico

Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

Ejemplo 2A

In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

Ejemplo 2B

1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]”

Ejemplo 2C

Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Inicio Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 5fcae6b..3ee8e29 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,24 +1,22 @@ -Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
Anterior Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Siguiente

Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural

-Al principio no nos preguntamos “¿Qué significa para mí?”, sino -que primero preguntemos “¿Qué significó para sus lectores -originales?”; luego puede preguntar “¿Qué significa para -mí?”. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y -culturales del autor y los destinatarios.

Ejemplo 3A

“3 días y 3 noches” (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una -"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del -Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resucitar -Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El -significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente -contradicción.

Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de -un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos -y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno -esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judía, una parte del -día es contada como un día, y los días comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a -las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a -Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación -en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.

Ejemplo 3B

Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y -luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato -en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el -compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de -su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que -es un pacto unilateral.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico Inicio Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
Anterior Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Siguiente

Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural

At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?”but +“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

Ejemplo 3A

+ “3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.

We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

Ejemplo 3B

Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico Inicio Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2f35359..03608ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma
Anterior Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) Siguiente

Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el -idioma

Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea -figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un -significado especial.

Ejemplo 4A

“ojo malvado” en Mt.6:23.

La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el -contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede -antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto -correctamente!!

Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, “ojo malvado”. Vamos a -buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "¿No es legal para mi -hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"], -porque soy bueno?" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un -modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe -cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.

Ejemplo 4B

Is.59:1 “no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová”

Deut.33:27 “y acá abajo los brazos eternos.”

-Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los -Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como -nosotros. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, van a enseñar que podemos -llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un -grupo de ancianos del Mormón desafió a Walter Martin (autor del -Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)) con una -enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a -leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 “Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y -debajo de sus alas estarás seguro”. W.M. dijo: “Por las mismas -reglas de interpretación que ustedes acaban de demostrar que Dios es un -hombre, ustedes acaban de demostrar que Él es un pájaro”. Los -mormones tuvieron que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su -posición. -

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural Inicio Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +idioma

Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

Ejemplo 4A

+ “evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

Ejemplo 4B

Is.59:1 “no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová”

Deut.33:27 “y acá abajo los brazos eternos.”

References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

Anterior Subir Siguiente
Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural Inicio Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 3dec88d..61bd478 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,18 +1,16 @@ -Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría
Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría
Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría
Anterior Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) 

Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría

Una alegoría es: Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un -significado.

Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?

Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es -una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las -preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son -alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso -obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parábolas; ella puede ser retorcida para -decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotros necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de -desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parábola ilustra -eso, bien.

Ejemplo 5A

La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia +significado.

Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?

Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

Ejemplo 5A

La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría, ¿qué tenemos?

Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los -derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.

Ejemplo 5B

La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de -la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría?

El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que -tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es -elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo.

Anterior Subir 
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.

Ejemplo 5B

The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

Anterior Subir 
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma Inicio 
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html index 0dd2cfd..3afca39 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,77 +1,69 @@ -Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
Anterior   Siguiente

Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)

Tabla de contenidos

Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.
Ejemplo 1A
Ejemplo 1B
Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
Ejemplo 2A
Ejemplo 2B
Ejemplo 2C
Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
Ejemplo 3A
Ejemplo 3B
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
Anterior   Siguiente

Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)

Tabla de contenidos

Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.
Ejemplo 1A
Ejemplo 1B
Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
Ejemplo 2A
Ejemplo 2B
Ejemplo 2C
Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
Ejemplo 3A
Ejemplo 3B
Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma
Ejemplo 4A
Ejemplo 4B
Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una -parábola y una alegoría
Ejemplo 5A
Ejemplo 5B

Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia -cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica -bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original -(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas, -sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la -Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV “entendiendo -primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación -privada”). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido -correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos -problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 “...entre las -cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e -inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia -perdición.”

¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos -que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo -significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:

Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.

Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las -palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el -significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:

  1. Definición. Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, -también el tiempo verbal es crucial.

  2. Referencias Cruzadas. Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o -Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una -nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros -lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la -palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los -idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en -Español?Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede -traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden -tener distintos matices de significado.

Ejemplo 1A

Jn.20:17 "No me toques" (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena -como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es -demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a -ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'The Complete Word Study New Testament -(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento) (AMG -Publishers, 1991).

Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos -"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los -números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la -definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la -manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia -sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa -que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código -gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849 -vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857, -"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para -hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o, -cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden -negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está -ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?

Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

Ejemplo 1B

En Santiago 5:14 Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por -él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor. ¿Qué es esta -unción?

La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también -tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar -o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio -religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo -también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa -una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es -decir, momentánea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es -temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo -principal." (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho:

    1. Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza

    2. Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a +parábola y una alegoría

Ejemplo 5A
Ejemplo 5B

We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.

The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

  1. Definición. Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, +también el tiempo verbal es crucial.

  2. Referencias Cruzadas. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.

Ejemplo 1A

Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

+ Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

Ejemplo 1B

In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

  • Cross-references for aleipho:

    1. Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza

    2. Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a ungirle.

    3. Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.

    4. Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.

    5. Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos

  • Cross-references of chrio:

    1. Lucas 4:18 “El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para predicar [...]”

    2. Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste

    3. Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con -poder

    4. 2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios

Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las -referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la -diferencia:"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y -"chrio" es uno espiritual

Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica -del aceite en esa época, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado -por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un -uso medicinal en la época de Jesús. -

Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a -Santiago 5:14 "¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los -ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre -del Señor." Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!

-Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como -"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la -oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la -unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento -a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan -un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios! -

Anterior   Siguiente
Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia Inicio Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
+poder

  • 2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios

    • So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    Anterior   Siguiente
    Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia Inicio Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
    diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html index 810a520..d4e2a75 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html @@ -1,22 +1,14 @@ -El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia
    El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia
       Siguiente

    El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime team

    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

    - Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está -disponible bajo los términos de la licencia "Creative Commons -Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".. -

    - Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo +El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia

    El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia
       Siguiente

    El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime Team

    Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé -SpaRVG2004] -

    Resumen

    - El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia es una guía para el -estudio de la Biblia. -

    - Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime que este Cómo provoque a los lectores -a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en -particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina -confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para -entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la -palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará. -

    Tabla de contenidos

    1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios
    Un libro que es único
    Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
    Un libro que Obra
    Un libro que libera
    Un libro que guerrea
    Exhortaciones
    Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
    Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
    2. Estudio Bíblico básico
    Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia
    Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
    Oír
    Leer
    Estudio
    Memorizar
    Meditar
    Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
    Estudio Temático
    Estudio de Personajes
    Estudio Expositivo
    Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
    Contenido
    Contexto
    Referencias Cruzadas
    Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
    Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
    Para encontrar un versículo particular.
    Para hacer un Estudio Temático
    Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo
    Para encontrar los significados de los nombres
    3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
    Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.
    Ejemplo 1A
    Ejemplo 1B
    Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
    Ejemplo 2A
    Ejemplo 2B
    Ejemplo 2C
    Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
    Ejemplo 3A
    Ejemplo 3B
    Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +SpaRVG2004]

    Tabla de contenidos

    1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios
    Un libro que es único
    Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)
    Un libro que Obra
    Un libro que libera
    Un libro que guerrea
    Exhortaciones
    Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"
    Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia
    2. Estudio Bíblico básico
    Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia
    Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios
    Oír
    Leer
    Estudio
    Memorizar
    Meditar
    Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos
    Estudio Temático
    Estudio de Personajes
    Estudio Expositivo
    Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta
    Contenido
    Contexto
    Referencias Cruzadas
    Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18
    Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia
    Para encontrar un versículo particular.
    Para hacer un Estudio Temático
    Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo
    Para encontrar los significados de los nombres
    3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)
    Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.
    Ejemplo 1A
    Ejemplo 1B
    Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico
    Ejemplo 2A
    Ejemplo 2B
    Ejemplo 2C
    Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural
    Ejemplo 3A
    Ejemplo 3B
    Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma
    Ejemplo 4A
    Ejemplo 4B
    Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría
    Ejemplo 5A
    Ejemplo 5B

    Lista de tablas

    1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.
    1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?
    1.3. Armadura Espiritual
       Siguiente
       Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 504756f..71c8f04 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,206 +1,240 @@ -Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat - - -Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua - -
    Joh 5:39-40 Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen + + Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat + + Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua + +
    + Joh 5:39-40 + Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän. -
    -     - -Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat Menemme +
    +     + Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat Menemme kehdon luo vauvan takia; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee -sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104. -Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten -omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana -sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan -maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he -olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...] -Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...] + Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme Kristuksen. -
    - - -Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan -Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan -kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen -kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme. - -Kuuntele -Lk.11:28 Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +
    +     + + Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds. + + Kuuntele + Lk.11:28 Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja seuraavat sitä. - - -Lue -Rev.1:3 Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka + + + Lue + Rev.1:3 Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...] -1 Tim.4:13 Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...] - - - -Tutki -Apt. 17:11 Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin + 1 Tim.4:13 Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...] + + + Tutki + Apt. 17:11 Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa. - -2 Tim.2:15 Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa. + 2 Tim.2:15 Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein. - - -Paina mieleen -Ps.119:11 Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi + + + Paina mieleen + Ps.119:11 Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi sinua vastaan. - - -Mietiskele -Ps.1:2-3 Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja + + + Mietiskele + Ps.1:2-3 Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan. - - -Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia -sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on -avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua -enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat -tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle. - - - -Raamatuntutkimisen tavat -Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen -Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Raamatuntutkimisen tavat + + Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen + Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai sanahakemistoa. - - -Henkilöiden tutkiminen -Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50. - - -Selittävä tutkiminen -Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen. - - - -Oikean tulkinnan perusteet - -Sisältö -Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka + + + Henkilöiden tutkiminen + Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50. + + + Selittävä tutkiminen + Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen. + + + + Oikean tulkinnan perusteet + + Sisältö + Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano. - - -Asiayhteys -Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - -tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa. - - -Ristiinviittaukset -Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole + + + Asiayhteys + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Ristiinviittaukset + Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin. - - - -Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen -Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin -avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista -jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko -ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi: - - - Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi - - -Mitä tarkoittaa hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen? Antaako -tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -Motiivimme! Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie? - - - Kun annat - Kun paastoat - Kun rukoilet - - -Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa + + + + Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + Kun annat + + + Kun paastoat + + + Kun rukoilet + + + Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa hurskauttamme: - - - When you give - älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan kuulostaa -trumpetilta tänäpäivänä?) - tee se salaisesti. - jne. - - - - - -Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa - -Löydä erityinen jae - - Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana. - Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti. - Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi. - - -Find these verses: - Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta - Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä - Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta. - - - - -Tee aiheen tutkiminen -Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun -tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut -viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden -viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu." - - - -Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen -Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi ja 1 Kor.2:15 Hengellinen -ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia. Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? - - Katso "tuomio". - Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös. - Nyt katso "tuomio". - Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350. - Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa -Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! - - - -Etsi nimien merkityksiä -Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + tee se salaisesti. + + + jne. + + + + + + + Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa + + Löydä erityinen jae + + + Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana. + + + Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti. + + + Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi. + + + Find these verses: + + + Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta + + + + + Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä + + + + Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta. + + + + + Tee aiheen tutkiminen + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Etsi nimien merkityksiä + Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien merkityksiä. -Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset: - -Nabal -Abigail -Joosua -Barnabas - - - - - + Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Joosua + + + Barnabas + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index f8b608e..933caca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,316 +1,305 @@ -Jumalan Sanan tärkeys -Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka -kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa. - -Ainutlaatuinen kirja -Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa: - - - - -suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla -dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best -seller! - - - - -tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin -ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi -kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. - - - - -säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat -luotettavia? vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden -muinaisten tekstien kanssa: - - - - -Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu. - - - -Työ -Milloin kirjoitettu -Varhaisin kopio -AikaväliKopioiden lukumäärä - - - -Herodotus -448-428 eKr.900 jKr. -1300 vuotta8 - - -Tacitus -100 jKr.1100 jKr. -1000 vuotta20 - - -Caesarin Gallialainen sota -50-58 eKr.900 jKr. -950 vuotta10 - - -Livyn Rooman historia -59 eKr. - 17 jKr.900 jKr. -900 vuotta20 - - -Uusi Testamentti -40 jKr. - 100 jKr.130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset 30 - 310 vuotta5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa - -
    -On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin Gallialainen -sota, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen -jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta -350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia -vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 -jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? -5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! -
    Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa Questions of -Life s. 25-26"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin + + Jumalan Sanan tärkeys + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God. + + Ainutlaatuinen kirja + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: + + + + Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu. + + + + Työ + Milloin kirjoitettu + Varhaisin kopio + Aikaväli + Kopioiden lukumäärä + + + + + Herodotus + 448-428 eKr. + 900 jKr. + 1300 vuotta + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 jKr. + 1100 jKr. + 1000 vuotta + 20 + + + Caesarin Gallialainen sota + 50-58 eKr. + 900 jKr. + 950 vuotta + 10 + + + Livyn Rooman historia + 59 eKr. - 17 jKr. + 900 jKr. + 900 vuotta + 20 + + + Uusi Testamentti + 40 jKr. - 100 jKr. + 130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset + 30 - 310 vuotta + 5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa + + + +
    + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
    + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten -proosatekstien joukossa."
    -     - -Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen -Heb.4:12 "Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja -toimii... " Jeesus sanoi (Matt.4:4), -"On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan -jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta." Kun luemme -Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. - -2 Tim.3:16 declares, "Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt -kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja -kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään." Uskotko sinä -tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +proosatekstien joukossa." +
    +     + + Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan -todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt -uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus -itse opetti niin.
    - -2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, -ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan -ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä." Jos -hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, -että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. -     - -Kirja, joka toimii - -Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu -"vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte." Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen -rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. - - -Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle? - - - -Viittaus -Toiminta - - - - -Ef. 5:26 - -puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." - - - - -Apt 20:32 - - -rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat -meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " - - - - -Room. 15:4 - - -rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten -rohkaisuun kautta." - - - - - -Room. 10:17 - - -antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." - - - - - -1 Kor. 10:11 - - -opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat -kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" - - - - - -Matt. 4:4 - - -ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä -ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" - - - - -
    -     - -Kirja, joka vapahtaa - -Joh.8:32 "Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä -vapaita."Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai -ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset -lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "Jos te pysytte -uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella -opetuslapsiani... " -Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan -totuudesta. - -Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa -rajuilmaa. "silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, -jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien -ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita..."Yksi asia, minkä -Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä -seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä." - -Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, "Te -kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa."Matt.22:29 -Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen? - -Jumalan sana -Jumalan voima - - - -Kirja, joka sotii - -Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme. - -Hengellinen sotavaruste - - - -Kysymys -Vastaus - - -Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?5 -Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?Yksi -Mikä niistä? sana - rhema -
    -     - -Kehotus - -2 Tim.2:15 "Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä -luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein." - - -Kol.3:16 "Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana -keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja -laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä -lauluja." - - -Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? - -Ei pieni! - - -Saarn.12:11-12 "Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan -piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman -paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla -kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää -ruumiin." - - -Liite: "Kerran kaikille" -
    -John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
    + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. +     + + Kirja, joka toimii + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle? + + + + Viittaus + Toiminta + + + + + Ef. 5:26 + puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." + + + Apt 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Room. 15:4 + rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta." + + + Room. 10:17 + antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." + + + 1 Kor. 10:11 + opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" + + + Matt. 4:4 + ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" + + + +
    +     + + Kirja, joka vapahtaa + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen? + + + Jumalan sana + + + Jumalan voima + + + + + Kirja, joka sotii + Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme. + + Hengellinen sotavaruste + + + + Kysymys + Vastaus + + + + + Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi? + 5 + + + Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää? + Yksi + + + Mikä niistä? + sana - rhema + + + +
    +     + + Kehotus + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? + Ei pieni! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body." + + + Liite: "Kerran kaikille" +
    + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on -kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen -lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen -täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava -Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen -reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden -lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden -lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli sola -scriptura auktoriteetiksemme ja sola -gratia pelastukseksemme. -
    -     - -Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti -Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, -esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta -pitääksesi sen tuoreena! - - -Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa. -Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem -kuukaudenpäivää. -Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla -luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140. -Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi -yksi luku päivässä. -Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
    +     + + Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa. + + + Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää. + + + Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140. + + + Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä. + + + Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & -Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. - - - - +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. + + +     - diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 259c109..7adc89e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,269 +1,274 @@ -Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että -huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa: - -
    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan. -Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen -kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla: - - - - Määrittely - Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
    + Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps: + + + + Määrittely + Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva. - - - - - Ristiinviittaukset - Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai -hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, -selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja -käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat -sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin -Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana -ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan -kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde. - - - - -
    Esimerkki 1A -Joh.20:17 "Älä koske minuun" (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, -eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt -kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei -näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' -The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, -1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + + + + + Ristiinviittaukset + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning. + + + +
    + Esimerkki 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
    - -
    Esimerkki 1B -Jaak. 5:14, Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja -rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan. Mitä on tämä voitelu? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
    +
    + Esimerkki 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi - Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet. - Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät. - Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä - Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk.4:18 Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...] - Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut - Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla - 2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala - - - - -Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja -määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: "aleipho" on öljyn -jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen - -Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan -kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä -ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen -päivinä. - -Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen "Jos -joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä -voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan -Herran nimeen." Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? -Jokapäiväistä! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi + + + Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet. + + + Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä + + + Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk.4:18 Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut + + + Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
    -
    - -
    -Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä -Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? -Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on -virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan -tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin. - -
    Esimerkki 2A -Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 "syntynyt vedestä ja -Hengestä." Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä -asiayhteydessään? -Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja -Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä -muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä. -
    -
    Esimerkki 2B -1 Kor.14:34 Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...] -
    -
    Esimerkki 2C -Apt. 2:38 Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin -kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " . Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos -tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta -selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla -Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen -kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie -uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 -"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan -evankeliumia"? - -
    -
    - -
    -Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä - -Emme kysy ensiksi Mitä se merkitsee minulle? vaan Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -Mitä se merkitsee minulle?. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta. - -
    Esimerkki 3A 3 päivää & 3 yötä (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia -"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin -kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös -sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? -Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään -silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa. -Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän -osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja -puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, -vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä -tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja -päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai -klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 -i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman. -
    - -
    Esimerkki 3BMoos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin -sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä -palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin -rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen -mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella -sopimuksella. -
    -
    - -
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan -Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys. - -
    Esimerkki 4A -paha silmä Mt.6:23. -Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö -2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja -jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!! -Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, evil -eye. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 -"ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä -karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?" -Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai -kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa. -
    - -
    Esimerkki 4B -Is.59:1 Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty; -5. Moos. 33:27 Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
    +
    +
    + Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further. +
    + Esimerkki 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +
    +
    + Esimerkki 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] +
    +
    + Esimerkki 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
    +
    +
    + Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but +What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. +
    + Esimerkki 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction. + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble. +
    +
    + Esimerkki 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant. +
    +
    +
    + Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. +
    + Esimerkki 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +
    +
    + Esimerkki 4B + Is.59:1 Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty; + 5. Moos. 33:27 Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää heidät. - -Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli -kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat -opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen -antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin -(Kulttien kuningaskunnan tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla -joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet -turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.. W.M. sanoi, Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.. Mormonien oli -naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. - -
    -
    - -
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä -Vertauskuva on: Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on + Vertauskuva on: Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on merkitys. -Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi? - -Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on -vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, -jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia -kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä -opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden -sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä. - -
    Esimerkki 5A -Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus + Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +
    + Esimerkki 5A + Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on? -Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.
    - -
    Esimerkki 5B -Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen -merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? -Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa -valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei -kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. -
    - -
    + Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne. +
    +
    + Esimerkki 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook index 683927c..433c6cf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,68 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on -lisensioitu -"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. - - - Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta -standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu - - - - - Abstrakti - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study + Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu + + + Abstrakti + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Tutki - HowTo - - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Tutki + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ee6182a..ec1cd89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,17 @@ -Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

    Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan -kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen -kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.

    Kuuntele

    Lk.11:28 ”Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

    Kuuntele

    Lk.11:28 ”Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja seuraavat sitä.”

    Lue

    Rev.1:3 ”Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]”

    1 Tim.4:13 ”Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]” -

    Tutki

    Apt. 17:11 ”Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]”

    1 Tim.4:13 ”Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]”

    Tutki

    Apt. 17:11 ”Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.” -

    2 Tim.2:15 ”Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.”

    2 Tim.2:15 ”Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein.”

    Paina mieleen

    Ps.119:11 ”Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi sinua vastaan.”

    Mietiskele

    Ps.1:2-3 ”Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.” -

    Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia -sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on -avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua -enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat -tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Alkuun Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.”

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Alkuun Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 220ebbb..ddd14d7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen

    Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin -avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista -jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko -ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:

    1. Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi

    Mitä tarkoittaa ”hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen”? Antaako -tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -Motiivimme! Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?

    1. Kun annat

    2. Kun paastoat

    3. Kun rukoilet

    Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa -hurskauttamme:

    1. When you give

      1. älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”kuulostaa -trumpetilta” tänäpäivänä?)

      2. tee se salaisesti.

      3. jne.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet Alkuun Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    +Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

    1. Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi

    What does ”practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. Kun annat

    2. Kun paastoat

    3. Kun rukoilet

    Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:

    1. When you give

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone ”sound a +trumpet”today?)

      2. tee se salaisesti.

      3. jne.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet Alkuun Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 854197e..c6f666a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet

    Sisältö

    Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.

    Asiayhteys

    Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - -tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.

    Ristiinviittaukset

    Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +Oikean tulkinnan perusteet

    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet

    Sisältö

    Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.

    Asiayhteys

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

    Ristiinviittaukset

    Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat Alkuun Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index 28a7287..fe2f98b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat

    Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen

    Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +Raamatuntutkimisen tavat

    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat

    Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen

    Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai sanahakemistoa.

    Henkilöiden tutkiminen

    Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.

    Selittävä tutkiminen

    Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan Alkuun Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index bc4f1b2..80bbe81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa

    Löydä erityinen jae

    1. Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.

    2. Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.

    3. Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.

    Find these verses:

    1. ”Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta”

    2. ”Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä”

    3. Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.

    -

    Tee aiheen tutkiminen

    Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun -tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut -viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden -viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu."

    Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen

    Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”Hengellinen -ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia.” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi?

    1. Katso "tuomio".

    2. Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.

    3. Nyt katso "tuomio".

    4. Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa -Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen!

    Etsi nimien merkityksiä

    Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa

    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa

    Löydä erityinen jae

    1. Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.

    2. Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.

    3. Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.

    Find these verses:

    1. + ”Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta” +

    2. + ”Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä” +

    3. Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.

    Tee aiheen tutkiminen

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

    Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 ”Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 ”He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Etsi nimien merkityksiä

    Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien merkityksiä.

    Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:

    • Nabal

    • Abigail

    • Joosua

    • Barnabas

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen Alkuun Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index a72118d..bbdb663 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
    Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat

    Sisällys

    Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua
    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Kuuntele
    Lue
    Tutki
    Paina mieleen
    Mietiskele
    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen
    Henkilöiden tutkiminen
    Selittävä tutkiminen
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Sisältö
    Asiayhteys
    Ristiinviittaukset
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Löydä erityinen jae
    Tee aiheen tutkiminen
    Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen
    Etsi nimien merkityksiä

    Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua

    -

     

    Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat

    Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat

    Sisällys

    Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua
    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Kuuntele
    Lue
    Tutki
    Paina mieleen
    Mietiskele
    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen
    Henkilöiden tutkiminen
    Selittävä tutkiminen
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Sisältö
    Asiayhteys
    Ristiinviittaukset
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Löydä erityinen jae
    Tee aiheen tutkiminen
    Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen
    Etsi nimien merkityksiä

    Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua

    +

     

    Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun -luokseni, että saisitte elämän.

    		 
     --Joh 5:39-40

    -

    Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”Menemme +luokseni, että saisitte elämän.

    		 
     --Joh 5:39-40

    +

    Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”Menemme kehdon luo vauvan takia”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee -sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. -

     

    Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten -omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana -sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan -maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he -olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]

    Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

    Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme Kristuksen.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index eef3d03..ae2534e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

    Heb.4:12 "Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja -toimii... " Jeesus sanoi (Matt.4:4), -"On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan -jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta." Kun luemme -Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. -

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, "Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt -kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja -kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään." Uskotko sinä -tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

    + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

    -Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan -todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt -uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus -itse opetti niin.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, -ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan -ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä." Jos -hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, -että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Alkuun Kirja, joka toimii
    +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

    This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Alkuun Kirja, joka toimii
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index cce41f4..22dbf56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -Kehotus
    Kehotus
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kehotus

    -2 Tim.2:15 "Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä -luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein." -

    -Kol.3:16 "Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana -keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja -laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä -lauluja." -

    Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?

    -Ei pieni!

    -Saarn.12:11-12 "Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan -piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman -paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla -kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää -ruumiin." -

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, joka sotii Alkuun Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    +Kehotus
    Kehotus
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kehotus

    2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

    Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

    Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?

    Ei pieni!

    Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, joka sotii Alkuun Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index e099bdd..d1fb707 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,15 +1,13 @@ -Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, joka vapahtaa

    -Joh.8:32 "Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä -vapaita."Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai -ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset -lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "Jos te pysytte -uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella -opetuslapsiani... "

    Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan -totuudesta.

    Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa -rajuilmaa. "silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, -jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien -ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita..."Yksi asia, minkä -Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä -seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."

    Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, "Te -kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa."Matt.22:29

    Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?

    • Jumalan sana

    • Jumalan voima

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, joka toimii Alkuun Kirja, joka sotii
    +Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, joka vapahtaa

    Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

    We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

    The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

    + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

    Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?

    • Jumalan sana

    • Jumalan voima

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, joka toimii Alkuun Kirja, joka sotii
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index b70bd9d..9fbe8ce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,21 +1,19 @@ -Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Liite: "Kerran kaikille"

    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    -Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on -kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen -lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen -täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava -Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen -reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden -lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden -lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli sola -scriptura auktoriteetiksemme ja sola -gratia pelastukseksemme.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107
    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kehotus Alkuun Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
    +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kehotus Alkuun Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index da90975..49103fa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ -Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
    Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

    Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti -Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, -esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta -pitääksesi sen tuoreena! -

    1. Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.

    2. Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

      Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
      Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

      Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

      Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

      1. Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.

      2. Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem kuukaudenpäivää.

      3. Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.

      4. Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi yksi luku päivässä.

      5. Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & -Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. -

      Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
      Liite: "Kerran kaikille" Alkuun Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
      +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Liite: "Kerran kaikille" Alkuun Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 0c184f8..dee4009 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Kirja, joka sotii
    Kirja, joka sotii
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, joka sotii

    -Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.

    Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste

    KysymysVastaus
    Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?5
    Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?Yksi
    Mikä niistä? sana - rhema

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa Alkuun Kehotus
    +Kirja, joka sotii
    Kirja, joka sotii
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, joka sotii

    Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.

    Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste

    KysymysVastaus
    Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?5
    Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?Yksi
    Mikä niistä?sana - rhema

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa Alkuun Kehotus
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3282829..4691f74 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,32 +1,7 @@ -Kirja, joka toimii
    Kirja, joka toimii
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, joka toimii

    -Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu -"vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte." Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen -rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. -

    Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?

    ViittausToiminta
    Ef. 5:26 -puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." -
    -Apt 20:32 - -rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat -meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " -
    -Room. 15:4 - -rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten -rohkaisuun kautta." -
    -Room. 10:17 - -antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." -
    -1 Kor. 10:11 - -opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat -kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" -
    -Matt. 4:4 - -ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä -ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" -

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen Alkuun Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    +Kirja, joka toimii
    Kirja, joka toimii
    Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

    Kirja, joka toimii

    What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

    Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?

    ViittausToiminta
    Ef. 5:26puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."
    Apt 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    Room. 15:4rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta."
    Room. 10:17antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."
    1 Kor. 10:11opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"
    Matt. 4:4ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen Alkuun Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index f388724..91bc114 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,31 +1,16 @@ -Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
    Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

    Sisällys

    Ainutlaatuinen kirja
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Kirja, joka toimii
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Kirja, joka sotii
    Kehotus
    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

    Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka -kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.

    Ainutlaatuinen kirja

    Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa:

    • -suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla -dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best -seller! -

    • -tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin -ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi -kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. -

    • -säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat -luotettavia? vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden -muinaisten tekstien kanssa: -

    Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.

    TyöMilloin kirjoitettuVarhaisin kopioAikaväliKopioiden lukumäärä
    Herodotus448-428 eKr.900 jKr.1300 vuotta8 -
    Tacitus100 jKr.1100 jKr.1000 vuotta20 -
    Caesarin Gallialainen sota50-58 eKr.900 jKr.950 vuotta10 -
    Livyn Rooman historia59 eKr. - 17 jKr.900 jKr.900 vuotta20 -
    Uusi Testamentti40 jKr. - 100 jKr.130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset30 - 310 vuotta5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa -

    On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin Gallialainen -sota, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen -jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta -350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia -vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 -jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? -5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä!

     

    "Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

    Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

    Sisällys

    Ainutlaatuinen kirja
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Kirja, joka toimii
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Kirja, joka sotii
    Kehotus
    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

    Ainutlaatuinen kirja

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

    • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

    • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

    Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.

    TyöMilloin kirjoitettuVarhaisin kopioAikaväliKopioiden lukumäärä
    Herodotus448-428 eKr.900 jKr.1300 vuotta8
    Tacitus100 jKr.1100 jKr.1000 vuotta20
    Caesarin Gallialainen sota50-58 eKr.900 jKr.950 vuotta10
    Livyn Rooman historia59 eKr. - 17 jKr.900 jKr.900 vuotta20
    Uusi Testamentti40 jKr. - 100 jKr.130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset30 - 310 vuotta5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten -proosatekstien joukossa."

    		 
     --Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa Questions of -Life s. 25-26
    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo Alkuun Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    +proosatekstien joukossa."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo Alkuun Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index 265d39a..9e9fa91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ -Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä

    Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? -Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on -virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan -tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.

    Esimerkki 2A

    Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 "syntynyt vedestä ja -Hengestä." Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä -asiayhteydessään?

    Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja -Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä -muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.

    Esimerkki 2B

    1 Kor.14:34 ”Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa” on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]”

    Esimerkki 2C

    Apt. 2:38 ”Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin -kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " ”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos -tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta -selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla -Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen -kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie -uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 -"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan -evankeliumia"? -

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Alkuun Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    +Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

    Esimerkki 2A

    In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    Esimerkki 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 ”Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 ”every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]”

    Esimerkki 2C

    Acts 2:38 ”And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Alkuun Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index ae32023..2b6cd9d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,23 +1,21 @@ -Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä

    -Emme kysy ensiksi ”Mitä se merkitsee minulle?” vaan ”Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -”Mitä se merkitsee minulle?”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.

    Esimerkki 3A

    ”3 päivää & 3 yötä” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia -"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin -kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös -sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? -Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään -silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.

    Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän -osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja -puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, -vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä -tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja -päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai -klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 -i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.

    Esimerkki 3B

    Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin -sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä -palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin -rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen -mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella -sopimuksella.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä Alkuun Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    +Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä

    At first we are not asking ”What does it mean to me?”but +”What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, +”What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    Esimerkki 3A

    + ”3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.

    We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

    Esimerkki 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä Alkuun Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index b24ccb0..b17d213 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,23 @@ -Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

    Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.

    Esimerkki 4A

    ”paha silmä” Mt.6:23.

    Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö -2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja -jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!

    Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”evil -eye”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 -"ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä -karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?" -Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai -kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.

    Esimerkki 4B

    Is.59:1 ”Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;”

    5. Moos. 33:27 ”Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    Esimerkki 4A

    + ”evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, ”evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    Esimerkki 4B

    Is.59:1 ”Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;”

    5. Moos. 33:27 ”Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää -heidät.”

    -Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli -kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat -opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen -antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin -(Kulttien kuningaskunnan tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla -joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet -turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.”. W.M. sanoi, ”Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.”. Mormonien oli -naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. -

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä Alkuun Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +heidät.”

    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 ”He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, ”By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä Alkuun Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 097687a..725b5c7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
    + + Ouvrage + Date d'écriture + Copie la plus ancienne + Période écoulée + Nombre de copies + + + + + Hérodote + 448-428 avant J.C. + 900 après J.C. + 1300 ans + 8 + + + Tacite + 100 après J.C. + 1100 après J.C. + 1000 ans + 20 + + + la Guerre des Gaules de César + 50-58 avant J.C. + 900 après J.C. + 950 ans + 10 + + + L'histoire romaine de Live + 59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C. + 900 après J.C. + 900 ans + 20 + + + Nouveau Testament + 40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C. + 130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets + 30 - 310 ans + 5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins + + + +
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
    Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) 

    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä

    Vertauskuva on: Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on -merkitys.

    Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?

    Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on -vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, -jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia -kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä -opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden -sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.

    Esimerkki 5A

    Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +merkitys.

    Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?

    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

    Esimerkki 5A

    Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?

    Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.

    Esimerkki 5B

    Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen -merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva?

    Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa -valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei -kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta.

    Edellinen Ylös 
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan Alkuun 
    +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.

    Esimerkki 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Edellinen Ylös 
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan Alkuun 
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index 52d0e1b..0f2eb56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,69 +1,66 @@ -Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
    Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)

    Sisällys

    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.
    Esimerkki 1A
    Esimerkki 1B
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 2A
    Esimerkki 2B
    Esimerkki 2C
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 3A
    Esimerkki 3B
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Esimerkki 4A
    Esimerkki 4B
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä
    Esimerkki 5A
    Esimerkki 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)

    Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)

    Sisällys

    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.
    Esimerkki 1A
    Esimerkki 1B
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 2A
    Esimerkki 2B
    Esimerkki 2C
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 3A
    Esimerkki 3B
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Esimerkki 4A
    Esimerkki 4B
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä
    Esimerkki 5A
    Esimerkki 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

    Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että -huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:

    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.

    Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen -kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla:

    1. Määrittely. Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta -Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.

    2. Ristiinviittaukset. Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai -hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, -selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja -käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat -sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin -Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana -ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan -kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.

    Esimerkki 1A

    Joh.20:17 "Älä koske minuun" (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, -eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt -kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei -näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' -The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, -1991).

    Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

    1. Määrittely. Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.

    2. Ristiinviittaukset. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.

    Esimerkki 1A

    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

    Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

    Esimerkki 1B

    Jaak. 5:14, Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja -rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan. Mitä on tämä voitelu?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

    + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

    Esimerkki 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

    • Cross-references for aleipho:

      1. Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi

      2. Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.

      3. Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.

      4. Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä

      5. Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan

    • Cross-references of chrio:

      1. Lk.4:18 ”Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]”

      2. Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut

      3. Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla

      4. 2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala

    Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja -määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: "aleipho" on öljyn -jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen

    Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan -kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä -ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen -päivinä. -

    Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen "Jos -joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä -voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan -Herran nimeen." Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? -Jokapäiväistä!

    -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +julistamaan [...]”

  • Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut

  • Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla

  • 2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala

    • So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa Alkuun Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa Alkuun Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 4a8f340..b834ebe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo
    Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo
       Seuraava

    Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime team

    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

    - Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on -lisensioitu -"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. -

    - Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta -standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu -

    Abstrakti

    - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

    - It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

    Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo
       Seuraava

    Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime Team

    Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu

    Abstrakti

    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

    It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

    Sisällys

    1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
    Ainutlaatuinen kirja
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Kirja, joka toimii
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Kirja, joka sotii
    Kehotus
    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
    2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
    Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua
    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Kuuntele
    Lue
    Tutki
    Paina mieleen
    Mietiskele
    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen
    Henkilöiden tutkiminen
    Selittävä tutkiminen
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Sisältö
    Asiayhteys
    Ristiinviittaukset
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Löydä erityinen jae
    Tee aiheen tutkiminen
    Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen
    Etsi nimien merkityksiä
    3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.
    Esimerkki 1A
    Esimerkki 1B
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 2A
    Esimerkki 2B
    Esimerkki 2C
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 3A
    Esimerkki 3B
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Esimerkki 4A
    Esimerkki 4B
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Sisällys

    1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
    Ainutlaatuinen kirja
    Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
    Kirja, joka toimii
    Kirja, joka vapahtaa
    Kirja, joka sotii
    Kehotus
    Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
    Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
    2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
    Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua
    Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
    Kuuntele
    Lue
    Tutki
    Paina mieleen
    Mietiskele
    Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
    Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen
    Henkilöiden tutkiminen
    Selittävä tutkiminen
    Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
    Sisältö
    Asiayhteys
    Ristiinviittaukset
    Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
    Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
    Löydä erityinen jae
    Tee aiheen tutkiminen
    Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen
    Etsi nimien merkityksiä
    3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
    Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.
    Esimerkki 1A
    Esimerkki 1B
    Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 2A
    Esimerkki 2B
    Esimerkki 2C
    Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
    Esimerkki 3A
    Esimerkki 3B
    Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
    Esimerkki 4A
    Esimerkki 4B
    Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
    Esimerkki 5A
    Esimerkki 5B

    Luettelo tauluista

    1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.
    1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?
    1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste
       Seuraava
       Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 327e444..382212a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,211 +1,244 @@ -Bases de l'étude biblique - - -Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible - -
    Jn 5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal + + Bases de l'étude biblique + + Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible + +
    + Jn 5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
    -     - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +
    +     + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +God. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] -Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, + Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ. -
    - - -Approche de la Parole de Dieu -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +
    +     + + Approche de la Parole de Dieu + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds. - -Écouter -Lc 11:28 Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui + + Écouter + Lc 11:28 Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui la gardent ! - - -Lire -Ap 1:3 "Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de + + + Lire + Ap 1:3 "Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de la prophétie..." -1 Tm 4:13 applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]... - - - -Étude -Ac 17:11 Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de + 1 Tm 4:13 applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]... + + + Étude + Ac 17:11 Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait -était exact. - -2 Tm 2:15 "Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu +était exact. + 2 Tm 2:15 "Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité. - - -Mémoriser -Ps 119:11 Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher + + + Mémoriser + Ps 119:11 Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher contre toi. - - -Méditer -Ps 1:2-3 Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui + + + Méditer + Ps 1:2-3 Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit -point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -Types d'études bibliques -Étude thématique -Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index. - - -Étude de personnage -Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn +point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Types d'études bibliques + + Étude thématique + Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index. + + + Étude de personnage + Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn 37-50. - - -Étude expositoire -Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre. - - - -Bases d'une juste interprétation - -Contenu -Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte + + + Étude expositoire + Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre. + + + + Bases d'une juste interprétation + + Contenu + Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne signifie pas. - - -Contexte -Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est -roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure -du passage entier et du livre. - - -Références croisées -Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible + + + Contexte + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Références croisées + Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures. - - - -Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus - - -Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des -exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ? - - - Quand tu fais l'aumône - Quand tu jeûnes - Quand tu pries - - -Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant + + + + Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + Quand tu fais l'aumône + + + Quand tu jeûnes + + + Quand tu pries + + + Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice : - - - Quand vous donnez - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - que ton aumône se fasse en secret. - etc. - - - - - -Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index - -Pour rechercher un verset particulier - - Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset. - Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique - Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché. - - -Trouvez ces versets : - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare. - - - - -Pour faire une étude thématique -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux -Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 Ne -jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés. et 1 Co 2:15 -L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout... ? Peut-être -y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par -"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons -l'affichage des numéros Strong) - - Recherche du mot "jugés". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge". - Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -Pour trouver la signification des noms -À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des + + + Quand vous donnez + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + que ton aumône se fasse en secret. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index + + Pour rechercher un verset particulier + + + Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset. + + + Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique + + + Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché. + + + Trouvez ces versets : + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare. + + + + + Pour faire une étude thématique + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Pour trouver la signification des noms + À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu. -Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification : - -Nabal -Abigaïl -Josué -Barnabas - - - - - + Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification : + + + Nabal + + + Abigaïl + + + Josué + + + Barnabas + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 88f2cfa..17e9582 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,314 +1,310 @@ -Importance de la Parole de Dieu -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to + + Importance de la Parole de Dieu + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God. - -Un livre unique -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents + + Un livre unique + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: - - - - -Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens. - - - -Ouvrage -Date d'écriture -Copie la plus ancienne -Période écouléeNombre de copies - - - -Hérodote -448-428 avant J.C.900 après J.C. -1300 ans8 - - -Tacite -100 après J.C.1100 après J.C. -1000 ans20 - - -la Guerre des Gaules de César -50-58 avant J.C.900 après J.C. -950 ans10 - - -L'histoire romaine de Live -59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.900 après J.C. -900 ans20 - - -Nouveau Testament -40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets 30 - 310 ans5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins - -
    -Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the + +
    + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
    Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
    + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part -parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."
    - - -Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose." +
    + + + Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -2 Tm 3:16 dit,"Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est -parcourue du Souffle de Dieu]." Le pensez-vous ? Avant de -répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures. -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
    - -2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : "... et utile pour enseigner, pour -convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme -de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre." Si nous -admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle -doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. - - -Un livre qui agit - -Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la -Bible "...agit en vous qui croyez." À coté de chaque -verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. - - -Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ? - - - -Référence -Action - - - - -Ep 5:26 - -sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir -purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." - - - - -Ac 20:32 - - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " - - - - -Rm 15:4 - - -encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que -donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." - - - - - -Rm 10:17 - - -foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de -la parole de Christ." - - - - - -1 Co 10:11 - - -instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et -elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." - - - - - -Mt 4:4 - - -nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain -seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." - - - - -
    -     - -Un livre qui libère - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout -particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole. - -Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Ep 4:14 signifie plus précisément un -vent violent. "afin que nous ne soyons plus -des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de -doctrine..."L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous -ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas -facilement "emportés". - -Jésus leur répondit : "Vous êtes dans -l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de -Dieu."Mt 22:29 -Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
    + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. +     + + Un livre qui agit + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ? + + + + Référence + Action + + + + + Ep 5:26 + sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." + + + Ac 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Rm 15:4 + encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." + + + Rm 10:17 + foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ." + + + 1 Co 10:11 + instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." + + + Mt 4:4 + nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." + + + +
    +     + + Un livre qui libère + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de l'erreur ? - -La Parole de Dieu -La puissance de Dieu - - - -Un livre qui combat - -Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel - -L'armure spirituelle - - - -Question -Réponse - - -Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?5 -Combien sont offensives ?Un -La (les) quelle(s) ? La Parole - rhema -
    -     - -Les exhortations - -2 Tm 2:15 "Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme -éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la -parole de la vérité." - - -Col 3:16 "Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment; -instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par -des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu -dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce." - - -Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? - -Pas qu'un peu ! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters + + + La Parole de Dieu + + + La puissance de Dieu + + + + + Un livre qui combat + Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel + + L'armure spirituelle + + + + Question + Réponse + + + + + Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ? + 5 + + + Combien sont offensives ? + Un + + + La (les) quelle(s) ? + La Parole - rhema + + + +
    +     + + Les exhortations + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? + Pas qu'un peu ! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." - - -Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" -
    -John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body." + + + Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" +
    + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
    -     - -Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
    +     + + Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine. -Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, -correspondant au jour dans le mois. -Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine. + + + Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois. + + + Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & -140. -Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes -un chapitre par jour. -Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +140. + + + Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes +un chapitre par jour. + + + Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes & -proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. - - - - +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 42e7b9a..d8cabb4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,263 +1,274 @@ -Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots. -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
    + Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Définition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + + + + Définition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Références croisées - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + Références croisées + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
    Exemple 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
    + Exemple 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le -retenir ! -
    - -
    Exemple 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le +retenir ! + +
    +
    + Exemple 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Références croisées pour aleipho: - Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête - Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : -"oindre"] Jésus. - Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient. - Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. - Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds -avec ses cheveux - - - -Références croisées pour chrio: - Lc 4:18 L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...] - Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint - Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth - 2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu - - - - -Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux -références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des -différences: "aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de -l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of + + + Références croisées pour aleipho: + + Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête + + + Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus. + + + Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient. + + + Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. + + + Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux + + + + + Références croisées pour chrio: + + Lc 4:18 L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...] + + + Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint + + + Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth + + + 2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc -5:14 "Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les -anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant -d'huile au nom du Seigneur." "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou -spirituel ? Pratique ! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
    -
    - -
    -Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
    +
    +
    + Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
    Exemple 2A -Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 "...naît -d'eau et d'Esprit..." D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont -on parle ici ? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
    + Exemple 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
    -
    Exemple 2B -1 Co 14:34 "que les femmes se taisent dans les -assemblées" doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co -11:5 "Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise..." -
    -
    Exemple 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
    -
    - -
    -Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
    +
    + Exemple 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] +
    +
    + Exemple 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
    +
    +
    + Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
    Exemple 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
    + Exemple 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
    - -
    Exemple 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
    +
    + Exemple 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
    -
    - -
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
    +
    +
    + Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
    Exemple 4A -oeil en mauvais état dans Mt 6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
    + Exemple 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
    - -
    Exemple 4B -Is.59:1 Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte -Dt 33:27 Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
    +
    + Exemple 4B + Is.59:1 Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte + Dt 33:27 Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
    -
    - -
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie -Une allégorie est : Une histoire où chaque élément à une + Une allégorie est : Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification. -Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
    Exemple 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
    + Exemple 5A + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.
    - -
    Exemple 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
    - -
    + Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc. +
    +
    + Exemple 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook index 4865113..23a7921 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,68 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Tutoriel d'étude biblique - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - L'équipe BibleTime - - - - - - - 2001-2009 L'équipe BibleTime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence - "Creative -Commons Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - - - - - Résumé - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study + Tutoriel d'étude biblique + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + + + Résumé + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Étude - Tutoriel - - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Étude + Tutoriel + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 77b6f97..ecfffb1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Approche de la Parole de Dieu

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +Approche de la Parole de Dieu

    Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Approche de la Parole de Dieu

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.

    Écouter

    Lc 11:28 « Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui la gardent ! »

    Lire

    Ap 1:3 "Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de -la prophétie..."

    1 Tm 4:13 « applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]... » -

    Étude

    Ac 17:11 « Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de +la prophétie..."

    1 Tm 4:13 « applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]... »

    Étude

    Ac 17:11 « Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait -était exact. » -

    2 Tm 2:15 « "Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu +était exact. »

    2 Tm 2:15 « "Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité. »

    Mémoriser

    Ps 119:11 « Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher contre toi. »

    Méditer

    Ps 1:2-3 « Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit -point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit. » -

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Sommaire Types d'études bibliques
    +point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit. »

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Sommaire Types d'études bibliques
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 7aa539e..2036597 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

    1. Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus

    Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des -exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?

    1. Quand tu fais l'aumône

    2. Quand tu jeûnes

    3. Quand tu pries

    Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant -d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :

    1. Quand vous donnez

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « sound a trumpet » -today?)

      2. que ton aumône se fasse en secret.

      3. etc.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Bases d'une juste interprétation Sommaire Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    +Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

    1. Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus

    What does « practicing your righteousness »mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. Quand tu fais l'aumône

    2. Quand tu jeûnes

    3. Quand tu pries

    Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :

    1. Quand vous donnez

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « sound a +trumpet »today?)

      2. que ton aumône se fasse en secret.

      3. etc.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Bases d'une juste interprétation Sommaire Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 8c3ccca..775f668 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ -Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Bases d'une juste interprétation

    Contenu

    Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +Bases d'une juste interprétation

    Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Bases d'une juste interprétation

    Contenu

    Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.

    Contexte

    Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est -roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure -du passage entier et du livre.

    Références croisées

    Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +signifie pas.

    Contexte

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

    Références croisées

    Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Types d'études bibliques Sommaire Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 706060f..8dc30e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Types d'études bibliques
    Types d'études bibliques
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Types d'études bibliques

    Étude thématique

    Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.

    Étude de personnage

    Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn +Types d'études bibliques

    Types d'études bibliques
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Types d'études bibliques

    Étude thématique

    Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.

    Étude de personnage

    Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn 37-50.

    Étude expositoire

    Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Approche de la Parole de Dieu Sommaire Bases d'une juste interprétation
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 27aebff..b834f05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index

    Pour rechercher un verset particulier

    1. Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.

    2. Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique

    3. Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.

    Trouvez ces versets :

    1. « Faithful are the wounds of a friend »

    2. « We are ambassadors of Christ. »

    3. L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.

    -

    Pour faire une étude thématique

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

    Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux

    Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 « Ne -jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés. » et 1 Co 2:15 -« L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout... » ? Peut-être -y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par -"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons -l'affichage des numéros Strong)

    1. Recherche du mot "jugés".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".

    4. Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Pour trouver la signification des noms

    À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index

    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index

    Pour rechercher un verset particulier

    1. Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.

    2. Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique

    3. Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.

    Trouvez ces versets :

    1. + « Faithful are the wounds of a friend » +

    2. + « We are ambassadors of Christ. » +

    3. L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.

    Pour faire une étude thématique

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

    Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 « Judge +not lest you be judged »and 1 Cor.2:15 « He that is spiritual +judgeth all things. »Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Pour trouver la signification des noms

    À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.

    Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :

    • Nabal

    • Abigaïl

    • Josué

    • Barnabas

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 Sommaire Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index 2c53e00..eb1c58e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique

    Table des matières

    Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible
    Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Écouter
    Lire
    Étude
    Mémoriser
    Méditer
    Types d'études bibliques
    Étude thématique
    Étude de personnage
    Étude expositoire
    Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Contenu
    Contexte
    Références croisées
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Pour rechercher un verset particulier
    Pour faire une étude thématique
    Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux
    Pour trouver la signification des noms

    Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible

    -

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique

    Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique

    Table des matières

    Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible
    Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Écouter
    Lire
    Étude
    Mémoriser
    Méditer
    Types d'études bibliques
    Étude thématique
    Étude de personnage
    Étude expositoire
    Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Contenu
    Contexte
    Références croisées
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Pour rechercher un verset particulier
    Pour faire une étude thématique
    Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux
    Pour trouver la signification des noms

    Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible

    +

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn 5:39-40

    -

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn 5:39-40

    +

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said « we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby »; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]

    Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index d0aa835..796b769 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

    + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

    2 Tm 3:16 dit,"Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est -parcourue du Souffle de Dieu]." Le pensez-vous ? Avant de -répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

    -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

    This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : "... et utile pour enseigner, pour -convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme -de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre." Si nous -admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle -doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Sommaire Un livre qui agit
    +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Sommaire Un livre qui agit
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 065d43d..034cc02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -Les exhortations
    Les exhortations
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Les exhortations

    -2 Tm 2:15 "Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme -éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la -parole de la vérité." -

    -Col 3:16 "Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment; -instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par -des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu -dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce." -

    Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?

    -Pas qu'un peu !

    -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Les exhortations

    Les exhortations
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Les exhortations

    2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

    Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

    Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?

    Pas qu'un peu !

    Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." -

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre qui combat Sommaire Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    +body."

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre qui combat Sommaire Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bdc1547..0ed15d4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -Un livre qui libère
    Un livre qui libère
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre qui libère

    -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

    Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout -particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.

    Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Ep 4:14 signifie plus précisément un -vent violent. "afin que nous ne soyons plus -des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de -doctrine..."L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous -ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas -facilement "emportés".

    Jésus leur répondit : "Vous êtes dans -l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de -Dieu."Mt 22:29

    Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de -l'erreur ?

    • La Parole de Dieu

    • La puissance de Dieu

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre qui agit Sommaire Un livre qui combat
    +Un livre qui libère
    Un livre qui libère
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre qui libère

    Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

    We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

    The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

    + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

    Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +l'erreur ?

    • La Parole de Dieu

    • La puissance de Dieu

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre qui agit Sommaire Un livre qui combat
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index 2611716..830ee3b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"

    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Les exhortations Sommaire Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Les exhortations Sommaire Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 209f7a5..a4551b8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

    1. Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.

    2. Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

      1. Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.

      2. Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, correspondant au jour dans le mois.

      3. Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.

      4. Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes un chapitre par jour.

      5. Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes & -proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. -

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" Sommaire Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" Sommaire Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 844b86a..d6bfd0d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Un livre qui combat
    Un livre qui combat
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre qui combat

    -Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel

    Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle

    QuestionRéponse
    Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?5
    Combien sont offensives ?Un
    La (les) quelle(s) ? La Parole - rhema

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre qui libère Sommaire Les exhortations
    +Un livre qui combat
    Un livre qui combat
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre qui combat

    Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel

    Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle

    QuestionRéponse
    Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?5
    Combien sont offensives ?Un
    La (les) quelle(s) ?La Parole - rhema

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre qui libère Sommaire Les exhortations
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6cf0641..40d288e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -Un livre qui agit
    Un livre qui agit
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre qui agit

    -Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la -Bible "...agit en vous qui croyez." À coté de chaque -verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. -

    Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?

    RéférenceAction
    Ep 5:26 -sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir -purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." -
    -Ac 20:32 - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -
    -Rm 15:4 - -encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que -donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." -
    -Rm 10:17 - -foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de -la parole de Christ." -
    -1 Co 10:11 - -instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et -elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." -
    -Mt 4:4 - -nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain -seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." -

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu Sommaire Un livre qui libère
    +Un livre qui agit
    Un livre qui agit
    Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

    Un livre qui agit

    What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

    Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?

    RéférenceAction
    Ep 5:26sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."
    Ac 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    Rm 15:4encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."
    Rm 10:17foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ."
    1 Co 10:11instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."
    Mt 4:4nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu Sommaire Un livre qui libère
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index 53e5e82..df13f5e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,29 +1,18 @@ -Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
    Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

    Table des matières

    Un livre unique
    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    Un livre qui agit
    Un livre qui libère
    Un livre qui combat
    Les exhortations
    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

    Un livre unique

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

    • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

    • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

      Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
      Précédent   Suivant

      Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

      Table des matières

      Un livre unique
      Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
      Un livre qui agit
      Un livre qui libère
      Un livre qui combat
      Les exhortations
      Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
      Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

      Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

      Un livre unique

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

      • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

      • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -

      Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +texts:

    Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens.

    OuvrageDate d'écritureCopie la plus anciennePériode écouléeNombre de copies
    Hérodote448-428 avant J.C.900 après J.C.1300 ans8 -
    Tacite100 après J.C.1100 après J.C.1000 ans20 -
    la Guerre des Gaules de César50-58 avant J.C.900 après J.C.950 ans10 -
    L'histoire romaine de Live59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.900 après J.C.900 ans20 -
    Nouveau Testament40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets30 - 310 ans5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins -

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +anciens." border="1">

    OuvrageDate d'écritureCopie la plus anciennePériode écouléeNombre de copies
    Hérodote448-428 avant J.C.900 après J.C.1300 ans8
    Tacite100 après J.C.1100 après J.C.1000 ans20
    la Guerre des Gaules de César50-58 avant J.C.900 après J.C.950 ans10
    L'histoire romaine de Live59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.900 après J.C.900 ans20
    Nouveau Testament40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets30 - 310 ans5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part -parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
    Précédent   Suivant
    Tutoriel d'étude biblique Sommaire Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    +parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
    Précédent   Suivant
    Tutoriel d'étude biblique Sommaire Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index c03a24d..750fe76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ -Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

    Exemple 2A

    Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 "...naît -d'eau et d'Esprit..." D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont -on parle ici ?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique

    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

    Exemple 2A

    In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    Exemple 2B

    1 Co 14:34 "que les femmes se taisent dans les -assemblées" doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co -11:5 "Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise..."

    Exemple 2C

    Acts 2:38 « And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]" ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Sommaire Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    Exemple 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 « Let the women keep silent in the churches »has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 « every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] »

    Exemple 2C

    Acts 2:38 « And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]" ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Sommaire Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 2ef5e76..4630713 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

    -At first we are not asking « What does it mean to me? » but +Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

    At first we are not asking « What does it mean to me? »but « What did it mean to the original readers? »; later we can ask, -« What does it mean to me? ». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    Exemple 3A

    « 3 days & 3 nights » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +« What does it mean to me? ». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    Exemple 3A

    + « 3 days & 3 nights »(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.

    We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

    Exemple 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

    Exemple 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique Sommaire Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 02113c2..baa0a85 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    Exemple 4A

    « oeil en mauvais état » dans Mt 6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « evil eye ». Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do +Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    Exemple 4A

    + « evil eye »in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « evil eye ». Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    Exemple 4B

    Is.59:1 « Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte »

    Dt 33:27 « Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite. »

    -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    Exemple 4B

    Is.59:1 « Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte »

    Dt 33:27 « Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite. »

    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 « He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust ». W.M. said, « By the same rules of +shalt thou trust ». W.M. said, « By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel Sommaire Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +is a bird ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel Sommaire Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 2aced00..0961376 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) 

    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie

    Une allégorie est : Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification.

    Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?

    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

    Exemple 5A

    The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

    Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.

    Exemple 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur 
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots Sommaire 
    +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.

    Exemple 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur 
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots Sommaire 
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index e2ef232..765a733 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,68 @@ -Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
    Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)

    Table des matières

    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.
    Exemple 1A
    Exemple 1B
    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Exemple 2A
    Exemple 2B
    Exemple 2C
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Exemple 3A
    Exemple 3B
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Exemple 4A
    Exemple 4B
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie
    Exemple 5A
    Exemple 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)

    Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)

    Table des matières

    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.
    Exemple 1A
    Exemple 1B
    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Exemple 2A
    Exemple 2B
    Exemple 2C
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Exemple 3A
    Exemple 3B
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Exemple 4A
    Exemple 4B
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie
    Exemple 5A
    Exemple 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation. »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. »

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. »

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

    1. Définition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

    2. Références croisées. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.

    3. Références croisées. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.

    Exemple 1A

    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

    Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

    Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le -retenir !

    Exemple 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

    + Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le +retenir ! +

    Exemple 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

    • Références croisées pour aleipho:

      1. Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête

      2. Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : "oindre"] Jésus.

      3. Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.

      4. Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.

      5. Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds avec ses cheveux

    • Références croisées pour chrio:

      1. Lc 4:18 « L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...] »

      2. Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint

      3. Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth

      4. 2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu

    Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux -références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des -différences: "aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de -l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +annoncer [...] »

  • Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint

  • Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth

  • 2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu

    • So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

    Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc -5:14 "Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les -anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant -d'huile au nom du Seigneur." "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou -spirituel ? Pratique !

    -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

    Précédent   Suivant
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index Sommaire Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    Précédent   Suivant
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index Sommaire Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index a04e581..a63a05d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,13 @@ -Tutoriel d'étude biblique
    Tutoriel d'étude biblique
       Suivant

    Tutoriel d'étude biblique

    Bob Harman

    L'équipe BibleTime

    Copyright © 2001-2009 L'équipe BibleTime; -(info@bibletime.info)

    - Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence - "Creative -Commons Attribution-Share Alike". -

    - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

    Résumé

    - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

    - It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Tutoriel d'étude biblique

    Tutoriel d'étude biblique
       Suivant

    Tutoriel d'étude biblique

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime Team

    Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.

    Résumé

    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

    It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

    Table des matières

    1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
    Un livre unique
    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    Un livre qui agit
    Un livre qui libère
    Un livre qui combat
    Les exhortations
    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible
    Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Écouter
    Lire
    Étude
    Mémoriser
    Méditer
    Types d'études bibliques
    Étude thématique
    Étude de personnage
    Étude expositoire
    Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Contenu
    Contexte
    Références croisées
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Pour rechercher un verset particulier
    Pour faire une étude thématique
    Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux
    Pour trouver la signification des noms
    3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.
    Exemple 1A
    Exemple 1B
    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Exemple 2A
    Exemple 2B
    Exemple 2C
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Exemple 3A
    Exemple 3B
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Exemple 4A
    Exemple 4B
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Table des matières

    1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
    Un livre unique
    Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
    Un livre qui agit
    Un livre qui libère
    Un livre qui combat
    Les exhortations
    Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
    Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
    2. Bases de l'étude biblique
    Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible
    Approche de la Parole de Dieu
    Écouter
    Lire
    Étude
    Mémoriser
    Méditer
    Types d'études bibliques
    Étude thématique
    Étude de personnage
    Étude expositoire
    Bases d'une juste interprétation
    Contenu
    Contexte
    Références croisées
    Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18
    Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index
    Pour rechercher un verset particulier
    Pour faire une étude thématique
    Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux
    Pour trouver la signification des noms
    3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
    Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.
    Exemple 1A
    Exemple 1B
    Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique
    Exemple 2A
    Exemple 2B
    Exemple 2C
    Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
    Exemple 3A
    Exemple 3B
    Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
    Exemple 4A
    Exemple 4B
    Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
    Exemple 5A
    Exemple 5B

    Liste des tableaux

    1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens.
    1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?
    1.3. L'armure spirituelle
       Suivant
       Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index b22438f..b0303a0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,207 +1,243 @@ -Biblia tanulmányozási alapok - - -A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához - -
    Jn.5:39-40 Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök + + Biblia tanulmányozási alapok + + A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához + +
    + Jn.5:39-40 + Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen! -
    -     - -A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +
    +     + A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az -Istennel való szövetségért. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +Istennel való szövetségért. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, -mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta -a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta -tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...] -Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...] + Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk Krisztussal. -
    - - -Hozzáállás Isten Szavához -Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni -és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az -Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe. - -Hallgatni -Lk.11:28 Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +
    +     + + Hozzáállás Isten Szavához + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds. + + Hallgatni + Lk.11:28 Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, és megtartják azt. - - -Olvasni -Jel.1:3 Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak + + + Olvasni + Jel.1:3 Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak beszédeit [...] -1 Tim.4:13 legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...] - - - -Tanulmányozni -ApCsel 17:11 Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a + 1 Tim.4:13 legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...] + + + Tanulmányozni + ApCsel 17:11 Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek. - -2 Tim.2:15 Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek. + 2 Tim.2:15 Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét. - - -Memorizálni -Zsolt.119:11 Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem + + + Memorizálni + Zsolt.119:11 Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem ellened. - - -Elmélkedni -Zsolt. 1:2-3 Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő + + + Elmélkedni + Zsolt. 1:2-3 Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen. - - -A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes -megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben -bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen -feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van -szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és -memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia -általános üzenetét. - - - -A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai -Témák tanulmányozása -Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai + + Témák tanulmányozása + Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy szószedetek alapján. - - -Karakterek tanulmányozása -Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az + + + Karakterek tanulmányozása + Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az 1Móz. 37-50 szerint. - - -Megismerő tanulmányozás -Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is. - - - -A helyes értelmezés alapjai - -Tartalom -Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a + + + Megismerő tanulmányozás + Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is. + + + + A helyes értelmezés alapjai + + Tartalom + Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz. - - -Szövegkörnyezet -A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a -király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel. - - -Kereszthivatkozások -Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent + + + Szövegkörnyezet + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Kereszthivatkozások + Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok tesztjének. - - - -Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása -Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a -kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I): - - - Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok - - -Mit jelent a kegyesség gyakorlása? Ad erre a szakasz példát? -Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? A -motivációnknak! Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek? - - - Amikor adsz - Amikor böjtölsz - Amikor imádkozol - - -Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz + + + + Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + Amikor adsz + + + Amikor böjtölsz + + + Amikor imádkozol + + + Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának: - - - When you give - ne kürtöltess. (hogyan kürtöltethet bárki manapság?) - titokban csináld. - stb. - - - - - -Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) - -Megtalálni a pontos verset - - Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből. - Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére - Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset. - - -Find these verses: - Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek - Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. - A gazdag ember és Lázár története. - - - - -Téma szerinti tanulmányozás -Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először -nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket -felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide -vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette". - - - -A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből -Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek! és az 1 Kor.2.15 A lelki ember azonban -mindent megítél között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, -amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) - - Keresse meg az "ítél" szót - Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le. - Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót. - Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350. - Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a -görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! - - - -Nevek jelentésének megkeresése -Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + titokban csináld. + + + stb. + + + + + + + Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) + + Megtalálni a pontos verset + + + Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből. + + + Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére + + + Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset. + + + Find these verses: + + + Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek + + + + + Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. + + + + A gazdag ember és Lázár története. + + + + + Téma szerinti tanulmányozás + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Nevek jelentésének megkeresése + Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy héberben. -Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket: - -Nábál -Abigail -Józsué -Barnabás - - - - - + Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket: + + + Nábál + + + Abigail + + + Józsué + + + Barnabás + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 4610aeb..535321e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,313 +1,307 @@ -Isten szavának jelentősége -Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják -Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel. - -A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN -A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a: - - - - -népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt -hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év -bestsellere! - - - - -szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel -rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta -volna. - - - - -fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség -dokumentumai? műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más -ősi iratokkal: - - - - -Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal. - - - -Irat -Keletkezés -Legkorábbi másolat -Eltelt időFennmaradt másolatok - - - -Hérodotosz -448-428 Kr.e900 Kr.u. -1300 év8 - - -Tacitus -100 Kr.u.1100 Kr.u. -1000 év20 - - -Cézár Gall háború -58-50 Kr.e.900 Kr.u. -950 év10 - - -Livius Róma története -59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.900 Kr.u. -900 év20 - - -Újszövetség -Kr.u. 40 - 100Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok 30 -310 év5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű - -
    -Cézár Gall háborújából maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 -évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan -példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes -szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit -Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. -
    F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja, -1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az Élet -Kérdései 25-26. oldalán "Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az + + Isten szavának jelentősége + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God. + + A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: + + + + Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal. + + + + Irat + Keletkezés + Legkorábbi másolat + Eltelt idő + Fennmaradt másolatok + + + + + Hérodotosz + 448-428 Kr.e + 900 Kr.u. + 1300 év + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 Kr.u. + 1100 Kr.u. + 1000 év + 20 + + + Cézár Gall háború + 58-50 Kr.e. + 900 Kr.u. + 950 év + 10 + + + Livius Róma története + 59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u. + 900 Kr.u. + 900 év + 20 + + + Újszövetség + Kr.u. 40 - 100 + Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok + 30 -310 év + 5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű + + + +
    + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
    + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi -ősi prózai irat között."
    -     - -A könyv, amit Isten ihletett -Zsid. 4:12 "Isten igéje élő és -ható... " Jézus mondta (Mt. 4:4) -Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely -Isten szájából származik. Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten -Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. - -2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "A teljes Írás Istentől -ihletett,". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus -hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz. -
    John R.W. Stott, Krisztus a vitatkozó, InterVarsity -Press 1978, 93-95 Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy -Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes -mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 -Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt -mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van -írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & -Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is -meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra -valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az -atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől -indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem -Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek -úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek -szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... - - -Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten -bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő -oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy -Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla.
    - -A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a -megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten -embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített." Ha hisszük, hogy a -Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a -tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. -     - -A könyv, amely cselekszik - -Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy -"annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek." -Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. - - -Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért? - - - -Hivatkozás -Cselekedet - - - - -Ef. 5:26 - -megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva -megszentelje." - - - - -ApCsel. 20:32 - - -felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet -benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." - - - - -Róm. 15:4 - - -vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." - - - - - -Róm. 10:17 - - -hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde -által." - - - - - -1 Kor. 10:11 - - -figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül -íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk." - - - - - -Mt. 4:4 - - -táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, -hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" - - - - -
    -     - -A könyv ami megszabadít - -Jn. 8:32 "És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká -tesz titeket." Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták -idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás -összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben: -"Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én -tanítványaim vagytok;" -Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten -igéjének igazságát. - -A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, -erőszakos szél. " Az, hogy nem vagyunk -gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve -vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől..." Egyik dolog, amit az Ige -tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk -könnyen "elfújhatók." - -De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik, -"Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát." Mt. 22:29 -Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát? - -Isten igéje -Isten hatalma - - - -A könyv, amely harcol - -Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről. - -Szellemi páncél - - - -Kérdés -Válasz - - -Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?5 -Mennyi támadó?Egy -Melyik(ek)? az ige - réma -
    -     - -Bátorítás - -2 Tim. 2:15 " Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, -mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az -igazságnak beszédét." - - -Kol. 3:16 "A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon, -minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal, -dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az -Úrnak." - - -Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? - -Nem kevés! - - -Préd. 12:13-14 "A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez, -és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai; -melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok -könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a -testnek." - - -Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" -
    -John R. W. Stott, Krisztus a vitatkozó, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107 Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó -hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a -hapax és az -ephapax határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: -egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami -elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt -alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás -apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a -Római levél is mondja "a bűnnek halt meg egyszer" -(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). -Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus -szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a -Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban -teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk -Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul -- -Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül, -Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele -nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a sola -scriptura a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a -sola gratia a megváltásunkat tekintve -
    -     - -Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen -olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 -és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről -évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! - - -Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy -héten. -Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak -megfelelően. -Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, -például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt. -Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a -Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta. -Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +ősi prózai irat között." +
    +     + + A könyv, amit Isten ihletett + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Krisztus a vitatkozó, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
    + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. +     + + A könyv, amely cselekszik + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért? + + + + Hivatkozás + Cselekedet + + + + + Ef. 5:26 + megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva +megszentelje." + + + ApCsel. 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Róm. 15:4 + vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." + + + Róm. 10:17 + hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által." + + + 1 Kor. 10:11 + figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk." + + + Mt. 4:4 + táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" + + + +
    +     + + A könyv ami megszabadít + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát? + + + Isten igéje + + + Isten hatalma + + + + + A könyv, amely harcol + Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről. + + Szellemi páncél + + + + Kérdés + Válasz + + + + + Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva? + 5 + + + Mennyi támadó? + Egy + + + Melyik(ek)? + az ige - réma + + + +
    +     + + Bátorítás + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? + Nem kevés! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body." + + + Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" +
    + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
    +     + + Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten. + + + Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelően. + + + Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt. + + + Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta. + + + Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, -sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. - - - - +sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. + + +     - diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index ed94180..10c74ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,265 +1,276 @@ -A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) -Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, -kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai -hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az -eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok -alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga -az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes -megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek -számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a -tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a -magok vesztére. - -Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson -figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat: - -
    1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján -Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a -szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő -lépések követésével: - - - - Definíció - Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az + + A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
    + 1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps: + + + + Definíció + Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az igeidő is döntő fontosságú. - - - - - Kereszthivatkozások - Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög -vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új -megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan -használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még -értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben -is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a -magyar? Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar -fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata -is. - - - - -
    1A példa -Jn. 20:17 "Ne érints" keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy -hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, -mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, -nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében. - -Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680 -számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680: -haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani -valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao -(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük -a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat -valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet -befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy -fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
    - -
    1B példa -Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében. Mi -ez a megkenés? -Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is -amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, -bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" -(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett -melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya -szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet - Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék -őt. - Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala. - Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel. - Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a -saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával. - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk. 4:28 Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy -a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...] - ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit -felkentél, [...] - ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal, - 2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az; - - - - -Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a -kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: -"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, -"chrio" pedig a szellemi - -Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról -abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert -emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban -az időben. - -Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére -Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében. A -"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! - -Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már -megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak -nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a -megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak -orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos -az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! - -
    -
    - -
    -2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében -Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi -a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az -baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz -helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad -bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk. - -
    2A példa -Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 "születik víztől és -Lélektől" igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez? -Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a -témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen -témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a -magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés. -
    -
    2B példa -1 Kor. 14:34 A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben, együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...] -
    -
    2C példa -ApCsel 2:38 Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és -keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; ". Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi -újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, -levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az -újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben -megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra -tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a -bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az -1 Kor. 1:17 -ben Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy -kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem? - -
    -
    - -
    -3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben - -Először ne azt kérdezzük Mit jelent ez számomra, hanem -Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára? Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: Mit jelent ez számomra? Be kell -tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe. - -
    3A példa Három nap és három éjjel (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a -"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong -kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott -fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" -és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában. -Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a -napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a -vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 -vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett -napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és -este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól -szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól. -
    - -
    3B példa1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek -között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik -fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, -ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált -keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség. -
    -
    - -
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében -A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell -értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet. - -
    4A példa -gonosz szem Mt. 6:23-ban -1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, -szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte -lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk! -Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, gonosz -szem. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: -Mt. 20:15 "Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit -akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?" Itt -azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 --hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget. -
    - -
    4B példa -Ésa. 59:1 Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze, -5 Móz. 33:27 alant vannak örökkévaló karjai; - -A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy -bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer -meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet -belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon -elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a Kingdom of the Cults -szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a -Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad; -W.M azt mondta ekkor: ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint -megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. - -
    -
    - -
    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Kereszthivatkozások + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning. + + + +
    + 1A példa + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
    +
    + 1B példa + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet + + + Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +őt. + + + Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala. + + + Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel. + + + Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával. + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk. 4:28 Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...] + + + ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...] + + + ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal, + + + 2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az; + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
    +
    +
    + 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further. +
    + 2A példa + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +
    +
    + 2B példa + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] +
    +
    + 2C példa + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
    +
    +
    + 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but +What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. +
    + 3A példa + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction. + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble. +
    +
    + 3B példa + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant. +
    +
    +
    + 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. +
    + 4A példa + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +
    +
    + 4B példa + Ésa. 59:1 Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze, + 5 Móz. 33:27 alant vannak örökkévaló karjai; + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +
    +
    +
    + 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt -Az allegória: történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése + Az allegória: történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése van. -Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis? - -Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok -Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat -nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a -mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, -összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó. - -
    5A példa -Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a + Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +
    + 5A példa + Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk? -Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.
    - -
    5B példa -A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? -A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már -nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája -becsapását. -
    - -
    + Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb. +
    +
    + 5B példa + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook index b7d77c7..ac32e95 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,70 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint -licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette. - - - Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön -jelzettek. - - - - - Vázlat - - - A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a -biblia tanulmányozásához - - - A &bibletime; csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az -írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges -útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson -semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és -tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, -hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást -okozni. - - - - - Bible - Tanulmányozni - HowTo - - + Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön +jelzettek. + + + Vázlat + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + Tanulmányozni + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 6f9b57e..b4f833b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,23 +1,18 @@ -Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

    Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni -és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az -Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.

    Hallgatni

    Lk.11:28 „Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Vissza 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Előre

    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

    Hallgatni

    Lk.11:28 „Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, és megtartják azt.”

    Olvasni

    Jel.1:3 „Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]”

    1 Tim.4:13 „legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]” -

    Tanulmányozni

    ApCsel 17:11 „Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +beszédeit [...]”

    1 Tim.4:13 „legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]”

    Tanulmányozni

    ApCsel 17:11 „Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.” -

    2 Tim.2:15 „Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.”

    2 Tim.2:15 „Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét.”

    Memorizálni

    Zsolt.119:11 „Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem ellened.”

    Elmélkedni

    Zsolt. 1:2-3 „Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.” -

    A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes -megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben -bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen -feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van -szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és -memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia -általános üzenetét.

    Előző Fel Következő
    2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Tartalom A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.”

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Főoldal A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 3f9885f..268f2b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ -Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása

    Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a -kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):

    1. Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok

    Mit jelent a „kegyesség gyakorlása”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? -Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? A -motivációnknak! Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?

    1. Amikor adsz

    2. Amikor böjtölsz

    3. Amikor imádkozol

    Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz -módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:

    1. When you give

      1. ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „kürtöltethet” bárki manapság?)

      2. titokban csináld.

      3. stb.

    Előző Fel Következő
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai Tartalom Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    +Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Vissza 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Előre

    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

    1. Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok

    What does „practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. Amikor adsz

    2. Amikor böjtölsz

    3. Amikor imádkozol

    Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:

    1. When you give

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a +trumpet”today?)

      2. titokban csináld.

      3. stb.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai Főoldal Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 61718da..41e3174 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

    A helyes értelmezés alapjai

    Tartalom

    Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.

    Szövegkörnyezet

    A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a -király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.

    Kereszthivatkozások

    Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +A helyes értelmezés alapjai

    A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    Vissza 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Előre

    A helyes értelmezés alapjai

    Tartalom

    Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.

    Szövegkörnyezet

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

    Kereszthivatkozások

    Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok -tesztjének.

    Előző Fel Következő
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai Tartalom Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    +tesztjének.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai Főoldal Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6e3a47d..3f0a429 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai

    Témák tanulmányozása

    Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai

    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    Vissza 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Előre

    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai

    Témák tanulmányozása

    Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy szószedetek alapján.

    Karakterek tanulmányozása

    Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.

    Megismerő tanulmányozás

    Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.

    Előző Fel Következő
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához Tartalom A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.

    Megismerő tanulmányozás

    Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához Főoldal A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index b4c2571..5dd6bb9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)

    Megtalálni a pontos verset

    1. Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.

    2. Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére

    3. Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.

    Find these verses:

    1. „Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek”

    2. „Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. ”

    3. A gazdag ember és Lázár története.

    -

    Téma szerinti tanulmányozás

    Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először -nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket -felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide -vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette".

    A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből

    Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek!” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „A lelki ember azonban -mindent megítél” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, -amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.)

    1. Keresse meg az "ítél" szót

    2. Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.

    3. Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.

    4. Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.

    5. Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a -görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz!

    Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

    Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.

    Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:

    • Nábál

    • Abigail

    • Józsué

    • Barnabás

    Előző Fel Következő
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása Tartalom 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
    +Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Vissza 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Előre

    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)

    Megtalálni a pontos verset

    1. Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.

    2. Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére

    3. Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.

    Find these verses:

    1. + „Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek” +

    2. + „Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. ” +

    3. A gazdag ember és Lázár története.

    Téma szerinti tanulmányozás

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

    A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

    Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.

    Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:

    • Nábál

    • Abigail

    • Józsué

    • Barnabás

    Vissza Fel Előre
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása Főoldal 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 29eac2f..6dadc2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
    2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
    Előző   Következő

    2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok

    Tartalom

    A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Hallgatni
    Olvasni
    Tanulmányozni
    Memorizálni
    Elmélkedni
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    Témák tanulmányozása
    Karakterek tanulmányozása
    Megismerő tanulmányozás
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    Tartalom
    Szövegkörnyezet
    Kereszthivatkozások
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Megtalálni a pontos verset
    Téma szerinti tanulmányozás
    A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből
    Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

    A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához

    -

     

    Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok

    2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
    Vissza   Előre

    2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok

    Tartalom

    A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Hallgatni
    Olvasni
    Tanulmányozni
    Memorizálni
    Elmélkedni
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    Témák tanulmányozása
    Karakterek tanulmányozása
    Megismerő tanulmányozás
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    Tartalom
    Szövegkörnyezet
    Kereszthivatkozások
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Megtalálni a pontos verset
    Téma szerinti tanulmányozás
    A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből
    Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

    A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához

    +

     

    Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok -hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    -

    A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    +

    A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: „ Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát”; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az -Istennel való szövetségért. -

     

    A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, -mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta -a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta -tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]

    Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha +Istennel való szövetségért.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

    Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk Krisztussal.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
    Előző   Következő
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok Tartalom Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
    Vissza   Előre
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok Főoldal Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 66b2a6c..0a25aee 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,31 +1,30 @@ -A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett

    Zsid. 4:12 "Isten igéje élő és -ható... " Jézus mondta (Mt. 4:4) -Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely -Isten szájából származik. Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten -Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. -

    2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "A teljes Írás Istentől -ihletett,". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus -hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz.

     

    Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy -Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes -mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 -Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt -mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van -írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & -Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is -meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra -valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az -atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől -indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem -Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek -úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek -szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... -

    -Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten -bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő -oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy -Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Krisztus a vitatkozó, InterVarsity -Press 1978, 93-95

    A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a -megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten -embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített." Ha hisszük, hogy a -Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a -tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén.

    Előző Fel Következő
    1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Tartalom A könyv, amely cselekszik
    +A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett

    + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

    This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Krisztus a vitatkozó, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Főoldal A könyv, amely cselekszik
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 0614d8d..ecb58e6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -Bátorítás
    Bátorítás
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    Bátorítás

    -2 Tim. 2:15 " Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, -mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az -igazságnak beszédét." -

    -Kol. 3:16 "A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon, -minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal, -dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az -Úrnak." -

    Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?

    -Nem kevés!

    -Préd. 12:13-14 "A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez, -és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai; -melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok -könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a -testnek." -

    Előző Fel Következő
    A könyv, amely harcol Tartalom Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    +Bátorítás
    Bátorítás
    Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

    Bátorítás

    2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

    Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

    Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?

    Nem kevés!

    Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

    Vissza Fel Előre
    A könyv, amely harcol Főoldal Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 3705d4c..e5813e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,15 +1,13 @@ -A könyv ami megszabadít
    A könyv ami megszabadít
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    A könyv ami megszabadít

    -Jn. 8:32 "És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká -tesz titeket." Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták -idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás -összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben: -"Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én -tanítványaim vagytok;"

    Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten -igéjének igazságát.

    A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, -erőszakos szél. " Az, hogy nem vagyunk -gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve -vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől..." Egyik dolog, amit az Ige -tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk -könnyen "elfújhatók."

    De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik, -"Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát." Mt. 22:29

    Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?

    • Isten igéje

    • Isten hatalma

    Előző Fel Következő
    A könyv, amely cselekszik Tartalom A könyv, amely harcol
    +A könyv ami megszabadít
    A könyv ami megszabadít
    Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

    A könyv ami megszabadít

    Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

    We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

    The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

    + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

    Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?

    • Isten igéje

    • Isten hatalma

    Vissza Fel Előre
    A könyv, amely cselekszik Főoldal A könyv, amely harcol
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index 084f9ac..8fde18f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,21 +1,19 @@ -Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"

     

    Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó -hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a -hapax és az -ephapax határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: -egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami -elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt -alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás -apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a -Római levél is mondja "a bűnnek halt meg egyszer" -(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28).

    -Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus -szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a -Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban -teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk -Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul -- -Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül, -Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele -nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a sola -scriptura a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a -sola gratia a megváltásunkat tekintve

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Krisztus a vitatkozó, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Előző Fel Következő
    Bátorítás Tartalom Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
    +Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Vissza Fel Előre
    Bátorítás Főoldal Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 01ffe1b..dbae5c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,9 @@ -Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

    Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen -olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 -és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről -évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! -

    1. Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

      Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
      Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

      Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

      Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

      1. Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy héten.

      2. Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak megfelelően.

      3. Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.

      4. Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.

      5. Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, -sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. -

      Előző Fel Következő
      Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" Tartalom 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
      +sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" Főoldal 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 645fd3a..d7b193d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -A könyv, amely harcol
    A könyv, amely harcol
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    A könyv, amely harcol

    -Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.

    1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél

    KérdésVálasz
    Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?5
    Mennyi támadó?Egy
    Melyik(ek)? az ige - réma

    Előző Fel Következő
    A könyv ami megszabadít Tartalom Bátorítás
    +A könyv, amely harcol
    A könyv, amely harcol
    Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

    A könyv, amely harcol

    Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.

    1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél

    KérdésVálasz
    Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?5
    Mennyi támadó?Egy
    Melyik(ek)?az ige - réma

    Vissza Fel Előre
    A könyv ami megszabadít Főoldal Bátorítás
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index 35e7624..8dbe56f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,32 +1,8 @@ -A könyv, amely cselekszik
    A könyv, amely cselekszik
    Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

    A könyv, amely cselekszik

    -Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy -"annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek." -Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. -

    1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?

    HivatkozásCselekedet
    Ef. 5:26 -megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva -megszentelje." -
    -ApCsel. 20:32 - -felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet -benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." -
    -Róm. 15:4 - -vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." -
    -Róm. 10:17 - -hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde -által." -
    -1 Kor. 10:11 - -figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül -íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk." -
    -Mt. 4:4 - -táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, -hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" -

    Előző Fel Következő
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett Tartalom A könyv ami megszabadít
    +A könyv, amely cselekszik
    A könyv, amely cselekszik
    Vissza 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Előre

    A könyv, amely cselekszik

    What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

    1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?

    HivatkozásCselekedet
    Ef. 5:26megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva +megszentelje."
    ApCsel. 20:32 builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    Róm. 15:4vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
    Róm. 10:17hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által."
    1 Kor. 10:11figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."
    Mt. 4:4táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"

    Vissza Fel Előre
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett Főoldal A könyv ami megszabadít
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index 9a073c5..41e73da 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,28 +1,16 @@ -1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
    1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
    Előző   Következő

    1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

    Tartalom

    A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    A könyv, amely cselekszik
    A könyv ami megszabadít
    A könyv, amely harcol
    Bátorítás
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

    Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják -Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.

    A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN

    A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:

    • -népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt -hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év -bestsellere! -

    • -szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel -rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta -volna. -

    • -fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség -dokumentumai? műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más -ősi iratokkal: -

    1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.

    IratKeletkezésLegkorábbi másolatEltelt időFennmaradt másolatok
    Hérodotosz448-428 Kr.e900 Kr.u.1300 év8 -
    Tacitus100 Kr.u.1100 Kr.u.1000 év20 -
    Cézár Gall háború58-50 Kr.e.900 Kr.u.950 év10 -
    Livius Róma története59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.900 Kr.u.900 év20 -
    ÚjszövetségKr.u. 40 - 100Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok30 -310 év5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű -

    Cézár Gall háborújából maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 -évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan -példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes -szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit -Kr.u. 130-ból datálható.

     

    "Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

    1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
    Vissza   Előre

    1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

    Tartalom

    A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    A könyv, amely cselekszik
    A könyv ami megszabadít
    A könyv, amely harcol
    Bátorítás
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

    A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

    • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

    • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

    1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.

    IratKeletkezésLegkorábbi másolatEltelt időFennmaradt másolatok
    Hérodotosz448-428 Kr.e900 Kr.u.1300 év8
    Tacitus100 Kr.u.1100 Kr.u.1000 év20
    Cézár Gall háború58-50 Kr.e.900 Kr.u.950 év10
    Livius Róma története59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.900 Kr.u.900 év20
    ÚjszövetségKr.u. 40 - 100Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok30 -310 év5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi -ősi prózai irat között."

    		 
     --F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja, -1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az Élet -Kérdései 25-26. oldalán
    Előző   Következő
    Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát Tartalom A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    +ősi prózai irat között."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
    Vissza   Előre
    Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát Főoldal A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index 1f35855..62e8d91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,20 @@ -2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében

    Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi -a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az -baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz -helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad -bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk.

    2A példa

    Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 "születik víztől és -Lélektől" igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?

    Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a -témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen -témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a -magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.

    2B példa

    1 Kor. 14:34 „ A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben,” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]”

    2C példa

    ApCsel 2:38 „ Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és -keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; "”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi -újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, -levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az -újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben -megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra -tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a -bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az -1 Kor. 1:17 -ben Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy -kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem? -

    Előző Fel Következő
    3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Tartalom 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    +2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    Vissza 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Előre

    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

    2A példa

    In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    2B példa

    1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]”

    2C példa

    Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

    Vissza Fel Előre
    3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Főoldal 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index c65b9e3..441af70 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben

    -Először ne azt kérdezzük „ Mit jelent ez számomra”, hanem -„Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?” Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: „Mit jelent ez számomra?” Be kell -tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.

    3A példa

    „Három nap és három éjjel” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a -"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong -kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott -fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" -és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.

    Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a -napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a -vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 -vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett -napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és -este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól -szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.

    3B példa

    1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek -között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik -fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, -ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált -keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.

    Előző Fel Következő
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében Tartalom 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    +3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    Vissza 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Előre

    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben

    At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?”but +„What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, +„What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    3A példa

    + „3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.

    We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

    3B példa

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében Főoldal 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index c7f1c74..dfb030f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,25 +1,21 @@ -4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében

    A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell -értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet.

    4A példa

    „gonosz szem” Mt. 6:23-ban

    1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, -szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte -lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk!

    Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „gonosz -szem”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: -Mt. 20:15 "Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit -akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?" Itt -azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 --hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget.

    4B példa

    Ésa. 59:1 „ Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,”

    5 Móz. 33:27 „alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;”

    -A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy -bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer -meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet -belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon -elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a Kingdom of the Cults -szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a -Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -„Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;” -W.M azt mondta ekkor: „ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint -megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. -

    Előző Fel Következő
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben Tartalom 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    Vissza 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Előre

    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    4A példa

    + „evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    4B példa

    Ésa. 59:1 „ Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,”

    5 Móz. 33:27 „alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;”

    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, „By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

    Vissza Fel Előre
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben Főoldal 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index af01809..83e05b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ -5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt
    Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) 

    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt
    Vissza 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) 

    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt

    Az allegória: történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése -van.

    Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?

    Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok -Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat -nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a -mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, -összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.

    5A példa

    Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +van.

    Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?

    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

    5A példa

    Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?

    Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.

    5B példa

    A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória?

    A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már -nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája -becsapását.

    Előző Fel 
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében Tartalom 
    +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.

    5B példa

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Vissza Fel 
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében Főoldal 
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index 0183d51..d9f544b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,70 @@ -3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
    3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
    Előző   Következő

    3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)

    Tartalom

    1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján
    1A példa
    1B példa
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    2A példa
    2B példa
    2C példa
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    3A példa
    3B példa
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    4A példa
    4B példa
    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt
    5A példa
    5B példa

    Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, -kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai -hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az -eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok -alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga -az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 „ Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes -megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek -számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -„a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a -tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a -magok vesztére.”

    Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson -figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:

    1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján

    Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a -szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő -lépések követésével:

    1. Definíció. Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az -igeidő is döntő fontosságú.

    2. Kereszthivatkozások. Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög -vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új -megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan -használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még -értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben -is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a -magyar? Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar -fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata -is.

    1A példa

    Jn. 20:17 "Ne érints" keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy -hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, -mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, -nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.

    Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680 -számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680: -haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani -valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao -(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük -a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat -valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet -befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy -fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk?

    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

    1B példa

    Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében. Mi -ez a megkenés?

    Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is -amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, -bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" -(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett -melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya -szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)

    • Cross-references for aleipho:

      1. Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet

      2. Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)

        3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
        Vissza   Előre

        3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)

        Tartalom

        1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján
        1A példa
        1B példa
        2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
        2A példa
        2B példa
        2C példa
        3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
        3A példa
        3B példa
        4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
        4A példa
        4B példa
        5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt
        5A példa
        5B példa

        We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

        1. Definíció. Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.

        2. Kereszthivatkozások. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.

        1A példa

        Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

        Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

        + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

        1B példa

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

        Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Cross-references for aleipho:

          1. Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet

          2. Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék őt.

          3. Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.

          4. Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.

          5. Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.

        • Cross-references of chrio:

          1. Lk. 4:28 „Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]”

          2. ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit felkentél, [...]

          3. ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal,

          4. 2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;

        Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a -kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: -"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, -"chrio" pedig a szellemi

        Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról -abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert -emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban -az időben. -

        Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére -Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében. A -"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati!

        -Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már -megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak -nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a -megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak -orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos -az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! -

        Előző   Következő
        Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) Tartalom 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
        +hatalommal,

      3. 2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;

    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    Vissza   Előre
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) Főoldal 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 6380648..671efcf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,12 @@ -Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát
    Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát
       Következő

    Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát

    Harman, Bob

    The BibleTime team,

    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

    - Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint -licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette. -

    - Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön -jelzettek. -

    Vázlat

    - A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a -biblia tanulmányozásához -

    - A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az -írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges -útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson -semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és -tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, -hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást -okozni. -

    Tartalom

    1. Isten szavának jelentősége
    A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    A könyv, amely cselekszik
    A könyv ami megszabadít
    A könyv, amely harcol
    Bátorítás
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
    2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
    A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Hallgatni
    Olvasni
    Tanulmányozni
    Memorizálni
    Elmélkedni
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    Témák tanulmányozása
    Karakterek tanulmányozása
    Megismerő tanulmányozás
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    Tartalom
    Szövegkörnyezet
    Kereszthivatkozások
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Megtalálni a pontos verset
    Téma szerinti tanulmányozás
    A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből
    Nevek jelentésének megkeresése
    3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
    1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján
    1A példa
    1B példa
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    2A példa
    2B példa
    2C példa
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    3A példa
    3B példa
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    4A példa
    4B példa
    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt
    5A példa
    5B példa

    A táblázatok listája

    1.1. Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.
    1.2. Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?
    1.3. Szellemi páncél
       Következő
       1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
    +Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát
    Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát
       Előre

    Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát

    Harman, Bob

    The BibleTime Team,

    Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön +jelzettek.

    Vázlat

    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

    It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Tartalom

    1. Isten szavának jelentősége
    A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN
    A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
    A könyv, amely cselekszik
    A könyv ami megszabadít
    A könyv, amely harcol
    Bátorítás
    Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
    Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
    2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
    A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához
    Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
    Hallgatni
    Olvasni
    Tanulmányozni
    Memorizálni
    Elmélkedni
    A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
    Témák tanulmányozása
    Karakterek tanulmányozása
    Megismerő tanulmányozás
    A helyes értelmezés alapjai
    Tartalom
    Szövegkörnyezet
    Kereszthivatkozások
    Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
    Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
    Megtalálni a pontos verset
    Téma szerinti tanulmányozás
    A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből
    Nevek jelentésének megkeresése
    3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
    1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján
    1A példa
    1B példa
    2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
    2A példa
    2B példa
    2C példa
    3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
    3A példa
    3B példa
    4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
    4A példa
    4B példa
    5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt
    5A példa
    5B példa

    A táblázatok listája

    1.1. Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.
    1.2. Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?
    1.3. Szellemi páncél
       Előre
       1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index d1c7ec9..384dfbe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,212 +1,243 @@ -Elementi di studio della bibbia - - -La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia - -
    Gv 5,39-40 Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, + + Elementi di studio della bibbia + + La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia + +
    + Gv 5,39-40 + Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a me per avere la vita. -
    -     - -L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin +
    +     + L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin Lutero disse andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del bambino; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per -sé ma per cercare Dio. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +sé ma per cercare Dio. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere -in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della -vita. Hillel diceva: "Chi ha acquisito le parole della Torah ha -acquisito la vita del mondo futuro." Il loro studio era fine a se -stesso. In questo furono delusi. [...] -Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...] + Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa. -
    - - -Approcci alla parola di Dio -Sentire e leggere danno una visione telescopica della scrittura mentre -studiare dà una visione microscopica della scrittura. La meditazione sulla -Bibbia porta insieme l'ascolto, la lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione, e -fissa la parola nella nostra mente. - -L'ascolto -Lc 11,28 Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la +
    +     + + Approcci alla parola di Dio + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds. + + L'ascolto + Lc 11,28 Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la osservano! - - -La lettura -Ap 1,3Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di + + + La lettura + Ap 1,3Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di questa profezia [...] -1 Tm 4,13 dedicati alla lettura [...] - - - -Studio -At 17,11 Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di + 1 Tm 4,13 dedicati alla lettura [...] + + + Studio + At 17,11 Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni -giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così. - -2 Tm 2,15 Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un +giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così. + 2 Tm 2,15 Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola della verità. - - -Memorizzazione -Sal 119,11 Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di + + + Memorizzazione + Sal 119,11 Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di te. - - -Meditazione -Sal 1,2-3 Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge + + + Meditazione + Sal 1,2-3 Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa, -riesce bene. - - -I navigatori spiegano questo dicendo che come possiamo raggiungere con il -pollice tutte le altre dita possiamo meditare anche facendo i primi quattro -passi. La meditazione è la chiave della rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano deve -ascoltare e leggere la bibbia più di studiarla e memorizzarla. Con questo -conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia. - - - -Tipi di studio della Bibbia -Studio tematico -Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +riesce bene. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Tipi di studio della Bibbia + + Studio tematico + Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o una concordanza. - - -Studio di un Personaggio -Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di + + + Studio di un Personaggio + Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di Giuseppe in Gn 37-50. - - -Esposizione -Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro. - - - -Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta - -Contenuto -Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle + + + Esposizione + Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro. + + + + Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta + + Contenuto + Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice. - - -Contesto -Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola --- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del -libro. - - -Referenze -Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La + + + Contesto + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Referenze + Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture. - - - -Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 -Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso -chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo -trovato? Verificalo guardando in diversi luoghi del brano e chiedendoti se è -in relazione con il pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato scrivilo -come il numero I della tua esposizione: - - - State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per -essere ammirati da loro - - -Cosa significa praticare la vostra giustizia? Ci sono degli -esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione? -Le nostre motivazioni! Quali sottopunti sviluppano -questo pensiero? - - - Quando tu doni - Quando tu digiuni - Quando tu preghi - - -Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di + + + + Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per +essere ammirati da loro + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + Quando tu doni + + + Quando tu digiuni + + + Quando tu preghi + + + Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di praticare le tue buone opere: - - - Quando tu doni - non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno suonare la -tromba oggi?) - fallo in segreto. - etc. - - - - - -Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza - -Trovare un Particolare Versetto - - Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto. - Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico. - Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto. - - -Trova questi versetti - Leali sono le ferite di un amico - In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori - La storia del ricco e Lazzaro. - - - - -Fare uno Studio Tematico -Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per -prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per -questa parola. Poi puoi scegliere altre parole connesse con essa, per -esempio: "redimere, redento" fino a "comprare" o -"comprato." - - - -Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico -Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 Non giudicate, per non -essere giudicati e 1 Cor 2,15 L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito, -invece, giudica ogni cosa. Può darsi che ci siano due parole diverse -in Greco, tradotte ambedue con "giudicare" in Italiano? (Per -un'analisi più approfondita abbiamo bisogno dei numeri di Strong. Perciò i -seguenti esempi fanno uso della traduzione inglese "King James with Strongs" -che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge) - - Cerca "judge". - Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo -fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo. - Adesso cerca "judgeth". - Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350. - Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la -lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il -significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta! - - - -Trovare i Significati dei Nomi -Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o + + + Quando tu doni + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + fallo in segreto. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza + + Trovare un Particolare Versetto + + + Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto. + + + Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico. + + + Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto. + + + Trova questi versetti + + + Leali sono le ferite di un amico + + + + + In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori + + + + La storia del ricco e Lazzaro. + + + + + Fare uno Studio Tematico + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Trovare i Significati dei Nomi + Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o Ebraico. -Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato: - -Nabal -Abigail -Joshua -Barnabus - - - - - + Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Joshua + + + Barnabus + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 8198fde..13081fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,315 +1,308 @@ -L'importanza della Parola di Dio -Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in -Lui. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi primari per imparare a comunicare -con Dio. - -Un libro che è Unico -La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in: - - - - -popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500 -millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di -vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali! - - - - -autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40 -differenti autori con uno sfondo culturale differente, eppure si può -leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore. - - - - -conservazione. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents -Reliable? paragona dei manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri -testi antichi: - - - - -Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi. - - - -Documento -Epoca di Scrittura -Copia più Antica -Differenza di TempoNumero delle Copie - - - -Erodoto -448-428 A.C.900 D.C. -1300 anni8 - - -Tacito -100 D.C.1100 D.C. -1000 anni20 - - -De bello gallico di Giulio Cesare -50-58 A.C.900 D.C. -950 anni10 - - -Ab urbe condita di Livio -59 A.C. - 17 D.C.900 D.C. -900 anni20 - - -Nuovo testamento -40 D.C. - 100 D.C.130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali 30 - 310 anni5000 Greci & 10000 Latini - -
    -Esistono dieci copie del De bello gallico di Cesare, la -più antica tra queste è stata copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare scrisse -l'originale, ecc. Per il Nuovo Testamento siamo in possesso di manoscritti -integrali dal 350 D.C., ci sono papiri che contengono la maggior parte del -Nuovo Testamento del terzo secolo e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del -130 D.C. Quanti manoscritti abbiamo per compararli? 5000 in Greco e 10000 in -Latino! -
    Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo + + L'importanza della Parola di Dio + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God. + + Un libro che è Unico + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: + + + + Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi. + + + + Documento + Epoca di Scrittura + Copia più Antica + Differenza di Tempo + Numero delle Copie + + + + + Erodoto + 448-428 A.C. + 900 D.C. + 1300 anni + 8 + + + Tacito + 100 D.C. + 1100 D.C. + 1000 anni + 20 + + + De bello gallico di Giulio Cesare + 50-58 A.C. + 900 D.C. + 950 anni + 10 + + + Ab urbe condita di Livio + 59 A.C. - 17 D.C. + 900 D.C. + 900 anni + 20 + + + Nuovo testamento + 40 D.C. - 100 D.C. + 130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali + 30 - 310 anni + 5000 Greci & 10000 Latini + + + +
    + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
    + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa -dell'Antichità."
    -     - -Un Libro Ispirato da Dio -Eb 4,12 "Infatti la parola di Dio è viva, -efficace..." Gesù disse: (Mt 4,4), -"Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che -esce dalla bocca di Dio" Quando leggiamo la Bibbia lo spirito di -Dio è presente per parlare al nostro cuore in un modo continuamente -rinnovato. - -2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da -Dio." Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la -posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse -un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come -'Dio disse' (Mc 7,10). Poteva citare il commento del narratore in Gn 2,24 -facendone una richiesta del Creatore Stesso (Mt 19,4-5). In modo simile -disse 'Bene ha fatto Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto' quando quello -che stava per citare era un discorso diretto di Dio (Mc 7,6; Is 29,13). Gli -autori del nuovo testamento hanno preso da Gesù stesso la convinzione della -doppia autorità della bibbia. Per loro era vero dire 'Dio ha parlato nei -tempi antichi ai padri per mezzo dei profeti' (Eb 1,1) come dire 'mossi da -Spirito Santo parlarono quelli uomini da parte di Dio' (2 Pt 1,21). Dio non -ha parlato in un modo da prevaricare la personalità dell'autore umano, ne -gli uomini parlarono in un modo da corrompere la parola dell'autore -divino. Dio parlò. Gli uomini parlarono. Nessuna verità può essere separata -dall'altra. ... - - -Questa, allora, era l'opinione di Cristo sulle Scritture. La loro -testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è -la testimonianza di Dio. E la ragione principale per la quale i cristiani -credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata.
    - -2 Tm 3,16 continua: "è anche utile per insegnare, convincere, -correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e -ben preparato per ogni opera buona." Se accettiamo che la Bibbia -è veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra -guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. -     - -Un libro che Funziona - -Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la -bibbia "opera in voi credenti." Accanto ad ogni -scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. - - -Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani? - - - -Riferimento -Effetto - - - - -Ef 5,26 - -purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola" - - - - -At 20,32 - - -edifica -- " ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare -e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. " - - - - -Rm 15,4 - - -consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che -provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza." - - - - - -Rm 10,17 - - -dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la -parola di Cristo." - - - - - -1 Cor 10,11 - - -ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono -state scritte per nostro ammonimento" - - - - - -Mt 4,4 - - -nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di -ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'." - - - - -
    -     - -Un libro che rende Liberi - -Gv 8,32 "conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà -liberi." Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una -promessa condizionata o incondizionata? È' valida per tutti i generi di -conoscenza? Scoprirai la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase in -v. 31. "Se rimanete nella mia parola, siete davvero miei discepoli -... " -Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare -della verità della parola di Dio. - -La parola Greca per "vento" usata in Ef 4,14 parla di un vento -violento. "Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli -sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina -..." Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che -saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente -"soffiati via." - -E Gesù rispose loro: "Vi ingannate, perché -non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio."Mt 22,29 -Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dell'Antichità." +
    +     + + Un Libro Ispirato da Dio + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
    + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. +     + + Un libro che Funziona + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani? + + + + Riferimento + Effetto + + + + + Ef 5,26 + purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola" + + + At 20,32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Rm 15,4 + consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che +provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza." + + + Rm 10,17 + dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la +parola di Cristo." + + + 1 Cor 10,11 + ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per nostro ammonimento" + + + Mt 4,4 + nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'." + + + +
    +     + + Un libro che rende Liberi + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati dall'errore? - -La parola di Dio -La forza di Dio - - - -Un Libro che da Battaglia - -Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale. - -Armamento spirituale - - - -Domanda -Risposta - - -Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?5 -Quante sono offensive?Una -Quale? La parola - rhema -
    -     - -Esortazioni - -2 Tm 2,15 Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona -degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la -parola della verità. - - -Col 3,16 "La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; -ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con -gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. " - - -Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? - -Non poco! - - -Qo 12,11-12 "Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli; come chiodi -piantati, le raccolte di autori: esse sono date da un solo pastore. Quanto a -ciò che è in più di questo, figlio mio, bada bene: i libri si moltiplicano -senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. " - - -Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote> -
    -John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica -parola del testamento Greco, cioè nell'avverbio -hapax e -ephapax. Viene normalmente tradotto mediante -"una volta", nel senso di "una volta per tutte". Viene usato nel contesto di -qualcosa che è fatto in modo tale da avere un valore eterno e non dover -esser ripetuto. Nel nuovo testamento viene usato sia per la rivelazione sia -per la redenzione. Per Questo, Giuda si riferisce alla fede che venne data -una volte per tutte ai santi (Gd 3), e la lettera ai Romani dice: -"egli morì al peccato una volta per tutte" (Rm 6,10, -vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28). -Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha -sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione -Cristiana sia la redenzione Cristiana sono tutte e due completate in -Cristo. Niente può essere aggiunto ad ambedue senza essere ostile a -Cristo... Queste sono le due rocce sulle quali si basa la Riforma -Protestante -- La parola rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta della tradizione -umana e il lavoro finito di Cristo senza l'aggiunta di meriti umani. Le -parole chiave dei Riformisti sono sola -scriptura per quanto riguarda la nostra autorità e -sola gratia per quanto riguarda la nostra -salvezza. -
    -     - -Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi -svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al -n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno! - - -Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla -settimana. -Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al -giorno del mese, ogni giorno. -Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per -esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140. -Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al -giorno. -Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al + + + La parola di Dio + + + La forza di Dio + + + + + Un Libro che da Battaglia + Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale. + + Armamento spirituale + + + + Domanda + Risposta + + + + + Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive? + 5 + + + Quante sono offensive? + Una + + + Quale? + La parola - rhema + + + +
    +     + + Esortazioni + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? + Non poco! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body." + + + Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote> +
    + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
    +     + + Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana. + + + Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno. + + + Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140. + + + Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno. + + + Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a -leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. - - - - +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. + + +     - diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 9f4cccd..90a0969 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,274 +1,275 @@ -Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) -Abbiamo già visto le tre regole: contenuto, contesto, riferimenti. Adesso -vogliamo andare avanti occupandoci dell'ermeneutica biblica, il cui fine è -di trovare il senso inteso dall'autore originale (e dall'Autore!). Mentre -sono valide tante applicazioni di un brano, solo una interpretazione è -valida. La scrittura stessa lo dice stabilendo che nessuna scrittura va -soggetta a spiegazione privata (2 Pt 1,20 Sappiate anzitutto questo: -nessuna scrittura profetica va soggetta a privata spiegazione) -Alcune regole aiutano a scoprire il senso corretto, ignorando queste regole -diversi uomini sono caduti in difficoltà - loro stessi e i loro seguaci. 2 -Pt 3,16 ... In esse ci sono alcune cose difficili da comprendere e -gli ignoranti e gli instabili le travisano, al pari delle altre Scritture, -per loro propria rovina. - -Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato -un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni -queste regole in mente: - -
    Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole. -Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto, -originale, delle parole, tanto migliore sarà la nostra -interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave -seguendo questi punti: - - - - Definizione - Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il + + Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
    + Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps: + + + + Definizione + Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il modo è ugualmente importantissimo. - - - - - Referenze - Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o -Ebraica (non italiana) è usata nella scrittura, può chiarirti o gettare -nuova luce sulla definizione. Lo stesso autore come usa la stessa parola -altrove? E altri autori? Potresti anche verificare l'uso di questa parola in -un contesto non biblico. Perché è necessario risalire alle lingue originali, -perché i termini italiani non sono sufficienti? Perché più di una -parola greca può essere stata tradotta nella stessa parola italiana, e i -termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato. - - - - -
    Esempio 1A -Gv 20,17 "Non mi trattenere [ingl. toccare]" suona -aspro, vero? Sembra quasi che Gesù non voglia essere toccato ora che è -asceso, ora che Egli è troppo sacro o simili. Ma non sembra giusto, quindi -cerchiamo in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola "Toccare" vediamo -"pim680." Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il -numero si riferisce al riferimento del dizionario di Strong. Leggiamo la -definizione (p.879). "680. Haptomai; da hapto (681), toccare. Si riferisce -alla manipolazione di un oggetto allo scopo di modificarlo... Differente da -pselaphao (5584), che significa realmente solo toccare la superficie di -qualcosa. " Ora cerchiamo "pim." I codici grammaticali di Zodhiates sono -subito dopo l'Apocalisse. a p. 849 vediamo che pim significa "presente -imperativo attivo (80)". A p.857, "Presente Imperativo. Nella voce attiva, -indica un comando di fare qualcosa in futuro che implica un'azione -continuata o ripetuta o, quando è negato, un comando di cessare di fare -qualcosa. ' Questo è un comando negativo, che serve a fermare qualcosa che -si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto? -Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi -trattenerlo! -
    - -
    Esempio 1B -In Giacomo 5:14, ...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su -di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.. Cosa si intende -per ungere? -La definizione di aleipho (218) - "ungere" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra -parola greca tradotta con "ungere", chrio (5548) - "macchiare o strofinare -con olio, per consacrare una funzione religiosa" (Strong). Siccome si tratta -di un verbo, considera anche il tempo, "apta" aoristo participio -attivo. "L'aoristo participio esprime un'azione semplice, in opposizione ad -un'azione continuata... Quando la relazione col verbo principale è -temporale, significa di solito che l'azione precede quella di quest'ultimo." -(Zodhiates p.851) - - -Riferimenti di aleipho: - Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa - Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo. - Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano. - Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo. - Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi -capelli - - - -Riferimenti di chrio: - Lc 4,18 Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha + + + + + Referenze + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning. + + + +
    + Esempio 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi +trattenerlo! + +
    +
    + Esempio 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) + + + Riferimenti di aleipho: + + Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa + + + Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo. + + + Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano. + + + Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo. + + + Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi +capelli + + + + + Riferimenti di chrio: + + Lc 4,18 Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto -annuncio [...] - At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato - At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù - 2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha -conferito l'unzione - - - - -Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi -e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: "aleipho" è -uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale. - -Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento -all'epoca, quando il buon samaritano si prese cura dell'uomo malmenato dai -briganti, versò olio e vino sulle ferite. L'olio aveva un uso medicinale al -tempo di Gesù. - -Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a -Giacomo 5:14 "Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri della -Chiesa ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del -Signore." Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico! - -Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con "avendo -unto", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare ("nel nome del -signore" si riferisce alla preghiera, non all'unzione). Giacomo 5 sta -dicendo che i presbiteri dovrebbero curare l'infermo e pregare per lui nel -nome del Signore. Si tratta di un meraviglioso equilibrio di praticità e -spiritualità nel Signore! - -
    -
    - -
    -Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico -Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i -versetti in ogni pagina? Qual è l'argomento del capitolo? E dell'intero -libro? La tua interpretazione corrisponde con queste? Se no, è errata. Di -solito, il contesto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per interpretare -correttamente il passaggio. Il contesto è la chiave. Se dopo aver -interpretato un testo nel suo contesto rimane della confusione, dobbiamo -guardare più avanti. - -
    Esempio 2A -In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 "nasce da -acqua e Spirito." Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute? -Il battesimo dell'acqua non è l'argomento, che sarebbe al di là -dell'argomento di cui stanno discutendo Gesù e Nicodemo. Fai attenzione ad -un improvviso cambio di argomento, può indicare che la tua interpretazione -sta prendendo la via sbagliata! L'acqua è il liquido amniotico, "nato -d'acqua" = nascita naturale. -
    -
    Esempio 2B -1 Cor 14,34 le donne nelle assemblee tacciano deve essere -considerato nel contesto biblico di 1 Cor 11,5 ogni donna che prega o -profetizza [...] -
    -
    Esempio 2C -At 2,38 E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si -faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati -[...]". Sta insegnando la rigenerazione battesimale? Se questo -fosse l'unico versetto della scrittura, dovremmo concludere così. Ma come -abbiamo imparato altrove questa rigenerazione è la fede in Cristo, e -dobbiamo interpretare diversamente. Pietro sta sollecitando il battesimo -come via per chi lo ascolta di rispondere al vangelo. Se il battesimo fosse -il modo di rinascere, come potrebbe Paolo scrivere in 1 Cor 1,17 -"Cristo infatti non mi ha mandato a battezzare, ma ad annunciare -il Vangelo"? - -
    -
    - -
    -Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale - -Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci Cosa significa per -me?, ma Cosa significava per i lettori originali?; in -seguito, possiamo domandarci, Cosa significa per -me?. Dobbiamo tenere conto del retroterra storico e culturale -dell'autore e dei destinatari. - -
    Esempio 3A 3 giorni & 3 notti (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a -formulare una "Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì", specialmente il -culto degli Armstrongisti. Come poteva Gesù morire il pomeriggio del venerdì -e risorgere la domenica mattina e tuttavia "risorgere il terzo giorno" (Mt -16,21)? L'esatto significato di "tre" o "giorni" non è d'aiuto nello -spiegare l'apparente contraddizione. -Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno -intero ogni parte di esso, come si farebbe con i secchi d'acqua (se ci -fossero sei secchi e mezzo, diremmo che ce ne sono sette, anche se uno è -riempito parzialmente). Per la mentalità ebraica, dunque, ogni parte del -giorno contava come un giorno intero, e i giorni iniziavano alle 6 -pomeridiane, per finire alle 6 del giorno dopo. Venerdì dalle 15 alle 18 - -primo giorno. Venerdì dalle 18 alle 18 di sabato - secondo giorno. Sabato -dalle 18 alle cinque o giù di lì di domenica - terzo giorno. Interpretare -entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi. -
    - -
    Esempio 3BGen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e -camminare tra i pezzi era un modo normale di concludere un contratto -all'epoca di Abramo. Entrambe le parti camminavano in mezzo, prendendo -l'impegno che coloro che non avessero tenuto fede alla loro parte del -contratto sarebbero strati smembrati. Ma in questo caso solo Dio ci passa -attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale. -
    -
    - -
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua -Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai -attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati. - -
    Esempio 4A -occhio cattivo in Mt 6,23. -Regola 1, definizione di "cattivo" e "occhio" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2, -contesto: sembra confonderci ancora di più. Non sembra concordare con ciò -che precede o segue! Questo dovrebbe avvisarci che non stiamo comprendendo -perfettamente!! -Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, occhio -cattivo. Cerchiamo altri usi di questa espressione: Mt 20,15 -"non posso fare delle mie cose quello che voglio? Oppure tu sei -invidioso [lit."occhio cattivo"] perché io sono buono?" Scopriamo -che avere un "occhio cattivo" è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica per essere -avaro o invidioso. Ora torniamo a Mt 6 e notiamo come questa definizione -combacia perfettamente con il contesto. -
    - -
    Esempio 4B -Is 59,1 non è troppo corta la mano del Signore -Dt 33,27 Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne. - -I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi -Giorni per provare che Dio era un tempo un uomo come noi. Una volta convinte -le persone di questo, proseguono insegnando che noi possiamo diventare Dio -così come Lui lo è! Mentre teneva una lettura, un gruppo di mormoni sfidò -Walter Martin (autore diKingdom of the Cults) con un -elenco di versetti come questi. Il dott. Martin chiese ai mormoni di leggere -un'altra scrittura: Sal 91,4 Ti coprirà con le sue penne, sotto le -sue ali troverai rifugio; la sua fedeltà ti sarà scudo e -corazza. W.M. disse: Con le stesse regole di interpretazione -con cui dimostrate che Dio è un uomo, dimostrate che Lui è un -uccello. I mormoni risero quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine -della loro posizione. - -
    -
    - -
    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +annuncio [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha +conferito l'unzione</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further. +
    + Esempio 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +
    +
    + Esempio 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...] +
    +
    + Esempio 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
    +
    +
    + Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but +What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. +
    + Esempio 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction. + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble. +
    +
    + Esempio 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant. +
    +
    +
    + Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. +
    + Esempio 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +
    +
    + Esempio 4B + Is 59,1 non è troppo corta la mano del Signore + Dt 33,27 Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +
    +
    +
    + Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria -Un'allegoria è: Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un + Un'allegoria è: Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un significato. -Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato? - -Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è -un'allegoria: il seme è la parola di Dio, le spine sono ansie e avidità, -ecc. Ma la maggior parte delle parabole non sono allegorie ma semplici -storie per illustrare un punto. È pericoloso trarre la nostra dottrina dalle -parabole; possono essere distorte per dire qualunque cosa. Dobbiamo trarla -dalle scritture che ce la mostrano chiaramente; se una parabola ce la -illustra, tanto meglio. - -
    Esempio 5A -La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia + Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +
    + Esempio 5A + La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come un'allegoria, cosa succede? -Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.
    - -
    Esempio 5B -La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si -tratta di un'allegoria? -Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che -aveva per prepararsi per un'epoca in cui non avrebbe più avuto. Ma non è -elogiato per il suo comportamento non etico, imbrogliando il suo padrone. -
    - -
    + Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc. +
    +
    + Esempio 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook index 6b12825..e04edc3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,67 +9,46 @@ ]> - - - HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - Il team di BibleTime - - - - - - - 2001-2009 Il team di &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto -i termini della licenza HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI - - - - - Sommario - - - L'HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia è una guida per -lo studio della Bibbia. - - - Il team di &bibletime; spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio -delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è -stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu -legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con -l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà. - - - - - Bibbia - Studio - HowTo - - +Attribution-Share Alike". + I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI + + + Sommario + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bibbia + Studio + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 1291c77..ccfe472 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,18 @@ -Approcci alla parola di Dio
    Approcci alla parola di Dio
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Approcci alla parola di Dio

    Sentire e leggere danno una visione telescopica della scrittura mentre -studiare dà una visione microscopica della scrittura. La meditazione sulla -Bibbia porta insieme l'ascolto, la lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione, e -fissa la parola nella nostra mente.

    L'ascolto

    Lc 11,28 «Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la +Approcci alla parola di Dio

    Approcci alla parola di Dio
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Approcci alla parola di Dio

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.

    L'ascolto

    Lc 11,28 «Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la osservano! »

    La lettura

    Ap 1,3«Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di -questa profezia [...]»

    1 Tm 4,13 «dedicati alla lettura [...]» -

    Studio

    At 17,11 «Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di +questa profezia [...]»

    1 Tm 4,13 «dedicati alla lettura [...]»

    Studio

    At 17,11 «Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni -giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.» -

    2 Tm 2,15 «Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un +giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.»

    2 Tm 2,15 «Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola della verità.»

    Memorizzazione

    Sal 119,11 «Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di te.»

    Meditazione

    Sal 1,2-3 «Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa, -riesce bene.» -

    I navigatori spiegano questo dicendo che come possiamo raggiungere con il -pollice tutte le altre dita possiamo meditare anche facendo i primi quattro -passi. La meditazione è la chiave della rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano deve -ascoltare e leggere la bibbia più di studiarla e memorizzarla. Con questo -conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Partenza Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    +riesce bene.»

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Partenza Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 2ecc757..274b60e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18

    Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso -chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo -trovato? Verificalo guardando in diversi luoghi del brano e chiedendoti se è -in relazione con il pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato scrivilo -come il numero I della tua esposizione:

    1. State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per -essere ammirati da loro

    Cosa significa «praticare la vostra giustizia»? Ci sono degli -esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione? -Le nostre motivazioni! Quali sottopunti sviluppano -questo pensiero?

    1. Quando tu doni

    2. Quando tu digiuni

    3. Quando tu preghi

    Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di -praticare le tue buone opere:

    1. When you give

      1. non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno «suonare la -tromba» oggi?)

      2. fallo in segreto.

      3. etc.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta Partenza Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    +Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

    1. State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per +essere ammirati da loro

    What does «practicing your righteousness»mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. Quando tu doni

    2. Quando tu digiuni

    3. Quando tu preghi

    Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:

    1. Quando tu doni

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a +trumpet»today?)

      2. fallo in segreto.

      3. etc.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta Partenza Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 11b16e2..cac9f4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta

    Contenuto

    Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.

    Contesto

    Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola --- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del -libro.

    Referenze

    Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La +Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta

    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta

    Contenuto

    Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.

    Contesto

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

    Referenze

    Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Tipi di studio della Bibbia Partenza Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index 824e781..d5ac2a4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Tipi di studio della Bibbia

    Studio tematico

    Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +Tipi di studio della Bibbia

    Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Tipi di studio della Bibbia

    Studio tematico

    Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o una concordanza.

    Studio di un Personaggio

    Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.

    Esposizione

    Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Approcci alla parola di Dio Partenza Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index a464c40..fecf4a2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza

    Trovare un Particolare Versetto

    1. Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.

    2. Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.

    3. Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.

    Find these verses:

    1. «Leali sono le ferite di un amico»

    2. «In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori»

    3. La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.

    -

    Fare uno Studio Tematico

    Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per -prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per -questa parola. Poi puoi scegliere altre parole connesse con essa, per -esempio: "redimere, redento" fino a "comprare" o -"comprato."

    Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico

    Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 «Non giudicate, per non -essere giudicati» e 1 Cor 2,15 «L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito, -invece, giudica ogni cosa.» Può darsi che ci siano due parole diverse -in Greco, tradotte ambedue con "giudicare" in Italiano? (Per -un'analisi più approfondita abbiamo bisogno dei numeri di Strong. Perciò i -seguenti esempi fanno uso della traduzione inglese "King James with Strongs" -che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge)

    1. Cerca "judge".

    2. Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo -fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo.

    3. Adesso cerca "judgeth".

    4. Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la -lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il -significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta!

    Trovare i Significati dei Nomi

    Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o +Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza

    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza

    Trovare un Particolare Versetto

    1. Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.

    2. Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.

    3. Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.

    Trova questi versetti

    1. + «Leali sono le ferite di un amico» +

    2. + «In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori» +

    3. La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.

    Fare uno Studio Tematico

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

    Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge +not lest you be judged»and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.»Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Trovare i Significati dei Nomi

    Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o Ebraico.

    Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:

    • Nabal

    • Abigail

    • Joshua

    • Barnabus

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 Partenza Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index 50e47ff..854ac38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
    Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
    Indietro   Avanti

    Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia

    Indice

    La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia
    Approcci alla parola di Dio
    L'ascolto
    La lettura
    Studio
    Memorizzazione
    Meditazione
    Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Studio tematico
    Studio di un Personaggio
    Esposizione
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Contenuto
    Contesto
    Referenze
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Trovare un Particolare Versetto
    Fare uno Studio Tematico
    Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico
    Trovare i Significati dei Nomi

    La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia

    -

     

    Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, +Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia

    Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
    Indietro   Avanti

    Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia

    Indice

    La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia
    Approcci alla parola di Dio
    L'ascolto
    La lettura
    Studio
    Memorizzazione
    Meditazione
    Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Studio tematico
    Studio di un Personaggio
    Esposizione
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Contenuto
    Contesto
    Referenze
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Trovare un Particolare Versetto
    Fare uno Studio Tematico
    Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico
    Trovare i Significati dei Nomi

    La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia

    +

     

    Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a -me per avere la vita.

    		 
     --Gv 5,39-40

    -

    L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin +me per avere la vita.

    		 
     --Gv 5,39-40

    +

    L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin Lutero disse «andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del bambino»; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per -sé ma per cercare Dio. -

     

    I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere -in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della -vita. Hillel diceva: "Chi ha acquisito le parole della Torah ha -acquisito la vita del mondo futuro." Il loro studio era fine a se -stesso. In questo furono delusi. [...]

    Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto +sé ma per cercare Dio.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]

    Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
    Indietro   Avanti
    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia Partenza Approcci alla parola di Dio
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index cf37076..7b93b7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio

    Eb 4,12 "Infatti la parola di Dio è viva, -efficace..." Gesù disse: (Mt 4,4), -"Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che -esce dalla bocca di Dio" Quando leggiamo la Bibbia lo spirito di -Dio è presente per parlare al nostro cuore in un modo continuamente -rinnovato. -

    2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da -Dio." Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la -posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture.

     

    Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse -un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come -'Dio disse' (Mc 7,10). Poteva citare il commento del narratore in Gn 2,24 -facendone una richiesta del Creatore Stesso (Mt 19,4-5). In modo simile -disse 'Bene ha fatto Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto' quando quello -che stava per citare era un discorso diretto di Dio (Mc 7,6; Is 29,13). Gli -autori del nuovo testamento hanno preso da Gesù stesso la convinzione della -doppia autorità della bibbia. Per loro era vero dire 'Dio ha parlato nei -tempi antichi ai padri per mezzo dei profeti' (Eb 1,1) come dire 'mossi da -Spirito Santo parlarono quelli uomini da parte di Dio' (2 Pt 1,21). Dio non -ha parlato in un modo da prevaricare la personalità dell'autore umano, ne -gli uomini parlarono in un modo da corrompere la parola dell'autore -divino. Dio parlò. Gli uomini parlarono. Nessuna verità può essere separata -dall'altra. ... -

    -Questa, allora, era l'opinione di Cristo sulle Scritture. La loro -testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è -la testimonianza di Dio. E la ragione principale per la quale i cristiani -credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tm 3,16 continua: "è anche utile per insegnare, convincere, -correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e -ben preparato per ogni opera buona." Se accettiamo che la Bibbia -è veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra -guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Partenza Un libro che Funziona
    +Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio

    + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

    This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Partenza Un libro che Funziona
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index a9614eb..cffcf4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,15 +1,10 @@ -Esortazioni
    Esortazioni
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Esortazioni

    -2 Tm 2,15 «Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona -degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la -parola della verità.» -

    -Col 3,16 "La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; -ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con -gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. " -

    Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?

    -Non poco!

    -Qo 12,11-12 "Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli; come chiodi -piantati, le raccolte di autori: esse sono date da un solo pastore. Quanto a -ciò che è in più di questo, figlio mio, bada bene: i libri si moltiplicano -senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. " -

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un Libro che da Battaglia Partenza Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    +Esortazioni
    Esortazioni
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Esortazioni

    2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

    Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

    Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?

    Non poco!

    Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body."

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un Libro che da Battaglia Partenza Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index fd8f526..d59124a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Un libro che rende Liberi
    Un libro che rende Liberi
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un libro che rende Liberi

    -Gv 8,32 "conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà -liberi." Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una -promessa condizionata o incondizionata? È' valida per tutti i generi di -conoscenza? Scoprirai la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase in -v. 31. "Se rimanete nella mia parola, siete davvero miei discepoli -... "

    Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare -della verità della parola di Dio.

    La parola Greca per "vento" usata in Ef 4,14 parla di un vento -violento. "Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli -sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina -..." Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che -saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente -"soffiati via."

    E Gesù rispose loro: "Vi ingannate, perché -non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio."Mt 22,29

    Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?

    • La parola di Dio

    • La forza di Dio

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un libro che Funziona Partenza Un Libro che da Battaglia
    +Un libro che rende Liberi
    Un libro che rende Liberi
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un libro che rende Liberi

    Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

    We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

    The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

    + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

    Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?

    • La parola di Dio

    • La forza di Dio

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un libro che Funziona Partenza Un Libro che da Battaglia
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index 9a4dbc1..f2a43ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,23 +1,19 @@ -Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»

     

    La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica -parola del testamento Greco, cioè nell'avverbio -hapax e -ephapax. Viene normalmente tradotto mediante -"una volta", nel senso di "una volta per tutte". Viene usato nel contesto di -qualcosa che è fatto in modo tale da avere un valore eterno e non dover -esser ripetuto. Nel nuovo testamento viene usato sia per la rivelazione sia -per la redenzione. Per Questo, Giuda si riferisce alla fede che venne data -una volte per tutte ai santi (Gd 3), e la lettera ai Romani dice: -"egli morì al peccato una volta per tutte" (Rm 6,10, -vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28).

    -Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha -sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione -Cristiana sia la redenzione Cristiana sono tutte e due completate in -Cristo. Niente può essere aggiunto ad ambedue senza essere ostile a -Cristo... Queste sono le due rocce sulle quali si basa la Riforma -Protestante -- La parola rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta della tradizione -umana e il lavoro finito di Cristo senza l'aggiunta di meriti umani. Le -parole chiave dei Riformisti sono sola -scriptura per quanto riguarda la nostra autorità e -sola gratia per quanto riguarda la nostra -salvezza.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Esortazioni Partenza Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
    +Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +hapaxand +ephapax. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Esortazioni Partenza Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 58512c0..0ff2c23 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

    Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi -svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al -n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno! -

    1. Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

      Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
      Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

      Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

      Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

      1. Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla settimana.

      2. Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al giorno del mese, ogni giorno.

      3. Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.

      4. Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al giorno.

      5. Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a -leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -

      Indietro Risali Avanti
      Appendice: «Una volta per tutte» Partenza Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
      +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte» Partenza Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index e1b1c45..0b98752 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un Libro che da Battaglia

    -Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.

    Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale

    DomandaRisposta
    Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?5
    Quante sono offensive?Una
    Quale? La parola - rhema

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un libro che rende Liberi Partenza Esortazioni
    +Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un Libro che da Battaglia

    Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.

    Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale

    DomandaRisposta
    Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?5
    Quante sono offensive?Una
    Quale?La parola - rhema

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un libro che rende Liberi Partenza Esortazioni
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index d900bb1..a7f441c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,32 +1,8 @@ -Un libro che Funziona
    Un libro che Funziona
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un libro che Funziona

    -Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la -bibbia "opera in voi credenti." Accanto ad ogni -scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. -

    Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?

    RiferimentoEffetto
    Ef 5,26 -purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola" -
    -At 20,32 - -edifica -- " ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare -e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. " -
    -Rm 15,4 - -consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che -provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza." -
    -Rm 10,17 - -dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la -parola di Cristo." -
    -1 Cor 10,11 - -ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono -state scritte per nostro ammonimento" -
    -Mt 4,4 - -nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di -ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'." -

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio Partenza Un libro che rende Liberi
    +Un libro che Funziona
    Un libro che Funziona
    Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio Avanti

    Un libro che Funziona

    What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

    Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?

    RiferimentoEffetto
    Ef 5,26purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"
    At 20,32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    Rm 15,4consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che +provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."
    Rm 10,17dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la +parola di Cristo."
    1 Cor 10,11ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per nostro ammonimento"
    Mt 4,4nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio Partenza Un libro che rende Liberi
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index a0790f6..e8ddb55 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,30 +1,16 @@ -Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio
    Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio
    Indietro   Avanti

    Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio

    Indice

    Un libro che è Unico
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Un libro che Funziona
    Un libro che rende Liberi
    Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Esortazioni
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

    Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in -Lui. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi primari per imparare a comunicare -con Dio.

    Un libro che è Unico

    La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:

    • -popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500 -millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di -vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali! -

    • -autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40 -differenti autori con uno sfondo culturale differente, eppure si può -leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore. -

    • -conservazione. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents -Reliable? paragona dei manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri -testi antichi: -

    Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.

    DocumentoEpoca di ScritturaCopia più AnticaDifferenza di TempoNumero delle Copie
    Erodoto448-428 A.C.900 D.C.1300 anni8 -
    Tacito100 D.C.1100 D.C.1000 anni20 -
    De bello gallico di Giulio Cesare50-58 A.C.900 D.C.950 anni10 -
    Ab urbe condita di Livio59 A.C. - 17 D.C.900 D.C.900 anni20 -
    Nuovo testamento40 D.C. - 100 D.C.130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali30 - 310 anni5000 Greci & 10000 Latini -

    Esistono dieci copie del De bello gallico di Cesare, la -più antica tra queste è stata copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare scrisse -l'originale, ecc. Per il Nuovo Testamento siamo in possesso di manoscritti -integrali dal 350 D.C., ci sono papiri che contengono la maggior parte del -Nuovo Testamento del terzo secolo e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del -130 D.C. Quanti manoscritti abbiamo per compararli? 5000 in Greco e 10000 in -Latino!

     

    "Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo +Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio

    Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio
    Indietro   Avanti

    Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio

    Indice

    Un libro che è Unico
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Un libro che Funziona
    Un libro che rende Liberi
    Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Esortazioni
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

    Un libro che è Unico

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

    • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

    • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:

    Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.

    DocumentoEpoca di ScritturaCopia più AnticaDifferenza di TempoNumero delle Copie
    Erodoto448-428 A.C.900 D.C.1300 anni8
    Tacito100 D.C.1100 D.C.1000 anni20
    De bello gallico di Giulio Cesare50-58 A.C.900 D.C.950 anni10
    Ab urbe condita di Livio59 A.C. - 17 D.C.900 D.C.900 anni20
    Nuovo testamento40 D.C. - 100 D.C.130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali30 - 310 anni5000 Greci & 10000 Latini

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa -dell'Antichità."

    		 
     --Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
    Indietro   Avanti
    HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia Partenza Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    +dell'Antichità."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
    Indietro   Avanti
    HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia Partenza Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index a56c590..76c4736 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,24 +1,20 @@ -Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico

    Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i -versetti in ogni pagina? Qual è l'argomento del capitolo? E dell'intero -libro? La tua interpretazione corrisponde con queste? Se no, è errata. Di -solito, il contesto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per interpretare -correttamente il passaggio. Il contesto è la chiave. Se dopo aver -interpretato un testo nel suo contesto rimane della confusione, dobbiamo -guardare più avanti.

    Esempio 2A

    In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 "nasce da -acqua e Spirito." Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?

    Il battesimo dell'acqua non è l'argomento, che sarebbe al di là -dell'argomento di cui stanno discutendo Gesù e Nicodemo. Fai attenzione ad -un improvviso cambio di argomento, può indicare che la tua interpretazione -sta prendendo la via sbagliata! L'acqua è il liquido amniotico, "nato -d'acqua" = nascita naturale.

    Esempio 2B

    1 Cor 14,34 «le donne nelle assemblee tacciano» deve essere -considerato nel contesto biblico di 1 Cor 11,5 «ogni donna che prega o -profetizza [...]»

    Esempio 2C

    At 2,38 «E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si -faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati -[...]"». Sta insegnando la rigenerazione battesimale? Se questo -fosse l'unico versetto della scrittura, dovremmo concludere così. Ma come -abbiamo imparato altrove questa rigenerazione è la fede in Cristo, e -dobbiamo interpretare diversamente. Pietro sta sollecitando il battesimo -come via per chi lo ascolta di rispondere al vangelo. Se il battesimo fosse -il modo di rinascere, come potrebbe Paolo scrivere in 1 Cor 1,17 -"Cristo infatti non mi ha mandato a battezzare, ma ad annunciare -il Vangelo"? -

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Partenza Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    +Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

    Esempio 2A

    In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    Esempio 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches»has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]»

    Esempio 2C

    Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Partenza Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9bc7e72..ef95be9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,24 +1,21 @@ -Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale

    -Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci «Cosa significa per -me?», ma «Cosa significava per i lettori originali?»; in -seguito, possiamo domandarci, «Cosa significa per -me?». Dobbiamo tenere conto del retroterra storico e culturale -dell'autore e dei destinatari.

    Esempio 3A

    «3 giorni & 3 notti» (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a -formulare una "Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì", specialmente il -culto degli Armstrongisti. Come poteva Gesù morire il pomeriggio del venerdì -e risorgere la domenica mattina e tuttavia "risorgere il terzo giorno" (Mt -16,21)? L'esatto significato di "tre" o "giorni" non è d'aiuto nello -spiegare l'apparente contraddizione.

    Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno -intero ogni parte di esso, come si farebbe con i secchi d'acqua (se ci -fossero sei secchi e mezzo, diremmo che ce ne sono sette, anche se uno è -riempito parzialmente). Per la mentalità ebraica, dunque, ogni parte del -giorno contava come un giorno intero, e i giorni iniziavano alle 6 -pomeridiane, per finire alle 6 del giorno dopo. Venerdì dalle 15 alle 18 - -primo giorno. Venerdì dalle 18 alle 18 di sabato - secondo giorno. Sabato -dalle 18 alle cinque o giù di lì di domenica - terzo giorno. Interpretare -entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi.

    Esempio 3B

    Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e -camminare tra i pezzi era un modo normale di concludere un contratto -all'epoca di Abramo. Entrambe le parti camminavano in mezzo, prendendo -l'impegno che coloro che non avessero tenuto fede alla loro parte del -contratto sarebbero strati smembrati. Ma in questo caso solo Dio ci passa -attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico Partenza Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    +Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale

    At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?»but +«What did it mean to the original readers?»; later we can ask, +«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    Esempio 3A

    + «3 days & 3 nights»(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.

    We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

    Esempio 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico Partenza Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d8c15bf..51bb846 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,25 +1,21 @@ -Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua

    Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai -attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati.

    Esempio 4A

    «occhio cattivo» in Mt 6,23.

    Regola 1, definizione di "cattivo" e "occhio" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2, -contesto: sembra confonderci ancora di più. Non sembra concordare con ciò -che precede o segue! Questo dovrebbe avvisarci che non stiamo comprendendo -perfettamente!!

    Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, «occhio -cattivo». Cerchiamo altri usi di questa espressione: Mt 20,15 -"non posso fare delle mie cose quello che voglio? Oppure tu sei -invidioso [lit."occhio cattivo"] perché io sono buono?" Scopriamo -che avere un "occhio cattivo" è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica per essere -avaro o invidioso. Ora torniamo a Mt 6 e notiamo come questa definizione -combacia perfettamente con il contesto.

    Esempio 4B

    Is 59,1 «non è troppo corta la mano del Signore»

    Dt 33,27 «Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.»

    -I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi -Giorni per provare che Dio era un tempo un uomo come noi. Una volta convinte -le persone di questo, proseguono insegnando che noi possiamo diventare Dio -così come Lui lo è! Mentre teneva una lettura, un gruppo di mormoni sfidò -Walter Martin (autore diKingdom of the Cults) con un -elenco di versetti come questi. Il dott. Martin chiese ai mormoni di leggere -un'altra scrittura: Sal 91,4 «Ti coprirà con le sue penne, sotto le -sue ali troverai rifugio; la sua fedeltà ti sarà scudo e -corazza». W.M. disse: «Con le stesse regole di interpretazione -con cui dimostrate che Dio è un uomo, dimostrate che Lui è un -uccello». I mormoni risero quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine -della loro posizione. -

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale Partenza Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    Esempio 4A

    + «evil eye»in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    Esempio 4B

    Is 59,1 «non è troppo corta la mano del Signore»

    Dt 33,27 «Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.»

    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 «He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

    Indietro Risali Avanti
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale Partenza Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 2fc188e..99f48b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
    Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) 

    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria

    Un'allegoria è: Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un -significato.

    Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?

    Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è -un'allegoria: il seme è la parola di Dio, le spine sono ansie e avidità, -ecc. Ma la maggior parte delle parabole non sono allegorie ma semplici -storie per illustrare un punto. È pericoloso trarre la nostra dottrina dalle -parabole; possono essere distorte per dire qualunque cosa. Dobbiamo trarla -dalle scritture che ce la mostrano chiaramente; se una parabola ce la -illustra, tanto meglio.

    Esempio 5A

    La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia +significato.

    Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?

    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

    Esempio 5A

    La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come un'allegoria, cosa succede?

    Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.

    Esempio 5B

    La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si -tratta di un'allegoria?

    Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che -aveva per prepararsi per un'epoca in cui non avrebbe più avuto. Ma non è -elogiato per il suo comportamento non etico, imbrogliando il suo padrone.

    Indietro Risali 
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua Partenza 
    +diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.

    Esempio 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Indietro Risali 
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua Partenza 
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index d887fce..9c299c6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,72 +1,69 @@ -Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
    Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
    Indietro   Avanti

    Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)

    Indice

    Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
    Esempio 1A
    Esempio 1B
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Esempio 2A
    Esempio 2B
    Esempio 2C
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Esempio 3A
    Esempio 3B
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Esempio 4A
    Esempio 4B
    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria
    Esempio 5A
    Esempio 5B

    Abbiamo già visto le tre regole: contenuto, contesto, riferimenti. Adesso -vogliamo andare avanti occupandoci dell'ermeneutica biblica, il cui fine è -di trovare il senso inteso dall'autore originale (e dall'Autore!). Mentre -sono valide tante applicazioni di un brano, solo una interpretazione è -valida. La scrittura stessa lo dice stabilendo che nessuna scrittura va -soggetta a spiegazione privata (2 Pt 1,20 «Sappiate anzitutto questo: -nessuna scrittura profetica va soggetta a privata spiegazione») -Alcune regole aiutano a scoprire il senso corretto, ignorando queste regole -diversi uomini sono caduti in difficoltà - loro stessi e i loro seguaci. 2 -Pt 3,16 «... In esse ci sono alcune cose difficili da comprendere e -gli ignoranti e gli instabili le travisano, al pari delle altre Scritture, -per loro propria rovina.»

    Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato -un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni -queste regole in mente:

    Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.

    Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto, -originale, delle parole, tanto migliore sarà la nostra -interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave -seguendo questi punti:

    1. Definizione. Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il -modo è ugualmente importantissimo.

    2. Referenze. Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o -Ebraica (non italiana) è usata nella scrittura, può chiarirti o gettare -nuova luce sulla definizione. Lo stesso autore come usa la stessa parola -altrove? E altri autori? Potresti anche verificare l'uso di questa parola in -un contesto non biblico. Perché è necessario risalire alle lingue originali, -perché i termini italiani non sono sufficienti? Perché più di una -parola greca può essere stata tradotta nella stessa parola italiana, e i -termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.

    Esempio 1A

    Gv 20,17 "Non mi trattenere [ingl. toccare]" suona -aspro, vero? Sembra quasi che Gesù non voglia essere toccato ora che è -asceso, ora che Egli è troppo sacro o simili. Ma non sembra giusto, quindi -cerchiamo in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

    Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola "Toccare" vediamo -"pim680." Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il -numero si riferisce al riferimento del dizionario di Strong. Leggiamo la -definizione (p.879). "680. Haptomai; da hapto (681), toccare. Si riferisce -alla manipolazione di un oggetto allo scopo di modificarlo... Differente da -pselaphao (5584), che significa realmente solo toccare la superficie di -qualcosa. " Ora cerchiamo "pim." I codici grammaticali di Zodhiates sono -subito dopo l'Apocalisse. a p. 849 vediamo che pim significa "presente -imperativo attivo (80)". A p.857, "Presente Imperativo. Nella voce attiva, -indica un comando di fare qualcosa in futuro che implica un'azione -continuata o ripetuta o, quando è negato, un comando di cessare di fare -qualcosa. ' Questo è un comando negativo, che serve a fermare qualcosa che -si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?

    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

    Esempio 1B

    In Giacomo 5:14, ...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su -di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.. Cosa si intende -per ungere?

    La definizione di aleipho (218) - "ungere" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra -parola greca tradotta con "ungere", chrio (5548) - "macchiare o strofinare -con olio, per consacrare una funzione religiosa" (Strong). Siccome si tratta -di un verbo, considera anche il tempo, "apta" aoristo participio -attivo. "L'aoristo participio esprime un'azione semplice, in opposizione ad -un'azione continuata... Quando la relazione col verbo principale è -temporale, significa di solito che l'azione precede quella di quest'ultimo." -(Zodhiates p.851)

    • Cross-references for aleipho:

      1. Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa

      2. Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.

      3. Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.

      4. Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.

      5. Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi -capelli

    • Cross-references of chrio:

      1. Lc 4,18 «Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha +Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)

        Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
        Indietro   Avanti

        Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)

        Indice

        Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
        Esempio 1A
        Esempio 1B
        Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
        Esempio 2A
        Esempio 2B
        Esempio 2C
        Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
        Esempio 3A
        Esempio 3B
        Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
        Esempio 4A
        Esempio 4B
        Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria
        Esempio 5A
        Esempio 5B

        We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:

        1. Definizione. Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il +modo è ugualmente importantissimo.

        2. Referenze. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.

        Esempio 1A

        Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New +Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

        Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

        + Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi +trattenerlo! +

        Esempio 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

        Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Riferimenti di aleipho:

          1. Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa

          2. Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.

          3. Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.

          4. Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.

          5. Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi +capelli

        • Riferimenti di chrio:

          1. Lc 4,18 «Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto annuncio [...]»

          2. At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato

          3. At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù

          4. 2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha -conferito l'unzione

        Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi -e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: "aleipho" è -uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.

        Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento -all'epoca, quando il buon samaritano si prese cura dell'uomo malmenato dai -briganti, versò olio e vino sulle ferite. L'olio aveva un uso medicinale al -tempo di Gesù. -

        Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a -Giacomo 5:14 "Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri della -Chiesa ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del -Signore." Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!

        -Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con "avendo -unto", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare ("nel nome del -signore" si riferisce alla preghiera, non all'unzione). Giacomo 5 sta -dicendo che i presbiteri dovrebbero curare l'infermo e pregare per lui nel -nome del Signore. Si tratta di un meraviglioso equilibrio di praticità e -spiritualità nel Signore! -

        Indietro   Avanti
        Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza Partenza Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
        +conferito l'unzione

    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    Indietro   Avanti
    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza Partenza Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index 7f2b324..86b3270 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,18 +1,11 @@ -HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia
    HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia
       Avanti

    HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime team

    Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

    - Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto -i termini della licenza "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

    - I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI -

    Sommario

    - L'HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia è una guida per -lo studio della Bibbia. -

    - Il team di BibleTime spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio -delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è -stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu -legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con -l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà. -

    Indice

    1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio
    Un libro che è Unico
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Un libro che Funziona
    Un libro che rende Liberi
    Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Esortazioni
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
    2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
    La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia
    Approcci alla parola di Dio
    L'ascolto
    La lettura
    Studio
    Memorizzazione
    Meditazione
    Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Studio tematico
    Studio di un Personaggio
    Esposizione
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Contenuto
    Contesto
    Referenze
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Trovare un Particolare Versetto
    Fare uno Studio Tematico
    Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico
    Trovare i Significati dei Nomi
    3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
    Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
    Esempio 1A
    Esempio 1B
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Esempio 2A
    Esempio 2B
    Esempio 2C
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Esempio 3A
    Esempio 3B
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Esempio 4A
    Esempio 4B
    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia
    HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia
       Avanti

    HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime Team

    Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI

    Sommario

    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

    It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Indice

    1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio
    Un libro che è Unico
    Un Libro Ispirato da Dio
    Un libro che Funziona
    Un libro che rende Liberi
    Un Libro che da Battaglia
    Esortazioni
    Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
    Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
    2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
    La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia
    Approcci alla parola di Dio
    L'ascolto
    La lettura
    Studio
    Memorizzazione
    Meditazione
    Tipi di studio della Bibbia
    Studio tematico
    Studio di un Personaggio
    Esposizione
    Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta
    Contenuto
    Contesto
    Referenze
    Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
    Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza
    Trovare un Particolare Versetto
    Fare uno Studio Tematico
    Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico
    Trovare i Significati dei Nomi
    3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
    Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
    Esempio 1A
    Esempio 1B
    Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
    Esempio 2A
    Esempio 2B
    Esempio 2C
    Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
    Esempio 3A
    Esempio 3B
    Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua
    Esempio 4A
    Esempio 4B
    Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
    Esempio 5A
    Esempio 5B

    Lista delle tabelle

    1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.
    1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?
    1.3. Armamento spirituale
       Avanti
       Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index d3b5d82..9c68821 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,202 +1,236 @@ -성경 공부의 기초들 - - -성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적 - -
    Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal + + 성경 공부의 기초들 + + 성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적 + +
    + Jn.5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
    -     - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +
    +     + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +God. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] -성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 + 성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다. -
    - - -하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +
    +     + + 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds. - -들음(Hear) -Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + + 들음(Hear) + Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it. - - -읽음(Read) -Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + + + 읽음(Read) + Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...] -1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...] - - - -공부 -Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in + 1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...] + + + 공부 + Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. - -2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. + 2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth. - - -암송(Memorize) -Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + + + 암송(Memorize) + Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee. - - -묵상(Meditate) -Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + + + 묵상(Meditate) + Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -성경공부의 유형들 -주제별 성경공부 -특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다. - - -인물별 성경공부 -성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶. - - -설명적인(Expository) 성경공부 -특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다. - - - -바른 해석의 기본 - -내용(Content) -말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라. - - -문맥(Context) -What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book. - - -겹참조(Cross-reference) -성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + 성경공부의 유형들 + + 주제별 성경공부 + 특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다. + + + 인물별 성경공부 + 성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶. + + + 설명적인(Expository) 성경공부 + 특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다. + + + + 바른 해석의 기본 + + 내용(Content) + 말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라. + + + 문맥(Context) + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + 겹참조(Cross-reference) + 성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다. - - - -마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - When you give - When you fast - When you pray - - -우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오: - - - When you give - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - do it secretly. - etc. - - - - - -워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 - -특정 구절 찾기 - - 문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다. - 가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다. - 필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다. - - -Find these verses: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - The story of the rich man and Lazarus. - - - - -주제별 성경공부 하기 -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기 -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge -not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual -judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - 고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -이름의 의미들을 찾기 -헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. -이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다. - -나발(Nabal) -아비가일(Abigail) -여호수아(Joshua) -바나바(Barnabus) - - - - - + + + + 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + When you give + + + When you fast + + + When you pray + + + 우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오: + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + do it secretly. + + + etc. + + + + + + + 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 + + 특정 구절 찾기 + + + 문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다. + + + 가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다. + + + 필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다. + + + Find these verses: + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + The story of the rich man and Lazarus. + + + + + 주제별 성경공부 하기 + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + 헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기 + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + 고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + 이름의 의미들을 찾기 + 헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. + 이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다. + + + 나발(Nabal) + + + 아비가일(Abigail) + + + 여호수아(Joshua) + + + 바나바(Barnabus) + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index b4cf0d4..0e9acae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,291 +1,298 @@ -하나님의 말씀의 중요성 -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to + + 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God. - -특별한(Unique) 책 -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents + + 특별한(Unique) 책 + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: - - - - -신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교 - - - -작품 -씌여진 시기 -최고(古) 사본 -최고(古)사본과의 시간차사본의 수 - - - -헤로도투스(Herodotus) -448-428 B.C.900 A.D. -1300년8 - - -Tacitus -100 A.D.1100 A.D. -1000년20 - - -시저(Caesar)의 Gallic War -50-58 B.C.900 A.D. -950년10 - - -리비우스(Livy)의 Roman History -59 B.C. - 17 A.D.900 A.D. -900년20 - - -신약 -40 A.D. - 100 A.D.130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본 30 - 310년5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) - -
    -Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts: +     +     + + 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교 + + + + 작품 + 씌여진 시기 + 최고(古) 사본 + 최고(古)사본과의 시간차 + 사본의 수 + + + + + 헤로도투스(Herodotus) + 448-428 B.C. + 900 A.D. + 1300년 + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 A.D. + 1100 A.D. + 1000년 + 20 + + + 시저(Caesar)의 Gallic War + 50-58 B.C. + 900 A.D. + 950년 + 10 + + + 리비우스(Livy)의 Roman History + 59 B.C. - 17 A.D. + 900 A.D. + 900년 + 20 + + + 신약 + 40 A.D. - 100 A.D. + 130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본 + 30 - 310년 + 5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) + + + +
    + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
    Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."
    -     - -하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
    + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." +
    +     + + 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit., -God-breathed]." 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오. -
    존 R.W. 스토트, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
    + 존 R.W. 스토트, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
    - -계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 -유익하니"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의 -모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. - - -역사하는 책 - -성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 -역사하느니라." 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. - - -성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가? - - - -참조(Reference) -역사하는 것(Action) - - - - -엡 5:26 - -정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." - - - - -행 20:32 - - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " - - - - -롬 15:4 - - -격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 -함 이니라." - - - - - -롬 10:17 - - -믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라." - - - - - -고전 10:11 - - -가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라." - - - - - -마 4:4 - - -양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 -말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." - - - - -
    -     - -자유케하는 책 - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다. - -엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 강렬한 -바람이다. "결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 -안된다..."성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 -진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다. - -예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 "너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다."마 22:29 -오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가? - -하나님의 말씀 -하나님의 능력 - - - -영적전쟁을 하는 책 - -엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다. - -영적인 무기 - - - -물음 -답 - - -리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?5 -몇 가지가 공격용인가?One -어떤 것인가? 말씀 - 레마(rhema) -
    -     - -권면(Exhortations) - -딤후 2:15 (KJV) "네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 -앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라." - - -골 3:16 "그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를 -부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고." - - -네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? - -적지 않다! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
    + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. +     + + 역사하는 책 + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가? + + + + 참조(Reference) + 역사하는 것(Action) + + + + + 엡 5:26 + 정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." + + + 행 20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + 롬 15:4 + 격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 +함 이니라." + + + 롬 10:17 + 믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라." + + + 고전 10:11 + 가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라." + + + 마 4:4 + 양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 +말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." + + + +
    +     + + 자유케하는 책 + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + 오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가? + + + 하나님의 말씀 + + + 하나님의 능력 + + + + + 영적전쟁을 하는 책 + 엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다. + + 영적인 무기 + + + + 물음 + 답 + + + + + 리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가? + 5 + + + 몇 가지가 공격용인가? + One + + + 어떤 것인가? + 말씀 - 레마(rhema) + + + +
    +     + + 권면(Exhortations) + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + 네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? + 적지 않다! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." - - -부가(Appendix): "Once for All" -
    -존 R. W. 스토트, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body." + + + 부가(Appendix): "Once for All" +
    + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
    -     - -부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
    +     + + 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다. -한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다. -한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다. -6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다. -2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 -수 있다. - - - - +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!     + + + 일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다. + + + 한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다. + + + 한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다. + + + 6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다. + + + 2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +수 있다. + + +     - diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index e68f0f8..3d61624 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,260 +1,273 @@ -성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라. -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
    + 규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - 겹참조(Cross-reference) - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + 겹참조(Cross-reference) + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
    예 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
    + 예 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
    - -
    Example 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
    +
    + Example 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head - Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. - Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them. - Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume - Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...] - Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed - Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power - 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head + + + Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. + + + Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume + + + Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed + + + Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord." Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
    -
    - -
    -규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
    +
    +
    + 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
    예 2A -In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 "born of water and the -Spirit." In context, what is the water under discussion here? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
    + 예 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
    -
    예 2B -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to +
    +
    + 예 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
    -
    예 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
    -
    - -
    -규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
    +
    + 예 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
    +
    +
    + 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
    예 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
    + 예 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
    - -
    예 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
    +
    + 예 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
    -
    - -
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
    +
    +
    + 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
    예 4A -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
    + 예 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
    - -
    예 4B -Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; -Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
    +
    + 예 4B + Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; + Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
    -
    - -
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory -An allegory is: A story where each element has a + An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning. -Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
    예 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
    + 예 5A + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.
    - -
    예 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
    - -
    + All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc. +
    +
    + 예 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook index f108f43..4e04ed6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - 바이블스터디 하우투 - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license 바이블스터디 하우투 + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - - - - - 개요 - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + + + 개요 + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - 공부 - HowTo - - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + + + Bible + 공부 + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 9d66c29..86762f6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +하나님의 말씀으로의 접근

    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.

    들음(Hear)

    Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.”

    읽음(Read)

    Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]”

    1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]” -

    공부

    Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]”

    공부

    Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” -

    2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.”

    2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.”

    암송(Memorize)

    Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.”

    묵상(Meditate)

    Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.” -

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    이전 위로 다음
    2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 처음으로 성경공부의 유형들
    +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.”

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    이전 위로 다음
    2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 처음으로 성경공부의 유형들
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index a8c2d23..e664e2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

    What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. When you give

    2. When you fast

    3. When you pray

    우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:

    1. When you give

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” -today?)

      2. do it secretly.

      3. etc.

    이전 위로 다음
    바른 해석의 기본 처음으로 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    +마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

    What does “practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. When you give

    2. When you fast

    3. When you pray

    우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:

    1. When you give

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a +trumpet”today?)

      2. do it secretly.

      3. etc.

    이전 위로 다음
    바른 해석의 기본 처음으로 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 9b93b7c..e500666 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -바른 해석의 기본
    바른 해석의 기본
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    바른 해석의 기본

    내용(Content)

    말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.

    문맥(Context)

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

    겹참조(Cross-reference)

    성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +바른 해석의 기본

    바른 해석의 기본
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    바른 해석의 기본

    내용(Content)

    말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.

    문맥(Context)

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

    겹참조(Cross-reference)

    성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.

    이전 위로 다음
    성경공부의 유형들 처음으로 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index 3a06a3c..26f5ff6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -성경공부의 유형들
    성경공부의 유형들
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    성경공부의 유형들

    주제별 성경공부

    특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.

    인물별 성경공부

    성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.

    설명적인(Expository) 성경공부

    특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.

    이전 위로 다음
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 처음으로 바른 해석의 기본
    +성경공부의 유형들
    성경공부의 유형들
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    성경공부의 유형들

    주제별 성경공부

    특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.

    인물별 성경공부

    성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.

    설명적인(Expository) 성경공부

    특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.

    이전 위로 다음
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 처음으로 바른 해석의 기본
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index e8eff35..05e084c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ -워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법

    특정 구절 찾기

    1. 문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.

    2. 가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.

    3. 필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.

    Find these verses:

    1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

    2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

    -

    주제별 성경공부 하기

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

    헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge -not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. 고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    이름의 의미들을 찾기

    헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다.

    이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.

    • 나발(Nabal)

    • 아비가일(Abigail)

    • 여호수아(Joshua)

    • 바나바(Barnabus)

    이전 위로 다음
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 처음으로 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    +워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법

    특정 구절 찾기

    1. 문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.

    2. 가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.

    3. 필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.

    Find these verses:

    1. + “Faithful are the wounds of a friend” +

    2. + “We are ambassadors of Christ.” +

    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

    주제별 성경공부 하기

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

    헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. 고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    이름의 의미들을 찾기

    헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다.

    이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.

    • 나발(Nabal)

    • 아비가일(Abigail)

    • 여호수아(Joshua)

    • 바나바(Barnabus)

    이전 위로 다음
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 처음으로 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index e2a74a1..c11c747 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
    2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
    이전   다음

    2장. 성경 공부의 기초들

    차례

    성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    들음(Hear)
    읽음(Read)
    공부
    암송(Memorize)
    묵상(Meditate)
    성경공부의 유형들
    주제별 성경공부
    인물별 성경공부
    설명적인(Expository) 성경공부
    바른 해석의 기본
    내용(Content)
    문맥(Context)
    겹참조(Cross-reference)
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    특정 구절 찾기
    주제별 성경공부 하기
    헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기
    이름의 의미들을 찾기

    성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적

    -

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +2장. 성경 공부의 기초들

    2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
    이전   다음

    2장. 성경 공부의 기초들

    차례

    성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    들음(Hear)
    읽음(Read)
    공부
    암송(Memorize)
    묵상(Meditate)
    성경공부의 유형들
    주제별 성경공부
    인물별 성경공부
    설명적인(Expository) 성경공부
    바른 해석의 기본
    내용(Content)
    문맥(Context)
    겹참조(Cross-reference)
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    특정 구절 찾기
    주제별 성경공부 하기
    헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기
    이름의 의미들을 찾기

    성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적

    +

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    -

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    +

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]

    성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.
    이전   다음
    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 처음으로 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 73a8774..9d50b61 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,29 +1,30 @@ -하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

    + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

    딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit., -God-breathed]." 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

    -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

    This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --존 R.W. 스토트, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.93-95

    계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 -유익하니"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의 -모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다.

    이전 위로 다음
    1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 처음으로 역사하는 책
    +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --존 R.W. 스토트, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

    이전 위로 다음
    1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 처음으로 역사하는 책
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 925f041..c16a8bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,14 +1,10 @@ -권면(Exhortations)
    권면(Exhortations)
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    권면(Exhortations)

    -딤후 2:15 (KJV) "네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 -앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라." -

    -골 3:16 "그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를 -부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고." -

    네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?

    -적지 않다!

    -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +권면(Exhortations)

    권면(Exhortations)
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    권면(Exhortations)

    2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

    Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

    네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?

    적지 않다!

    Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." -

    이전 위로 다음
    영적전쟁을 하는 책 처음으로 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    +body."

    이전 위로 다음
    영적전쟁을 하는 책 처음으로 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index a03c952..1aa4a5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ -자유케하는 책
    자유케하는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    자유케하는 책

    -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

    이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다.

    엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 강렬한 -바람이다. "결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 -안된다..."성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 -진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.

    예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 "너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다."마 22:29

    오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?

    • 하나님의 말씀

    • 하나님의 능력

    이전 위로 다음
    역사하는 책 처음으로 영적전쟁을 하는 책
    +자유케하는 책
    자유케하는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    자유케하는 책

    Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

    We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

    The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

    + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

    오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?

    • 하나님의 말씀

    • 하나님의 능력

    이전 위로 다음
    역사하는 책 처음으로 영적전쟁을 하는 책
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index c54a1c5..d5dd4e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +부가(Appendix): "Once for All"

    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

    		 
     --존 R. W. 스토트, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107
    이전 위로 다음
    권면(Exhortations) 처음으로 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    이전 위로 다음
    권면(Exhortations) 처음으로 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index ee1133d..052f865 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

    1. 일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.

    2. 한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.

    3. 한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.

    4. 6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.

    5. 2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 -수 있다. -

    이전 위로 다음
    부가(Appendix): "Once for All" 처음으로 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
    +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

    1. 일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.

    2. 한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.

    3. 한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.

    4. 6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.

    5. 2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +수 있다.

    이전 위로 다음
    부가(Appendix): "Once for All" 처음으로 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3d4d28c..b788279 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -영적전쟁을 하는 책
    영적전쟁을 하는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    영적전쟁을 하는 책

    -엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.

    표 1.3. 영적인 무기

    물음답
    리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?5
    몇 가지가 공격용인가?One
    어떤 것인가? 말씀 - 레마(rhema)

    이전 위로 다음
    자유케하는 책 처음으로 권면(Exhortations)
    +영적전쟁을 하는 책
    영적전쟁을 하는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    영적전쟁을 하는 책

    엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.

    표 1.3. 영적인 무기

    물음답
    리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?5
    몇 가지가 공격용인가?One
    어떤 것인가?말씀 - 레마(rhema)

    이전 위로 다음
    자유케하는 책 처음으로 권면(Exhortations)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8ef1c69..d4cd6f9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,29 +1,6 @@ -역사하는 책
    역사하는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    역사하는 책

    -성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 -역사하느니라." 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. -

    표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?

    참조(Reference)역사하는 것(Action)
    엡 5:26 -정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." -
    -행 20:32 - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -
    -롬 15:4 - -격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 -함 이니라." -
    -롬 10:17 - -믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라." -
    -고전 10:11 - -가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라." -
    -마 4:4 - -양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 -말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." -

    이전 위로 다음
    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 처음으로 자유케하는 책
    +역사하는 책
    역사하는 책
    이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

    역사하는 책

    What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

    표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?

    참조(Reference)역사하는 것(Action)
    엡 5:26정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."
    행 20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    롬 15:4격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 +함 이니라."
    롬 10:17믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."
    고전 10:11가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."
    마 4:4양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 +말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."

    이전 위로 다음
    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 처음으로 자유케하는 책
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index 54d9991..f78ebd4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,25 +1,14 @@ -1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
    1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
    이전   다음

    1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성

    차례

    특별한(Unique) 책
    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    역사하는 책
    자유케하는 책
    영적전쟁을 하는 책
    권면(Exhortations)
    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

    특별한(Unique) 책

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

    • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

    • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성

      1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
      이전   다음

      1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성

      차례

      특별한(Unique) 책
      하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
      역사하는 책
      자유케하는 책
      영적전쟁을 하는 책
      권면(Exhortations)
      부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
      부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

      Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

      특별한(Unique) 책

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

      • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

      • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -

      표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교

      작품씌여진 시기최고(古) 사본최고(古)사본과의 시간차사본의 수
      헤로도투스(Herodotus)448-428 B.C.900 A.D.1300년8 -
      Tacitus100 A.D.1100 A.D.1000년20 -
      시저(Caesar)의 Gallic War50-58 B.C.900 A.D.950년10 -
      리비우스(Livy)의 Roman History59 B.C. - 17 A.D.900 A.D.900년20 -
      신약40 A.D. - 100 A.D.130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본30 - 310년5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) -

      Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:

    표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교

    작품씌여진 시기최고(古) 사본최고(古)사본과의 시간차사본의 수
    헤로도투스(Herodotus)448-428 B.C.900 A.D.1300년8
    Tacitus100 A.D.1100 A.D.1000년20
    시저(Caesar)의 Gallic War50-58 B.C.900 A.D.950년10
    리비우스(Livy)의 Roman History59 B.C. - 17 A.D.900 A.D.900년20
    신약40 A.D. - 100 A.D.130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본30 - 310년5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
    이전   다음
    바이블스터디 하우투 처음으로 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
    이전   다음
    바이블스터디 하우투 처음으로 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index a880807..5a6acfb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

    예 2A

    In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 "born of water and the -Spirit." In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

    예 2A

    In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    예 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    예 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]”

    예 2C

    Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

    이전 위로 다음
    3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 처음으로 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    +while praying or prophesying [...]”

    예 2C

    Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

    이전 위로 다음
    3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 처음으로 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9e48b6c..59cd9c7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

    -At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but +규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

    At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?”but “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, -“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    예 3A

    “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    예 3A

    + “3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.

    We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

    예 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

    예 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

    이전 위로 다음
    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 처음으로 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 3cfb397..5265453 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    예 4A

    “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do +규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    예 4A

    + “evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    예 4B

    Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

    Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

    -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    예 4B

    Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

    Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

    + +
    이전 위로 다음
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 처음으로 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

    이전 위로 다음
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 처음으로 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a4eed0d..cfe4871 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
    + + Werk + Wanneer geschreven + Oudste kopie + Tijdsduur + Aantal exemplaren + + + + + Herodotus + 448-428 v. Chr. + 900 na Chr. + 1300 jaar + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 na Chr. + 1100 na Chr. + 1000 jaar + 20 + + + Caesar's Gallic War + 50-58 v. Chr. + 900 na Chr. + 950 jaar + 10 + + + Roman History van Livy + 59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr. + 900 na Chr. + 900 jaar + 20 + + + Nieuwe Testament + 40 - 100 n. Chr. + 130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften + 30 - 310 jaar + 5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn + + + +
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
    이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 

    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

    An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

    Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?

    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

    예 5A

    The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

    All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.

    예 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    이전 위로 
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 처음으로 
    +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.

    예 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    이전 위로 
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 처음으로 
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index fd53b86..2988b91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,68 +1,67 @@ -3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    이전   다음

    3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)

    차례

    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.
    예 1A
    Example 1B
    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    예 2A
    예 2B
    예 2C
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    예 3A
    예 3B
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    예 4A
    예 4B
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory
    예 5A
    예 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)

    3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    이전   다음

    3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)

    차례

    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.
    예 1A
    Example 1B
    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    예 2A
    예 2B
    예 2C
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    예 3A
    예 3B
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    예 4A
    예 4B
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory
    예 5A
    예 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

    1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

    2. 겹참조(Cross-reference). Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.

    3. 겹참조(Cross-reference). Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.

    예 1A

    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

    Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

    Example 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

    + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

    Example 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

    • Cross-references for aleipho:

      1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

      2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

      3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

      4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

      5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

    • Cross-references of chrio:

      1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]”

      2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

      3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

      4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord." Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

    이전   다음
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 처음으로 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    이전   다음
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 처음으로 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index c528d05..fb61ed7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -바이블스터디 하우투
    바이블스터디 하우투
       다음

    바이블스터디 하우투

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime team

    저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

    - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

    - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

    개요

    - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

    - It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +바이블스터디 하우투

    바이블스터디 하우투
       다음

    바이블스터디 하우투

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime Team

    저작권 © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.

    개요

    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

    It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

    차례

    1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
    특별한(Unique) 책
    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    역사하는 책
    자유케하는 책
    영적전쟁을 하는 책
    권면(Exhortations)
    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    2. 성경 공부의 기초들
    성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    들음(Hear)
    읽음(Read)
    공부
    암송(Memorize)
    묵상(Meditate)
    성경공부의 유형들
    주제별 성경공부
    인물별 성경공부
    설명적인(Expository) 성경공부
    바른 해석의 기본
    내용(Content)
    문맥(Context)
    겹참조(Cross-reference)
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    특정 구절 찾기
    주제별 성경공부 하기
    헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기
    이름의 의미들을 찾기
    3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.
    예 1A
    Example 1B
    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    예 2A
    예 2B
    예 2C
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    예 3A
    예 3B
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    예 4A
    예 4B
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

    차례

    1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
    특별한(Unique) 책
    하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
    역사하는 책
    자유케하는 책
    영적전쟁을 하는 책
    권면(Exhortations)
    부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
    부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
    2. 성경 공부의 기초들
    성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적
    하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
    들음(Hear)
    읽음(Read)
    공부
    암송(Memorize)
    묵상(Meditate)
    성경공부의 유형들
    주제별 성경공부
    인물별 성경공부
    설명적인(Expository) 성경공부
    바른 해석의 기본
    내용(Content)
    문맥(Context)
    겹참조(Cross-reference)
    마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
    워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
    특정 구절 찾기
    주제별 성경공부 하기
    헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기
    이름의 의미들을 찾기
    3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
    규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.
    예 1A
    Example 1B
    규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
    예 2A
    예 2B
    예 2C
    규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
    예 3A
    예 3B
    규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
    예 4A
    예 4B
    규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
    예 5A
    예 5B

    표 목록

    1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교
    1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?
    1.3. 영적인 무기
       다음
       1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index ee41e9a..de49b8f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,210 +1,244 @@ -Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie - - -Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen - -
    Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal + + Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie + + Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen + +
    + Jn.5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
    -     - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +
    +     + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +God. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] -De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons + De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten. -
    - - -Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +
    +     + + Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds. - -Horen -Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + + Horen + Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it. - - -Lezen -Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + + + Lezen + Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...] -1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...] - - - -Bestuderen -Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in + 1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...] + + + Bestuderen + Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. - -2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. + 2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth. - - -Memoriseren -Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + + + Memoriseren + Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee. - - -Overdenken -Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + + + Overdenken + Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie -Onderwerp-studie -Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie + + Onderwerp-studie + Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken. - - -Karakterstudie -Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het + + + Karakterstudie + Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50. - - -Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte -Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek. - - - -Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie - -Inhoud -Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met + + + Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte + Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek. + + + + Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie + + Inhoud + Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat. - - -Context -What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book. - - -Tekstverwijzingen -Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de + + + Context + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Tekstverwijzingen + Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan. - - - -Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - When you give - When you fast - When you pray - - -Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde + + + + Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + When you give + + + When you fast + + + When you pray + + + Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen: - - - When you give - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - do it secretly. - etc. - - - - - -Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? - -Om een bepaald vers te vinden - - Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers. - Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie. - Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden -hebt. - - -Find these verses: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - The story of the rich man and Lazarus. - - - - -Om een onderwerp-studie doen -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge -not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual -judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden -Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + do it secretly. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? + + Om een bepaald vers te vinden + + + Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers. + + + Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie. + + + Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt. + + + Find these verses: + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + The story of the rich man and Lazarus. + + + + + Om een onderwerp-studie doen + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden + Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of Hebreews vinden. -Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij: - -Nabal -Abigail -Jozua -Barnabas - - - - - + Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Jozua + + + Barnabas + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 023f3a1..4e178e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,312 +1,309 @@ -Het belang van Gods Woord -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to + + Het belang van Gods Woord + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God. - -Een uniek boek -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents + + Een uniek boek + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: - - - - -Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten. - - - -Werk -Wanneer geschreven -Oudste kopie -TijdsduurAantal exemplaren - - - -Herodotus -448-428 v. Chr.900 na Chr. -1300 jaar8 - - -Tacitus -100 na Chr.1100 na Chr. -1000 jaar20 - - -Caesar's Gallic War -50-58 v. Chr.900 na Chr. -950 jaar10 - - -Roman History van Livy -59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.900 na Chr. -900 jaar20 - - -Nieuwe Testament -40 - 100 n. Chr.130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften 30 - 310 jaar5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn - -
    -Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the + +
    + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
    Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
    + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle -andere antieke proza."
    - - -En boek met de adem van God -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +andere antieke proza." +
    + + + En boek met de adem van God + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., -die God ademde]." Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord -geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. -
    John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
    - -2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te -weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens -Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust." Als -wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt -daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en -gedrag. - - -Een boek dat werkt - -Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel -"werkzaam is in u, die gelooft" Schrijf naast elk -schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. - - -Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen? - - - -Naslag -Actie - - - - -Ef. 5:26 - -reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." - - - - -Hand.20:32 - - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " - - - - -Rom.15:4 - - -bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der -Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." - - - - - -Rom.10:17 - - -geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het -woord van Christus." - - - - - -1 Cor.10:11 - - -onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is -opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" - - - - - -Matt.4:4 - - -voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. + + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. + + + Een boek dat werkt + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. +
    + Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen? + + + + Naslag + Actie + + + + + Ef. 5:26 + reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." + + + Hand.20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Rom.15:4 + bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." + + + Rom.10:17 + geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus." + + + 1 Cor.10:11 + onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" + + + Matt.4:4 + voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods -gaat." - - - - -
    -     - -Een bevrijdend boek - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over -de waarheid van Gods woord. - -Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een -geweldige wind "Dan zijn wij niet langer -onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei -wind van leer..."Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat -het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet -zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden. - -Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods." Matt.22:29 -Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen? - -Gods woord -Gods kracht - - - -Een boek dat strijdt - -Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting. - -Geestelijke wapenrusting - - - -Vraag -Antwoord - - -Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?5 -En hoeveel aanvalswapens?One -Welke? het woord - rhema -
    -     - -Vermaningen - -2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te -stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid -recht snijdt." - - -Col.3:16 "Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in -alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en -geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten." - - -Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? - -Niet een beetje! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +gaat." + +
    + + + Een bevrijdend boek + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen? + + + Gods woord + + + Gods kracht + + + + + Een boek dat strijdt + Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting. + + Geestelijke wapenrusting + + + + Vraag + Antwoord + + + + + Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens? + 5 + + + En hoeveel aanvalswapens? + One + + + Welke? + het woord - rhema + + + +
    +     + + Vermaningen + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? + Niet een beetje! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." - - -Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" -
    -John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body." + + + Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" +
    + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
    -     - -Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
    +     + + Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per -week. -Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, -overeenkomstig de dag van de maand. -De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van -30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140. -Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag -een hoofdstuk. -Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week. + + + Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand. + + + De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140. + + + Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk. + + + Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken -overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. - - - - +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index b2fbcad..7f79ed9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,263 +1,274 @@ -Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden. -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Tekstverwijzingen - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + Tekstverwijzingen + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
    Voorbeeld 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
    + Voorbeeld 1A + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
    - -
    Example 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
    +
    + Example 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head - Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. - Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them. - Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume - Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...] - Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed - Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power - 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head + + + Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. + + + Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume + + + Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed + + + Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze -woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 "Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij -dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed -uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren." Is dat -zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
    -
    - -
    -Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
    +
    +
    + Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
    Voorbeeld 2A -In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 "geboren ...uit water -en geest." Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier -gaat? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
    + Voorbeeld 2A + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
    -
    Voorbeeld 2B -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to +
    +
    + Voorbeeld 2B + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
    -
    Voorbeeld 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
    -
    - -
    -Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
    +
    + Voorbeeld 2C + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
    +
    +
    + Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
    Example 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
    + Example 3A + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
    - -
    Voorbeeld 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
    +
    + Voorbeeld 3B + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
    -
    - -
    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
    +
    +
    + Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
    Voorbeeld 4A -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
    + Voorbeeld 4A + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
    - -
    Voorbeeld 4B -Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; -Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
    +
    + Voorbeeld 4B + Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; + Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
    -
    - -
    Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie -An allegory is: A story where each element has a + An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning. -Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
    Voorbeeld 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
    + Voorbeeld 5A + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.
    - -
    Voorbeeld 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
    - -
    + De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz. +
    +
    + Voorbeeld 5B + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook index eaa7792..c560ea1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Bijbelstudie HowTo - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license Bijbelstudie HowTo + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - - - - - Overzicht - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + + + Overzicht + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Bestuderen - HowTo - - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.     + + + Bible + Bestuderen + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ce9170f..0bde3f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.

    Horen

    Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.”

    Lezen

    Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]”

    1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]” -

    Bestuderen

    Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]”

    Bestuderen

    Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” -

    2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.”

    2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.”

    Memoriseren

    Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.”

    Overdenken

    Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.” -

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Begin Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.”

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Begin Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 4c2d93b..3045008 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

    What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. When you give

    2. When you fast

    3. When you pray

    Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde -manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:

    1. When you give

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” -today?)

      2. do it secretly.

      3. etc.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie Begin Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    +Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

    What does “practicing your righteousness”mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. When you give

    2. When you fast

    3. When you pray

    Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:

    1. When you give

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a +trumpet”today?)

      2. do it secretly.

      3. etc.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie Begin Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 9c6a2f5..90206e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie

    Inhoud

    Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.

    Context

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

    Tekstverwijzingen

    Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie

    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie

    Inhoud

    Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.

    Context

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

    Tekstverwijzingen

    Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie Begin Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 0536509..caca6c0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie

    Onderwerp-studie

    Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie

    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie

    Onderwerp-studie

    Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.

    Karakterstudie

    Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.

    Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte

    Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen Begin Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index dd76ef4..69405ff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ -Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?

    Om een bepaald vers te vinden

    1. Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.

    2. Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.

    3. Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden -hebt.

    Find these verses:

    1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

    2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

    -

    Om een onderwerp-studie doen

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

    Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge -not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

    Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?

    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?

    Om een bepaald vers te vinden

    1. Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.

    2. Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.

    3. Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.

    Find these verses:

    1. + “Faithful are the wounds of a friend” +

    2. + “We are ambassadors of Christ.” +

    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

    Om een onderwerp-studie doen

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

    Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged”and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.”Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

    Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of Hebreews vinden.

    Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:

    • Nabal

    • Abigail

    • Jozua

    • Barnabas

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 Begin Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index ff10d63..861bf20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie

    Inhoudsopgave

    Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen
    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Horen
    Lezen
    Bestuderen
    Memoriseren
    Overdenken
    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Onderwerp-studie
    Karakterstudie
    Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Inhoud
    Context
    Tekstverwijzingen
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Om een bepaald vers te vinden
    Om een onderwerp-studie doen
    Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken
    Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

    Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen

    -

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie

    Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie

    Inhoudsopgave

    Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen
    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Horen
    Lezen
    Bestuderen
    Memoriseren
    Overdenken
    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Onderwerp-studie
    Karakterstudie
    Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Inhoud
    Context
    Tekstverwijzingen
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Om een bepaald vers te vinden
    Om een onderwerp-studie doen
    Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken
    Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

    Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen

    +

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    -

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    +

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]

    De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 6318cd9..27a0d0b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,33 +1,30 @@ -En boek met de adem van God
    En boek met de adem van God
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    En boek met de adem van God

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +En boek met de adem van God

    En boek met de adem van God
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    En boek met de adem van God

    + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

    2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., -die God ademde]." Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord -geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.

    2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

    -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

    This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te -weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens -Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust." Als -wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt -daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en -gedrag.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Begin Een boek dat werkt
    +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Begin Een boek dat werkt
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 7faf9a3..d72a362 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -Vermaningen
    Vermaningen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Vermaningen

    -2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te -stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid -recht snijdt." -

    -Col.3:16 "Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in -alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en -geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten." -

    Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?

    -Niet een beetje!

    -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Vermaningen

    Vermaningen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Vermaningen

    2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

    Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

    Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?

    Niet een beetje!

    Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." -

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een boek dat strijdt Begin Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    +body."

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een boek dat strijdt Begin Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 488a8d2..e6ebf55 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ -Een bevrijdend boek
    Een bevrijdend boek
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Een bevrijdend boek

    -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

    We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over -de waarheid van Gods woord.

    Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een -geweldige wind "Dan zijn wij niet langer -onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei -wind van leer..."Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat -het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet -zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.

    Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods." Matt.22:29

    Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?

    • Gods woord

    • Gods kracht

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een boek dat werkt Begin Een boek dat strijdt
    +Een bevrijdend boek
    Een bevrijdend boek
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Een bevrijdend boek

    Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

    We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

    The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

    + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

    Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?

    • Gods woord

    • Gods kracht

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een boek dat werkt Begin Een boek dat strijdt
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index 620d43d..8cf50de 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"

    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Vermaningen Begin Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

    Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Vermaningen Begin Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 44b7376..ce7b4e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

    1. Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

      1. Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per week.

      2. Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.

      3. De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van 30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.

      4. Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag een hoofdstuk.

      5. Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken -overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. -

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" Begin Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" Begin Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 5c67e4d..3684dcc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Een boek dat strijdt
    Een boek dat strijdt
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Een boek dat strijdt

    -Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.

    Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting

    VraagAntwoord
    Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?5
    En hoeveel aanvalswapens?One
    Welke? het woord - rhema

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een bevrijdend boek Begin Vermaningen
    +Een boek dat strijdt
    Een boek dat strijdt
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Een boek dat strijdt

    Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.

    Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting

    VraagAntwoord
    Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?5
    En hoeveel aanvalswapens?One
    Welke?het woord - rhema

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Een bevrijdend boek Begin Vermaningen
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 02a2b47..3827725 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -Een boek dat werkt
    Een boek dat werkt
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Een boek dat werkt

    -Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel -"werkzaam is in u, die gelooft" Schrijf naast elk -schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. -

    Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?

    NaslagActie
    Ef. 5:26 -reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." -
    -Hand.20:32 - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -
    -Rom.15:4 - -bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der -Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." -
    -Rom.10:17 - -geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het -woord van Christus." -
    -1 Cor.10:11 - -onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is -opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" -
    -Matt.4:4 - -voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +Een boek dat werkt
    Een boek dat werkt
    Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

    Een boek dat werkt

    What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

    Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?

    NaslagActie
    Ef. 5:26reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."
    Hand.20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    Rom.15:4bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."
    Rom.10:17geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus."
    1 Cor.10:11onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"
    Matt.4:4voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods -gaat." -

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    En boek met de adem van God Begin Een bevrijdend boek
    +gaat."

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    En boek met de adem van God Begin Een bevrijdend boek
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 50e74b9..f051986 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,29 +1,18 @@ -Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord
    Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

    Inhoudsopgave

    Een uniek boek
    En boek met de adem van God
    Een boek dat werkt
    Een bevrijdend boek
    Een boek dat strijdt
    Vermaningen
    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

    Een uniek boek

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

    • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

    • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

      Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord
      Terug   Volgende

      Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

      Inhoudsopgave

      Een uniek boek
      En boek met de adem van God
      Een boek dat werkt
      Een bevrijdend boek
      Een boek dat strijdt
      Vermaningen
      Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
      Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

      Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

      Een uniek boek

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

      • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

      • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -

      Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +texts:

    Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten.

    WerkWanneer geschrevenOudste kopieTijdsduurAantal exemplaren
    Herodotus448-428 v. Chr.900 na Chr.1300 jaar8 -
    Tacitus100 na Chr.1100 na Chr.1000 jaar20 -
    Caesar's Gallic War50-58 v. Chr.900 na Chr.950 jaar10 -
    Roman History van Livy59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.900 na Chr.900 jaar20 -
    Nieuwe Testament40 - 100 n. Chr.130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften30 - 310 jaar5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn -

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +teksten." border="1">

    WerkWanneer geschrevenOudste kopieTijdsduurAantal exemplaren
    Herodotus448-428 v. Chr.900 na Chr.1300 jaar8
    Tacitus100 na Chr.1100 na Chr.1000 jaar20
    Caesar's Gallic War50-58 v. Chr.900 na Chr.950 jaar10
    Roman History van Livy59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.900 na Chr.900 jaar20
    Nieuwe Testament40 - 100 n. Chr.130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften30 - 310 jaar5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn

    Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

     

    "In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle -andere antieke proza."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
    Terug   Volgende
    Bijbelstudie HowTo Begin En boek met de adem van God
    +andere antieke proza."

    		 
     --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
    Terug   Volgende
    Bijbelstudie HowTo Begin En boek met de adem van God
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 6fdf517..1a5dc28 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ -Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

    Voorbeeld 2A

    In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 "geboren ...uit water -en geest." Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier -gaat?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

    Voorbeeld 2A

    In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    Voorbeeld 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

    Voorbeeld 2B

    1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches”has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]”

    Voorbeeld 2C

    Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Begin Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    +while praying or prophesying [...]”

    Voorbeeld 2C

    Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Begin Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index d2a1494..dda3cc7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

    -At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but +Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

    At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?”but “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, -“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    Example 3A

    “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

    Example 3A

    + “3 days & 3 nights”(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.

    We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

    Voorbeeld 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

    Voorbeeld 3B

    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context Begin Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 4c582c3..f91d590 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    Voorbeeld 4A

    “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do +Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

    Voorbeeld 4A

    + “evil eye”in Mt.6:23.

    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    Voorbeeld 4B

    Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

    Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

    -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

    Voorbeeld 4B

    Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

    Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context Begin Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context Begin Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 0c461a8..bb21a5c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
    + +
    Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
    Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) 

    Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie

    An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

    Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?

    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

    Voorbeeld 5A

    The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

    De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.

    Voorbeeld 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Terug Omhoog 
    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal Begin 
    +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.

    Voorbeeld 5B

    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

    Terug Omhoog 
    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal Begin 
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index d0f6e04..bc8e5df 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,71 +1,69 @@ -Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)

    Inhoudsopgave

    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)

    Inhoudsopgave

    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.
    Voorbeeld 1A
    Example 1B
    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    Voorbeeld 2A
    Voorbeeld 2B
    Voorbeeld 2C
    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    Example 3A
    Voorbeeld 3B
    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
    Voorbeeld 4A
    Voorbeeld 4B
    Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie
    Voorbeeld 5A
    Voorbeeld 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +gelijkenis en een allegorie

    Voorbeeld 5A
    Voorbeeld 5B

    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.

    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

    1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

    2. Tekstverwijzingen. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.

    3. Tekstverwijzingen. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.

    Voorbeeld 1A

    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

    Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

    Example 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

    + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

    Example 1B

    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

    • Cross-references for aleipho:

      1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

      2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

      3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

      4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

      5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

    • Cross-references of chrio:

      1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]”

      2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

      3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

      4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

    Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze -woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 "Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij -dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed -uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren." Is dat -zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch!

    -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

    Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

    And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

    Terug   Volgende
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? Begin Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

    Terug   Volgende
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? Begin Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index d38d11c..16e82bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,22 +1,14 @@ -Bijbelstudie HowTo
    Bijbelstudie HowTo
       Volgende

    Bijbelstudie HowTo

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime team

    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

    - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

    - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

    Overzicht

    - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

    - It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Bijbelstudie HowTo

    Bijbelstudie HowTo
       Volgende

    Bijbelstudie HowTo

    Bob Harman

    The BibleTime Team

    Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

    Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.

    Overzicht

    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

    It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

    Inhoudsopgave

    1. Het belang van Gods Woord
    Een uniek boek
    En boek met de adem van God
    Een boek dat werkt
    Een bevrijdend boek
    Een boek dat strijdt
    Vermaningen
    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen
    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Horen
    Lezen
    Bestuderen
    Memoriseren
    Overdenken
    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Onderwerp-studie
    Karakterstudie
    Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Inhoud
    Context
    Tekstverwijzingen
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Om een bepaald vers te vinden
    Om een onderwerp-studie doen
    Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken
    Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden
    3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Inhoudsopgave

    1. Het belang van Gods Woord
    Een uniek boek
    En boek met de adem van God
    Een boek dat werkt
    Een bevrijdend boek
    Een boek dat strijdt
    Vermaningen
    Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
    Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
    2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
    Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen
    Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
    Horen
    Lezen
    Bestuderen
    Memoriseren
    Overdenken
    Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
    Onderwerp-studie
    Karakterstudie
    Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte
    Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
    Inhoud
    Context
    Tekstverwijzingen
    Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
    Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
    Om een bepaald vers te vinden
    Om een onderwerp-studie doen
    Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken
    Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden
    3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
    Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.
    Voorbeeld 1A
    Example 1B
    Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
    Voorbeeld 2A
    Voorbeeld 2B
    Voorbeeld 2C
    Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
    Example 3A
    Voorbeeld 3B
    Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
    Voorbeeld 4A
    Voorbeeld 4B
    Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
    Voorbeeld 5A
    Voorbeeld 5B

    Lijst van tabellen

    1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten.
    1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?
    1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting
       Volgende
       Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 1092553..80d90dc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,206 +1,244 @@ -Bases do Estudo Bíblico - - -Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia - -
    Jn.5:39-40 Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas + + Bases do Estudo Bíblico + + Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia + +
    + Jn.5:39-40 + Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida. -
    -     - -O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +
    +     + O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero disse nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê, então no estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com -Deus. - - -
    John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora +Deus. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104. -Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era -o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as -palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus -estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados -Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas + Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente +enganados. [...] + Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo. -
    - - -Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus -Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +
    +     + + Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus + Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas -escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em -nossas mentes. - -Ouvir -Lc 11.28 Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a +palavra em nossas mentes. + + Ouvir + Lc 11.28 Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a palavra de Deus, e a observam. - - -Ler -Ap 1.3 Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as + + + Ler + Ap 1.3 Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as palavras desta profecia.. -1 Tm 4.13 aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino - - - -Estudo -At 17.11 Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque + 1 Tm 4.13 aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino + + + Estudo + At 17.11 Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. - -2 Tm 2.15 Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. + 2 Tm 2.15 Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade. - - -Memorizar -Sl 119.11 Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra + + + Memorizar + Sl 119.11 Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra ti. - - -Meditar -Sl 1.2-3 Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos + + + Meditar + Sl 1.2-3 Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. - - -Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +de dia e noite. + Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e -memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da Bíblia. - - - -Tipos de Estudo Bíblico -Estudo de Tópicos -Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma + + + + Tipos de Estudo Bíblico + + Estudo de Tópicos + Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma concordância. - - -Estudo de Personagem -Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50. - - -Estudo Expositivo -Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro. - - - -Bases da Interpretação Correta - -Conteúdo -O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com + + + Estudo de Personagem + Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50. + + + Estudo Expositivo + Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro. + + + + Bases da Interpretação Correta + + Conteúdo + O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com definições. Não leia o que não é dito. - - -Contexto -O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito -importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro. - - -Referencia cruzada -O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus + + + Contexto + O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é rei" -- a passagem +precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro. + + + Referencia cruzada + O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras. - - - -Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 -Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo + + + + Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 + Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano: - - - Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado - - -O que fazer as vossas boas obras significa? A passagem dá -algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? + + + Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado + + + O que fazer as vossas boas obras significa? A passagem dá +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada? Nossas motivações! Que tópicos desenvolvem isso? - - - Quando você oferta - Quando você jejua - Quando você ora - - -Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar + + + Quando você oferta + + + Quando você jejua + + + Quando você ora + + + Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações: - - - When you give - não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem toca a trombeta?) - faça-o em secreto. - etc. - - - - - -Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância - -Para encontrar um versículo particular - - Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo. - Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente. - Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo. - - -Find these verses: - Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo - Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo - A história do rico e de Lázaro. - - - - -Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos -Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra -"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e -procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras -relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, -resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." - - - -Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico -Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados e 1 Co -2.15 Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas. Talvez -sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como -"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui). - - Procure "julgar". - Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, -2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a. - Agora procure "julgado". - Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350. - Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a -língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o -significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! - - - -Encontre o significado dos nomes -Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego + + + Quando você fornecer + + não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém tocar a +trombeta hoje?) + + + faça-o em secreto. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância + + Para encontrar um versículo particular + + + Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo. + + + Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente. + + + Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo. + + + Encontre os versículos: + + + Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo + + + + + Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo + + + + A história do rico e de Lázaro. + + + + + Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos + Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". Primeiro, +procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias listadas para +ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e referencias listadas a +partir dela, por exemplo: "remir, remido, resgate," até "comprar" ou +"comprado." + + + Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico + Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e +Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 Não julgueis para que não sejais +julgados e 1 Co 2.15 Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as +coisas. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas +traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong +a partir daqui). + + + Procure"julgar". + + + Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a. + + + Agora procure "julgado". + + + Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350. + + + Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento, +então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o +hebraico). Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você +terá a resposta! + + + + + Encontre o significado dos nomes + Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego ou hebraico. -Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado: - -Nabal -Abigail -Josué -Barnabé - - - - - + Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado: + + + Nabal + + + Abigail + + + Josué + + + Barnabé + + + +     diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 4252df4..f0eea50 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,93 +1,108 @@ -Importância da Palavra de Deus -Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o -nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós + + Importância da Palavra de Deus + Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus. - -Um Livro que é Único -A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em: - - - - -Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por -ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! - - - - -Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes + + Um Livro que é Único + A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em: + + + Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após +ano! + + + Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita -por uma única pessoa. - - - - -Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +por uma única pessoa. + + + Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são confiáveis? compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros -textos antigos: - - - - -Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos. - - - -Texto -Quando foi Escrito -Cópia mais recente -Diferença de TempoNúmero de Cópias - - - -Herodotus -448-428 a.C.900 d.C. -1300 anos8 - - -Tacitus -100 d.C.1100 d.C. -1000 anos20 - - -Guerras da Gáliade César -50-58 a.C.900 d.C. -950 anos10 - - -História Romana de Lívio -59 a.C. - 17 d.C.900 d.C. -900 anos20 - - -Novo Testamento -40 d.C. - 100 d.C.130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos 30 - 310 anos5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim - -
    -Existem dez copias das Guerras Gaulesas de César, a -mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, -etc. Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 -d.C., papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e -fragmentos do evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos -para comparar uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! -
    Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +textos antigos: + + + + Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos. + + + + Texto + Quando foi Escrito + Cópia mais recente + Diferença de Tempo + Número de Cópias + + + + + Herodotus + 448-428 a.C. + 900 d.C. + 1300 anos + 8 + + + Tacitus + 100 d.C. + 1100 d.C. + 1000 anos + 20 + + + Guerras da Gáliade César + 50-58 a.C. + 900 d.C. + 950 anos + 10 + + + História Romana de Lívio + 59 a.C. - 17 d.C. + 900 d.C. + 900 anos + 20 + + + Novo Testamento + 40 d.C. - 100 d.C. + 130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos + 30 - 310 anos + 5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim + + + +
    + Existem dez copias das Guerras Gaulesas de César, a +mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o +Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro +contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do +evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar +uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! +
    + Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em Questões da Vida -p. 25-26"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."
    - - -Um Livro Inpirado por Deus -Hb 4.12"Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +p. 25-26     + "Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." +
    +     + + Um Livro Inpirado por Deus + + Hb 4.12"Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e eficaz..." Jesus disse (Mt 4.4), "Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de -Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. - -2 Tm 3.16 declara "Toda Escritura é divinamente -inspirada". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. -
    John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. + 2 Tm 3.16 declara "Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit., +Soprada por Deus]". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, +considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. +
    + John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 + Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou 'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis 2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele @@ -100,207 +115,194 @@ pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens -falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... - - -Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... + Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina -da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso.
    - -2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, -para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja -perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra". Se nós -aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente -ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. - - -Um Livro que Funciona - -O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia -"opera em vós que credes". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz. - - -O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos? - - - -Referência -Ação - - - - -Ef 5.26 - -santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela -palavra" - - - - -At 20.32 - - -edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos -edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" - - - - -Rm 15.4 - - -Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso. + + 2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.". Se +nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, +consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. + + + Um Livro que Funciona + O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia +"opera em vós, os que crestes.". Do lado de cada +escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz. +
    + O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos? + + + + Referência + Ação + + + + + Ef 5.26 + santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra" + + + At 20.32 + edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" + + + Rm 15.4 + Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das -Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" - - - - - -Rm 10.17 - - -Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" - - - - - -1 Co 10.11 - - -Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para -aviso nosso..." - - - - - -Mt 4.4 - - -Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o -homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" - - - - -
    -     - -Um Livro que Liberta - -Jo 8.32 "e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos -libertará" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa -incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a -resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "Se vós -permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus -discípulos..." -Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" + + + Rm 10.17 + Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" + + + 1 Co 10.11 + Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..." + + + Mt 4.4 + Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" + +
    + + + Um Livro que Liberta + Jo 8.32 "E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará." Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma +promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? +Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 +"Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis +meus discípulos..." + Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus. - -A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um + A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um vento violento. " para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". - -"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +firmar na verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente "levados ao +redor". + + "Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as Escrituras nem o poder de Deus" Mt 22.29 -Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro? - -Palavra de Deus -Poder de Deus - - - -Um Livro que Luta - -Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual. - -Armadura Espiritual - - - -Pergunta -Resposta - - -Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?5 -Quantas são para atacar?Uma -Qual? a palavra - rhema -
    -     - -Exortações - -2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que -não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" - - -Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; -ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos -espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" - - -Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? - -Não só um pouquinho! - - -Ec 12.11 "As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos -bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo -único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não -há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne." - - -Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" -
    -John R. W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso,Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107 A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é -expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o -advérbio hapax e -ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Versão -Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi -feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no + Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro? + + + Palavra de Deus + + + Poder de Deus + + + + + Um Livro que Luta + Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual. + + Armadura Espiritual + + + + Pergunta + Resposta + + + + + Quantas das armas listas são para defesa? + 5 + + + Quantas são para atacar? + Uma + + + Qual? + a palavra - rhema + + + +
    +     + + Exortações + 2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade." + Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em toda +a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, +hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso +coração." + Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? + Não só um pouquinho! + Ec 12.11-12 "As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como +pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer +livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne." + + + Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" +
    + John R. W. Stott, Cristo, o Controverso,Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107 + A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente +o advérbio hapax e +ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Almeida +Corrigida Fiel como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de que o que +foi feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos -diz, "Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por -todas" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). -Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +diz, "Pois, quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o +pecado" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). + Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser -adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a -Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das -tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição +das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foramsola scriptura para nossa autoridade e sola gratia para nossa salvação. -
    -     - -Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +
    +     + + Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica + Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por -exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para -mantê-lo atualizado! - - -Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana. -Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente -ao dia do mês. -Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140. -Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo -por dia. -Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! + + + Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana. + + + Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês. + + + Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140. + + + Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo +por dia. + + + Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você -lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. - - - - +lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. + + + - diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 6c8d205..15ee9c1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ -Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) -Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias -Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica + + Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) + Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que @@ -11,27 +12,26 @@ significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 ...nas quais há pontos difíceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição - -Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que + Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente: - -
    Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras. -Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +
    + Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras. + Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos: - - - - Definição - Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a + + + + Definição + Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a conjugação do verbo também é crucial. - - - - - Referencia cruzada - Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou + + + + + Referencia cruzada + Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de @@ -40,18 +40,17 @@ também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é bom o suficiente? Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter significados diferentes. - - - - -
    Exemplo 1A -Jo 20.17 "Deixa de me tocar" parece áspero, não? Parece + + + +
    + Exemplo 1A + Jo 20.17 "Não me detenhas" parece áspero, não? Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em The Complete Word Study New Testament, de Spiros Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos + Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "detenhas" nós vemos "pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de @@ -64,15 +63,17 @@ comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
    - -
    Exemplo 1B -Em Tiago 5.14, "Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da -igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do + + Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para +parar de segurá-lo! + +
    +
    + Exemplo 1B + Em Tiago 5.14, "Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros +da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor". Que unção é essa? -Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe + Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" (Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado @@ -80,107 +81,121 @@ participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo principal" (Zodhiates, p 851). - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça - Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo. - Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam. - Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo - Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lc 4.18 O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para -anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...] - At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...] - At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder - 2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é -Deus - - - - -Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as -definições e note a diferença: "Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual - -Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo + + + Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: + + Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça + + + Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo. + + + Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam. + + + Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo + + + Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos + + + + + Referências cruzadas de chrio: + + Lc 4.18 O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...] + + + At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...] + + + At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder + + + 2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Deus + + + + + Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: "aleipho" é o uso prático de óleo +e"chrio"é o uso espiritual + Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos -tempos de Jesus. - -Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 -"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes -orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor". Essa unção -é espiritual ou prática? Prática! - -A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +tempos de Jesus. + Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e +orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor". Essa +unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática! + A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o -espiritual em nosso Deus! - -
    -
    - -
    -Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico -Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos -vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se -adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o -que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a -chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós -interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante. - -
    Exemplo 2A -Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do +espiritual em nosso Deus! +
    +
    +
    + Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico + Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os +versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua +interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o +contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a +pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado +depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais +adiante. +
    + Exemplo 2A + Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do Espírito". Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui? -Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do + Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento natural. -
    -
    Exemplo 2B -1 Co 14.34 as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza.... -
    -
    Exemplo 2C -Atos 2.38 Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um -de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos -pecados..." está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +
    +
    + Exemplo 2B + 1 Co 14.34 As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas +deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 Mas toda mulher [...] +que ora ou profetiza [....] +
    +
    + Exemplo 2C + Atos 2.38 Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um de +vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados... " Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter -escrito 1 Co 1.17 "Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas -para pregar o evangelho"? - -
    -
    - -
    -Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural - -Nós não começamos perguntando O que isso significa para mim?, +escrito 1 Co 1.17 "Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas +para evangelizar"? +
    +
    +
    + Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural + Nós não começamos perguntando O que isso significa para mim?, mas O que isso significou para os leitores originais?; depois nós podemos nos perguntar O que isso significa para mim?. Nós devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos destinatários. - -
    Exemplo 3A 3 dias& 3 noites (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a +
    + Exemplo 3A + + 3 dias& 3 noites (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição. -Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de + Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, @@ -188,82 +203,81 @@ qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as 6h e terminavam às 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado 18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros. -
    - -
    Exemplo 3BGn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +
    +
    + Exemplo 3B + Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral. -
    -
    - -
    Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem -Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +
    +
    +
    + Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem + Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E observe as expressões que tem significados especiais. - -
    Exemplo 4A -olhos maus em Mt 6.23. -Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. -Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não -combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós -não estamos entendendo corretamente!!! -O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, olho -mau. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: "Não -me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu -sou bom?" Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma -expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos -como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto. -
    - -
    Exemplo 4B -Is 59.1 Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida -Dt 33.27 O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +
    + Exemplo 4A + + olhos maus em Mt 6.23. + Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2, +contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com +nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos +entendendo corretamente!!! + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +
    +
    + Exemplo 4B + Is 59.1 Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida + Dt 33.27 O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços eternos - -Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos -Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as -pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar -deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons -desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de -versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um -versículo, Sl 91.4 "Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das -suas asas encontras refúgio". W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de -interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês -também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que -eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula. - -
    -
    - -
    Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria -Uma alegoria é: uma história onde cada elemento tem um + Uma alegoria é: uma história onde cada elemento tem um significado -Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso? - -Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma + Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso? + Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a ilustra, ótimo. - -
    Exemplo 5A -A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +
    + Exemplo 5A + A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que nós teremos? -Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.
    - -
    Exemplo 5B -A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? -Ela é uma alegoria? -O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele + Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc. +
    +
    + Exemplo 5B + A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria? + O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo -elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. -
    - -
    +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.     +
    +
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook index eb21111..be906b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,70 +9,48 @@ ]> - - - Estudo Bíblico HowTo - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado -pelos termos da licença Estudo Bíblico HowTo + + + Bob + Harman + + + + O Time BibleTime + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado +pelos termos da licença "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard -Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por -AA). - - - - - Resumo - - - O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da -Bíblia. - - - A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a -estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular -foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em -particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender -o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor -mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. - - - - - Bible - Estudo - HowTo - - +Attribution-Share Alike". + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel +(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto. + + + Resumo + O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia. + A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse Como Fazer incentive os +leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo +particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional +em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para +entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o +Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você. + + + Bíblia + Estudo + Como fazer + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 832e36a..e234a92 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus

    Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus

    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus

    Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas -escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em -nossas mentes.

    Ouvir

    Lc 11.28 “Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a +palavra em nossas mentes.

    Ouvir

    Lc 11.28 “Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a palavra de Deus, e a observam.”

    Ler

    Ap 1.3 “Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as -palavras desta profecia.. ”

    1 Tm 4.13 “aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino” -

    Estudo

    At 17.11 “Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +palavras desta profecia.. ”

    1 Tm 4.13 “aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino”

    Estudo

    At 17.11 “Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. ” -

    2 Tm 2.15 “Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. ”

    2 Tm 2.15 “Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade.”

    Memorizar

    Sl 119.11 “Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra ti.”

    Meditar

    Sl 1.2-3 “Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. ” -

    Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +de dia e noite. ”

    Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e -memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da Bíblia.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Principal Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html index e99116f..b06b140 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18

    Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18

    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18

    Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:

    1. Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado

    O que “fazer as vossas boas obras” significa? A passagem dá -algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada? Nossas motivações! Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?

    1. Quando você oferta

    2. Quando você jejua

    3. Quando você ora

    Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar -maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:

    1. When you give

      1. não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem “toca a trombeta”?)

      2. faça-o em secreto.

      3. etc.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Bases da Interpretação Correta Principal Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:

    1. Quando você fornecer

      1. não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém “tocar a +trombeta” hoje?)

      2. faça-o em secreto.

      3. etc.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Bases da Interpretação Correta Principal Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 1b89db1..cfa8cb6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Bases da Interpretação Correta
    Bases da Interpretação Correta
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Bases da Interpretação Correta

    Conteúdo

    O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definições. Não leia o que não é dito.

    Contexto

    O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito -importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.

    Referencia cruzada

    O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +Bases da Interpretação Correta

    Bases da Interpretação Correta
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Bases da Interpretação Correta

    Conteúdo

    O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.

    Contexto

    O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é rei" -- a passagem +precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro.

    Referencia cruzada

    O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico Principal Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html index 52abe02..c7309f2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico

    Estudo de Tópicos

    Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +Tipos de Estudo Bíblico

    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico

    Estudo de Tópicos

    Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma concordância.

    Estudo de Personagem

    Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.

    Estudo Expositivo

    Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus Principal Bases da Interpretação Correta
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0bad4e2..50b8ecc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ -Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância

    Para encontrar um versículo particular

    1. Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.

    2. Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.

    3. Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.

    Find these verses:

    1. “Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo”

    2. “Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo”

    3. A história do rico e de Lázaro.

    -

    Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos

    Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra -"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e -procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras -relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, -resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado."

    Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico

    Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 “Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados” e 1 Co -2.15 “Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas”. Talvez -sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como -"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui).

    1. Procure "julgar".

    2. Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, -2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.

    3. Agora procure "julgado".

    4. Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.

    5. Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a -língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o -significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta!

    Encontre o significado dos nomes

    Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância

    Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

    Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância

    Para encontrar um versículo particular

    1. Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.

    2. Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.

    3. Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.

    Encontre os versículos:

    1. + “Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo” +

    2. + “Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo” +

    3. A história do rico e de Lázaro.

    Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos

    Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". Primeiro, +procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias listadas para +ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e referencias listadas a +partir dela, por exemplo: "remir, remido, resgate," até "comprar" ou +"comprado."

    Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico

    Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e +Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 “Não julgueis para que não sejais +julgados” e 1 Co 2.15 “Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as +coisas”. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas +traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong +a partir daqui).

    1. Procure"julgar".

    2. Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.

    3. Agora procure "julgado".

    4. Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.

    5. Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento, +então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o +hebraico). Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você +terá a resposta!

    Encontre o significado dos nomes

    Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego ou hebraico.

    Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:

    • Nabal

    • Abigail

    • Josué

    • Barnabé

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 Principal Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html index cf0496e..f529aa3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
    Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico

    Índice

    Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
    Ouvir
    Ler
    Estudo
    Memorizar
    Meditar
    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
    Estudo de Tópicos
    Estudo de Personagem
    Estudo Expositivo
    Bases da Interpretação Correta
    Conteúdo
    Contexto
    Referencia cruzada
    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
    Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    Para encontrar um versículo particular
    Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
    Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
    Encontre o significado dos nomes

    Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia

    -

     

    Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas -que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    -

    O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico

    Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico

    Índice

    Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
    Ouvir
    Ler
    Estudo
    Memorizar
    Meditar
    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
    Estudo de Tópicos
    Estudo de Personagem
    Estudo Expositivo
    Bases da Interpretação Correta
    Conteúdo
    Contexto
    Referencia cruzada
    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
    Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
    Para encontrar um versículo particular
    Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
    Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
    Encontre o significado dos nomes

    Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia

    +

     

    Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    +

    O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero disse “nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê”, então no estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com -Deus. -

     

    Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +Deus.

     

    Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus -estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados

    Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente +enganados. [...]

    Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.
    Anterior   Próxima
    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica Principal Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 305d1c2..9a8317e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus

    Hb 4.12"Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +Um Livro Inpirado por Deus

    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus

    + Hb 4.12"Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e eficaz..." Jesus disse (Mt 4.4), "Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de -Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. -

    2 Tm 3.16 declara "Toda Escritura é divinamente -inspirada". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.

     

    Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.

    2 Tm 3.16 declara "Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit., +Soprada por Deus]". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, +considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.

     

    Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou 'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis 2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele @@ -18,14 +18,12 @@ pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens -falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... -

    -Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...

    Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina -da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, -para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja -perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra". Se nós -aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente -ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Principal Um Livro que Funciona
    +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95

    2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.". Se +nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, +consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Principal Um Livro que Funciona
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index b1422a7..b454ca1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,14 +1,9 @@ -Exortações
    Exortações
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Exortações

    -2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que -não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" -

    -Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; -ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos -espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" -

    Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?

    -Não só um pouquinho!

    -Ec 12.11 "As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos -bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo -único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não -há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne." -

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro que Luta Principal Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
    +Exortações
    Exortações
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Exortações

    2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade."

    Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em toda +a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, +hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso +coração."

    Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?

    Não só um pouquinho!

    Ec 12.11-12 "As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como +pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer +livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne."

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro que Luta Principal Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 54b5c4f..e33932a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ -Um Livro que Liberta
    Um Livro que Liberta
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro que Liberta

    -Jo 8.32 "e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos -libertará" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa -incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a -resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "Se vós -permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus -discípulos..."

    Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +Um Livro que Liberta

    Um Livro que Liberta
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro que Liberta

    Jo 8.32 "E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará." Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma +promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? +Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 +"Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis +meus discípulos..."

    Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.

    A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um vento violento. " para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".

    "Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as -Escrituras nem o poder de Deus" Mt 22.29

    Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?

    • Palavra de Deus

    • Poder de Deus

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro que Funciona Principal Um Livro que Luta
    +firmar na verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente "levados ao +redor".

    + "Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus" Mt 22.29

    Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?

    • Palavra de Deus

    • Poder de Deus

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro que Funciona Principal Um Livro que Luta
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html index 32f9e4c..ad2f241 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"

     

    A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é -expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o -advérbio hapax e -ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Versão -Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi -feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"

    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"

     

    A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente +o advérbio hapax e +ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Almeida +Corrigida Fiel como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de que o que +foi feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos -diz, "Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por -todas" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).

    -Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +diz, "Pois, quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o +pecado" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).

    Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser -adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a -Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das -tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição +das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foramsola scriptura para nossa autoridade e sola -gratia para nossa salvação.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso,Editora +gratia para nossa salvação.

    		 
     --John R. W. Stott, Cristo, o Controverso,Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107
    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Exortações Principal Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 99ae7ab..574f48f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

    Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

    Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por -exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para -mantê-lo atualizado! -

    1. Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.

    2. Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado!

      1. Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.

      2. Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente ao dia do mês.

      3. Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.

      4. Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por dia.

      5. Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você -lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. -

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" Principal Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
    +lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" Principal Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 67e59b2..75eec1c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Um Livro que Luta
    Um Livro que Luta
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro que Luta

    -Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.

    Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual

    PerguntaResposta
    Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?5
    Quantas são para atacar?Uma
    Qual? a palavra - rhema

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro que Liberta Principal Exortações
    +Um Livro que Luta
    Um Livro que Luta
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro que Luta

    Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.

    Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual

    PerguntaResposta
    Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?5
    Quantas são para atacar?Uma
    Qual?a palavra - rhema

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro que Liberta Principal Exortações
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html index 29e1511..a2dfad1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -Um Livro que Funciona
    Um Livro que Funciona
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro que Funciona

    -O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia -"opera em vós que credes". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz. -

    Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?

    ReferênciaAção
    Ef 5.26 -santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela -palavra" -
    -At 20.32 - -edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos -edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" -
    -Rm 15.4 - -Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +Um Livro que Funciona
    Um Livro que Funciona
    Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

    Um Livro que Funciona

    O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia +"opera em vós, os que crestes.". Do lado de cada +escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz.

    Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?

    ReferênciaAção
    Ef 5.26santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra"
    At 20.32edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"
    Rm 15.4Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das -Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" -
    -Rm 10.17 - -Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" -
    -1 Co 10.11 - -Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para -aviso nosso..." -
    -Mt 4.4 - -Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o -homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" -

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus Principal Um Livro que Liberta
    +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"
    Rm 10.17Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"
    1 Co 10.11Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..."
    Mt 4.4Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus Principal Um Livro que Liberta
    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html index de24d96..01e7736 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,27 +1,17 @@ -Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
    Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus

    Índice

    Um Livro que é Único
    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
    Um Livro que Funciona
    Um Livro que Liberta
    Um Livro que Luta
    Exortações
    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

    Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o -nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós -aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.

    Um Livro que é Único

    A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:

    • -Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por -ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! -

    • -Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus

      Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
      Anterior   Próxima

      Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus

      Índice

      Um Livro que é Único
      Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
      Um Livro que Funciona
      Um Livro que Liberta
      Um Livro que Luta
      Exortações
      Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
      Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

      Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.

      Um Livro que é Único

      A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:

      • Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após +ano!

      • Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita -por uma única pessoa. -

      • -Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +por uma única pessoa.

      • Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são confiáveis? compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros -textos antigos: -

      Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.

      TextoQuando foi EscritoCópia mais recenteDiferença de TempoNúmero de Cópias
      Herodotus448-428 a.C.900 d.C.1300 anos8 -
      Tacitus100 d.C.1100 d.C.1000 anos20 -
      Guerras da Gáliade César50-58 a.C.900 d.C.950 anos10 -
      História Romana de Lívio59 a.C. - 17 d.C.900 d.C.900 anos20 -
      Novo Testamento40 d.C. - 100 d.C.130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos30 - 310 anos5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim -

      Existem dez copias das Guerras Gaulesas de César, a -mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, -etc. Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 -d.C., papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e -fragmentos do evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos -para comparar uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!

       

      "Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."

      		 
       --Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +textos antigos:

      Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.

      TextoQuando foi EscritoCópia mais recenteDiferença de TempoNúmero de Cópias
      Herodotus448-428 a.C.900 d.C.1300 anos8
      Tacitus100 d.C.1100 d.C.1000 anos20
      Guerras da Gáliade César50-58 a.C.900 d.C.950 anos10
      História Romana de Lívio59 a.C. - 17 d.C.900 d.C.900 anos20
      Novo Testamento40 d.C. - 100 d.C.130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos30 - 310 anos5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim

      Existem dez copias das Guerras Gaulesas de César, a +mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o +Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro +contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do +evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar +uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!

       

      "Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."

      		 
       --Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em Questões da Vida p. 25-26
      Anterior   Próxima
      Estudo Bíblico HowTo Principal Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
      diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html index f098607..a0b38af 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico

      Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos -vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se -adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o -que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a -chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós -interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.

      Exemplo 2A

      Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do +Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico

      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico

      Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os +versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua +interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o +contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a +pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado +depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais +adiante.

      Exemplo 2A

      Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do Espírito". Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?

      Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento -natural.

      Exemplo 2B

      1 Co 14.34 “as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas” deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....”

      Exemplo 2C

      Atos 2.38 “Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um -de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos -pecados..."” está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +natural.

      Exemplo 2B

      1 Co 14.34 “As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas” +deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “Mas toda mulher [...] +que ora ou profetiza [....]”

      Exemplo 2C

      Atos 2.38 “Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um de +vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados... "” Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter -escrito 1 Co 1.17 "Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas -para pregar o evangelho"? -

      Anterior Acima Próxima
      Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Principal Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      +escrito 1 Co 1.17 "Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas +para evangelizar"?

      Anterior Acima Próxima
      Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Principal Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 6539faa..5659189 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural

      -Nós não começamos perguntando “O que isso significa para mim?”, +Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural

      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural

      Nós não começamos perguntando “O que isso significa para mim?”, mas “O que isso significou para os leitores originais?”; depois nós podemos nos perguntar “O que isso significa para mim?”. Nós devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos -destinatários.

      Exemplo 3A

      “3 dias& 3 noites” (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a +destinatários.

      Exemplo 3A

      + “3 dias& 3 noites” (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 5fb9046..e5f4878 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,24 +1,23 @@ -Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem

      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem

      Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E -observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.

      Exemplo 4A

      “olhos maus” em Mt 6.23.

      Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. -Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não -combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós -não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!

      O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, “olho -mau”. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: "Não -me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu -sou bom?" Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma -expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos -como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.

      Exemplo 4B

      Is 59.1 “Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida”

      Dt 33.27 “O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços -eternos”

      -Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos -Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as -pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar -deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons -desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de -versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um -versículo, Sl 91.4 "Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das -suas asas encontras refúgio". W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de -interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês -também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que -eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula. -

      Anterior Acima Próxima
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural Principal Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem

      Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.

      Exemplo 4A

      + “olhos maus” em Mt 6.23.

      Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2, +contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com +nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos +entendendo corretamente!!!

      What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

      Exemplo 4B

      Is 59.1 “Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida”

      Dt 33.27 “O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos”

      References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

      Anterior Acima Próxima
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural Principal Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
      diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a7315a8..851033a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
      Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) 

      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria

      Uma alegoria é: uma história onde cada elemento tem um significado

      Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?

      Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma @@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ ilustra, lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que nós teremos?

      Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.

      Exemplo 5B

      A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? -Ela é uma alegoria?

      O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +Ela é uma alegoria?

      O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo -elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.

      Anterior Acima 
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem Principal 
      +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.

      Anterior Acima 
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem Principal 
      diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html index 02c26d4..32cd6aa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
      Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
      Anterior   Próxima

      Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)

      Índice

      Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.
      Exemplo 1A
      Exemplo 1B
      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Exemplo 2A
      Exemplo 2B
      Exemplo 2C
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Exemplo 3A
      Exemplo 3B
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Exemplo 4A
      Exemplo 4B
      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria
      Exemplo 5A
      Exemplo 5B

      Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias -Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)

      Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
      Anterior   Próxima

      Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)

      Índice

      Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.
      Exemplo 1A
      Exemplo 1B
      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Exemplo 2A
      Exemplo 2B
      Exemplo 2C
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Exemplo 3A
      Exemplo 3B
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Exemplo 4A
      Exemplo 4B
      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria
      Exemplo 5A
      Exemplo 5B

      Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ refer também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é bom o suficiente? Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter -significados diferentes.

      Exemplo 1A

      Jo 20.17 "Deixa de me tocar" parece áspero, não? Parece +significados diferentes.

      Exemplo 1A

      Jo 20.17 "Não me detenhas" parece áspero, não? Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em The Complete Word Study New Testament, de Spiros -Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).

      Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).

      Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "detenhas" nós vemos "pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ ativo (80)". Na p comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer -alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?

      Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

      Exemplo 1B

      Em Tiago 5.14, "Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da -igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?

      + Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para +parar de segurá-lo! +

      Exemplo 1B

      Em Tiago 5.14, "Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros +da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor". Que unção é essa?

      Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" @@ -49,24 +51,21 @@ esfregar ol participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo -principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).

      • Cross-references for aleipho:

        1. Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça

        2. Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.

        3. Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).

          • Referências cruzadas para o aleipho:

            1. Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça

            2. Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.

            3. Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e os curavam.

            4. Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo

            5. Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos

          • Cross-references of chrio:

            1. Lc 4.18 “ O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +cabelos

          • Referências cruzadas de chrio:

            1. Lc 4.18 “ O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]”

            2. At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]

            3. At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder

            4. 2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é -Deus

          Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as -definições e note a diferença: "Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual

          Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +Deus

      Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: "aleipho" é o uso prático de óleo +e"chrio"é o uso espiritual

      Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos -tempos de Jesus. -

      Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 -"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes -orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor". Essa unção -é espiritual ou prática? Prática!

      -A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +tempos de Jesus.

      Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e +orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor". Essa +unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!

      A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o -espiritual em nosso Deus! -

      Anterior   Próxima
      Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância Principal Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      +espiritual em nosso Deus!

      Anterior   Próxima
      Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância Principal Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html index 8c799f9..4d9fa0a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,13 @@ -Estudo Bíblico HowTo
      Estudo Bíblico HowTo
         Próxima

      Estudo Bíblico HowTo

      Bob Harman

      The BibleTime team

      Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

      - Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado -pelos termos da licença "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

      - Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard -Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por -AA). -

      Resumo

      - O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da -Bíblia. -

      - A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a -estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular -foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em -particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender -o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor -mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. -

      Índice

      1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
      Um Livro que é Único
      Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
      Um Livro que Funciona
      Um Livro que Liberta
      Um Livro que Luta
      Exortações
      Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
      Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
      2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
      Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
      Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
      Ouvir
      Ler
      Estudo
      Memorizar
      Meditar
      Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
      Estudo de Tópicos
      Estudo de Personagem
      Estudo Expositivo
      Bases da Interpretação Correta
      Conteúdo
      Contexto
      Referencia cruzada
      Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
      Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
      Para encontrar um versículo particular
      Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
      Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
      Encontre o significado dos nomes
      3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
      Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.
      Exemplo 1A
      Exemplo 1B
      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Exemplo 2A
      Exemplo 2B
      Exemplo 2C
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Exemplo 3A
      Exemplo 3B
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Exemplo 4A
      Exemplo 4B
      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +Estudo Bíblico HowTo
      Estudo Bíblico HowTo
         Próxima

      Estudo Bíblico HowTo

      Bob Harman

      O Time BibleTime

      Copyright © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

      Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado +pelos termos da licença "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

      Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel +(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.

      Resumo

      O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia.

      A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse Como Fazer incentive os +leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo +particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional +em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para +entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o +Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você.

      Índice

      1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
      Um Livro que é Único
      Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
      Um Livro que Funciona
      Um Livro que Liberta
      Um Livro que Luta
      Exortações
      Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
      Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
      2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
      Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
      Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
      Ouvir
      Ler
      Estudo
      Memorizar
      Meditar
      Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
      Estudo de Tópicos
      Estudo de Personagem
      Estudo Expositivo
      Bases da Interpretação Correta
      Conteúdo
      Contexto
      Referencia cruzada
      Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
      Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância
      Para encontrar um versículo particular
      Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
      Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
      Encontre o significado dos nomes
      3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
      Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.
      Exemplo 1A
      Exemplo 1B
      Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
      Exemplo 2A
      Exemplo 2B
      Exemplo 2C
      Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
      Exemplo 3A
      Exemplo 3B
      Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
      Exemplo 4A
      Exemplo 4B
      Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
      Exemplo 5A
      Exemplo 5B

      Lista de Tabelas

      1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.
      1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?
      1.3. Armadura Espiritual
         Próxima
         Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index fb9af40..4530adb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,209 +1,243 @@ -Основы изучения Библии - - -Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии - -
      Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal + + Основы изучения Библии + + Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии + +
      + Jn.5:39-40 + You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life. -
      -       - -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +
      +       + The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. - - -
      Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +God. +
      + Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...] -Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в + Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение встретиться со Христом. -
      - - -Приближение к Слову Божьему -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +
      +       + + Приближение к Слову Божьему + Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds. - -Слышать -Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + + Слышать + Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it. - - -Читать -Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + + + Читать + Rev.1:3 Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...] -1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...] - - - -Изучать -Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in + 1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...] + + + Изучать + Acts 17:11 Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. - -2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so. + 2 Tim.2:15 Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth. - - -Запоминать -Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + + + Запоминать + Ps.119:11 Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee. - - -Размышлять -Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + + + Размышлять + Ps.1:2-3 But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. - - -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. - - - -Типы изучения Библии -Тематическое изучение -Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers. + The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. + + + + Типы изучения Библии + + Тематическое изучение + Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки или симфонию. - - -Изучение действующих лиц -Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50. - - -Экспозиционное изучение -Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги. - - - -Основы правильного истолкования - -Содержание -Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со + + + Изучение действующих лиц + Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50. + + + Экспозиционное изучение + Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги. + + + + Основы правильного истолкования + + Содержание + Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят. - - -Контекст -What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book. - - -Перекрёстные ссылки -Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит + + + Контекст + What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book. + + + Перекрёстные ссылки + Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест Писания. - - - -Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: - - - Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed - - -What does practicing your righteousness mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? - - - When you give - When you fast - When you pray - - -Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных + + + + Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 + Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline: + + + Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed + + + What does practicing your righteousnessmean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought? + + + When you give + + + When you fast + + + When you pray + + + Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных путей проявления своей праведности: - - - When you give - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - do it secretly. - etc. - - - - - -Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией - -Чтобы найти определённый стих - - Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе. - Найдите это слово по алфавиту. - Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих. - - -Find these verses: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - The story of the rich man and Lazarus. - - - - -Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." - - - -Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке -What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge -not lest you be judged and 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual -judgeth all things. Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) - - Look up "judge". - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Now look up "judgeth". - Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350. - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! - - - -Чтобы найти значения имён -Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском + + + When you give + + don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a +trumpettoday?) + + + do it secretly. + + + etc. + + + + + + + Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией + + Чтобы найти определённый стих + + + Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе. + + + Найдите это слово по алфавиту. + + + Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих. + + + Find these verses: + + + Faithful are the wounds of a friend + + + + + We are ambassadors of Christ. + + + + The story of the rich man and Lazarus. + + + + + Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование + Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." + + + Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке + What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 Judge +not lest you be judgedand 1 Cor.2:15 He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.) + + + Look up "judge". + + + Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. + + + Now look up "judgeth". + + + Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350. + + + Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + + + + + Чтобы найти значения имён + Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском языке. -Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения: - -Навал (Nabal) -Авигея (Abigail) -Иисус Навин (Joshua) -Варнава (Barnabus) - - - - - + Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения: + + + Навал (Nabal) + + + Авигея (Abigail) + + + Иисус Навин (Joshua) + + + Варнава (Barnabus) + + + +       diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index ecca83a..8f4d266 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,304 +1,304 @@ -Важность Слова Божьего -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to + + Важность Слова Божьего + Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God. - -Уникальная Книга -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: - - - - -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! - - - - -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. - - - - -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents + + Уникальная Книга + The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: + + + popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller! + + + authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. + + + preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: - - - - -Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами. - - - -Труд -Когда написаны -Самые ранние копии -Промежуток времениЧисло копий - - - -Геродот -448-428 г.г. до н.э.900 г. н.э. -1300 лет8 - - -Тацит -100 г. н.э.1100 г. н.э. -1000 лет20 - - -Цезарь "Галльские войны" -50-58 г. до н.э.900 г. н.э. -950 лет10 - - -Ливий "Римская история" -59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.900 г. н.э. -900 лет20 - - -Новый Завет -40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания 30 - 310 лет5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских - -
      -Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts: +       +       + + Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами. + + + + Труд + Когда написаны + Самые ранние копии + Промежуток времени + Число копий + + + + + Геродот + 448-428 г.г. до н.э. + 900 г. н.э. + 1300 лет + 8 + + + Тацит + 100 г. н.э. + 1100 г. н.э. + 1000 лет + 20 + + + Цезарь "Галльские войны" + 50-58 г. до н.э. + 900 г. н.э. + 950 лет + 10 + + + Ливий "Римская история" + 59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э. + 900 г. н.э. + 900 лет + 20 + + + Новый Завет + 40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э. + 130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания + 30 - 310 лет + 5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских + + + +
      + Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
      Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! +
      + Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26 + "По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных -рукописей."
      - - -Книга, вдохновлённая Богом -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +рукописей." +
      +       + + Книга, вдохновлённая Богом + + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. - -2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "Все Писание богодухновенно -[т.е. вдохновлено Богом]." Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем -ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. -
      Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way. + 2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. +
      + Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 + He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... - - -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... + This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
      - -2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "и полезно для научения, для обличения, для -исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек, -ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен." Если мы принимаем то, что -Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она -будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. - - -Действенная Книга - -Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия -"действует в вас, верующих." Рядом с каждым отрывком, -запишите действие, которое производит Слово. - - -Что даёт изучение Библии христианам? - - - -Ссылка -Действие - - - - -Еф.5:26 - -очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" - - - - -Деян.20:32 - - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " - - - - -Рим.15:4 - - -утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду." - - - - - -Рим.10:17 - - -даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия." - - - - - -1 Кор.10:11 - - -наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в -наставление нам, достигшим последних веков." - - - - - -Мтф.4:4 - - -питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить -человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." - - - - -
      -       - -Книга, которая освобождает - -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " -Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего -Слова. - -Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает сильный -ветер. "Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися -и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения..." Изучение Библии даёт нам -укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". - -Иисус сказал им в ответ: "заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией" Мтф.22:29. -Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений? - -Божье Слово -Божья Сила - - - -Книга, которая воюет - -В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия. - -Духовное оружие - - - -Вопрос -Ответ - - -Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?5 -Сколько для нападения?One -Какое? слово - рхема (rhema) -
      -       - -Увещевания - -2 Тим.2:15 "Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем -неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины." - - -Кол.3:16 "Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою -премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и -духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших -Господу." - - -Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? - -Ведь не чуть-чуть! - - -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. +
      + 2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct. +       + + Действенная Книга + What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. + + Что даёт изучение Библии христианам? + + + + Ссылка + Действие + + + + + Еф.5:26 + очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" + + + Деян.20:32 + builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " + + + Рим.15:4 + утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду." + + + Рим.10:17 + даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия." + + + 1 Кор.10:11 + наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в +наставление нам, достигшим последних веков." + + + Мтф.4:4 + питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." + + + +
      +       + + Книга, которая освобождает + Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..." + We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word. + The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away." + + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29 + Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений? + + + Божье Слово + + + Божья Сила + + + + + Книга, которая воюет + В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия. + + Духовное оружие + + + + Вопрос + Ответ + + + + + Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты? + 5 + + + Сколько для нападения? + One + + + Какое? + слово - рхема (rhema) + + + +
      +       + + Увещевания + 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth." + Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God." + Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? + Ведь не чуть-чуть! + Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." - - -Приложение: "Однажды для всех" -
      -Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body." + + + Приложение: "Однажды для всех" +
      + John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107 + The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. -
      -       - -Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). + Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation. +
      +       + + Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии + Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! - - -Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю. -Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу -месяца. -Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например -20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140. -Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной -главе в день. -Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! + + + Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю. + + + Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца. + + + Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140. + + + Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день. + + + Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий -Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. - - - - +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.       + + +       - diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 457b05e..833c03b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,259 +1,272 @@ -Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We + + Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) + We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. - -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. + How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: - -
      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов. -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +
      + Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов. + The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps: - - - - Definition - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + + + + Definition + Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial. - - - - - Перекрёстные ссылки - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + + + + + Перекрёстные ссылки + Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning. - - - - -
      Пример 1А -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + + + +
      + Пример 1А + Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). - -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? -Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him! -
      - -
      Example 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found? + + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! + +
      +
      + Example 1B + In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing? + Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) - - -Cross-references for aleipho: - Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head - Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. - Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them. - Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume - Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair - - - -Cross-references of chrio: - Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...] - Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed - Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power - 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God - - - - -So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + + + Cross-references for aleipho: + + Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head + + + Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him. + + + Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them. + + + Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume + + + Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair + + + + + Cross-references of chrio: + + Lk.4:18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...] + + + Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed + + + Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power + + + 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God + + + + + So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual - -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual + As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. - -Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом -слове: "Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и -пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне." Это -"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое! - -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. + Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical! + And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! - -
      -
      - -
      -Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +
      +
      +
      + Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте + Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further. - -
      Пример 2А -В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 "рождённый от воды и -Духа". В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +
      + Пример 2А + In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here? + Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. -
      -
      Пример 2Б -1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churches has to +
      +
      + Пример 2Б + 1 Cor.14:34 Let the women keep silent in the churcheshas to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...] -
      -
      Пример 2В -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? - -
      -
      - -
      -Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте - -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but +
      +
      + Пример 2В + Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +
      +
      +
      + Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте + At first we are not asking What does it mean to me?but What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the +What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. - -
      Пример 3А 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +
      + Пример 3А + + 3 days & 3 nights(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble. -
      - -
      Пример 3БGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +
      +
      + Пример 3Б + Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant. -
      -
      - -
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +
      +
      +
      + Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке + Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. - -
      Пример 4А -evil eye in Mt.6:23. -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +
      + Пример 4А + + evil eyein Mt.6:23. + Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do + What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. -
      - -
      Пример 4Б -Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; -Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. - -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +
      +
      + Пример 4Б + Is.59:1 The Lord's hand is not short; + Deut.33:27 Underneath are the everlasting arms. + References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of +shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. - -
      -
      - -
      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией -An allegory is: A story where each element has a +is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +
      +
      +
      + Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией + An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning. -Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет? - -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет? + Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. - -
      Пример 5А -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +
      + Пример 5А + The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have? -Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.
      - -
      Пример 5Б -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. -
      - -
      + Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д. +
      +
      + Пример 5Б + The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? + The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +
      +
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook index 8470f56..b86d18e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ - - +BibleTime'> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ ]> - - - Как изучать Библию - - - - Bob - Harman - - - - The BibleTime team - - - - - - - 2001-2009 The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info) - - - - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license Как изучать Библию + + + Bob + Harman + + + + The BibleTime Team + + + + + 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org) + + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - - - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - - - - - Резюме - - - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. - - - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike". + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + + + Резюме + The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible. + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - - - - - Bible - Изучать - HowTo - - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.       + + + Bible + Изучать + HowTo + - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 49ce858..c77a865 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Приближение к Слову Божьему

      Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +Приближение к Слову Божьему

      Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Приближение к Слову Божьему

      Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.

      Слышать

      Lk.11:28 «blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.»

      Читать

      Rev.1:3 «Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]»

      1 Tim.4:13 «give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]» -

      Изучать

      Acts 17:11 «Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]»

      Изучать

      Acts 17:11 «Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.» -

      2 Tim.2:15 «Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.»

      2 Tim.2:15 «Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.»

      Запоминать

      Ps.119:11 «Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.»

      Размышлять

      Ps.1:2-3 «But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.» -

      The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии Начало Типы изучения Библии
      +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.»

      The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии Начало Типы изучения Библии
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 285ec9f..77af696 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18

      Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

      1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

      What does «practicing your righteousness» mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

      1. When you give

      2. When you fast

      3. When you pray

      Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных -путей проявления своей праведности:

      1. When you give

        1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a trumpet» -today?)

        2. do it secretly.

        3. etc.

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Основы правильного истолкования Начало Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      +Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18

      Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:

      1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

      What does «practicing your righteousness»mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? Our +motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

      1. When you give

      2. When you fast

      3. When you pray

      Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:

      1. When you give

        1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a +trumpet»today?)

        2. do it secretly.

        3. etc.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Основы правильного истолкования Начало Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 3b1c3fa..80d1f8c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -Основы правильного истолкования
      Основы правильного истолкования
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Основы правильного истолкования

      Содержание

      Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.

      Контекст

      What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

      Перекрёстные ссылки

      Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +Основы правильного истолкования

      Основы правильного истолкования
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Основы правильного истолкования

      Содержание

      Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.

      Контекст

      What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

      Перекрёстные ссылки

      Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест -Писания.

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Типы изучения Библии Начало Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      +Писания.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Типы изучения Библии Начало Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index e8c3072..a65fd67 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Типы изучения Библии
      Типы изучения Библии
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Типы изучения Библии

      Тематическое изучение

      Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.

      Изучение действующих лиц

      Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.

      Экспозиционное изучение

      Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Приближение к Слову Божьему Начало Основы правильного истолкования
      +Типы изучения Библии
      Типы изучения Библии
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Типы изучения Библии

      Тематическое изучение

      Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.

      Изучение действующих лиц

      Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.

      Экспозиционное изучение

      Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Приближение к Слову Божьему Начало Основы правильного истолкования
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 576378c..aa0dd59 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией

      Чтобы найти определённый стих

      1. Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.

      2. Найдите это слово по алфавиту.

      3. Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.

      Find these verses:

      1. «Faithful are the wounds of a friend»

      2. «We are ambassadors of Christ.»

      3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

      -

      Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование

      Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

      Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке

      What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge -not lest you be judged» and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

      1. Look up "judge".

      2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

      3. Now look up "judgeth".

      4. Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.

      5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

      Чтобы найти значения имён

      Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.

      Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:

      • Навал (Nabal)

      • Авигея (Abigail)

      • Иисус Навин (Joshua)

      • Варнава (Barnabus)

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      +Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией

      Чтобы найти определённый стих

      1. Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.

      2. Найдите это слово по алфавиту.

      3. Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.

      Find these verses:

      1. + «Faithful are the wounds of a friend» +

      2. + «We are ambassadors of Christ.» +

      3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

      Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование

      Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

      Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке

      What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge +not lest you be judged»and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.»Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)

      1. Look up "judge".

      2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

      3. Now look up "judgeth".

      4. Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.

      5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

      Чтобы найти значения имён

      Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.

      Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:

      • Навал (Nabal)

      • Авигея (Abigail)

      • Иисус Навин (Joshua)

      • Варнава (Barnabus)

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index 105b919..eebb15c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
      Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
      Пред.   След.

      Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии

      Содержание

      Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии
      Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Слышать
      Читать
      Изучать
      Запоминать
      Размышлять
      Типы изучения Библии
      Тематическое изучение
      Изучение действующих лиц
      Экспозиционное изучение
      Основы правильного истолкования
      Содержание
      Контекст
      Перекрёстные ссылки
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Чтобы найти определённый стих
      Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование
      Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке
      Чтобы найти значения имён

      Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии

      -

       

      You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии

      Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
      Пред.   След.

      Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии

      Содержание

      Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии
      Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Слышать
      Читать
      Изучать
      Запоминать
      Размышлять
      Типы изучения Библии
      Тематическое изучение
      Изучение действующих лиц
      Экспозиционное изучение
      Основы правильного истолкования
      Содержание
      Контекст
      Перекрёстные ссылки
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Чтобы найти определённый стих
      Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование
      Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке
      Чтобы найти значения имён

      Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии

      +

       

      You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

      		 
       --Jn.5:39-40

      -

      The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.

      		 
       --Jn.5:39-40

      +

      The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said «we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby»; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

       

      The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.

      -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| " Help Handbook " -#~| " equivalent; opens the handbook." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " View Show Bookshelf " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Nápověda Příručka otevře příručku." - -# type: Content of: -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| " Help Handbook " -#~| " equivalent; opens the handbook." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " View Show Bookmarks " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Nápověda Příručka otevře příručku." - -# type: Content of: -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| " Help Handbook " -#~| " equivalent; opens the handbook." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " View Show Mag " -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Nápověda Příručka otevře příručku." - -# type: Content of: -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "2.9" -#~ msgstr "2.5" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "Options Dialog - fonts" -#~ msgstr "Dialog nastavení - písma" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:" -#~ msgstr "Takto vypadá typická relace &bibletime;:" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "The &bibletime; application window" -#~ msgstr "Okno aplikace &bibletime;" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "Available text types:" -#~ msgstr "Dostupné předpony:" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the " -#~ "default bible:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Z terminálu můžete použít &bibletime; k otevření příslušného verše ve " -#~ "výchozí bibli:" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:" -#~ msgstr "Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte:" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih." - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team" -#~ msgstr "Tým &bibletime;" - -# type: Content of the sword entity -#~ msgid "Sword" -#~ msgstr "Sword" - -# type: Content of: -#~ msgid "Startup sequence" -#~ msgstr "Spouštěcí sekvence." - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main " -#~ "&bibletime; window opens:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, " -#~ "než se otevře hlavní okno &bibletime;:" - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#~ msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku &sword;." - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "2009-10" -#~ msgstr "2009-04" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function " -#~ "will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search " -#~ "for all the terms separate the terms by AND." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání " -#~ "vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů " -#~ "(logická spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá " -#~ "slova spojkou AND." diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po index be5cbdb..b66285c 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ # Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. # Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. # Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005. -# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2010, 2011. +# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-22 17:45+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 22:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> @@ -1738,29 +1738,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:98 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " -#| "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:95 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" +">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1776,29 +1769,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " -#| "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:116 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" +">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen anzeigen</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1814,29 +1800,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:140 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" -#| "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" " "depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" -"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" " +"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:137 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" +">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1850,44 +1828,34 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:160 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " -#| "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:157 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" +">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen </" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:169 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or " -#| "remove the works icons in the open works." msgid "" "<action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to " "allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books." msgstr "" -"<action>Werkzeugleisten in Werken an- / abstellen.</action> Diese Funktion " -"stellt die Ansicht der Werke-Symbole in geöffneten Werken an oder aus." +"<action>An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</action> Benutzen Sie " +"diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten " +"Büchern anzusehen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:177 @@ -3514,11 +3482,15 @@ msgstr "Abthorpe" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " +#| "</copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> </" "copyright>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> @@ -3531,17 +3503,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<date>January 2011</date>" -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" -msgstr "<date>Januar 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" +msgstr "<date>Januar 2012</date>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "2.9.0" -msgid "2.9.1" -msgstr "2.9.0" +msgid "2.9.2" +msgstr "2.9.2" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> @@ -3584,98 +3552,3 @@ msgstr "Crosswire" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" msgstr "Hilfe-Dialog" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal " -#~ "anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen " -#~ "anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> " -#~ "</menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "2.8" -#~ msgid "2.9" -#~ msgstr "2.8" - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</" -#~ "date>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</" -#~ "date>" - -#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "<phrase>Optionendialog - Schriften</phrase>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:" -#~ msgstr "So sieht eine typische &bibletime;-Sitzung aus:" - -#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "<phrase>Das &bibletime;-Applikations-Fenster</phrase>" - -#~ msgid "Available text types:" -#~ msgstr "Verfügbare Textarten:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the " -#~ "default bible:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, " -#~ "um einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:" -#~ msgstr "Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache " -#~ "benutzen." - -#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team" -#~ msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Team" - -# type: Content of the sword entity -#~ msgid "<application>Sword</application>" -#~ msgstr "<application>Sword</application>" - -#~ msgid "Startup sequence" -#~ msgstr "Start-Sequenz" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main " -#~ "&bibletime; window opens:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem " -#~ "Erscheinen des Hauptfensters sehen:" - -#~ msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem &sword;-System " -#~ "basiert." - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> -#~ msgid "2009-10" -#~ msgstr "2009-10" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-es.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-es.po index 92a4c74..c4f959b 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-es.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-es.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-25 20:20-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Roy Alvear <racl@fedoraproject.org>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" @@ -3649,13 +3649,13 @@ msgstr "Abthorpe" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " #| "</copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>El Equipo &bibletime;</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>El Equipo &bibletime;</holder> </" "copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> @@ -3669,12 +3669,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> @@ -3719,75 +3719,3 @@ msgstr "Crosswire" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" msgstr "Dialogo de Ayuda" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ver</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Biblioteca</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ver</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> " -#~ "</menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ver</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lente</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "2.8" -#~ msgid "2.9" -#~ msgstr "2.8" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</" -#~ "date>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</" -#~ "date>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject> -#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "<phrase>Diálogo de Opciones - Fuentes</phrase>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:" -#~ msgstr "Esta es como luce sesión típica de &bibletime;:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject> -#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "<phrase>La ventana de aplicación &bibletime;</phrase>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#~ msgid "Available text types:" -#~ msgstr "Tipos de texto disponible:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the " -#~ "default bible:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desde una terminal se puede utilizar para abrir &bibletime; con un " -#~ "versículo de la Biblia Estándar al azar:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:" -#~ msgstr "Para abrir en un pasaje dado como Juan 3:16, utilice:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." -#~ msgstr "También puede utilizar los nombres de libro en su idioma actual." - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder> -#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team" -#~ msgstr "El equipo &bibletime;" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po index 5a184ff..2173c51 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 16:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n" @@ -3168,7 +3168,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" @@ -3181,12 +3181,12 @@ msgstr "&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po index f468bf0..4679206 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-21 16:06-0500\n" "Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n" "Language-Team: BibleTime Translators <bibletime-translasions@lists." @@ -3312,7 +3312,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" @@ -3325,12 +3325,12 @@ msgstr "Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po index c311cd2..ebd13df 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-hu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-17 13:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Geza Novak <geza.novak@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n" @@ -3636,11 +3636,15 @@ msgstr "Abthorpe" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " +#| "</copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> @@ -3654,14 +3658,14 @@ msgstr "A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; programmal együtt terjesztve." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<date>January 2011</date>" -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "<date>Január 2011</date>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "2.9.0" -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "2.9.0" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> @@ -3706,27 +3710,3 @@ msgstr "Crosswire" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" msgstr "Segítség párbeszédablak" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc mutatása</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Könyvjelzők mutatása</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> " -#~ "</menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Nagyító mutatása</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-it.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-it.po index 7a735b2..075e76f 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-it.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-it.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-04 23:37-0500\n" "Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n" @@ -3615,11 +3615,15 @@ msgstr "Abthorpe" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " +#| "</copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder> </" "copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> @@ -3635,14 +3639,14 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<date>January 2011</date>" -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "<date>Gennaio 2011</date>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "2.9.0" -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "2.9.0" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> @@ -3686,27 +3690,3 @@ msgstr "Crosswire" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" msgstr "Finestra di aiuto" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra libreria</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra " -#~ "segnalibri</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> " -#~ "</menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra lente</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po index 551ffb0..47ee381 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-07 11:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: Deutsch\n" @@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" @@ -3345,12 +3345,12 @@ msgstr "Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt_BR.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt_BR.po index 4de2b16..26cc326 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt_BR.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt_BR.po @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-20 17:40-0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Saulo\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-01 10:53-0500\n" +"Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n" "Language-Team: Português do Brasil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" "Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODINGX-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:18 msgid "<guimenu>Display</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:34 msgid "<guimenu>Desk</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Mesa</guimenu>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> @@ -116,10 +116,8 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgid "<guimenu>Languages</guimenu>" -msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "<guimenuitem>Idiomas</guimenuitem>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> @@ -153,12 +151,12 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_configfonts.png\" width=\"100%\" " "contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_configfonts.png\" width=\"100%\" " +"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><caption><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject><phrase> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:66 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The Options dialog - Fonts." msgid "Options Dialog - fonts" msgstr "O diálogo de Opções - Fontes." @@ -301,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "Fontes Unicode" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:134 msgid "<ulink url=\"http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP\"> Code2000</ulink>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP\"> Code2000</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -318,6 +316,8 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&" "cat_id=FontDownloads\"> SIL unicode fonts</ulink>" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&" +"cat_id=FontDownloads\"> Fontes unicode SIL</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:150 msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/\"> FreeFont</ulink>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/\"> FreeFont</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -342,6 +342,8 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/\"> " "Crosswire's font directory</ulink>" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/\"> " +"Diretório de fontes crosswire</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -355,6 +357,8 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" "\"> Bitstream CyberBit</ulink>" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" +"\"> Bitstream CyberBit</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -385,6 +389,8 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/\"> Caslon, Monospace, " "Cupola, Caliban</ulink>" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/\"> Caslon, Monospace, " +"Cupola, Caliban</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -411,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:202 msgid "<guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Atalhos</guimenu>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> @@ -434,18 +440,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><imageobject><imagedata> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:215 msgid "ss_shortcuts.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ss_shortcuts.png" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:218 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut " "defined, CTRL+2." msgstr "" -"No exemplo anterior, F2, o Howto de Estudos Bíblicos tem um atalho " -"secundário definido, CTRL+2." +"No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário " +"definido, CTRL+2." # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> @@ -462,7 +467,6 @@ msgstr "Sobre &bibletime;" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:6 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts " "and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and " @@ -472,13 +476,13 @@ msgid "" "flagship product of the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</" "ulink>." msgstr "" -"&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes " -"tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras são simples de " -"instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword\">Sword</ulink>, que prov a funcionalidade de back-" -"end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto bíblico, pesquisar, etc. " -"Sword o carro-chefe da <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire " -"Bible Society</ulink>." +"&bibletime; é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes " +"tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são " +"fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/\">&sword;</ulink>, que provê a " +"funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto " +"bíblico, pesquisar, etc. &sword; é o produto carro-chefe da <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> @@ -587,7 +591,6 @@ msgstr "Léxicos/Dicionários" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:68 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the " "International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include " @@ -595,26 +598,23 @@ msgid "" "Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical " "Bible." msgstr "" -"Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, " -"Léxico Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopédia da International " -"Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis incluem o Dicionário Bíblico " -"Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego de Strong, Dicionário " -"Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave." +"Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e " +"a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis " +"incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego " +"de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, " +"Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:22 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink url=" -#| "\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>. These include:" msgid "" "Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink url=" "\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>. These include: <placeholder " "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Esto inclusos:" +"www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>. Estão inclusos: <placeholder type=" +"\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> @@ -678,28 +678,18 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_mainterms.png\" width=\"100%\" " "contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_mainterms.png\" width=\"100%\" " +"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject><phrase> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:11 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgid "The &bibletime; application window" -msgstr "Partes da janela de aplicação do &bibletime;" +msgstr "A janela do aplicativo &bibletime; " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:5 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " -#| "window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " -#| "Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window " -#| "below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded " -#| "in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for " -#| "example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -#| "The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk " -#| "on the right side is where you do your real work." msgid "" "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: <placeholder type=" "\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> You can easily see the different parts of the " @@ -711,14 +701,16 @@ msgid "" "of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, " "and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work." msgstr "" -"Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicação. A janela superior " -"esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com " -"a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela " -"\"Lupa\" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informações extras " -"que esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando você move o cursor sobre um " -"marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo real da nota " -"de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rápido a importantes funes, e " -"a mesa no lado direito onde você faz seu trabalho de verdade." +"Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do &bibletime;: <placeholder " +"type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes " +"do aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras " +"instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode " +"gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela \"Lupa\" embaixo da Estante de " +"Livros usada para mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos " +"documentos. Quando você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por " +"exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de " +"ferramentas lhe dá acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado " +"direito onde você realmente faz seu trabalho." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> @@ -805,7 +797,6 @@ msgstr "Informação adicional sobre obras" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " @@ -817,15 +808,15 @@ msgid "" "\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> Locked Modules</" "ulink> page on the &cbs; web site." msgstr "" -"Se voc clicar com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse " -"nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para " +"Se você clicar com o botão <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no " +"símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para " "essa obra. <guimenuitem>\"Sobre essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela " -"com vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra selecionada. <guimenuitem>" -"\"Destravar essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre um pequeno dilogo para documentos " -"criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave de liberao para acessar a " -"obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, veja <ulink url=\"http://www." -"crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> essa pgina</ulink> no site da " -"Crosswire Bible Society." +"com várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra selecionada. <guimenuitem>" +"\"Destravar essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre um pequeno diálogo para " +"documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a chave de liberção para " +"acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras travadas, veja <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> essa página</" +"ulink> no site da &cbs;." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> @@ -837,7 +828,6 @@ msgstr "Buscando em obras" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" "mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " @@ -847,13 +837,14 @@ msgid "" "description of the operation of the search features can be found on the " "<link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">Searching in Works section</link>." msgstr "" -"Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto <mousebutton>direito</" -"mousebutton> do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando <guimenuitem>\"Buscar em " -"obra(s)\"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; eclicando em outras obras, voc " -"pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o mesmo procedimento para abrir o " -"dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos esses documentos. Uma descrio " -"completa da operao e dos recursos de busca podem ser encontrados <link " -"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">aqui</link>." +"Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão " +"<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando " +"<guimenuitem>\"Buscar em obra(s)\"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; e " +"clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o " +"mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em " +"todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de " +"busca podem ser encontrados <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">Fazendo Buscas " +"nas seções das Obras</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> @@ -1152,6 +1143,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchopts.png\" width=\"100%\" " "contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchopts.png\" width=\"100%\" " +"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 @@ -1160,6 +1153,8 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"screeninfo\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject" "\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"screeninfo\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> @@ -1348,7 +1343,7 @@ msgstr "morph:N-GSM" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Available text types: <placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de texto disponíveis: <placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> @@ -1460,6 +1455,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchanal.png\" width=\"100%\" " "contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchanal.png\" width=\"100%\" " +"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> @@ -1502,16 +1499,16 @@ msgstr "Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:405 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " "drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is \"~/." "sword/\" on *nix and \"C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application " "Data\\Sword\" for Windows." msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante do " +"Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante no " "disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é " -"\"~/.sword/\"." +"\"~/.sword/\" no *nix e em \"C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users" +"\\Application Data\\Sword\" para Windows." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> @@ -1536,7 +1533,6 @@ msgstr "Instalar/atualizar obra(s)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:423 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " "\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " @@ -1547,13 +1543,15 @@ msgid "" "guibutton> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add " "library</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Com esse recurso, você pode conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado " +"Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado " "\"biblioteca\"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. " -"Essas bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o " -"repositório online da Crosswire de módulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo " -"módulos Sword). Você pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com " -"<guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e <guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</" -"guibutton>." +"Essas bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do &sword;), ou remota " +"(por ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos &sword;, ou outro site " +"oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em " +"<guibutton>Obter lista...</guibutton> quando houver aberto o diálogo " +"<guibutton>Nova fonte de instalação</guibutton>. Você pode gerenciar suas " +"bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e " +"<guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> @@ -1691,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:15 msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:24 @@ -1699,20 +1697,18 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_folder_open.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_folder_open.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abrir obra</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:32 @@ -1720,6 +1716,8 @@ msgid "" "<action>Open work.</action> This will give you a menu that will allow you to " "open installed books." msgstr "" +"<action>Trabalho Aberto.</action> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir " +"os livros instalados." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:46 @@ -1727,6 +1725,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:39 @@ -1736,6 +1736,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sair</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1762,12 +1766,12 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:971 #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:65 msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:79 @@ -1775,6 +1779,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_window_fullscreen.png\" width=\"32\" " "depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_window_fullscreen.png\" width=\"32\" " +"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:71 @@ -1784,6 +1790,10 @@ msgid "" "\"0\"/>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F5</keycap> </" +"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" +"\"0\"/>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo em Tela Cheia</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1801,20 +1811,18 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:95 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1834,20 +1842,18 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:116 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1867,20 +1873,18 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" " "depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" " +"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:137 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lupa</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1898,180 +1902,164 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:157 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" ">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar textos dos cabeçalhos</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:169 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to " "allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books." msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa " -"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." +"<action>Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</action>Alternar esta " +"visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos " +"trabalhos abertos. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F6</keycap> </" "keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Show main</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F6</keycap> </" +"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de " +"Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Show main</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:189 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles Main Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn " "the main toolbar on or off." msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa " -"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." +"<action>Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</action> Alterne " +"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:196 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Show navigation</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" -"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" -"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de Ferramentas</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir navegação</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:203 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles Navigation in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or " "remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the " "full toolbar in the open works" msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</action> Alterne essa chave para " -"exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil " -"quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa." +"<action>Alternar navegação nas obras.</action> Alternar essa configuração " +"para adicionar ou remover a \"combo box\" de navegação em obras. Isto pode " +"ser útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:212 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" -#| "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " -#| "equivalent; toggle manual window placement." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Show works</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:219 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or " "remove the works icons in the open works." msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa " -"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." +"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne " +"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:227 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Show tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" -"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" -"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de ferramentas</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir ferramentas</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:234 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles tools in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or " "remove the tools icons in the open works." msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa " -"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." +"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne " +"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:242 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Show format</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" -"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" -"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de Ferramentas</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir formato</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles format.</action> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in " "Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar." msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa " -"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." +"<action>Alterna formato.</action> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos " +"comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas " +"formatação." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:258 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Show toolbars in text windows</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" -"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" -"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de ferramentas</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir barras de ferramentas nas janelas de texto</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Toggles toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or " "remove the complete toolbar in open works." msgstr "" -"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa " -"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." +"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</action> Alterne " +"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:274 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgid "<guimenu>Search</guimenu>" -msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Busca</guimenuitem>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:286 @@ -2081,6 +2069,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_find.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_find.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:279 @@ -2090,6 +2080,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in " "standard bible</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+F</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar na " +"bíblia padrão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2113,6 +2107,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open " "work(s)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar nos " +"trabalhos abertos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2131,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:334 msgid "<guimenu>Window</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Janela</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:347 @@ -2140,6 +2138,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_fileclose.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_fileclose.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:340 @@ -2149,13 +2149,16 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close window</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar Janela</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:357 -#, fuzzy msgid "<action>Closes active window</action>." -msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas abertas</action>." +msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas ativas</action>." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:363 @@ -2165,6 +2168,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2178,6 +2185,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_cascade.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_cascade.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:386 @@ -2187,6 +2196,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascata</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2200,6 +2213,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:410 @@ -2209,13 +2224,16 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:427 -#, fuzzy msgid "<action>Tiles all open windows</action>." -msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas abertas</action>." +msgstr "<action>Organiza todas as janelas abertas</action>." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:441 @@ -2223,6 +2241,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_vert.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_vert.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:434 @@ -2232,6 +2252,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile " "vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar " +"verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2247,6 +2271,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_horiz.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_horiz.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:458 @@ -2256,6 +2282,10 @@ msgid "" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile " "horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar " +"horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2268,45 +2298,37 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:483 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de organização</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " "opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " "the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, " "Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!" msgstr "" -"<action>Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas</action>. No " -"menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se quer cuidar do " -"posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o &bibletime; cuide " -"para você (modos Automáticos, experimente)." +"<action>Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das janelas</" +"action>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se quer " +"cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, Auto-organizar " +"verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar ou Auto-" +"cascata. Basta experimentá-los!" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:501 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar sessão</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2329,6 +2351,9 @@ msgid "" "keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save " "as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</" +"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar " +"como nova sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2343,16 +2368,12 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:539 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load session</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Carregar sessão</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2367,16 +2388,12 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:555 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete session</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apagar sessão</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2391,7 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:573 msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Configurações</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 @@ -2399,6 +2416,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configure.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configure.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:578 @@ -2407,6 +2426,9 @@ msgid "" ">Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2428,6 +2450,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configuresword.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configuresword.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:602 @@ -2437,6 +2461,10 @@ msgid "" "\"0\"/>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </" +"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" +"\"0\"/>Configurações</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador de Livros</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2453,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:630 msgid "<guimenu>Help</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:643 @@ -2462,6 +2490,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_contents2.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_contents2.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:635 @@ -2470,6 +2500,9 @@ msgid "" "keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" "\"0\"/>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </" +"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" +"\"0\"/>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2487,6 +2520,10 @@ msgid "" "\"0\"/>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bible Study HowTo</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" +"\"0\"/>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2514,6 +2551,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_light_bulb.png\" width=\"22\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_light_bulb.png\" width=\"22\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 @@ -2522,6 +2561,9 @@ msgid "" "keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" "\"0\"/>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </" +"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=" +"\"0\"/>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do dia</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 @@ -2529,20 +2571,18 @@ msgid "" "<action>Opens a helpful tip</action> The Tip of the Day provides a useful " "tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;." msgstr "" +"<action>Abre uma dica útil</action> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que " +"ajudará no uso do &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:714 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>" msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sobre</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2580,6 +2620,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_forward.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_forward.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:744 @@ -2598,6 +2640,8 @@ msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/></" "guimenu> </menuchoice>" msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/></" +"guimenu> </menuchoice>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2611,6 +2655,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_back.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_back.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2624,6 +2670,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2637,6 +2685,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2647,9 +2697,8 @@ msgstr "Seleciona uma bíblia adicional." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:848 -#, fuzzy msgid "Search in selected works." -msgstr "Buscando em obras" +msgstr "Buscando nas obras selecionadas." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:862 @@ -2657,6 +2706,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_displayconfig.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_displayconfig.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2670,6 +2721,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2683,6 +2736,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2696,6 +2751,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_sync.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_sync.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2709,13 +2766,14 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:963 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select a book." -msgstr "Selecionando obras" +msgstr "Selcione um Livro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:977 @@ -2723,6 +2781,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2736,6 +2796,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2782,7 +2844,7 @@ msgstr "Descrição" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1043 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Left</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Left</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2793,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "Volta no histórico das janelas de leitura." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1050 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Right</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Right</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2804,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "Avança no histórico das janelas de leitura." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+F</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+F</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2823,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+G</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+G</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2840,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1088 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+H</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+H</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2857,25 +2919,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+I</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+I</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1107 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; " "toggle automatic window tiling." msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" -"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" -"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas." +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-organizar verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna organização automática de janelas." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+J</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+J</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2892,7 +2953,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1131 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+M</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+M</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2909,25 +2970,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1146 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1150 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Tabbed</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; " "organizes windows with tabs across the top." msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" -"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " -"equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas." +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Com abas</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; " +"organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1160 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2944,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1174 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2961,7 +3021,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1187 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+-</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+-</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2972,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1195 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;++</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;++</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2983,7 +3043,7 @@ msgstr "Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1203 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+A</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+A</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -2994,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr "Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1211 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+C</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+C</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3005,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferência." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1220 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+F</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+F</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3016,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "Procurar. Permite a você buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1229 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3033,7 +3093,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1245 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3050,25 +3110,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1261 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1266 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" "link> windows equivalent." msgstr "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " -"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" -"link> equivalente a janelas." +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar Janelas</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> Janelas equivalentes." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1277 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3085,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1293 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+L</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+L</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3099,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1302 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+N</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+N</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3110,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "Procura com livros desta janela." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1310 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3129,7 +3188,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1325 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3146,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1338 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3157,7 +3216,7 @@ msgstr "Fecha a janela atual." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1345 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3172,42 +3231,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1358 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1363 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo." msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo Bíblico." +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1372 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1377 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;." msgstr "" -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do Dia</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> Abre uma dica útil para usar o &bibletime;." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1385 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3225,7 +3279,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1400 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F8</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F8</keycap> </keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3242,7 +3296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1415 msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F9</keycap> </keycombo>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F9</keycap> </keycombo>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -3275,51 +3329,45 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bibletime.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bibletime.png\" width=\"32\" depth=" +"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><mediaobject><textobject> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><mediaobject><textobject><phrase> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:17 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>" msgid "&bibletime; start icon" -msgstr "<phrase>Ícone do &bibletime;</phrase>" +msgstr "ícone para iniciar o &bibletime; " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:9 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. " -#| "You can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon:" msgid "" "&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You " "can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: <placeholder type=" "\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"&bibletime; um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode " -"iniciar o &bibletime; do menu de início com esse ícone:" +"&bibletime; é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode " +"iniciar o &bibletime; do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: <placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "bibletime" -msgstr "&bibletime;" +msgstr "bibletime" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To " -#| "launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type:" msgid "" "&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch " "&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: <placeholder type=\"screen\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para " -"iniciar o &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite:" +"&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o " +"&bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: <placeholder type=\"screen" +"\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> @@ -3330,11 +3378,9 @@ msgstr "Personalização de início" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "bibletime --open-default-bible \"<random>\"" -msgstr "" -"bibletime --open-default-bible\n" -" \"<random>\"" +msgstr "bibletime --open-default-bible \"<random>\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> @@ -3351,13 +3397,17 @@ msgid "" "passage like John 3:16, use: <placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"1\"/> You can " "also use booknames in your current bookname language." msgstr "" +"De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versículo " +"aleatório na bíblia padrão: <placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>Para " +"abrir uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: <placeholder type=\"screen" +"\" id=\"1\"/>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes " +"em seu idioma" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "Starting &bibletime; for the first time" -msgstr "Iniciando &bibletime;" +msgstr "Iniciando &bibletime; pela primeira vez" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> @@ -3367,14 +3417,15 @@ msgid "" "configure the following options, available under the <link linkend=\"hdbk-" "reference-menus-settings\">Settings menu bar</link>." msgstr "" +"Se você está iniciando o &bibletime; pela primeira vez, você precisará " +"configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-" +"menus-settings\">barra de menu Configurações</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:49 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog" msgid "<interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface>" -msgstr "Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime;" +msgstr "<interface>Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime; </interface>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -3391,10 +3442,8 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:62 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgid "<interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface>" -msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "<interface>Gerenciador de Livros</interface>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -3427,9 +3476,8 @@ msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kde entity #. type: Content of the sword entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 -#, fuzzy msgid "<application>SWORD</application>" -msgstr "<application>KDE</application>" +msgstr "<application>SWORD</application>" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the cbs entity @@ -3476,68 +3524,74 @@ msgstr "O livro de mão do &bibletime;" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:27 msgid "Fred" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fred" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:28 msgid "Saalbach" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saalbach" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "Jeffrey" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jeffrey" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:32 msgid "Hoyt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoyt" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "Martin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Martin" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 msgid "Gruner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gruner" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Thomas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thomas" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 msgid "Abthorpe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abthorpe" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " +#| "</copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </" "copyright>" msgstr "" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>O Time &bibletime;</holder> </" +"copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program." -msgstr "O livro de mão do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;." +msgstr "" +"O Manual do &bibletime; é distribuído como parte do programa &bibletime;." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" +msgstr "<date>Janeiro 2012</date>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" -msgstr "" +msgid "2.9.2" +msgstr "2.9.2" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> @@ -3549,119 +3603,35 @@ msgid "" "software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free " "Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;." msgstr "" +"&bibletime; é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A " +"interface com o usuário é construída com o framework &qt;, que pode ser " +"executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD " +"e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o &sword; biblioteca de programação que " +"trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e " +"livros providos pela &cbs;." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:68 msgid "Qt4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qt4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:69 -#, fuzzy msgid "BibleTime" -msgstr "&bibletime;" +msgstr "BibleTime" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:70 msgid "SWORD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SWORD" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:71 msgid "Crosswire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crosswire" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " -#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> " -#~ "</menuchoice>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</" -#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão." - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "2.9" -#~ msgstr "2.5" - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</" -#~ "date>" -#~ msgstr "$LastChangedDate: 2009-11-18 13:30:32 -0500 (Wed, 18 Nov 2009) $" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject> -#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "<phrase>Diálogo de Opções - fontes</phrase>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:" -#~ msgstr " assim que parece uma típica sesso do &bibletime;:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject> -#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "<phrase>A janela de aplicação do &bibletime;</phrase>" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#~ msgid "Available text types:" -#~ msgstr "Tipos de texto disponíveis:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the " -#~ "default bible:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versículo " -#~ "aleatório na bíblia padrão:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:" -#~ msgstr "Para abrir numa passagem como João 3:16, use:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Você também pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual." - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder> -#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team" -#~ msgstr "a equipe &bibletime;" - -# type: Content of the sword entity -#~ msgid "<application>Sword</application>" -#~ msgstr "<application>Sword</application>" +msgstr "Diálogo de ajuda" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot b/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot index 688a259..77c569c 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> " "</copyright>" msgstr "" @@ -2609,12 +2609,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "<date>December 2011</date>" +msgid "<date>January 2012</date>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-ar.po b/i18n/howto/howto-ar.po index 469e23f..74777d6 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-ar.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-ar.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-14 15:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew Alfy <andrewalfy@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس" @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ msgstr "الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -70,13 +70,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " +#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has " +#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were " +#| "grievously deceived. [...]" msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي " "الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، \" من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات " @@ -85,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -98,16 +105,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "خطوات دراسة كلمة الله" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while " +#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. " +#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and " +#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds." msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -118,13 +131,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "استمع" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -132,13 +145,13 @@ msgstr "لوقا 11 : 28 \"طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله و # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "اقرأ" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -146,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "الرؤيا 1 : 3 \"طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعو # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" @@ -155,14 +168,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "ادرس" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -173,7 +186,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -184,13 +197,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "احفظ" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -198,13 +211,13 @@ msgstr "مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخط # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "تأمل" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -217,10 +230,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all " +#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " +#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -233,19 +253,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "دراسة الموضوعات" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -254,44 +274,44 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "دراسة الشخصيات" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "الدراسة التفسيرية" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "قواعد التفسير الصحيح" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "المحتوى" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -301,31 +321,35 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "السياق" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن \"السياق هو الأساس\" -- يجب " "أن تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "المراجع ذات الصلة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -336,19 +360,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for " +#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have " +#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking " +#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find " +#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:" +msgid "" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية " "المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا " @@ -357,17 +388,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " +#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " +#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "ما الذي تعنيه عبارة \"تصنعوا صدقتكم\"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ " "أي جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه " @@ -375,25 +411,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "عندما تعطي" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "عندما تصوم" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "عندما تصلي" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -403,98 +439,108 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " +#| "today?)" msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" "لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن \"يصوت بالبوق\" هذه الأيام؟)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "اعطي في الخفاء" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "إلخ." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "عندما تعطي <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "كيف تجد آية محددة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "\"امينة هي جروح المحب\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "\"اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "قصة الغني ولعازر" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "ابحث عن هذه الآيات: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "للقيام بدراسة موضوعية" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." " +#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up " +#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and " +#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," " +#| "even "buy" or "bought."" +msgid "" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع \"الفداء.\" أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في " "الفهرس الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات " @@ -503,19 +549,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 " +#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that " +#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different " +#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? " +#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)" msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 \"لا " "تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا\" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 \"واما الروحي فيحكم في كل " @@ -526,39 +579,52 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "ابحث عن \"judge\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, " +#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 " "والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "والآن قم بالبحث عن \"judgeth\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " +#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of " +#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي " "اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 " @@ -566,59 +632,64 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "لإيجاد معاني الاسماء" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "نابال" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "ابيجايل" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "يشوع" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "برنابا" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "أهمية كلمة الله" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " +#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +#| "communicate with God." msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب " @@ -627,23 +698,29 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "كتاب فريد" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "" "لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في " "السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام " @@ -651,9 +728,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من " @@ -661,9 +742,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other " +#| "ancient texts:" +msgid "" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في \"هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟\" مخطوطات " @@ -671,31 +757,31 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "العمل الأدبي" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "متى كتب" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "أقدم نسخة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني" @@ -707,148 +793,156 @@ msgstr "عدد النسخ" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "هيرودوت" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448 - 428 ق.م." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 م" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 سنة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "تاسيتس" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 م" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 م" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 سنة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "\"الحرب الغاليّة\" لقيصر" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50 - 58 ق.م." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 سنة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "\"التاريخ الروماني\" لليفي" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 ق.م. - 17 م" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 سنة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "العهد الجديد" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 م - 100 م" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 سنة" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the " +#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, " +#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., " +#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment " +#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to " +#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "توجد عشرة نسخ من \"الحرب الغاليّة\" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من " @@ -859,18 +953,23 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" +#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +#| "emphasis> p. 25-26" msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in \"Questions of Life\" ص. 25-26" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -881,17 +980,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "كتاب كلام الله" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living " +#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " +#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on " +#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</" +#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to " +#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -902,10 +1009,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، \"كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله\" هل تؤمن " @@ -913,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -923,22 +1035,39 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind " +#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' " +#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in " +#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). " +#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is " +#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord " +#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New " +#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of " +#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to " +#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved " +#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in " +#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did " +#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God " +#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the " +#| "other. ..." msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم " "كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب " @@ -955,10 +1084,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the " +#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible " +#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it." +msgid "" +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -968,13 +1103,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، \"ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب " "الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح.\" إذا قبلنا " @@ -983,16 +1125,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "كتاب يعمل" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 -msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." +msgid "" +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول " @@ -1001,60 +1148,64 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "الشاهد" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "العمل" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "أفسس 5 : 26" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "تطهر -- \"لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة.\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "أعمال الرسل 20 : 32" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up " +#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "تبني -- \"... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع " "المقدسين‎. \"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "رومية 15 : 4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1062,13 +1213,13 @@ msgstr "تشجع -- \"حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكت # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "رومية 10 : 17" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1076,13 +1227,13 @@ msgstr "تعطينا الإيمان -- \"اذا الايمان بالخبر وا # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1090,13 +1241,13 @@ msgstr "تنذر -- \"فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثال # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "متى 4 : 4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1107,20 +1258,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "كتاب يحرر" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall " +#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " +#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, " +#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly " +#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "يوحنا 8 : 32 \"وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم.\" عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة " "بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟ " @@ -1129,19 +1288,31 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1154,109 +1325,119 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم \"تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله.\" متى 22 : 29" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "كلمة الله" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "قوة الله" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "كتاب يحارب" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "سلاح الحرب الروحية" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "سؤال" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "جواب" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "واحد" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "وماهو؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "الكلمة - ( باليونانية)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "النصائح" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1265,9 +1446,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 -msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1277,23 +1464,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "ليس بالقليل!" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and " +#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given " +#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many " +#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." +#| "</emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1303,32 +1497,48 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "ملحق: \"مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: \"Christ the Controversialist,\" الناشر: " "InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is " +#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb " +#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</" +#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, " +#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual " +#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both " +#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once " +#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" +#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في " @@ -1342,17 +1552,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " +#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " +#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " +#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without " +#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the " +#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation." msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة " "من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان " @@ -1364,17 +1585,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can " +#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 " +#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك " "تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع " @@ -1382,13 +1608,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1398,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1408,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1418,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1430,24 +1656,39 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 -msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-" +#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical " +#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the " +#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are " +#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this " +#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 " +#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any " +#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward " +#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have " +#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 " +#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught " +#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to " +#| "their own destruction.</quote>" +msgid "" +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1463,11 +1704,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's " +#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is " +#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى " "أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه القواعد " @@ -1475,16 +1721,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words " +#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of " +#| "the key words by following these steps:" msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا أفضل. " @@ -1492,13 +1743,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "التعريف" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1508,15 +1759,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew " +#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new " +#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word " +#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the " +#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the " +#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? " +#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the " +#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of " +#| "meaning.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية " @@ -1529,17 +1791,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "مثال 1 أ" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, " +#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is " +#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so " +#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study " +#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1551,21 +1820,37 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see " +#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the " +#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the " +#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers " +#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon " +#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to " +#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes " +#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim " +#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present " +#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do " +#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, " +#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a " +#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already " +#| "occuring. So, what have we found?" msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة \"تلمسيني\" الرمز \"pim680.\" " "الحروف تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف " @@ -1581,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "منها أن تتوقف عن هذا." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" @@ -1591,32 +1876,45 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "مثال 1 ب" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who " +#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو " "دهان الزيت المقصود؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " +#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or " +#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" +#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" " +#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple " +#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the " +#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the " +#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "تعريف aleipho (218) هو - \"يدهن\" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية " "أخرى تترجم بمعنى \"يدهن\" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - \"المسح أو دهن بالزيت، " @@ -1628,13 +1926,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" "مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة " @@ -1642,14 +1940,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" "لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت " @@ -1657,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" @@ -1665,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" "ومسحت قدميه بشعرها." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1673,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1681,38 +1979,43 @@ msgstr "لوقا 4 : 18 \"روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابش # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" "أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" "كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "" +#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة " "والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: \"aleipho\" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و " @@ -1720,11 +2023,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use " +#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " +#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use " +#| "in Jesus' day." msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام " @@ -1734,12 +2043,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 \"أمريض احد " "بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب.\" هل المعنى " @@ -1747,14 +2062,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " +#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " +#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). " +#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine " +#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a " +#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!" msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني \"بعد أن " "يدهنوه بزيت,\" أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة (\"باسم الرب\" تعود على " @@ -1764,19 +2087,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses " +#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " +#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the " +#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. " +#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have " +#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further." +msgid "" +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا " @@ -1787,26 +2118,38 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "مثال 2 أ" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 \"يولد من الماء والروح\" في ضوء السياق، " "ماهو الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch " +#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a " +#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has " +#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = " +#| "natural birth." msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1817,15 +2160,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "مثال 2 ب" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 -msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has " +#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman " +#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" +msgid "" +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1834,23 +2182,35 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "مثال 2 ج" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of " +#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your " +#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If " +#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude " +#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration " +#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is " +#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If " +#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 " +#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach " +#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 \"فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع " "المسيح لغفران الخطايا ‎[...]\". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا " @@ -1863,17 +2223,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can " +#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into " +#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the " +#| "recipients." +msgid "" +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون \"مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟\" بل \"ما الذي " @@ -1883,19 +2250,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "مثال 3 أ" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " +#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. " +#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be " +#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or " +#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction." +msgid "" +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "\"ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال\" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم " "يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في " @@ -1905,15 +2279,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full " +#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half " +#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one " +#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted " +#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday " +#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day " +#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within " +#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble." msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، " @@ -1927,19 +2311,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "مثال 3 ب" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and " +#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract " +#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part " +#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a " +#| "unilateral covenant." +msgid "" +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور " @@ -1950,15 +2342,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. " +#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات " @@ -1966,22 +2362,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "مثال 4 أ" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "\"العين الشريرة\" في متى 6 : 23." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, " +#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what " +#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't " +#| "understanding it rightly!!" +msgid "" +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة \"شريرة\" و \"عين\" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، " @@ -1990,13 +2394,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look " +#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me " +#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil" +#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that " +#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. " +#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so " +#| "perfectly to the context." +msgid "" +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، \"عين شريرة\". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى " @@ -2007,36 +2420,49 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "مثال 4 ب" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "اشعياء 59 : 1 \"ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "تثنية 33 : 27 \"والاذرع الابدية من تحت.\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove " +#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of " +#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a " +#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin " +#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an " +#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to " +#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His " +#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, " +#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be " +#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to " +#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position." msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا " @@ -2051,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -2059,7 +2485,7 @@ msgstr "القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -2067,19 +2493,28 @@ msgstr "القصة الرمزية هي: \"هي قصة كل عنصر فيها ل # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is " +#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and " +#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to " +#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; " +#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our " +#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable " +#| "illustrates that, fine." msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة " @@ -2091,13 +2526,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "مثال 5 أ" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -2108,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2118,15 +2553,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "مثال 5 ب" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point " +#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة " @@ -2134,10 +2573,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what " +#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not " +#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم " @@ -2145,13 +2589,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>بيبل تايم</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "دليل استخدام بيبل تايم" @@ -2162,37 +2606,49 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "بوب" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "هارمان" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The BibleTime team" +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "فريق بيبل تايم" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " +#| "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم ; (info@bibletime." +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم ; (info@bibletime." "info)</holder> </copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص <link " "url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons " @@ -2200,7 +2656,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." @@ -2209,13 +2665,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "تلخيص" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying " +#| "the Bible." msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2225,12 +2685,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " +#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular " +#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any " +#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study " +#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the " +#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He " +#| "will not disappoint you." msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2241,11 +2710,11 @@ msgstr "" "الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "الكتاب المقدس" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "كيفية دراسة" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-bg.po b/i18n/howto/howto-bg.po index 83fe1f8..5864813 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-bg.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-bg.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: index\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-12-28 14:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew Ivanov <linux_ready@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Основи на изучаването на Библията" @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Целта на изучаването" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "да дойдете при Мене, за да имате живот.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " @@ -59,21 +59,21 @@ msgstr "" "общението с Бог." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Евреите, към които Исус говори,.... си мислели, че да притежаваш Писанията " "се равнява на това да имаш живот. Хилел обичал да казва: \"Онзи, който " @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" "изучаване било самодостатъчно. Това била тяхната ужасна заблуда..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -93,16 +93,16 @@ msgstr "" "четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с Христос." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Подходи към Божието Слово" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -112,12 +112,12 @@ msgstr "" "изследваното и запаметеното в едно цяло." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Слушане" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" @@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Четене" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "" "на това пророчество...\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" @@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ msgstr "" "поучаването.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Study" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" "да видят дали това е вярно.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " @@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ msgstr "" "истината.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Запаметяване" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " @@ -197,12 +197,12 @@ msgstr "" "съгрешавам.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Размисъл" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " @@ -216,11 +216,11 @@ msgstr "" "върши ще благоуспява.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@ msgstr "" "цялостното послание на Библията." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Начини за изучаване на Библията" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Тематично изучаване" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -252,12 +252,12 @@ msgstr "" "конкорданс." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Изучаване на герои" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" @@ -265,27 +265,27 @@ msgstr "" "(Бит. 37-50)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Изследване" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Основи на правилното интерпретиране" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Съдържание" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -294,30 +294,29 @@ msgstr "" "дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Контекст" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Какво казват предходните и следващите стихове? Правилото е, че контекстът е " "най-важен - изследваният пасаж трабва да има смисъл в контекста на главата и " "книгата." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Препратки" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -328,19 +327,19 @@ msgstr "" "част от Библията." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Нека заедно разгледаме Матея 6:1-18. Прочетете пасажа за себе си. Опитайте " "се първо да определите ключовия стих т.е. този който се явява обобщение за " @@ -350,37 +349,37 @@ msgstr "" "римска цифра едно:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Какво значи \"да вършите делата на правдата\"? Има ли примери в пасажа?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -388,90 +387,88 @@ msgstr "" "Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да " "избегнем грешното \"вършите делата на правдата\":" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Как да използваме конкорданс?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "За да намерим определен стих" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният..." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "За да проследим тема" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Да кажем, че искате да изследвате димата \"изкупление\". Първо трябва да " "откриете тази дума в конкорданса и да намерите стиховете в които се среща. " @@ -480,19 +477,19 @@ msgstr "" "и дори \"откуп\" и \"откупен\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Ако сте забелязали някакво противоречие, като например Матей 7:1 (\"Не " "съдете, за да не бъдете съдени. \") и 1 Коринтяни 2:15 (\"Но духовният човек " @@ -501,92 +498,92 @@ msgstr "" "нататък се използва номерацията на Стронг)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 #, fuzzy -msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Потърсете \"съдя\";" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "В списъка от стихове, намерете Матея 7:1. В дясно ще откриете номер - 2919. " "Това е номера на гръцката дума, използвана в оригинала. Запишете го;" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 #, fuzzy -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Сега потърсете \"изпитвам\";" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Отворете конкорданса си на гръцкия речник. (Трябва да помните, че езикът в " "Новия Завет е гръцки, а в Стария - иврит.) Сравнете значенията на 2919 и 350 " "и ще откриете отговора." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "За да разберем значенията на имената" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" "По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или еврейски." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Навал" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Авигея" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Исус Навиев" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Варава" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Важността на Божието Слово" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Разбирането на Божието Слово е от голяма важност за всеки, който призовава " @@ -594,33 +591,33 @@ msgstr "" "да комуникираме с Бога." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Книга, която е уникална" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "" "По много начини, Библията се откроява от другите книги. Тя уникална по:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "популярност. Продажбите на Библии в Северна Америка възлизат на повече от " "$500 милиона годишно. Библията е бестселър както за всички времена, така и " "за всяка отделна година." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "авторство. Библията е написана за период от 1600 години от 40 различни " @@ -628,10 +625,10 @@ msgstr "" "написана от един автор." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "запазеност. Ф. Ф. Брус в своя труд <emphasis>Надеждни ли са новозаветните " @@ -639,27 +636,27 @@ msgstr "" "документи." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Произведение" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Написано" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Най-старо копие" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Разлика във времето" @@ -669,130 +666,130 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Брой копия" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Херодот" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 пр. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 сл. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 години" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Тацит" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 сл. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 сл. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 години" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Галската война</emphasis> на Цезар" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 пр. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 години" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Ливиевата <emphasis>Римска История</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 години" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Нов Завет" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 години" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Съществуват десет копия на Цезаровата <emphasis>галска война</emphasis>, най-" @@ -803,17 +800,16 @@ msgstr "" "хр. А колко различни копия имаме за сравнение? На гръцки - 5 000, а на " "латински - 10 000!" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -824,17 +820,17 @@ msgstr "" "\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Книга, която е боговдъхновена" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -846,10 +842,15 @@ msgstr "" "сърцата ни и ги ободрява." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: \"<emphasis>Всичкото писание е боговдъхновено...</" @@ -857,30 +858,30 @@ msgstr "" "отношение към Писанието." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Той се позоваваше на хората-автори, но приемаше за сигурно, че зад тях стои " "един едниствен божествен Автор. Той можеше да каже както \"Моисей рече\", " @@ -897,11 +898,11 @@ msgstr "" "Нито една от тези истини трябва дабъде отделяна от другата..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -911,13 +912,20 @@ msgstr "" "така." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: \"<emphasis>...и полезно за поука, за " "изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият " @@ -927,15 +935,20 @@ msgstr "" "поведението." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Книга, която е действена" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че " @@ -943,65 +956,65 @@ msgstr "" "разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Стих" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Действие" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Еф. 5:26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "очистване - \"...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Деяния 20:32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "назидаване - \"...словото на Неговата благодат, което може да ви назидава и " "да ви даде наследството между всичките осветени.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Римл. 15:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" msgstr "утеха - \"...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Римл. 10:17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1009,12 +1022,12 @@ msgstr "" "вяра - \"И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Кор. 10:11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1022,12 +1035,12 @@ msgstr "" "поука - \"А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Мат 4:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1037,20 +1050,20 @@ msgstr "" "човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Книга, която дарява свобода" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Йоан 8:32 казва: \"<emphasis>и ще познаете истината и истината ще ви направи " "свободни.</emphasis>\" Обикновено този стих се цитира сам за себе си. Но " @@ -1060,19 +1073,31 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за " "истината на Божието Слово." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1084,96 +1109,106 @@ msgstr "" "Истината, което означава, че няма лесно да бъдем \"завличани\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "\"<emphasis>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете " "писанията нито Божията сила.</emphasis>\" Мат. 22:29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Писанията" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Божията сила" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Книга за духовното воюване" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Духовната броня" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Въпрос" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Отговор" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Колко - за нападение?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Кое?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Съвети" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1182,9 +1217,15 @@ msgstr "" "истината.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1194,22 +1235,22 @@ msgstr "" "като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Немалко!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1219,29 +1260,29 @@ msgstr "" "правене много книги няма край, И много четене е труд на плътта.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Допълнение: \"Веднъж завинаги\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "Истината, по отношение на окончателността на Божият план, изпълнен от Исус, " @@ -1257,18 +1298,18 @@ msgstr "" "Евр. 9:26-28)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "И така, можем да кажем, че Бог е говорил веднъж завинаги и Исус е страдал " "веднъж завинаги. Това означава, че християнското откровение и спасение са " @@ -1282,29 +1323,29 @@ msgstr "" "отношение на спасението ни." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Тук са дадени няколко лесни програми за систематично изучаване на Библията. " "Ако желаете, можете да използвате и няколко едновременно (напр. 1 и 4 или 2 " "и 5). Сменяйте програмата през година-две, за да не загубите интерес." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1313,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "съответстваща на датата)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1323,14 +1364,14 @@ msgstr "" "140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." msgstr "Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1341,24 +1382,24 @@ msgstr "" "Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1375,28 +1416,28 @@ msgstr "" "както правят и с другите писания, за своята погибел.\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Но как да постъпим, за да изясним значението на даден пасаж? Нека приемем, " "че вниманието ви е привлечено от опредеен стих, чието значение ви убягва. " "Как да изследвате този стих? Имайте в предвид тези правила:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Колкото по-точно знаем значението на оригиналните думи, толково по-точно ще " @@ -1404,13 +1445,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключовите думи, като използвате следния план:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Definition" msgstr "Стъпка 1) Точно значение" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " @@ -1420,16 +1461,16 @@ msgstr "" "глагол, времето, в което е, също има особена важност." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Сравнете различните книги. Ако видите как същата гръцка или еврейска (не " @@ -1442,17 +1483,17 @@ msgstr "" "И СЪЩ НАЧИН, А ОРИГИНАЛНИТЕ ДУМИ ДА ИМАТ РАЗЛИЧНИ ЗНАЧЕНИЯ." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Пример 1.1" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1463,22 +1504,22 @@ msgstr "" "1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Значението: Отгръщайки на Йоана 20:17, над думата \"допирай\" виждаме " "\"pim680\". С буквите е означено каква част на речта е думата, а цифрите са " @@ -1497,40 +1538,39 @@ msgstr "" "прекратено действие, което вече е факт. И така, какво открихме?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Пример 1.1" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "В Яков 5:14, <emphasis>на църковните презвитери е казано да се молят и " "помажат онзи, който е болен</emphasis>. Какво е помазването?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Значението на aleipho (218) е \"да помажа\", но има и друга гръцка дума, " "която се превежда по същия начин - chrio (5548) - \"да намажа или разтъркам " @@ -1542,85 +1582,84 @@ msgstr "" "\" (Зодиатес стр. 851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "И така, каква е разликата между aleipho и chrio? Прегледайте отново " "препратките и след това можете да заключите, че ALEIPHO ОЗНАЧАВА " "ПРАКТИЧЕСКОТО ИЗПОЛЗВАНЕ НА МАСЛОТО, А CHRIO - ДУХОВНОТО." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Kaто илюстрация за практическо използване на маслото по онова време е " @@ -1629,12 +1668,18 @@ msgstr "" "приложение в медицината." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <emphasis>\"Болен ли " "е някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над " @@ -1642,15 +1687,15 @@ msgstr "" "използва думата \"помазвам\" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Глаголното време на гръцки, аористно (минало свършено) причастие, по-скоро " "означава \"след като са го помазали\". Помазването предхожда молитвата. (Тук " @@ -1659,19 +1704,19 @@ msgstr "" "тях в Гослодното име. Нима това не показва Божия прекрасен баланс!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Tълкувайте писанията в съзвучие с останалата част от Библията. Какво казват " @@ -1682,25 +1727,30 @@ msgstr "" "съмнение в значението му, трябва да потърсите по-надалеч." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Пример 2.1" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<emphasis>\"да се роди от вода и Дух" "\"</emphasis>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1711,15 +1761,15 @@ msgstr "" "естествено раждане." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Пример 2.2" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1728,23 +1778,23 @@ msgstr "" "жена, която се моли или пророкува...\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Пример 2.3" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Деяния 2:38: <emphasis>\"А Петър им рече: Покайте се, и всеки от вас нека се " "кръсти в името Исус Христово за прощение на греховете ви\"</emphasis>. Това " @@ -1758,17 +1808,17 @@ msgstr "" "благовестието\"</emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Първият въпрос, който си задаваме е \"Какво означава това за мен?\", а " @@ -1777,19 +1827,19 @@ msgstr "" "историческата и културната среда на автора и неговите първи читатели." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Пример 3.1" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "Записаното в Матея 12:40 за \"3 дни и 3 нощи\" е довело някои хора до това " "да създадат \"теория за разпятието в сряда\"(по-специално култът " @@ -1799,16 +1849,16 @@ msgstr "" "това очевидно противоречие." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Имаме нужда от малка историческа клюка: евреите са брояли всяка част от ден " @@ -1821,19 +1871,19 @@ msgstr "" "ден. Тълкуването в културния контекста ни предпазва от проблеми." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Пример 3.2" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Битие 15:7-21. В исторически контекст, да се разсече животно на две и след " @@ -1845,37 +1895,37 @@ msgstr "" "едностранен." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Отсейте буквалното от символичното. Внимавайте за идиоми, които имат " "специфични значения." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Пример 4.1" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "\"Болнаво око\" в Матей 6:23" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Правило първо, значенията на \"болнаво\" и \"око\" - не помага. Правило " @@ -1884,14 +1934,14 @@ msgstr "" "подскаже, че не разбираме истинския смисъл!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Това пред което сме изправени тук е еврейски идиом. Нека потърсим и други " @@ -1902,34 +1952,34 @@ msgstr "" "върнете към Матей 6:23 и вижте как това значение пасва на контекста." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Пример 4.2" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Исая 59:1 \"<emphasis>Ето, ръката на Господа не се е скъсила</emphasis>\"; " @@ -1948,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "попаднали." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1957,26 +2007,26 @@ msgstr "" "алегория" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Някои пртитчи са алегории. Например питчата за сеяча е: семето е Божието " @@ -1987,12 +2037,12 @@ msgstr "" "ако някоя притча ги илюстрира - още по-добре." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Пример 5.1" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " @@ -2004,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "какво би се получило?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2013,26 +2063,26 @@ msgstr "" "правата на вдовиците, молитвите \"го изморяват\" и т.н." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Пример 5.2" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "Притчата за неправедния настойник от Лука 16:1-9. Какъв е смисълът на " "притчата? Алегория ли е?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Настойникът е похвален за едно нещо - за остроумния начин по който употребил " @@ -2041,13 +2091,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "" @@ -2057,39 +2107,38 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Ръководство за изучаване на Библията" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " @@ -2100,12 +2149,12 @@ msgstr "" "Bulgarian), случаите когато е използван друго издание са изрично упоменати." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Резюме" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2115,13 +2164,13 @@ msgstr "" "представлява указания за вашите изследвания." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2133,15 +2182,11 @@ msgstr "" "Господ да посее Своето слово в сърцето Ви, Той няма да Ви разочарова." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "Екипът на &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-cs.po b/i18n/howto/howto-cs.po index 33cfc05..988090e 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-cs.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-cs.po @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Základy studia Bible" @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Proč přistupujeme k Bibli" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" (Jan 5,39-40)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " @@ -50,21 +50,21 @@ msgstr "" "chodíme jen kvůli dítěti\";" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Židé, ke kterým Ježíš mluvil, ... si představovali, že ovládat Písmo se " "rovná ovládání života. Hillel říkával \"Ten, kdo získal slova Tóry, získal " @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "" "tragicky mýlili..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -84,16 +84,16 @@ msgstr "" "takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Přístupy k Božímu Slovu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ msgstr "" "mysli." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Slyšení" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" @@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Čtení" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "" "</emphasis>\" (Zj 1,3)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "\"<emphasis>... zabývej se čtením, ...</emphasis>\" (1Tm 4,13)" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" (Sk 17,11)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " @@ -173,12 +173,12 @@ msgstr "" "který správně vykládá slovo pravdy.</emphasis>\" (2Tm 2,15)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Memorování" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " @@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>\" (Ž 119,11)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Meditování" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " @@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ msgstr "" "bude, šťastně mu se povede.</emphasis> (Ž 1,2-3)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -223,17 +223,17 @@ msgstr "" "se totiž seznámit s celkovým poselstvím Bible." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Typy studia Bible" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Tématické studium" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -242,38 +242,38 @@ msgstr "" "se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Studium postavy" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Vysvětlující studium" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Základy správného výkladu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Obsah" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -282,29 +282,28 @@ msgstr "" "definice. Nesnažte se \"číst\" něco, co text neříká." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Souvislosti" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Co říkají okolní verše? Pravidlo zní: \"kontext je král\" - pasáž musí " "zapadat do celkového kontextu a struktury okolního textu a knihy." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Odkazy" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -314,19 +313,19 @@ msgstr "" "proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Prostudujme si společně Matouše 6,1-18. Přečtěte si tu pasáž a vyhledejte " "klíčový verš, verš, který vystihuje celou pasáž. Pokud si myslíte, že jej " @@ -335,39 +334,39 @@ msgstr "" "napište si jej jako římskou jedničku do vaší osnovy:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Co znamená \"praktikování spravedlnosti\"? Jsou v textu nějaké příklady? " "Jaké oblasti našeho života se to týká? Našich motivů! Do jakých bodů můžeme " "konkretizovat celkovou ideu?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -375,90 +374,88 @@ msgstr "" "A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům " "praktikování spravedlnosti:" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Jak používat konkordanci" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "K nalezení konkrétního verše" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "K tématickému studiu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Řekněme, že chcete prostudovat slovo \"vykoupení\". Nejprve byste měli " "vyhledat toto slovo v konkordanci a projít si uvedené odkazy. Pak můžete " @@ -466,19 +463,19 @@ msgstr "" "\", dokonce i \"koupit, koupen\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Co když jste si v anglické KJV všimnuli rozporu mezi Matoušem 7,1 \"Judge " "not lest you be judged\" (nesuďte, abyste nebyli souzeni) a 1. Korintským " @@ -487,92 +484,92 @@ msgstr "" "\" (soudit)? (Budeme používat Strongovu konkordanci.)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 #, fuzzy -msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Vyhledejte slovo \"judge\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Vyhledejte odkaz na Mt 7,1. Vpravo naleznete číslo 2919. To je odkaz na " "použité řecké slovo. Poznamenejte si ho." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 #, fuzzy -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Nyní vyhledejte slovo \"judgeth\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Otevřete část s řeckým slovníkem. (Jsme v Novém Zákoně, proto řečtina. Pro " "Starý Zákon používáme hebrejštinu.) Porovnáním významu slova číslo 2919 se " "slovem číslo 350 získáte odpověď." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "K nalezení významu jmen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" "Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nábal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Jozue" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabáš" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Význam Božího Slova" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Porozumění Božímu Slovu má velký význam pro všechny, kdo vzývají Jeho jméno. " @@ -580,41 +577,41 @@ msgstr "" "Bohem." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Jedinečná kniha" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "Bible je výjimečná v mnoha směrech. Je jedinečná v:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "popularitě. Prodej Biblí jen v Severní Americe činí více než pět set milionů " "dolarů ročně. Bible je bestsellerem v žebříčcích každoročních i celkových." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "autorství. Byla psána během více než 1 600 let čtyřiceti různými autory v " "různém prostředí, přesto je kompaktní jako od jednoho autora." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "uchování. F. F. Bruce v <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</" @@ -622,27 +619,27 @@ msgstr "" "Zákona s ostaními starověkými texty:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Text" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Kdy napsáno" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Nejstarší opis" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Časový odstup" @@ -652,12 +649,12 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Počet opisů" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Herodotus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 př.K." @@ -680,120 +677,120 @@ msgstr "448-428 př.K." # index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41 # index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41 #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 n.l." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 let" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 n.l." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 n.l." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 let" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 př.K." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 let" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 př.K. - 17 n.l." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 let" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Nový Zákon" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 n.l. - 100 n.l." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 let" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Dochovalo se deset kopií (přepisů) Caesarovy \"Války Galské\", nejstarší z " @@ -802,17 +799,16 @@ msgstr "" "l. a zlomky Janova evangelia z roku 130 n.l. Kolik spisů musíme navzájem " "porovnat? Pět tisíc v řečtině a deset tisíc v latině!" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -822,17 +818,17 @@ msgstr "" "absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Kniha vdechnutá Bohem" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -843,40 +839,45 @@ msgstr "" "Bibli, Duch Boží je s námi a promlouvá do našeho srdce." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <emphasis>\"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem...\"</" "emphasis> Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Odkazoval se na lidské autory, ale bral jako samozřejmost, že za všemi byl " "jeden bozsky Autor. Mohl stejně tak říct \"Mojžíš řekl\" jako \"Bůh řekl" @@ -892,11 +893,11 @@ msgstr "" "Žádné pravdě nesmí být dovoleno ubrat z ostatních..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -905,13 +906,20 @@ msgstr "" "křesťané věří v božský původ Bible, je, že to učil sám Ježíš Kristus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <emphasis>\"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k " "napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a " @@ -920,15 +928,20 @@ msgstr "" "a chování." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Kniha, která pracuje" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <emphasis>\"slovo " @@ -936,53 +949,53 @@ msgstr "" "Slovo vykonává." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Odkaz" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Vliv" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef 5,26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "očišťuje - \"...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Sk 20,32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "buduje - \"...vás, bratři, svěřuji Bohu a slovu jeho milosti, které má moc " "vás vybudovat a dát vám dědictví mezi všemi posvěcenými.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Ř 15,4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -990,24 +1003,24 @@ msgstr "" "povzbuzuje - \"abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Ř 10,17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" msgstr "dává víru - \"Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1K 10,11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1016,12 +1029,12 @@ msgstr "" "napomenutí nám\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Mt 4,4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1031,20 +1044,20 @@ msgstr "" "které vychází z Božích úst.'\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Kniha, která osvobozuje" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "<emphasis>\"A poznáte pravdu a pravda vás vysvobodí.\"</emphasis> (J 8,32) " "Tato věta bývá obyčejně citována osamoceně. Je to ale podmíněné nebo " @@ -1053,19 +1066,31 @@ msgstr "" "jste opravdu mými učedníky.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího " "slova." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1076,96 +1101,106 @@ msgstr "" "zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše \"odfouknuti\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: \"Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = " "děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc.\"</emphasis>Mt 22,29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Boží slovo" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Boží moc" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Kniha, která bojuje" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Duchovní zbroj" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Otázka" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Odpověď" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Kolik je jich útočných?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Která (-é)?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Napomenutí" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1174,9 +1209,15 @@ msgstr "" "vykládá slovo pravdy.\"</emphasis> (2Tm 2,15)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1186,22 +1227,22 @@ msgstr "" "s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu.\"</emphasis> (Kol 3,16)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Nemálo!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1211,29 +1252,29 @@ msgstr "" "a čísti mnoho jest zemdlení těla.\"</emphasis> (Kaz 12,11-12)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Dodatek: \"Jednou provždy\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "Pravda o ukonečnosti Boží iniciativy v Kristu je v řeckém NZ vyjádřena " @@ -1247,18 +1288,18 @@ msgstr "" "3,18; Ž 9,26-28)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Proto smíme říct, že Bůh promluvil jednou provždy a že Kristus trpěl jednou " "provždy. To znamená, že křesťanské zjevení a křesťanské vykoupení jsou v " @@ -1271,17 +1312,17 @@ msgstr "" "naše spasení." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Příloha: Plány čtení Bible" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Zde máte několik jednoduchých plánů, jak systematicky číst svou Bibli. " "Můžete je mezi sebou kombinovat a číst několik míst najednou, pokud chcete, " @@ -1289,12 +1330,12 @@ msgstr "" "pro vás zůstaly čerstvé." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1303,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "" "měsíci." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1312,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1321,7 +1362,7 @@ msgstr "" "denně." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1332,24 +1373,24 @@ msgstr "" "dva týdny." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1366,40 +1407,40 @@ msgstr "" "ke své vlastní záhubě překrucují, tak jako i ostatní Písma.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Jak se postupuje při takovém hledání správného významu? Řekněme, že jste " "narazili na verš, kterému nerozumíte. Postupujte tímto způsobem:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Čím přesněji rozumíme správnému, původnímu významu slov, tím lepší náš " "výklad bude. Pokuste se najít přesný význam slov pomocí těchto kroků:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Definition" msgstr "Krok 1) Definice" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " @@ -1409,16 +1450,16 @@ msgstr "" "dejte pozor i na správný čas." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Vykládejte Písmo Písmem. Když zjistíte, jak se to řecké nebo hebrejské (ne " @@ -1430,17 +1471,17 @@ msgstr "" "ODSTÍNY." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Příklad 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1451,22 +1492,22 @@ msgstr "" "(Spiros Zodhiates, AMG Publishers, 1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Vyhledejte verš Jan 20,17, nad slovem \"Touch\" vidíme \"pim680\". Písmena " "vyjadřují kód tvaru slova, číslo odkazuje na Strongovu definici. Najděme si " @@ -1482,41 +1523,40 @@ msgstr "" "něčeho, co již probíhá. Takže závěr našeho zkoumání je:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Příklad 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "V Jakubovi 5,14 čteme: <emphasis>\"Je někdo z vás nemocný? Ať zavolá starší " "sboru a ať se za něj modlí a pomažou ho olejem v Pánově jménu.</emphasis> Co " "znamená ono pomazání?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Definice pro aleipho (Strongovo č. 218) je \"naolejovat, namazat\" (ang. to " "oil). Existuje ještě jedno řecké slovo, které se překládá stejně - chrio " @@ -1528,84 +1568,83 @@ msgstr "" "činnost hlavního slovesa.\" (Zodhiates, str. 851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Takže jaký je rozdíl mezi aleipho a chrio? Aleipho je praktické použití " "oleje a chrio je duchovní." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Příkladem praktického použití oleje (přestože slovo \"pomazání\" zde není " @@ -1613,26 +1652,32 @@ msgstr "" "víno. V Ježíšových dnech se používal olej jako lék." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono \"pomazání\" " "duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Správnější překlad toho aorist participia naleznete v Bibli Kralické - \"ať " "se modlí za něho, mažíce jej olejem ve jménu Páně.\" Neboli nejprve je " @@ -1642,19 +1687,19 @@ msgstr "" "našem Bohu?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Vykládejte Písmo v souladu s ostatnímy částmi Písma. Co říkají verše okolo? " @@ -1664,25 +1709,30 @@ msgstr "" "musíme se podívat dál." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Příklad 2A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: \"<emphasis>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z " "Ducha</emphasis>\". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1692,15 +1742,15 @@ msgstr "" "vody\" je přirozené narození." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Příklad 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1709,23 +1759,23 @@ msgstr "" "prorokující...</emphasis>\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Přiklad 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Skutky 2,38: <emphasis>Petr jim tedy řekl: \"Čiňte pokání a ať se každý z " "vás pokřtí ve jménu Ježíše Krista na odpuštění hříchů...\"</emphasis> Učí se " @@ -1738,17 +1788,17 @@ msgstr "" "evangelium</emphasis>\"?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "V první řadě bychom se neměli ptát \"Co to znamená pro mě?\", ale \"Co to " @@ -1757,19 +1807,19 @@ msgstr "" "bylo slovo určeno." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Příklad 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "\"3 dny a 3 noci\" (Mt 12,40) vedlo některé k teorii, že Ježíš byl ukřižován " "ve čtvrtek. Jak mohl Ježíš zemřít v pátek odpoledne a vstát v neděli ráno a " @@ -1777,16 +1827,16 @@ msgstr "" "\"den\" nepomůže s výsvětlením zřejmého protimluvu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Potřebujeme historickou lahůdku: Židé číslovali i jen část dne jako celý " @@ -1796,19 +1846,19 @@ msgstr "" "před problémy." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Příklad 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Gn 15,7-21. Historický kontext je ten, že rozsekání zvěře a průchod mezi " @@ -1818,37 +1868,37 @@ msgstr "" "na sebe jednostranný závazek." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Doslovný jazyk chápejte doslovně, obrazný obrazně. A pozor na idiomy " "(ustálená slovní spojení, fráze), které mají speciální význam." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Příklad 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "\"zlé oko\" v Mt 6,23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Pravidlo první, definice slov \"zlý\" a \"oko\" nepomáhá. Pravidlo druhé, " @@ -1856,14 +1906,14 @@ msgstr "" "verše. To může znamenat, že ho nesprávně chápeme!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "To, na co jsme narazili, je hebrejský idiom, \"zlé oko\". Najděme si další " @@ -1874,34 +1924,34 @@ msgstr "" "poznatek nyní zapadá do kontextu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Příklad 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Is 59,1: \"<emphasis>Aj, neníť ukrácena ruka Hospodinova</emphasis>\", Dt " @@ -1918,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" "postoje." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1927,26 +1977,26 @@ msgstr "" "alegorií" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Některá podobenství jsou alegorie. Například takové podobenství o rozsévači " @@ -1958,12 +2008,12 @@ msgstr "" "skvělé." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Příklad 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " @@ -1975,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "alegorii, co dostaneme?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -1984,26 +2034,26 @@ msgstr "" "obtěžuje atd." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Příklad 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "Podobenství o nepoctivém správci v L 16,1-9. Jaká je pointa podobenství? " "Jedná se o alegorii?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Správce je pochválen pouze za jednu věc - chytré využití svých prostředků k " @@ -2012,13 +2062,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "" @@ -2028,39 +2078,38 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Jak studovat Bibli" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " @@ -2070,12 +2119,12 @@ msgstr "" "jinak." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Původní anglické znění:" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2085,13 +2134,13 @@ msgstr "" "was adapted for publication with Bibletime by Fred Saalbach." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2101,23 +2150,11 @@ msgstr "" "\"fair use\" provisions of the US copyright code are also permitted." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Odkazy" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Odkazy" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "The team of &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-da.po b/i18n/howto/howto-da.po index 198b34a..65377e9 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-da.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-da.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto(2)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-09 21:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "" @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ msgstr "Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -72,13 +72,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " +#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has " +#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were " +#| "grievously deceived. [...]" msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den " "hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, " @@ -88,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -102,16 +109,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Tilgange til Guds Ord" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while " +#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. " +#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and " +#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds." msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -122,13 +135,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Hør" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -137,13 +150,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Læs" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -153,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" @@ -163,14 +176,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Studér" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -182,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -193,13 +206,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Lær uden ad" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -209,13 +222,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Meditér" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -229,10 +242,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all " +#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " +#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -245,19 +265,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Typer af bibelstudie" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Emne Studie" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -267,44 +287,44 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Person Studie" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Forklarende studie" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Indhold" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -314,31 +334,35 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Sammenhæng" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- " "passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Krydsreference" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -350,220 +374,210 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" " Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at " "blive set af dem" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Når du giver" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Når du faster" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Når du beder" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "gør det i det skjulte." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "osv." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "At finde et bestemt vers" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Slå ordet op alfabetisk." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "At lave et emnestudie" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "At Finde Betydningen af Navne" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -572,46 +586,51 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigajil" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Josva" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabas" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Vigtigheden af Guds Ord" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " +#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +#| "communicate with God." msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie " @@ -619,31 +638,41 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "En Bog der er Unik" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om " "året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år!" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 " @@ -652,9 +681,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other " +#| "ancient texts:" +msgid "" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> " @@ -662,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "" "Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske " @@ -670,25 +704,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Værk" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Blev skrevet" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Første Kopi" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Tidsforløb" @@ -700,158 +734,162 @@ msgstr "Antal Kopier" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Herodotus" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 f.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 e.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 år" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 e.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "110 e.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 år" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "80-58 f.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 år" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 år" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Det nye testamente" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 år" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" +#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +#| "emphasis> p. 25-26" msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " @@ -859,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -871,34 +909,32 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "En bog Gud åndede" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -906,45 +942,50 @@ msgstr "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, \"<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til " "bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, " @@ -955,46 +996,45 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "En Bog der Virker" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Handling" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef. 5:26" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" @@ -1003,29 +1043,33 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "ApG 20:32" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up " +#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "opbygger -- \" ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til " "alle dem, der er helliget. \"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Rom. 15:4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1035,13 +1079,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Rom. 10:17" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1051,13 +1095,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1. Kor. 10:11" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1067,13 +1111,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Matt. 4:4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1084,20 +1128,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "En bog som befrier" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall " +#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " +#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, " +#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly " +#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Joh.8.32\"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal " "gøre jer frie.</emphasis>\" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det " @@ -1108,129 +1160,136 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds " "ord." -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Guds ord" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Guds kraft" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "En Bog som Bekriger" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Åndelig Rustning" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Spørgsmål" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Svar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Hvor mange er offensive?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Et" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Hvile(t)?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Formaninger" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1241,9 +1300,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 -msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1255,23 +1320,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Ikke kun en smule!" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and " +#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given " +#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many " +#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." +#| "</emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1282,63 +1354,70 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Tillæg: \"En gang for alle\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can " +#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 " +#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan " "bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, " @@ -1346,13 +1425,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1362,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1372,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1382,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1395,49 +1474,52 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)" -# type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words " +#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of " +#| "the key words by following these steps:" msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af " @@ -1446,70 +1528,67 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definition" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Eksempel 1A" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" @@ -1517,74 +1596,71 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Eksempel 1B" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" "Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. " # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1594,298 +1670,279 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet " # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Eksempel 2A" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Eksempel 2B" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Eksempel 2C" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Eksempel 3A" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Eksempel 3B" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" "Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Eksempel 4A" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Eksempel 4B" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote>" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1893,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -1903,31 +1960,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Eksempel 5A" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -1936,7 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -1944,36 +2000,34 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Eksempel 5B" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -1984,35 +2038,41 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Guiden til Bibelstudie" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret " "under vilkårene af denne licens <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" @@ -2020,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." @@ -2030,13 +2090,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Abstrakt" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying " +#| "the Bible." msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2046,12 +2110,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " +#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular " +#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any " +#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study " +#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the " +#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He " +#| "will not disappoint you." msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2063,27 +2136,11 @@ msgstr "" "hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Find disse vers:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Kryds-referencer af aleipho:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Kryds-referencer af chrio:" - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder> -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "&bibletime; teamet (info@bibletime.info)" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-de.po b/i18n/howto/howto-de.po index d497aed..46f4bec 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-de.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-de.po @@ -11,20 +11,20 @@ # Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. # Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. # Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005. -# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2011. +# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto-de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-22 17:34+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 00:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" "Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums" @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Joh. 5:39-40" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihr das Leben hättet." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" "sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -96,22 +96,22 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift " -"gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He " -"who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of " -"the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier " -"wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]" +"gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, \"He who " +"has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +"world to come.\" Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie " +"schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -124,30 +124,30 @@ msgstr "" "Christus zu finden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Annäherung an Gottes Wort" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" "Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren " "und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über " "die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und " -"verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen." +"verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Hören" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ msgstr "" "Gottes hören und es befolgen.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lesen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr "" "nahe.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ msgstr "" "und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Studium" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -209,12 +209,12 @@ msgstr "" "als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Auswendiglernen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -223,12 +223,12 @@ msgstr "" "nicht sündige.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Nachdenken" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -243,10 +243,10 @@ msgstr "" "was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -255,21 +255,21 @@ msgstr "" "Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir " "irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein " "Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und " -"lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise " -"wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut." +"lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der " +"Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Arten des Bibelstudiums" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Thematische Studie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -278,12 +278,12 @@ msgstr "" "Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Charakterstudie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" @@ -291,27 +291,27 @@ msgstr "" "Mose 37-50" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Textauszugsstudie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Inhalt" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -321,29 +321,28 @@ msgstr "" "wird." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Kontext" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" -"Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst " -"die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten " -"Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben." +"Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? \"Kontext ist König\" heißt die Devise " +"- der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten " +"Buches Sinn ergeben." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Querverweise" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -354,38 +353,38 @@ msgstr "" "Stellen bestehen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" -msgstr "" -"Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text durch. " -"Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach dem Vers, " -"der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie fertig sind? " -"Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen heraussuchen und " -"dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses passen. Wenn Sie " -"den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins " -"ihrer Übersicht:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 +msgid "" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" +msgstr "" +"Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich " +"durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers, " +"der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig " +"gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des " +"Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des " +"Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie " +"ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text " "irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? " @@ -393,22 +392,22 @@ msgstr "" "diesen Gedanken?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Wenn Sie spenden" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Wenn Sie fasten" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Wenn Sie beten" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -417,162 +416,160 @@ msgstr "" "vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" -"lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das <quote>vor " -"sich herposaunen lassen</quote>?)" +"lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das " +"<quote>vor sich herausposaunen</quote> lassen?)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "Tun Sie es im Verborgenen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "usw." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Wenn Sie geben <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "" "Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses " "heraus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "<quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Finden Sie diese Verse: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Eine thematische Studie durchführen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort "" -"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der " -"Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann " -"könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen " -"nachschlagen , z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "" -"kaufen" oder "erkauft."" +"Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort \"Erlösung\" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie " +"das Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen " +"nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen " +"Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. \"erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld\", sogar \"kaufen\" " +"oder \"erkauft\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" -msgstr "" -"Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <quote>Richtet " -"nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Korinther 2,15 " -"(Lutherbibel von 1545) <quote>Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von " -"niemand gerichtet.</quote> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei " -"verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" " -"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern)." +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" +msgstr "" +"Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 <quote>Richtet nicht, " +"damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Kor 2,15 <quote>Der " +"Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.</quote> " +"entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische " +"Wörter, die beide mit \"richten\"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir " +"benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." -msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." +msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das erste \"richtet\" nach." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine " -"Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische Wort. " -"Schreiben Sie es auf." +"Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine " +"Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische Wort. " +"Schreiben Sie sie auf." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." -msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." +msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das zweite \"richtet\" nach." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, " "also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). " "Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und Sie " -"haben ihre Antwort!" +"haben Ihre Antwort!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Die Bedeutung von Namen finden" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -580,110 +577,111 @@ msgstr "" "Hebräischen Namen finden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "" "Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Josua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabas" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes " -"Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott " -"kommunizieren zu lernen." +"Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten, " +"mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "" -"Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig bezüglich:" +"Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig " +"bezüglich:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen " -"Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der " +"Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche " "Bestseller." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 " -"verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest " -"sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde." +"verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest " +"sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament " -"Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit " +"Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit " "anderen altertümlichen Texten:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Werk" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Erstellungszeit" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Erstausgabe" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Zeitspanne" @@ -693,152 +691,152 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Anzahl von Kopien" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Herodot" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 v.Chr.." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 n.Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 Jahre" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 n.Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 n.Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 Jahre" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 v.Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 Jahre" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 Jahre" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Neues Testament" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 Jahre" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" -"Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis>, " -"die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert usw. " -"Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 n." -"Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten " -"Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des " -"Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie " -"miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch!" +"Zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis> existieren, die " +"erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für " +"das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 n.Chr. " +"datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des Neuen " +"Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von 130 n." +"Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu vergleichen? " +"5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", Bd. " "1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " "S. 25-26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -849,41 +847,40 @@ msgstr "" "alten Prosaschriften.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4,12 <quote> Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und kräftig...</" -"quote></emphasis>, Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt. 4,4), <quote>Er aber " -"antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: \"Der Mensch lebt nicht vom " -"Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht.\" </" -"quote></emphasis> Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in " -"unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art." +"<emphasis>Heb 4,12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig " +"und kräftig...</emphasis>\" Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt 4,4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, " +"sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'</emphasis>\" " +"Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein " +"zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" -"2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <emphasis><quote>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott " -"eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</quote></emphasis> Glauben Sie das? " -"Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in " -"Betracht." +"2. Tim 3:16 erklärt \"<emphasis>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben " +"[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</emphasis>\" Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, " +"ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -892,109 +889,108 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." -msgstr "" -"Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als " -"Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte " -"sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte " -"einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des " -"Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat " -"von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was " -"er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & " -"Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes " -"ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es " -"genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei " -"Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie " -"'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes " -"geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise " -"gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch " -"haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen " -"Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden " -"Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." +msgstr "" +"Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache " +"voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er " +"konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er " +"konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des " +"Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie " +"fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und " +"zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 " +"& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen " +"Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift " +"erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten " +"vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die " +"Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben " +"Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder " +"in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen " +"Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um " +"das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. " +"Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" -"Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das " -"Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen " -"an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus " -"selbst ihn gelehrt hat." +"Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. " +"Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum " +"Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus " +"Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" -"2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <emphasis><quote>ist nütze zur Lehre, " -"zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass " -"der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </quote></" -"emphasis> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns " -"ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen " -"des Glaubens und Wandels ist." +"2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: \" <emphasis>ist nütze zur Lehre, zur " +"Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der " +"Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </emphasis>\" " +"Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird " +"die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des " +"Glaubens und Wandels ist." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Ein Buch, das arbeitet" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" -"Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, " -"dass die Bibel <emphasis><quote> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</" -"quote> </emphasis> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit nieder, die " -"das Wort durchführt." +"Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt, " +"dass die Bibel \"<emphasis>auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</emphasis>\" " +"Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Referenz" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Zweck" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Epheser 5,26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" @@ -1002,27 +998,27 @@ msgstr "" "Wort...</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Apostelgeschichte 20,32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "es erbaut -- \" Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der " "da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die " "geheiligt sind. \"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Römer 15,4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1032,12 +1028,12 @@ msgstr "" "haben. </quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Römer 10,17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1046,12 +1042,12 @@ msgstr "" "aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1. Korinther 10,11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1060,12 +1056,12 @@ msgstr "" "geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Matthäus 4,4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1076,216 +1072,216 @@ msgstr "" "Wort Gottes geht.\"</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Ein Buch, das befreit" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" -msgstr "" -"Joh. 8,32 \"<emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit " -"wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>\" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich " -"selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? " -"Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort " -"heraus, indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen " -"\"<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig " +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" +msgstr "" +"Joh. 8,32 \" <emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit " +"wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>\" Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst " +"zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es " +"Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus, " +"indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, \" " +"<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig " "meine Jünger...</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" -"Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der " +"Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der " "Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" msgstr "" -"Das griechische Wort für \"Wind\", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint " -"einen <emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>. <emphasis>Als Folge sind wir " -"nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von " -"jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der " +"Das griechische Wort für \"Wind\", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint " +"einen \"<emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>\". \"<emphasis>Als Folge sind " +"wir nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von " +"jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>\". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der " "Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der " -"Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <quote>weggeblasen werden</quote>." +"Folge, dass wir nicht leicht \"weggeblasen werden\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <quote>Ihr irrt, weil " -"ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</quote></emphasis> " -"Matthäus 22,29" +"<emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen,</emphasis> " +"\"<emphasis>Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes." +"</emphasis>\" Matthäus 22,29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "" "Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Gottes Wort" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Gottes Kraft" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Ein Buch, das Krieg führt" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Geistliche Rüstung" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Frage" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Antwort" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Eins" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Welche?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Ermahnungen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" -"2. Thimotheus 2,15<emphasis><quote>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu " -"erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort " -"der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</quote></emphasis>" +"2. Timotheus 2,15 \"<emphasis>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen " +"als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der " +"Wahrheit recht austeilt.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Kollosser 3,16<emphasis><quote> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch " +"Kolosser 3,16 \" <emphasis>Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch " "wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, " -"Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren Herzen. </" -"quote></emphasis>" +"Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren Herzen.</" +"emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Nicht wenig!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Prediger 12,11-12 \"<emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und " +"Prediger 12,11-12 \" <emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und " "wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem " "Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des " -"vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib müde. " -"</emphasis>\"" +"vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib müde.</" +"emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus " @@ -1293,51 +1289,51 @@ msgstr "" "das Adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> und <foreignphrase>ephapax</" "foreignphrase>. Es wird normalerweise mit \"einmal\" oder \"ein für allemal" "\" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von \"einmal für immer\" [<emphasis>Anm. d. " -"Übers.: (in der \"Authorized Version\" eng. \"once\", \"once for all\" kann " -"auch als \"endgültig\" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für das " +"Übers.: (in der \"Authorized Version\") engl. \"once\", \"once for all\" " +"kann auch als \"endgültig\" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für das " "benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es " "wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich " -"bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen " +"bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen " "überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt \"<emphasis>Denn was er " "gestorben ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</" "emphasis>\" (Römer 6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." -msgstr "" -"Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das " -"Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche " -"Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt " -"sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus " -"zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers. " -"eigentlich rock = Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die protestantische Reformation " -"aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher " -"Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher " -"Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren waren <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> für die Autorität und <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." +msgstr "" +"Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und " +"dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die " +"christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in " +"Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne " +"abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten " +"[<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die " +"protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das " +"Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das " +"Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren " +"waren <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> für unsere Autorität und " +"<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Anhang: Bibellesepläne" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu " "lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit " @@ -1345,14 +1341,14 @@ msgstr "" "zu halten." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage " "die Woche." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1361,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1371,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "lesen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1380,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1391,63 +1387,64 @@ msgstr "" "das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" "Wir haben bereits von den \"3 C\" gehört: Inhalt (=\"content\"), Kontext (=" "\"context\") und Querverweise (=\"cross-reference\"). Wir möchten dies nun " -"durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der " +"durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel " "es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) " "herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind, " -"ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass " -"keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 <quote>Und das " -"sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache " -"eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die " -"korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben " -"Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. " -"Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu verstehen sind, " -"welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch die anderen " -"Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</quote>" +"ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies " +"dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 " +"<quote>Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der " +"Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln " +"können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung " +"dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große " +"Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge " +"schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen " +"verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</" +"quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines " -"Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre " +"Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre " "Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung " -"ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:" +"Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein " @@ -1456,12 +1453,12 @@ msgstr "" "befolgen:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Bestimmung" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1470,84 +1467,84 @@ msgstr "" "Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische " -"oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, " -"kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor " -"das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen " -"auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum " -"müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche " -"Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das " -"selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter " +"Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder " +"hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann " +"die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe " +"Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten " +"Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. " +"Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das " +"deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort " +"in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter " "verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können." "</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Beispiel 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" "Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>\"Rühre mich nicht an\"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? " -"Es klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden " -"ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht " -"richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The " -"Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991) " -"nachschlagen." +"Es klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er " +"auferstanden ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das " +"scheint nicht richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' " +"<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, " +"1991) nachschlagen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem " "Wort \"Rühre\" \"pim680\". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil " "der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns " "die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). \"680. Haptomai; von hapto (681), " -"berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf " -"einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584), " -"was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren.\" Schlagen wir nun " -"\"pim\" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der " +"berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf " +"dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao " +"(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren.\" Schlagen " +"wir nun \"pim\" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der " "Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für \"Präsens Imperativ Aktiv " "(80)\" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht \"Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen " "Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine " "andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, " "ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden.\" Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, " -"so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir " -"nun herausgefunden?" +"so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben " +"wir nun herausgefunden?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" @@ -1556,81 +1553,80 @@ msgstr "" "nicht weiter festhalten solle!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Beispiel 1B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <emphasis>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, " "der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben</emphasis>. Was meint dieses " "salben?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" -msgstr "" -"Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - \"ölen\" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein " +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +msgstr "" +"Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - \"ölen\" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein " "anderes griechisches Wort, das mit \"salben\" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - " -"\"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder " +"\"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder " "religiösen Dienst\" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus " "in Betracht, \"apta\" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. \"Das Aorist Partizip drückt " "einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die " "Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine " -"Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. \" (Zodhiates S. " +"Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet.\" (Zodhiates S. " "851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" "Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen " "und Jesus zu salben." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" "Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie " "mit dem Öl." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Querverweise für aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1640,98 +1636,97 @@ msgstr "" "bringe...</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" "Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist " "und mit Kraft" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Querverweise für chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut " "die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: " -"<emphasis>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE " -"GEISTLICHE</emphasis>." +"<emphasis>\"aleipho\" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und \"chrio\" " +"eine geistliche</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" -"Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl " +"Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl " "hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den " "von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden " "säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" -"Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 " -"anwenden <emphasis><quote>Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die " +"Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus " +"5,14 anwenden <emphasis>\"Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die " "Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im " -"Namen des Herrn.</quote></emphasis> Ist hier <quote>salben</quote> geistlich " -"oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!" +"Namen des Herrn.\"</emphasis> Ist hier \"salben\" geistlich oder praktisch " +"gemeint? Praktisch!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit " "\"gesalbt haben\" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und " "dann des Gebets (\"Im Namen des Herrn\" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht " "auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person " -"Medizin geben und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht " -"das wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem " -"Gott aus?" +"Medizin geben und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht " +"das wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei " +"unseremGott aus?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. " @@ -1739,200 +1734,201 @@ msgstr "" "Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie " "fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur " "richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der Schlüssel. " -"Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung des Textes " -"ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter nachforschen." +"Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt, nach dem wir " +"den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben, müssen wir weiter " +"nachforschen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Beispiel 2A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" -"In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 " -"<emphasis><quote>geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</quote></emphasis> Im " -"Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?" +"In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 <emphasis>" +"\"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist\"</emphasis> betrachtet. Im Bezug auf den " +"Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" "Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von " "Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem " -"plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre " +"plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre " "Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, \"geboren aus " "Wasser\" = natürliche Geburt." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Beispiel 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" "1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der " -"Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von 1. " -"Korinther 11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</" -"quote> genommen werden." +"Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther " +"11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</quote> " +"gesehen werden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Beispiel 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" -msgstr "" -"Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und " -"jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer " -"Sünden [...]"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der " -"einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. " -"Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass Wiedergeburt " -"durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. " -"Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu " -"antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte " -"Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>\"Denn Christus hat mich " -"nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden\"</emphasis>?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgstr "" +"Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: \"Tut Buße, und jeder " +"lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden " +"[...]\"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige " +"Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem " +"Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den " +"Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt " +"seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn " +"die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in " +"1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>\"Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu " +"taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden\"</emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" -"Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote> " +"Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote>, " "sondern <quote>Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</quote>; " "später können wir fragen <quote>Was bedeutet es für mich?</quote>. Wir " "müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der " "Empfänger in Betracht ziehen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Beispiel 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" -"\"3 Tage & 3 Nächte\" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer \"Mittwochs " -"Kreuzigungstheorie\" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie " +"<quote>3 Tage & 3 Nächte</quote> (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer \"Mittwochs-" +"Kreuzigungstheorie\" geführt, besonders zum Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie " "konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und " "trotzdem \"...am dritten Tage auferstehen\" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen " "von \"drei\" oder \"Tagen\" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu " "erklären." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil " "eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir " "sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben " -"Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es " +"Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es " "jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage " -"begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = 1. Tag. " -"Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag vielleicht " -"5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts hält uns aus " -"Schwierigkeiten heraus." +"begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr = " +"Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis " +"Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen " +"Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Beispiel 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von " "Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale " -"Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner " +"Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner " "gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf " "sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber " -"in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag " -"macht." +"in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen " +"Vertrag macht." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" "Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der " "Sprache" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich sein. " "Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Beispiel 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." -msgstr "<quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." +msgstr "<quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt. 6,23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Regel 1, Definition von \"böse\" und \"Auge\" - hilft hier auch nicht " @@ -1941,69 +1937,69 @@ msgstr "" "uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" -"Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, \"böses Auge\". Lasst uns " -"andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 \"<emphasis>Oder " -"habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst " -"du scheel [wörtl. \"böse\"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. \"gut\"] bin?</" -"emphasis>\". Wir sehen, dass ein \"böses Auge\" zu haben, ein Idiom für " -"geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, " -"wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt." +"Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <quote>böses Auge</quote>. " +"Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 \" " +"<emphasis>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was " +"mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. \"böse\"] drein, weil ich so gütig " +"[wörtl. \"gut\"] bin?</emphasis>\". Wir sehen, dass ein \"böses Auge\" zu " +"haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück " +"zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Beispiel 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" "Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um " -"nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen " -"davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden " -"können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) forderte eine Gruppe von " -"Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin " -"forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 " +"nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen " +"davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können " +"just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von " +"Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin " +"forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 " "<quote>Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben " -"unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W.M. folgerte \"Mit den selben Regeln der " -"Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, " -"haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist.\" Die Mormonen " -"mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen." +"unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W. M. folgerte <quote>Mit denselben Regeln " +"der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch " +"ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</quote>. Die " +"Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -2012,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "einer Parabel und einer Allegorie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -2021,36 +2017,36 @@ msgstr "" "Bedeutung hat.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des " "Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen " "und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern " "einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist " -"gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht " -"werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren " -"Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich " -"verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich." +"gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so " +"gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre " +"aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese " +"zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Beispiel 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -2062,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" "was haben wir dann?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2071,40 +2067,40 @@ msgstr "" "Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete \"ärgern\" Ihn, usw." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Beispiel 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der " -"springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?" +"springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der " "vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht " -"haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, " -"nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen." +"haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit " +"dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht." # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -2114,45 +2110,49 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "Bob" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "Harman" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "Das BibleTime-Team" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +#| "devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Das Team von &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist " -"unter die Bestimmungen der <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link> Lizenz " +"unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink> " "gestellt." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." @@ -2162,12 +2162,12 @@ msgstr "" "entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Zusammenfassung" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2176,41 +2176,29 @@ msgstr "" "application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" -"Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser " +"Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser " "zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. " "Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine " -"bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die " -"Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung " -"herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht " -"enttäuschen." +"bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, " +"dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie " +"mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr " +"Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "Bibel" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "Anleitung" - -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Finden Sie diese Verse:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Querverweise für aleipho:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Querverweise für chrio:" - -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Team (info@bibletime.info)" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-es.po b/i18n/howto/howto-es.po index b28c8e5..826c755 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-es.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-es.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-10 22:48-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Roy Alvear <racl@gulix.cl>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Estudio Bíblico básico" @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ msgstr "Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Juan 5:39-40" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -73,13 +73,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " +#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has " +#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were " +#| "grievously deceived. [...]" msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras " "equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a " @@ -89,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -103,16 +110,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while " +#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. " +#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and " +#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds." msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -124,13 +137,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Oír" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -140,13 +153,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Leer" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -156,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" @@ -166,14 +179,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Estudio" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -186,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -198,13 +211,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Memorizar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -214,13 +227,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Meditar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -234,10 +247,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all " +#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " +#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -251,19 +271,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Estudio Temático" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -273,13 +293,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Estudio de Personajes" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" @@ -288,31 +308,31 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Estudio Expositivo" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Contenido" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -322,17 +342,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Contexto" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es " "la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el " @@ -340,14 +364,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Referencias Cruzadas" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -359,19 +383,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for " +#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have " +#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking " +#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find " +#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:" +msgid "" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el " "versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? " @@ -381,17 +412,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " +#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " +#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos " "ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros " @@ -399,25 +435,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Cuando Ud. da" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Cuando Ud. ayuna" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Cuando Ud. ora" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -427,99 +463,109 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " +#| "today?)" msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" "no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote> " "hoy en día?)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "hazlo secretamente." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Para encontrar un versículo particular." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "<quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Para hacer un Estudio Temático" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." " +#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up " +#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and " +#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," " +#| "even "buy" or "bought."" +msgid "" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra "" "redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y " @@ -529,19 +575,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 " +#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that " +#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different " +#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? " +#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)" msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis " "para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual " @@ -551,39 +604,52 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Busque "juez"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, " +#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número " "2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Ahora busque \"juzga\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " +#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of " +#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el " "lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de " @@ -591,13 +657,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Para encontrar los significados de los nombres" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -606,46 +672,51 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Josué" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Bernabé" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Importancia de la Palabra de Dios" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " +#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +#| "communicate with God." msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los " @@ -654,31 +725,41 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Un libro que es único" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por " "año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores " @@ -686,9 +767,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other " +#| "ancient texts:" +msgid "" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? " @@ -697,32 +783,32 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "" "Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Obra" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Cuando fue escrita" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Copia más antigua" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Tiempo transcurrido" @@ -734,148 +820,156 @@ msgstr "Número de Copias" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Heródoto" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 AC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 DC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 años" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tácito" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 DC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 DC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 años" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 AC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 años" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 AC - 17 DC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 años" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Nuevo Testamento" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 DC - 100 DC" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 años" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Griego y 10000 Latin" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the " +#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, " +#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., " +#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment " +#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to " +#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César, " @@ -887,11 +981,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" +#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +#| "emphasis> p. 25-26" msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" "\" (El Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., " @@ -900,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -912,17 +1011,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living " +#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " +#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on " +#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</" +#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to " +#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -936,10 +1043,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Tim. 3:16 declara, \"<emphasis>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios " @@ -948,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -958,22 +1070,39 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind " +#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' " +#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in " +#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). " +#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is " +#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord " +#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New " +#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of " +#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to " +#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved " +#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in " +#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did " +#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God " +#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the " +#| "other. ..." msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos " "ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o " @@ -992,10 +1121,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the " +#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible " +#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it." +msgid "" +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -1006,13 +1141,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Tim.3:16 continúa, \"<emphasis>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para " "corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea " @@ -1022,16 +1164,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Un libro que Obra" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 -msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." +msgid "" +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que " @@ -1040,60 +1187,64 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Referencia" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Acción" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Efesios 5:26" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "limpia -- \"...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Hechos 20:32" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up " +#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "edificar -- \"...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para " "sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados.\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Romanos 15:4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1103,13 +1254,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Romanos 10:17" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1119,13 +1270,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Corintios 10:11" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1135,13 +1286,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Mateo 4:4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1152,20 +1303,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Un libro que libera" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall " +#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " +#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, " +#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly " +#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Juan 8:32 \"<emphasis>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará libres.</" "emphasis>\" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa condicional o " @@ -1176,9 +1335,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la " @@ -1186,10 +1349,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1203,11 +1374,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: </emphasis>" "\"<emphasis>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las Escrituras, " @@ -1215,99 +1391,104 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "La palabra de Dios " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "El poder de Dios" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Un libro que guerrea" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Armadura Espiritual" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Pregunta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Respuesta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "¿Cuantas con ofensivas?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Una" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "¿Cúal?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Exhortaciones" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1317,9 +1498,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 -msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1331,23 +1518,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "¡No un poco!" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and " +#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given " +#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many " +#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." +#| "</emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1358,32 +1552,48 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Apéndice: \"Una vez para siempre\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el Polémico)</" "emphasis> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is " +#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb " +#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</" +#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, " +#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual " +#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both " +#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once " +#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" +#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es " @@ -1399,17 +1609,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " +#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " +#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " +#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without " +#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the " +#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation." msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha " "sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y " @@ -1423,17 +1644,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can " +#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 " +#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma " "sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, " @@ -1442,14 +1668,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1459,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1469,7 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1479,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1491,24 +1717,39 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 -msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-" +#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical " +#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the " +#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are " +#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this " +#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 " +#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any " +#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward " +#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have " +#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 " +#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught " +#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to " +#| "their own destruction.</quote>" +msgid "" +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1528,11 +1769,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's " +#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is " +#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos " "que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo " @@ -1540,16 +1786,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words " +#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of " +#| "the key words by following these steps:" msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las " @@ -1558,13 +1809,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definición" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1574,15 +1825,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew " +#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new " +#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word " +#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the " +#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the " +#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? " +#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the " +#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of " +#| "meaning.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o " @@ -1597,17 +1859,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Ejemplo 1A" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, " +#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is " +#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so " +#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study " +#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1620,21 +1889,37 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see " +#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the " +#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the " +#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers " +#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon " +#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to " +#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes " +#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim " +#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present " +#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do " +#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, " +#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a " +#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already " +#| "occuring. So, what have we found?" msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra \"Toques\" vemos " "\"pim680\". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los " @@ -1652,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" @@ -1660,16 +1945,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Ejemplo 1B" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who " +#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "En Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por " "él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</emphasis>. ¿Qué es esta " @@ -1677,16 +1966,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " +#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or " +#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" +#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" " +#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple " +#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the " +#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the " +#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "La definición de aleipho (218) - \"aceite\" (Fuente Strong); pero también " "tenemos otra palabra griega traducida \"ungir\", chrio (5548) - \"para " @@ -1700,20 +1998,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" "Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a ungirle." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" @@ -1721,27 +2019,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" "Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1751,13 +2049,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" "Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con " @@ -1765,23 +2063,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "" +#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las " "referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la diferencia:" @@ -1790,11 +2093,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use " +#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " +#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use " +#| "in Jesus' day." msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica " @@ -1804,12 +2113,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a " "Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>\"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los " @@ -1818,14 +2133,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " +#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " +#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). " +#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine " +#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a " +#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!" msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como " "\"teniendo ungido\", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la " @@ -1836,19 +2159,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses " +#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " +#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the " +#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. " +#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have " +#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further." +msgid "" +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los " @@ -1861,26 +2192,38 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Ejemplo 2A" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <emphasis>\"nacido de agua y del " "Espíritu\"</emphasis> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch " +#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a " +#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has " +#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = " +#| "natural birth." msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1891,15 +2234,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Ejemplo 2B" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 -msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has " +#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman " +#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" +msgid "" +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1909,23 +2257,35 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Ejemplo 2C" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of " +#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your " +#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If " +#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude " +#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration " +#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is " +#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If " +#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 " +#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach " +#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Hechos 2:38 <quote>Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno " "de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; [...]" @@ -1940,17 +2300,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can " +#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into " +#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the " +#| "recipients." +msgid "" +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Al principio no nos preguntamos <quote>¿Qué significa para mí?</quote>, sino " @@ -1961,19 +2328,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Ejemplo 3A" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " +#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. " +#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be " +#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or " +#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction." +msgid "" +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "<quote>3 días y 3 noches</quote> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una " "\"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión\", especialmente en el culto del " @@ -1984,15 +2358,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full " +#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half " +#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one " +#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted " +#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday " +#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day " +#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within " +#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble." msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de " @@ -2006,19 +2390,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Ejemplo 3B" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and " +#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract " +#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part " +#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a " +#| "unilateral covenant." +msgid "" +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y " @@ -2030,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" "Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el " @@ -2038,9 +2430,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. " +#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea " @@ -2049,22 +2445,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Ejemplo 4A" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>ojo malvado</quote> en Mt.6:23." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, " +#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what " +#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't " +#| "understanding it rightly!!" +msgid "" +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "La norma 1, la definición de \"malvado\" y \"ojo\" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, " @@ -2074,13 +2478,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look " +#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me " +#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil" +#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that " +#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. " +#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so " +#| "perfectly to the context." +msgid "" +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <quote>ojo malvado</quote>. Vamos a " @@ -2092,36 +2505,49 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Ejemplo 4B" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove " +#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of " +#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a " +#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin " +#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an " +#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to " +#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His " +#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, " +#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be " +#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to " +#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position." msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los " @@ -2139,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -2149,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -2159,19 +2585,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is " +#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and " +#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to " +#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; " +#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our " +#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable " +#| "illustrates that, fine." msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es " @@ -2185,13 +2620,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Ejemplo 5A" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -2203,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2213,15 +2648,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Ejemplo 5B" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point " +#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de " @@ -2229,10 +2668,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what " +#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not " +#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que " @@ -2241,13 +2685,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -2258,35 +2702,41 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está " "disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <link url=\"http://" @@ -2295,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." @@ -2306,13 +2756,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Resumen" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying " +#| "the Bible." msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2322,12 +2776,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " +#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular " +#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any " +#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study " +#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the " +#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He " +#| "will not disappoint you." msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2339,27 +2802,11 @@ msgstr "" "palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Encontrar estos versos:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Referencias cruzadas para aleipho:" - -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Referencias Cruzadas para chrio:" - -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder> -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "El equipo de &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-fi.po b/i18n/howto/howto-fi.po index 27fe4f9..aa2de43 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-fi.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-fi.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto-fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-23 20:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat" @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Joh 5:39-40" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "luokseni, että saisitte elämän." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" "sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -66,13 +66,20 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " +#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has " +#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were " +#| "grievously deceived. [...]" msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten " "omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana " @@ -81,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" "olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -94,15 +101,21 @@ msgstr "" "Kristuksen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while " +#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. " +#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and " +#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds." msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -112,12 +125,12 @@ msgstr "" "tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Kuuntele" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -126,12 +139,12 @@ msgstr "" "seuraavat sitä.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lue" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -140,20 +153,20 @@ msgstr "" "kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" msgstr "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Tutki" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -164,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" "kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -175,12 +188,12 @@ msgstr "" "sanaa oikein.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Paina mieleen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -189,12 +202,12 @@ msgstr "" "sinua vastaan.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Mietiskele" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -206,10 +219,17 @@ msgstr "" "eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all " +#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " +#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -221,17 +241,17 @@ msgstr "" "tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Raamatuntutkimisen tavat" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -240,40 +260,40 @@ msgstr "" "sanahakemistoa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Henkilöiden tutkiminen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" "Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Selittävä tutkiminen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "" "Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Oikean tulkinnan perusteet" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Sisältö" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -282,29 +302,33 @@ msgstr "" "Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Asiayhteys" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - " "tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan " "kanssa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Ristiinviittaukset" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -315,18 +339,25 @@ msgstr "" "kirjoituksiin." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for " +#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have " +#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking " +#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find " +#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:" +msgid "" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin " "avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista " @@ -335,38 +366,43 @@ msgstr "" "roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " +#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " +#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Mitä tarkoittaa <quote>hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</quote>? Antaako " "tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? " "<emphasis>Motiivimme!</emphasis> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Kun annat" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Kun paastoat" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Kun rukoilet" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -375,87 +411,97 @@ msgstr "" "hurskauttamme:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " +#| "today?)" msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" "älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <quote>kuulostaa " "trumpetilta</quote> tänäpäivänä?)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "tee se salaisesti." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "jne." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Löydä erityinen jae" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Tee aiheen tutkiminen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." " +#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up " +#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and " +#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," " +#| "even "buy" or "bought."" +msgid "" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun " "tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut viittaukset. " @@ -464,18 +510,25 @@ msgstr "" "ostettu."" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 " +#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that " +#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different " +#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? " +#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)" msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <quote>Älkää " "tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</quote> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <quote>Hengellinen " @@ -484,47 +537,60 @@ msgstr "" "käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Katso "tuomio"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, " +#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku " "viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Nyt katso "tuomio"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " +#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of " +#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa " "Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) " "Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Etsi nimien merkityksiä" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -532,40 +598,45 @@ msgstr "" "merkityksiä." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Joosua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabas" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Jumalan Sanan tärkeys" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " +#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +#| "communicate with God." msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka " @@ -573,31 +644,41 @@ msgstr "" "oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Ainutlaatuinen kirja" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "" "Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen " "seuraavissa asioissa:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla " "dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best " "seller!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin " @@ -605,9 +686,14 @@ msgstr "" "kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other " +#| "ancient texts:" msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat " @@ -615,28 +701,28 @@ msgstr "" "muinaisten tekstien kanssa:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "" "Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Työ" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Milloin kirjoitettu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Varhaisin kopio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Aikaväli" @@ -646,129 +732,137 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Kopioiden lukumäärä" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Herodotus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 eKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 jKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 vuotta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 jKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 jKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 vuotta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 eKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 vuotta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 eKr. - 17 jKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 vuotta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Uusi Testamentti" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 jKr. - 100 jKr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 vuotta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the " +#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, " +#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., " +#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment " +#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to " +#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</" @@ -780,18 +874,23 @@ msgstr "" "kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" +#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +#| "emphasis> p. 25-26" msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <emphasis>Questions of Life</" "emphasis> s. 25-26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -802,16 +901,24 @@ msgstr "" "proosatekstien joukossa.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living " +#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " +#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on " +#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</" +#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to " +#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -823,10 +930,15 @@ msgstr "" "Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt " @@ -835,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -843,31 +955,36 @@ msgstr "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the " +#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible " +#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it." +msgid "" +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -877,13 +994,20 @@ msgstr "" "itse opetti niin." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, \"<emphasis>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, " "ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan " @@ -892,15 +1016,20 @@ msgstr "" "että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Kirja, joka toimii" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu " @@ -909,52 +1038,56 @@ msgstr "" "rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Viittaus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Toiminta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef. 5:26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "puhdistaa -- \"...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Apt 20:32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up " +#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "rakentaa -- \" ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat " "meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. \"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Room. 15:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -963,12 +1096,12 @@ msgstr "" "rohkaisuun kautta.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Room. 10:17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -976,12 +1109,12 @@ msgstr "" "antaa uskon -- \"Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Kor. 10:11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -990,12 +1123,12 @@ msgstr "" "kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Matt. 4:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1005,19 +1138,27 @@ msgstr "" "ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Kirja, joka vapahtaa" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall " +#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " +#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, " +#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly " +#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Joh.8:32 \"<emphasis>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä " "vapaita.</emphasis>\"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai " @@ -1027,19 +1168,31 @@ msgstr "" "\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan " "totuudesta." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1052,97 +1205,107 @@ msgstr "" "totuuteen sillä seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti \"tuulen vietäviä.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Te " "kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan " "voimaa.</emphasis>\"Matt.22:29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Jumalan sana" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Jumalan voima" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Kirja, joka sotii" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Hengellinen sotavaruste" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Kysymys" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Vastaus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Yksi" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Mikä niistä?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Kehotus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1151,9 +1314,15 @@ msgstr "" "sanaa oikein.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1163,21 +1332,28 @@ msgstr "" "mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä lauluja.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Ei pieni!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and " +#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given " +#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many " +#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." +#| "</emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1188,46 +1364,60 @@ msgstr "" "</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Liite: \"Kerran kaikille\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " "InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " +#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " +#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " +#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without " +#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the " +#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation." msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on " "kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen " @@ -1240,16 +1430,21 @@ msgstr "" "ja <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> pelastukseksemme." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can " +#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 " +#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti " "Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, " @@ -1257,13 +1452,13 @@ msgstr "" "pitääksesi sen tuoreena!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1272,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuukaudenpäivää." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1281,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1290,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "yksi luku päivässä." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1301,49 +1496,58 @@ msgstr "" "Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)" -# type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's " +#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is " +#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että " "huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille selvä. " "Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words " +#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of " +#| "the key words by following these steps:" msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen " @@ -1351,12 +1555,12 @@ msgstr "" "merkitys näillä askelilla:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Määrittely" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1365,15 +1569,26 @@ msgstr "" "Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew " +#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new " +#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word " +#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the " +#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the " +#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? " +#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the " +#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of " +#| "meaning.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai " @@ -1387,16 +1602,23 @@ msgstr "" "voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Esimerkki 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, " +#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is " +#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so " +#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study " +#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1407,96 +1629,97 @@ msgstr "" "kirjoittamasta kirjasta' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Esimerkki 1B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who " +#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "Jaak. 5:14, <emphasis>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja " "rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</emphasis>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" "Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1505,43 +1728,54 @@ msgstr "" "julistamaan [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "" +#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja " "määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <emphasis>"aleipho" on öljyn " "jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use " +#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " +#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use " +#| "in Jesus' day." msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan " @@ -1550,12 +1784,18 @@ msgstr "" "päivinä." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <emphasis>\"Jos " "joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä " @@ -1563,31 +1803,38 @@ msgstr "" "Herran nimeen.\"</emphasis> Onko \"voitelu\" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? " "Jokapäiväistä!" -# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses " +#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " +#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the " +#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. " +#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have " +#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further." +msgid "" +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? " @@ -1597,25 +1844,37 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Esimerkki 2A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <emphasis>\"syntynyt vedestä ja " "Hengestä.\"</emphasis> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä " "asiayhteydessään?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch " +#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a " +#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has " +#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = " +#| "natural birth." msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1625,14 +1884,19 @@ msgstr "" "\"syntynyt vedestä\" = luonnollinen syntymä." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Esimerkki 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has " +#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman " +#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1641,22 +1905,34 @@ msgstr "" "rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Esimerkki 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of " +#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your " +#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If " +#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude " +#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration " +#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is " +#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If " +#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 " +#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach " +#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Apt. 2:38 <quote>Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin " "kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi " @@ -1669,16 +1945,23 @@ msgstr "" "minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan evankeliumia\"</emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can " +#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into " +#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the " +#| "recipients." +msgid "" +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Emme kysy ensiksi <quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote> vaan <quote>Mitä " @@ -1687,18 +1970,25 @@ msgstr "" "kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Esimerkki 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " +#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. " +#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be " +#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or " +#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction." +msgid "" +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "<quote>3 päivää & 3 yötä</quote> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia " "\"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan,\" erityisesti Armstrongismin " @@ -1708,15 +1998,25 @@ msgstr "" "auta selittämään silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full " +#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half " +#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one " +#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted " +#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday " +#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day " +#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within " +#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble." msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän " @@ -1730,18 +2030,26 @@ msgstr "" "poistaa ongelman." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Esimerkki 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and " +#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract " +#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part " +#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a " +#| "unilateral covenant." +msgid "" +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin " @@ -1752,34 +2060,46 @@ msgstr "" "sopimuksella." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. " +#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla " "kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Esimerkki 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>paha silmä</quote> Mt.6:23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, " +#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what " +#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't " +#| "understanding it rightly!!" +msgid "" +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Sääntö 1, sanojen \"evil\" ja \"eye\" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. " @@ -1788,13 +2108,22 @@ msgstr "" "oikein!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look " +#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me " +#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil" +#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that " +#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. " +#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so " +#| "perfectly to the context." +msgid "" +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <quote>evil eye</quote>. " @@ -1806,17 +2135,17 @@ msgstr "" "niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Esimerkki 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" "5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat " @@ -1824,18 +2153,31 @@ msgstr "" "heidät.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove " +#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of " +#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a " +#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin " +#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an " +#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to " +#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His " +#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, " +#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be " +#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to " +#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position." msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli " @@ -1851,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1860,7 +2202,7 @@ msgstr "" "välillä" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -1869,19 +2211,28 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is " +#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and " +#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to " +#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; " +#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our " +#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable " +#| "illustrates that, fine." msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on " @@ -1893,12 +2244,12 @@ msgstr "" "jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Esimerkki 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -1909,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "" "vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -1918,24 +2269,33 @@ msgstr "" "puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat \"kiusaavat\" Häntä, jne." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Esimerkki 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point " +#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen " "merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what " +#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not " +#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa " @@ -1944,13 +2304,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -1960,42 +2320,48 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on " "lisensioitu <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> " "\"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link> -lisenssillä." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." @@ -2004,12 +2370,12 @@ msgstr "" "Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Abstrakti" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2019,13 +2385,13 @@ msgstr "" "tutkimiseen." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2037,24 +2403,11 @@ msgstr "" "sanojaan sydämeesi, Hän ei tuota sinulle pettymystä." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Etsi nämä jakeet:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset:" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "&bibletime;-työryhmä (info@bibletime.info)" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-fr.po b/i18n/howto/howto-fr.po index 105eb43..edd7890 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-fr.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-fr.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: full\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-31 12:52+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Vincent BERZIN <berzinv@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Français <fr@li.org>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Bases de l'étude biblique" @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Jn 5:39-40" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " "to Me, that you may have life." msgstr "" -"Jn 5:39-40<emphasis>\"Vous sondez les Écritures, parce que vous pensez " -"avoir en elles la vie éternelle : ce sont elles qui rendent témoignage de " -"moi. Et vous ne voulez pas venir à moi pour avoir la vie !\"</emphasis>" +"Jn 5:39-40<emphasis>\"Vous sondez les Écritures, parce que vous pensez avoir " +"en elles la vie éternelle : ce sont elles qui rendent témoignage de moi. Et " +"vous ne voulez pas venir à moi pour avoir la vie !\"</emphasis>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour son propre intérêt mais par amour envers Dieu." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Les Juifs auxquels Jésus parlait... imaginaient que posséder les Écritures " "était équivalent à posséder la vie. Hillel disait, \"Celui qui a pour lui-" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -108,17 +108,17 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Approche de la Parole de Dieu" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -129,121 +129,119 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Écouter" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" msgstr "" -"Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, " -"et qui la gardent !</quote>" +"Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui " +"la gardent !</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lire" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" msgstr "" -"Ap 1:3 <emphasis>\"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les " -"paroles de la prophétie...\"</emphasis>" +"Ap 1:3 <emphasis>\"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles " +"de la prophétie...\"</emphasis>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" -msgstr "" -"1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</" -"quote>" +msgstr "1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Étude" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " "Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>" msgstr "" -"Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que " -"ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, " -"et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur " -"disait était exact.</quote>" +"Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de " +"Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils " +"examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait " +"était exact.</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " "word of truth.</quote>" msgstr "" -"2 Tm 2:15 <quote>\"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter " -"devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui " -"dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</quote>" +"2 Tm 2:15 <quote>\"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu " +"comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense " +"droitement la parole de la vérité.</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Mémoriser" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" msgstr "" -"Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne " -"pas pécher contre toi.</quote>" +"Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher " +"contre toi.</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Méditer" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " "streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does " "not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>" msgstr "" -"Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de " -"l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près " -"d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage " -"ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote>" +"Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui " +"la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant " +"d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit " +"point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -257,19 +255,19 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Types d'études bibliques" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Étude thématique" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -278,46 +276,46 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Étude de personnage" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" -"Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans " -"Gn 37-50." +"Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn " +"37-50." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Étude expositoire" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Bases d'une juste interprétation" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Contenu" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -328,32 +326,36 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Contexte" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" -"Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est " -"la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure du passage " -"entier et du livre." +"Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est " +"roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure " +"du passage entier et du livre." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Références croisées" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -365,62 +367,68 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" -"Étudions ensemble Mt 6:1-18. Lisez-le vous même, en recherchant " -"d'abord le verset clef, c'est à dire le verset résumant l'ensemble du " -"passage. Vous pensez l'avoir ? Testez cela en examinant divers extraits de " -"ce passage et en vous demandant si ils font référence à ce verset clef. Une " -"fois que vous l'avez, écrivez cette ébauche avec le chiffre romain Un :" +"Étudions ensemble Mt 6:1-18. Lisez-le vous même, en recherchant d'abord le " +"verset clef, c'est à dire le verset résumant l'ensemble du passage. Vous " +"pensez l'avoir ? Testez cela en examinant divers extraits de ce passage et " +"en vous demandant si ils font référence à ce verset clef. Une fois que vous " +"l'avez, écrivez cette ébauche avec le chiffre romain Un :" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" -msgstr "Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus" +msgstr "" +"Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " +#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " +#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Que signifie \"pratiquez votre justice\" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des " "exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! Qu'est-" "ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Quand tu fais l'aumône" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Quand tu jeûnes" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Quand tu pries" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -429,98 +437,97 @@ msgstr "" "d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" "Ne sonne pas de la trompette devant toi. (Comment quelqu'un pourrait-il " "<quote>sonner de la trompette</quote> aujourd'hui ?)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "que ton aumône se fasse en secret." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Quand vous donnez <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Pour rechercher un verset particulier" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 #, fuzzy msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "Les blessures d'un ami prouvent sa fidélité" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 #, fuzzy msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "Nous faisons donc les fonctions d'ambassadeurs pour Christ" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Trouvez ces versets : <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Pour faire une étude thématique" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Disons que vous souhaitez faire une étude sur le mot \"rédemption\". Déjà, " "vous devriez rechercher ce mot dans l'index et examiner les références qui y " @@ -530,63 +537,75 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 " +#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that " +#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different " +#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? " +#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)" msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 <quote>Ne " -"jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</quote> et 1 Co 2:15 <quote>L'homme " -"spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</quote> ? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots " -"grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir " -"de maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strong)" +"jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</quote> et 1 Co 2:15 " +"<quote>L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</quote> ? Peut-être " +"y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "" +"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons l'affichage " +"des numéros Strong)" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Recherche du mot "jugés"." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Allez voir à Mt 7:1. À sa droite se trouve un chiffre, 2919. Ceci fait " "référence au mot grec utilisé. Écrivez-le." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge"." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Allez alors voir dans le dictionnaire Grec. (Rappelez-vous, vous êtes dans " "le NT, donc la langue est le grec, tandis que l'AT est en hébreu.) Comparez " @@ -595,13 +614,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Pour trouver la signification des noms" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -610,47 +629,47 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigaïl" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Josué" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabas" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Importance de la Parole de Dieu" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Comprendre la Parole de Dieu est très important pour tous ceux qui en " @@ -659,25 +678,26 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Un livre unique" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" -msgstr "La Bible se démarque des autres livres sous divers aspects. Elle est unique " +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgstr "" +"La Bible se démarque des autres livres sous divers aspects. Elle est unique " "pour :" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "sa popularité. Les ventes de Bibles en Amérique du nord représentent plus de " "500 millions d'euros par an. La Bible est à la fois le best-seller de tous " @@ -685,10 +705,10 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "ses auteurs. Elle fût écrite pendant une période de 1600 ans par 40 auteurs " @@ -697,10 +717,10 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "sa conservation. F. F. Bruce dans <emphasis>Les documents du Nouveau " @@ -709,32 +729,32 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." -msgstr "Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens." - +msgstr "" +"Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Ouvrage" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Date d'écriture" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Copie la plus ancienne" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Période écoulée" @@ -746,166 +766,166 @@ msgstr "Nombre de copies" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Hérodote" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 avant J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 après J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 ans" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacite" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 après J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 après J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 ans" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 avant J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 ans" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 ans" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Nouveau Testament" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 ans" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Dix copies de la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César existent, " "la plus ancienne ayant été copiée 900 ans après que César écrive l'original, " "etc. Pour le Nouveau Testament nous possédons des manuscrits complets datant " -"de 350 après J.C., des papyrus contenant la plupart du Nouveau Testament " -"des années 200 et un fragment de l'évangile de Jean de 130 après J.C. " -"Combien de manuscrits a-t-on pour les comparer entre eux? 5000 en Grec et " -"10000 en Latin !" +"de 350 après J.C., des papyrus contenant la plupart du Nouveau Testament des " +"années 200 et un fragment de l'évangile de Jean de 130 après J.C. Combien de " +"manuscrits a-t-on pour les comparer entre eux? 5000 en Grec et 10000 en " +"Latin !" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., cité dans <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " @@ -913,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -925,35 +945,40 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." msgstr "" -"<emphasis>He 4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Car la parole de Dieu est " -"vivante et efficace... </emphasis>\" Jésus dit <emphasis>(Mt 4:4),</" -"emphasis> \"<emphasis>Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain seulement, " -"mais de toute parole qui sort [litt., en train de sortir] de la bouche de " -"Dieu.</emphasis>\" Comme nous lisons la Bible, L'Esprit de Dieu parle à " -"notre cœur de façon sans cesse renouvelée." +"<emphasis>He 4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Car la parole de Dieu est vivante " +"et efficace... </emphasis>\" Jésus dit <emphasis>(Mt 4:4),</emphasis> " +"\"<emphasis>Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain seulement, mais de " +"toute parole qui sort [litt., en train de sortir] de la bouche de Dieu.</" +"emphasis>\" Comme nous lisons la Bible, L'Esprit de Dieu parle à notre cœur " +"de façon sans cesse renouvelée." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Tm 3:16 dit,\"<emphasis>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est " @@ -961,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -971,23 +996,23 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Il se réfère aux auteurs humains, mais admet que derrière eux tous est un " "Auteur divin unique. Il dit aussi bien 'Moïse a dit' que 'Dieu a dit' (Mc " @@ -999,19 +1024,19 @@ msgstr "" "conviction de la rédaction duelle des Écritures. Pour eux, il était aussi " "juste de dire que 'Après avoir autrefois [...] parlé à nos pères par les " "prophètes, Dieu...' (He 1:1) que de dire '...c'est poussés par le Saint-" -"Esprit que des hommes ont parlé de la part de Dieu.' (2 P 1:21). Dieu " -"ne parle pas en annihilant la personnalité de l'auteur humain, de même que " -"les hommes ne parlent pas d'une façon qui corrompe la Parole de l'Auteur " -"divin. Dieu parle. Les hommes parlent. Aucune confiance ne doit être donnée " -"à une dépréciation de l'un par l'autre. ..." +"Esprit que des hommes ont parlé de la part de Dieu.' (2 P 1:21). Dieu ne " +"parle pas en annihilant la personnalité de l'auteur humain, de même que les " +"hommes ne parlent pas d'une façon qui corrompe la Parole de l'Auteur divin. " +"Dieu parle. Les hommes parlent. Aucune confiance ne doit être donnée à une " +"dépréciation de l'un par l'autre. ..." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -1022,13 +1047,20 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : \"<emphasis>... et utile pour enseigner, pour " "convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme " @@ -1038,49 +1070,54 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Un livre qui agit" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" -"Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 " -"affirme que la Bible \"<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>\" À " -"coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit." +"Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la " +"Bible \"<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>\" À coté de chaque " +"verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Référence" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Action" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ep 5:26" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" @@ -1089,30 +1126,30 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Ac 20:32" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "édification -- \"...à Dieu et à la parole de sa grâce, à celui qui peut " "édifier et donner l'héritage avec tous les sanctifiés.\"" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Rm 15:4" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1122,13 +1159,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Rm 10:17" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1138,13 +1175,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Co 10:11" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1154,13 +1191,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Mt 4:4" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1171,34 +1208,38 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Un livre qui libère" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" -"Jn 8:32 \"<emphasis>vous connaîtrez la vérité, et la vérité vous " -"affranchira.</emphasis>\" Ceci est habituellement cité de la sorte. Est-ce " -"une promesse conditionnelle ou inconditionnelle ? Est ce que cela s'applique " -"à tout type de connaissances ? Cherchez la réponse en examinant la première " -"moitié de la phrase, au verset 31. \"<emphasis>Si vous demeurez dans ma " -"parole, vous êtes vraiment mes disciples...</emphasis>\"" +"Jn 8:32 \"<emphasis>vous connaîtrez la vérité, et la vérité vous affranchira." +"</emphasis>\" Ceci est habituellement cité de la sorte. Est-ce une promesse " +"conditionnelle ou inconditionnelle ? Est ce que cela s'applique à tout type " +"de connaissances ? Cherchez la réponse en examinant la première moitié de la " +"phrase, au verset 31. \"<emphasis>Si vous demeurez dans ma parole, vous êtes " +"vraiment mes disciples...</emphasis>\"" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout " @@ -1206,10 +1247,18 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1223,11 +1272,16 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Jésus leur répondit : </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Vous êtes dans " "l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de " @@ -1235,178 +1289,194 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" -msgstr "Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de " +msgstr "" +"Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de " "l'erreur ?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "La Parole de Dieu" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "La puissance de Dieu" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Un livre qui combat" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "L'armure spirituelle" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Question" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Réponse" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Combien sont offensives ?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Un" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "La (les) quelle(s) ?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Les exhortations" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" -"2 Tm 2:15 \"<emphasis>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme " -"un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement " -"la parole de la vérité.</emphasis>\"" +"2 Tm 2:15 \"<emphasis>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme " +"éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la " +"parole de la vérité.</emphasis>\"" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Col 3:16 \"<emphasis>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous " -"abondamment; instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute " -"sagesse, par des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, " -"chantant à Dieu dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>\"" +"Col 3:16 \"<emphasis>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment; " +"instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par " +"des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu " +"dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>\"" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Pas qu'un peu !" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Qo 12:11 \"<emphasis>Les paroles des sages sont comme des " -"aiguillons; et, rassemblées en un recueil, elles sont comme des clous " -"plantés, données par un seul maître. Du reste, mon fils, tire instruction de " -"ces choses; on ne finirait pas, si l'on voulait faire un grand nombre de " -"livres, et beaucoup d'étude est une fatigue pour le corps.</emphasis>\"" +"Qo 12:11 \"<emphasis>Les paroles des sages sont comme des aiguillons; et, " +"rassemblées en un recueil, elles sont comme des clous plantés, données par " +"un seul maître. Du reste, mon fils, tire instruction de ces choses; on ne " +"finirait pas, si l'on voulait faire un grand nombre de livres, et beaucoup " +"d'étude est une fatigue pour le corps.</emphasis>\"" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Annexe : \"Une fois pour toutes\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "La vérité quant à la finalité de l'initiative de Dieu en Christ est portée " @@ -1417,24 +1487,23 @@ msgstr "" "validité perpétuelle et ne nécessitant pas de répétition et est appliqué " "dans le NT pour la révélation et la rédemption. Ainsi, Jude se réfère à la " "foi qui est délivrée une fois pour toute aux saints (Jude 3) et il est dit " -"dans Romains, \"<emphasis>c'est pour le péché qu'il est mort une fois " -"pour toutes...</emphasis>\" (Rm 6:10, voir aussi 1 P 3:18; " -"He 9:26-28)." +"dans Romains, \"<emphasis>c'est pour le péché qu'il est mort une fois pour " +"toutes...</emphasis>\" (Rm 6:10, voir aussi 1 P 3:18; He 9:26-28)." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Ainsi, nous pouvons dire que Dieu a parlé une fois pour toutes et que Christ " "a souffert une fois pour toutes. Ceci signifie que la révélation chrétienne " @@ -1442,25 +1511,25 @@ msgstr "" "peut être ajouté à l'une d'entre elles sans être désobligeant vis-à-vis de " "Christ... Celles-ci sont les deux rocs sur lesquels la Réforme Protestante " "s'est construite -- Dieu révéla sa Parole sans addition de traditions " -"humaines et le Christ acheva l'ouvrage sans l'addition de mérites humains. Les " -"gardiens de la Réforme furent les mots <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"humaines et le Christ acheva l'ouvrage sans l'addition de mérites humains. " +"Les gardiens de la Réforme furent les mots <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" "foreignphrase> pour notre autorité et <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" "foreignphrase> pour notre salut." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Voici quelques programmes simples pour lire la Bible de façon systématique. " "Vous pouvez en suivre plus d'un à la fois si vous le souhaitez, par exemple " @@ -1469,13 +1538,14 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." -msgstr "Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine." +msgstr "" +"Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1485,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1496,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1506,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1518,25 +1588,25 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1546,23 +1616,23 @@ msgstr "" "l'auteur (et l'Auteur !) original. Alors que plusieurs applications d'un " "passage sont valides, uniquement une interprétation est juste. Les Écritures " "elles-mêmes l'affirment en disant qu'aucune prophétie de l'Écriture ne peut " -"être l'objet d'une interprétation privée (2 P 1:20 <emphasis> \"sachant " -"tout d'abord vous-mêmes qu'aucune prophétie de l'Écriture ne peut être un " -"objet d'interprétation particulière...\"</emphasis>) Certaines règles aident " -"à découvrir le sens juste, ceux qui les ont ignorées se sont attiré des " -"ennuis sur eux-mêmes et leurs partisans. 2 P 3:16 <emphasis>\"...dans " -"lesquelles il y a des points difficiles à comprendre, dont les personnes " -"ignorantes et mal affermies tordent le sens, comme celui des autres " -"Écritures, pour leur propre ruine.\"</emphasis>" +"être l'objet d'une interprétation privée (2 P 1:20 <emphasis> \"sachant tout " +"d'abord vous-mêmes qu'aucune prophétie de l'Écriture ne peut être un objet " +"d'interprétation particulière...\"</emphasis>) Certaines règles aident à " +"découvrir le sens juste, ceux qui les ont ignorées se sont attiré des ennuis " +"sur eux-mêmes et leurs partisans. 2 P 3:16 <emphasis>\"...dans lesquelles il " +"y a des points difficiles à comprendre, dont les personnes ignorantes et mal " +"affermies tordent le sens, comme celui des autres Écritures, pour leur " +"propre ruine.\"</emphasis>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Comment allons nous découvrir le sens original d'un passage? Imaginons que " "votre attention ait été attirée par un verset particulier dont le sens ne " @@ -1570,17 +1640,17 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Plus nous pouvons être précis dans la définition originale des mots, plus " @@ -1589,13 +1659,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Définition" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " @@ -1606,16 +1676,16 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Comparer les Écritures avec les Écritures. Voir comment le même mot Grec ou " @@ -1624,24 +1694,24 @@ msgstr "" "auteur utilise-t-il ce mot ailleurs ? Et les autres auteurs ? Vos références " "peuvent aussi vous fournir l'usage de ce mot dans des documents non-" "bibliques. Pourquoi devons-nous retourner à la langue originale, pourquoi " -"est-ce que le texte Français n'est pas suffisant ? <emphasis>car plus d'un mot Grec " -"peut être traduit par le même mot Français et les mots Grecs peuvent " -"posséder diverses nuances quant à leur sens." +"est-ce que le texte Français n'est pas suffisant ? <emphasis>car plus d'un " +"mot Grec peut être traduit par le même mot Français et les mots Grecs " +"peuvent posséder diverses nuances quant à leur sens." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Exemple 1A" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1653,26 +1723,26 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" -"Définition : en retournant à Jn 20:17, à coté du mot \"touche\", nous " -"voyons \"pim680 \". Les lettres sont un code lié au rôle dans la phrase et " -"les nombres réfèrent au dictionnaire Strong. Voyons la définition (p. 879). " +"Définition : en retournant à Jn 20:17, à coté du mot \"touche\", nous voyons " +"\"pim680 \". Les lettres sont un code lié au rôle dans la phrase et les " +"nombres réfèrent au dictionnaire Strong. Voyons la définition (p. 879). " "\"680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), toucher. Fait référence à la prise d'un " "objet de façon à le modifier... À distinguer de pselaphao (5584), qui " "signifie seulement toucher la surface de quelque chose\". Maitenant, " @@ -1686,43 +1756,43 @@ msgstr "" "actuellement. Alors, qu'avons nous trouvé ?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter " -"de le retenir !</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le " +"retenir !</emphasis>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Exemple 1B" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" -"Dans Jc 5:14, <emphasis>les anciens doivent prier pour celui qui est " -"malade en l'oignant d'huile</emphasis>. Qu'est ce que oindre ?" +"Dans Jc 5:14, <emphasis>les anciens doivent prier pour celui qui est malade " +"en l'oignant d'huile</emphasis>. Qu'est ce que oindre ?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Définition de aleipho (218) - \"oindre\" (dans Strong); mais nous avons " "aussi un autre mot grec traduit par \"oindre\", chrio (5548) - \"enduir ou " @@ -1735,30 +1805,31 @@ msgstr "" "\" (Zodhiates p.851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." -msgstr "Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : " +msgstr "" +"Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : " "\"oindre\"] Jésus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" "Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" @@ -1766,14 +1837,15 @@ msgstr "" "avec ses cheveux" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"Références croisées pour aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" +"Références croisées pour aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/" +">" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1782,47 +1854,53 @@ msgstr "" "annoncer [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Références croisées pour chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Références croisées pour chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "" +#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux " "références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des " -"différences: <emphasis>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de l'huile et "chrio" l'usage " -"spirituel</emphasis>" +"différences: <emphasis>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de " +"l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel</emphasis>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "En guise d'exemple (bien que le mot ne soit pas utilisé) de l'usage pratique " @@ -1832,54 +1910,60 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" -"Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à " -"Jc 5:14 <emphasis>\"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle " -"les anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant " +"Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc " +"5:14 <emphasis>\"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les " +"anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant " "d'huile au nom du Seigneur.\"</emphasis> \"oindre\" désigne un acte pratique " "ou spirituel ? Pratique !" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Et le temps en Grec, le participe présent de aorist, devrait être traduit " "par \"avoir oint\", ainsi le commandement est d'oindre d'abord, puis de " "prier (\"au nom du Seigneur\" fait référence à la prière, pas à l'onction). " -"Jc 5 explique que les anciens doivent soigner le malade et prier pour " -"lui au nom du Seigneur. N'est ce pas un merveilleux équilibre entre le " -"pratique et le spirituel en notre Dieu !" +"Jc 5 explique que les anciens doivent soigner le malade et prier pour lui au " +"nom du Seigneur. N'est ce pas un merveilleux équilibre entre le pratique et " +"le spirituel en notre Dieu !" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Interprétez les Écritures en accord avec les autres parties des Écritures. " @@ -1892,16 +1976,21 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Exemple 2A" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 <emphasis>\"...naît " "d'eau et d'Esprit...\"</emphasis> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont " @@ -1909,11 +1998,11 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1925,68 +2014,73 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Exemple 2B" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has " +#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman " +#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" -"1 Co 14:34 <emphasis>\"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées" -"\"</emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co " -"11:5 <emphasis>\"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise...\"</emphasis>" +"1 Co 14:34 <emphasis>\"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées\"</" +"emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co 11:5 " +"<emphasis>\"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise...\"</emphasis>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Exemple 2C" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Ac 2:38 <emphasis>Pierre leur dit: \"Repentez-vous, et que chacun de vous " "soit baptisé au nom de Jésus-Christ, pour le pardon de vos péchés...\"</" "emphasis> Est-ce que cela nous enseigne le salut par le baptême ? Si c'était " -"le seul verset des Écritures que nous ayons, nous en concluerions ceci. Mais à " -"la lumière de l'enseignement sans ambiguïté, disponible ailleurs, qui dit que " -"le salut s'obtient par la foi en Christ, nous devons l'interpréter " +"le seul verset des Écritures que nous ayons, nous en concluerions ceci. Mais " +"à la lumière de l'enseignement sans ambiguïté, disponible ailleurs, qui dit " +"que le salut s'obtient par la foi en Christ, nous devons l'interpréter " "différemment. Pierre presse ses auditeurs de se faire baptiser en réponse à " "l'Évangile. Si le baptême était le chemin de la nouvelle naissance, comment " -"Paul pourrait écrire dans 1 Co 1:17 <emphasis>\"Ce n'est pas pour " -"baptiser que le Christ m'a envoyé, c'est pour annoncer l'Évangile\"</emphasis>?" +"Paul pourrait écrire dans 1 Co 1:17 <emphasis>\"Ce n'est pas pour baptiser " +"que le Christ m'a envoyé, c'est pour annoncer l'Évangile\"</emphasis>?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "En premier, ne nous demandons pas \"Qu'est ce que cela signifie pour moi ?\" " @@ -1997,40 +2091,40 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Exemple 3A" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" -"\"3 jours & 3 nuits\" (Mt 12:40) ont conduit certains à la " -"\"théorie de la crucifixion du mercredi\", particulièrement le culte de " -"l'Armstrongisme. Comment Jésus pouvait-il mourir le vendredi après-midi et " -"ressusciter le dimanche matin tout en étant \"ressuscité le troisième jour" -"\" (Mt 16:21) ? La signification exacte de \"trois\" ou de \"jours\" " -"n'aide pas à expliquer la contradiction apparente." +"\"3 jours & 3 nuits\" (Mt 12:40) ont conduit certains à la \"théorie de " +"la crucifixion du mercredi\", particulièrement le culte de l'Armstrongisme. " +"Comment Jésus pouvait-il mourir le vendredi après-midi et ressusciter le " +"dimanche matin tout en étant \"ressuscité le troisième jour\" (Mt 16:21) ? " +"La signification exacte de \"trois\" ou de \"jours\" n'aide pas à expliquer " +"la contradiction apparente." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Nous avons besoin d'une anecdote historique : les Juifs comptaient n'importe " @@ -2045,41 +2139,41 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Exemple 3B" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" -"Gn 15:7-21. Le contexte historique nous apprend que couper un animal en " -"deux puis passer entre les morceaux était la procédure usuelle pour conclure " -"un contrat à l'époque d'Abraham. Les deux parties marchaient au milieu, " +"Gn 15:7-21. Le contexte historique nous apprend que couper un animal en deux " +"puis passer entre les morceaux était la procédure usuelle pour conclure un " +"contrat à l'époque d'Abraham. Les deux parties marchaient au milieu, " "promettant que le démembrement leur arriverait s'ils ne réalisaient pas leur " "part du contrat. Mais dans ce cas précis, seulement Dieu passe entre les " "morceaux, en faisant un pacte unilatéral." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Laissez le langage littéral être littéral et le langage figuratif être " @@ -2087,22 +2181,24 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Exemple 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>oeil en mauvais état</quote> dans Mt 6:23." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Règle n°1, définition de \"œil\" et de \"mauvais état\" - pas d'aide ici. " @@ -2111,14 +2207,14 @@ msgstr "" "indique que nous ne le comprenons pas correctement..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Ce que nous avons ici est un idiome hébraïque. Recherchons d'autres usages " @@ -2131,55 +2227,55 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Exemple 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "Dt 33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote>" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" -"Is 59:1 \"<emphasis>la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte...</emphasis>\"" -"Dt 33:27 \"<emphasis>Et sous ses bras éternels est une " -"retraite.</emphasis>\" Les références aux parties du corps de Dieu sont " -"utilisées par les Saints des Derniers Jours pour prouver que Dieu s'est fait " -"homme juste comme nous. Une fois qu'ils ont convaincus les gens de cela, ils " -"poursuivent en enseignant que nous pouvons devenir Dieu comme Il l'est ! " -"Lors d'une de ses interventions, un groupe d'anciens Mormons interpella " -"Walter Martin (auteur de <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) avec une " -"énumération de versets comme ceux-ci. Le Dr Martin leur demanda alors de " -"lire un verset de plus: Ps 91:4 \"<emphasis> Il te couvrira de ses " -"plumes, Et tu trouveras un refuge sous ses ailes...</emphasis>\". W. Martin " -"dit \"avec les mêmes règles d'interprétation vous ayant servies à prouver " -"que Dieu est un homme, vous venez de prouver qu'Il est un oiseau.\" Les " -"Mormons n'eurent plus qu'à rire en réalisant le ridicule de leur position." +"Is 59:1 \"<emphasis>la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte...</emphasis>" +"\"Dt 33:27 \"<emphasis>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</emphasis>" +"\" Les références aux parties du corps de Dieu sont utilisées par les Saints " +"des Derniers Jours pour prouver que Dieu s'est fait homme juste comme nous. " +"Une fois qu'ils ont convaincus les gens de cela, ils poursuivent en " +"enseignant que nous pouvons devenir Dieu comme Il l'est ! Lors d'une de ses " +"interventions, un groupe d'anciens Mormons interpella Walter Martin (auteur " +"de <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) avec une énumération de " +"versets comme ceux-ci. Le Dr Martin leur demanda alors de lire un verset de " +"plus: Ps 91:4 \"<emphasis> Il te couvrira de ses plumes, Et tu trouveras un " +"refuge sous ses ailes...</emphasis>\". W. Martin dit \"avec les mêmes règles " +"d'interprétation vous ayant servies à prouver que Dieu est un homme, vous " +"venez de prouver qu'Il est un oiseau.\" Les Mormons n'eurent plus qu'à rire " +"en réalisant le ridicule de leur position." # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -2188,7 +2284,7 @@ msgstr "" "parabole et une allégorie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -2198,20 +2294,20 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Certaines paraboles sont des allégories, par exemple la parabole du semeur " @@ -2225,13 +2321,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Exemple 5A" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " @@ -2244,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2254,16 +2350,16 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Exemple 5B" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "La parabole de l'économe infidèle dans Lc 16:1-9. Quel est le sujet de la " @@ -2271,11 +2367,11 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "L'économe n'est loué que pour une seule chose, son habileté à utiliser ce " @@ -2285,13 +2381,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -2302,37 +2398,49 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Tutoriel d'étude biblique" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "Bob" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "Harman" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The BibleTime team" +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "L'équipe BibleTime" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " +#| "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>L'équipe BibleTime; " +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>L'équipe BibleTime; " "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence " "<link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative " @@ -2340,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " @@ -2351,13 +2459,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Résumé" # #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2368,13 +2476,13 @@ msgstr "" # #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2387,28 +2495,11 @@ msgstr "" "pas." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "Bible" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "Tutoriel" - -# -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Trouver ces versets :" - -# -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Références croisées d'alelpho :" - -# -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Références croisées de chrio" - -# -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "L'équipe de &bibletime;, info@bibletime.de" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-hu.po b/i18n/howto/howto-hu.po index d21db22..37d54c6 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-hu.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-hu.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto-hu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-01 20:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: howto.pot\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Biblia tanulmányozási alapok" @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ msgstr "A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Jn.5:39-40" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -71,13 +71,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " +#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has " +#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were " +#| "grievously deceived. [...]" msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, " "mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta " @@ -86,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -100,16 +107,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Hozzáállás Isten Szavához" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while " +#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. " +#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and " +#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds." msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -120,13 +133,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Hallgatni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -136,13 +149,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Olvasni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -152,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" @@ -160,14 +173,14 @@ msgstr "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Tanulmányozni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -179,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -191,13 +204,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Memorizálni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -207,13 +220,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Elmélkedni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -227,10 +240,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all " +#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " +#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -245,19 +265,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Témák tanulmányozása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -267,13 +287,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Karakterek tanulmányozása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" @@ -282,32 +302,32 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Megismerő tanulmányozás" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "" "Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "A helyes értelmezés alapjai" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Tartalom" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -317,17 +337,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Szövegkörnyezet" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a " "király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes " @@ -335,14 +359,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Kereszthivatkozások" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -354,19 +378,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for " +#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have " +#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking " +#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find " +#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:" +msgid "" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a " "kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor " @@ -374,17 +405,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " +#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " +#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Mit jelent a <quote>kegyesség gyakorlása</quote>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? " "Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <emphasis>A motivációnknak!</" @@ -392,25 +428,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Amikor adsz" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Amikor böjtölsz" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Amikor imádkozol" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -420,97 +456,107 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 -msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " +#| "today?)" +msgid "" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <quote>kürtöltethet</quote> bárki manapság?)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "titokban csináld." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "stb." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Megtalálni a pontos verset" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "A gazdag ember és Lázár története." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Téma szerinti tanulmányozás" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." " +#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up " +#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and " +#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," " +#| "even "buy" or "bought."" +msgid "" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először " "nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket " @@ -520,19 +566,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 " +#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that " +#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different " +#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? " +#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)" msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<quote>Ne ítéljetek, " "hogy ne ítéltessetek!</quote> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <quote>A lelki ember azonban " @@ -542,39 +595,52 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Keresse meg az "ítél" szót" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, " +#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott " "görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " +#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of " +#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a " "görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú " @@ -582,13 +648,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Nevek jelentésének megkeresése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -597,46 +663,51 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nábál" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Józsué" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabás" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Isten szavának jelentősége" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " +#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +#| "communicate with God." msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják " @@ -645,22 +716,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt " "hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év " @@ -668,9 +745,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel " @@ -678,9 +759,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other " +#| "ancient texts:" +msgid "" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <emphasis> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség " @@ -689,31 +775,31 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Irat" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Keletkezés" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Legkorábbi másolat" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Eltelt idő" @@ -725,148 +811,156 @@ msgstr "Fennmaradt másolatok" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Hérodotosz" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 Kr.e" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 Kr.u." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 év" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 Kr.u." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 Kr.u." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 év" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "58-50 Kr.e." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 év" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 év" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Újszövetség" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "Kr.u. 40 - 100" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 -310 év" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the " +#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, " +#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., " +#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment " +#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to " +#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 " @@ -877,11 +971,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" +#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +#| "emphasis> p. 25-26" msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "F.J.A. Hort, \"Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben\" szöveg kritikája írja, 1." "kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet Kérdései</emphasis> " @@ -889,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -901,17 +1000,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "A könyv, amit Isten ihletett" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living " +#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " +#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on " +#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</" +#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to " +#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -924,10 +1031,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, \"<emphasis>A teljes Írás Istentől ihletett,</emphasis>" @@ -936,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -946,22 +1058,39 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind " +#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' " +#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in " +#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). " +#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is " +#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord " +#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New " +#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of " +#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to " +#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved " +#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in " +#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did " +#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God " +#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the " +#| "other. ..." msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy " "Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes " @@ -980,10 +1109,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the " +#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible " +#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it." +msgid "" +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -994,13 +1129,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: \"<emphasis>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, " "a megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az " @@ -1010,16 +1152,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "A könyv, amely cselekszik" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 -msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." +msgid "" +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy " @@ -1028,31 +1175,31 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Hivatkozás" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Cselekedet" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef. 5:26" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" @@ -1061,29 +1208,33 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "ApCsel. 20:32 " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up " +#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "felépít -- \" ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet " "benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között.\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Róm. 15:4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1092,13 +1243,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Róm. 10:17" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1108,13 +1259,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Kor. 10:11" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1124,13 +1275,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Mt. 4:4" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1141,20 +1292,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "A könyv ami megszabadít" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall " +#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " +#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, " +#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly " +#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Jn. 8:32 \"<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká " "tesz titeket.</emphasis>\" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták idézni. " @@ -1165,9 +1324,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten " @@ -1175,10 +1338,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1192,11 +1363,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</emphasis> " "\"<emphasis>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az " @@ -1204,99 +1380,104 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Isten igéje" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Isten hatalma" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "A könyv, amely harcol" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Szellemi páncél" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Kérdés" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Válasz" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Mennyi támadó?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Egy" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Melyik(ek)?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Bátorítás" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1306,9 +1487,15 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 -msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1320,23 +1507,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Nem kevés!" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and " +#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given " +#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many " +#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." +#| "</emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1348,32 +1542,48 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Függelék: \"Egyszer s mindenkorra\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</emphasis> InterVarsity " "Press 1978, pp.106-107" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is " +#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb " +#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</" +#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, " +#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual " +#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both " +#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once " +#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" +#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó " @@ -1388,17 +1598,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " +#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " +#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " +#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without " +#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the " +#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation." msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus " "szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a " @@ -1413,17 +1634,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can " +#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 " +#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen " "olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 " @@ -1432,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy " @@ -1440,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1450,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1460,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1470,7 +1696,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1482,24 +1708,39 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 -msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-" +#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical " +#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the " +#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are " +#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this " +#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 " +#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any " +#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward " +#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have " +#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 " +#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught " +#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to " +#| "their own destruction.</quote>" +msgid "" +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1519,11 +1760,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's " +#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is " +#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson " "figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? " @@ -1531,16 +1777,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words " +#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of " +#| "the key words by following these steps:" msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a " @@ -1549,13 +1800,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definíció" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1565,15 +1816,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew " +#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new " +#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word " +#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the " +#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the " +#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? " +#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the " +#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of " +#| "meaning.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög " @@ -1587,17 +1849,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "1A példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, " +#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is " +#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so " +#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study " +#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1609,21 +1878,37 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see " +#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the " +#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the " +#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers " +#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon " +#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to " +#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes " +#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim " +#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present " +#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do " +#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, " +#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a " +#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already " +#| "occuring. So, what have we found?" msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó \"érints\" mellett a pim680 " "számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: \"680: " @@ -1636,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" "fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" @@ -1644,16 +1929,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "1B példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who " +#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és " "imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> Mi " @@ -1661,16 +1950,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " +#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or " +#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" +#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" " +#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple " +#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the " +#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the " +#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Az aleipho (218) - \"beolajozni\" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is " "amit a \"megken\" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - \"bekenni, " @@ -1682,13 +1980,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" "Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék " @@ -1696,20 +1994,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel." # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" @@ -1717,14 +2015,14 @@ msgstr "" "saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1734,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" "ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit " @@ -1742,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" "ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és " @@ -1750,23 +2048,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "" +#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a " "kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: " @@ -1775,11 +2078,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use " +#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " +#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use " +#| "in Jesus' day." msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról " @@ -1789,12 +2098,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére " "<emphasis>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és " @@ -1803,14 +2118,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " +#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " +#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). " +#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine " +#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a " +#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!" msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán \"már " "megkenve\" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni \"az " @@ -1821,19 +2144,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses " +#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " +#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the " +#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. " +#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have " +#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further." +msgid "" +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi " @@ -1845,26 +2176,38 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "2A példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>\"születik víztől és " "Lélektől\"</emphasis> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch " +#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a " +#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has " +#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = " +#| "natural birth." msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1875,15 +2218,20 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "2B példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 -msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has " +#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman " +#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" +msgid "" +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1893,23 +2241,35 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "2C példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of " +#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your " +#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If " +#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude " +#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration " +#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is " +#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If " +#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 " +#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach " +#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "ApCsel 2:38 <quote> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és " "keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek " @@ -1925,17 +2285,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can " +#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into " +#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the " +#| "recipients." +msgid "" +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Először ne azt kérdezzük <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem " @@ -1945,19 +2312,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "3A példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " +#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. " +#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be " +#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or " +#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction." +msgid "" +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "<quote>Három nap és három éjjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a " "\"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete\" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong " @@ -1968,15 +2342,25 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full " +#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half " +#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one " +#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted " +#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday " +#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day " +#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within " +#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble." msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a " @@ -1990,19 +2374,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "3B példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and " +#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract " +#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part " +#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a " +#| "unilateral covenant." +msgid "" +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek " @@ -2013,15 +2405,19 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. " +#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell " @@ -2030,22 +2426,30 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "4A példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, " +#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what " +#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't " +#| "understanding it rightly!!" +msgid "" +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "1.szabály a \"gonosz\" és a \"szem\" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, " @@ -2055,13 +2459,22 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look " +#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me " +#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil" +#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that " +#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. " +#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so " +#| "perfectly to the context." +msgid "" +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <quote>gonosz szem</quote>. " @@ -2073,36 +2486,49 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "4B példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove " +#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of " +#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a " +#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin " +#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an " +#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to " +#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His " +#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, " +#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be " +#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to " +#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position." msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy " @@ -2119,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -2129,7 +2555,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -2139,19 +2565,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is " +#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and " +#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to " +#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; " +#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our " +#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable " +#| "illustrates that, fine." msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok " @@ -2163,13 +2598,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "5A példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -2181,7 +2616,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2191,24 +2626,33 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "5B példa" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point " +#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória?" # type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what " +#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not " +#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már " @@ -2217,13 +2661,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -2234,35 +2678,41 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a <link url=" "\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">Creative Commons " @@ -2271,7 +2721,7 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." @@ -2281,13 +2731,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Vázlat" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying " +#| "the Bible." msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2297,12 +2751,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " +#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular " +#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any " +#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study " +#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the " +#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He " +#| "will not disappoint you." msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2315,11 +2778,11 @@ msgstr "" "okozni. " #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-it.po b/i18n/howto/howto-it.po index 50e19ec..1ed01f9 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-it.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-it.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-16 09:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Elementi di studio della bibbia" @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Gv 5,39-40" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "" "me per avere la vita. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" "cercare Dio." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -65,13 +65,20 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " +#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has " +#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the " +#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were " +#| "grievously deceived. [...]" msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere " "in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della vita. " @@ -80,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" "furono delusi. [...]" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -92,15 +99,21 @@ msgstr "" "avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Approcci alla parola di Dio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while " +#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. " +#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and " +#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds." msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -110,12 +123,12 @@ msgstr "" "fissa la parola nella nostra mente." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "L'ascolto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -124,12 +137,12 @@ msgstr "" "osservano! </quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "La lettura" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -138,20 +151,20 @@ msgstr "" "questa profezia [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" msgstr "1 Tm 4,13 <quote>dedicati alla lettura [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Studio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -162,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -173,12 +186,12 @@ msgstr "" "della verità.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Memorizzazione" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -187,12 +200,12 @@ msgstr "" "te.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Meditazione" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -205,10 +218,17 @@ msgstr "" "riesce bene.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all " +#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " +#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -220,17 +240,17 @@ msgstr "" "conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Tipi di studio della Bibbia" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Studio tematico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -239,12 +259,12 @@ msgstr "" "una concordanza." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Studio di un Personaggio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" @@ -252,27 +272,27 @@ msgstr "" "Giuseppe in Gn 37-50." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Esposizione" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Contenuto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -281,29 +301,33 @@ msgstr "" "definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Contesto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule " +#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage " +#| "and book." msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola " "-- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del " "libro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Referenze" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -314,18 +338,25 @@ msgstr "" "interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for " +#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have " +#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking " +#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find " +#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:" +msgid "" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso " "chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo " @@ -334,18 +365,23 @@ msgstr "" "come il numero I della tua esposizione:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" "State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per " "essere ammirati da loro" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " +#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " +#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Cosa significa <quote>praticare la vostra giustizia</quote>? Ci sono degli " "esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione? " @@ -353,22 +389,22 @@ msgstr "" "questo pensiero?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Quando tu doni" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Quando tu digiuni" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Quando tu preghi" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -378,89 +414,99 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " +#| "today?)" msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" "non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno <quote>suonare la tromba</" "quote> oggi?)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "fallo in segreto." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Quando tu doni <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Trovare un Particolare Versetto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Leali sono le ferite di un amico</quote>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "<quote>In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "La storia del ricco e Lazzaro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Trova questi versetti <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Fare uno Studio Tematico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." " +#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up " +#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and " +#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," " +#| "even "buy" or "bought."" +msgid "" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per " "prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per " @@ -469,18 +515,25 @@ msgstr "" "comprato."" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 " +#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that " +#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different " +#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? " +#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)" msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 <quote>Non giudicate, per non " "essere giudicati</quote> e 1 Cor 2,15 <quote>L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito, " @@ -491,47 +544,60 @@ msgstr "" "\" che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Cerca "judge"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, " +#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo " "fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Adesso cerca "judgeth"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " +#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of " +#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la " "lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il " "significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Trovare i Significati dei Nomi" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -539,40 +605,45 @@ msgstr "" "Ebraico." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Joshua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "L'importanza della Parola di Dio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " +#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +#| "communicate with God." msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in " @@ -580,29 +651,39 @@ msgstr "" "con Dio." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Un libro che è Unico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500 " "millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di " "vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40 " @@ -610,9 +691,14 @@ msgstr "" "leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other " +#| "ancient texts:" +msgid "" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" @@ -620,27 +706,27 @@ msgstr "" "antichi:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Documento" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Epoca di Scrittura" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Copia più Antica" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Differenza di Tempo" @@ -650,130 +736,138 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Numero delle Copie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Erodoto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 A.C." # index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41 #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 D.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 anni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacito" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 D.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 D.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 anni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 A.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 anni" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 A.C. - 17 D.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 anni" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Nuovo testamento" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 D.C. - 100 D.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 anni" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Greci & 10000 Latini" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the " +#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, " +#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., " +#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment " +#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to " +#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Esistono dieci copie del <emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Cesare, la " @@ -786,18 +880,23 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek" +#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +#| "emphasis> p. 25-26" msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " "p. 25-26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -808,16 +907,24 @@ msgstr "" "dell'Antichità.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Un Libro Ispirato da Dio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living " +#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " +#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on " +#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</" +#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to " +#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -830,10 +937,15 @@ msgstr "" "continuamente rinnovato." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: \"<emphasis>Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da Dio.</" @@ -841,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -850,22 +962,39 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind " +#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' " +#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in " +#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). " +#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is " +#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord " +#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New " +#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of " +#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to " +#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved " +#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in " +#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did " +#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God " +#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the " +#| "other. ..." msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse " "un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come " @@ -883,10 +1012,16 @@ msgstr "" "dall'altra. ..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the " +#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible " +#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it." +msgid "" +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -896,13 +1031,20 @@ msgstr "" "credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 -msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." +msgid "" +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Tm 3,16 continua: \"<emphasis>è anche utile per insegnare, convincere, " "correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e " @@ -911,15 +1053,20 @@ msgstr "" "guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Un libro che Funziona" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 -msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." +msgid "" +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la " @@ -927,27 +1074,27 @@ msgstr "" "scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Riferimento" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Effetto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef 5,26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" @@ -955,26 +1102,30 @@ msgstr "" "\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "At 20,32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up " +#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "edifica -- \" ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare " "e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. \"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Rm 15,4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -983,12 +1134,12 @@ msgstr "" "provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Rm 10,17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -997,12 +1148,12 @@ msgstr "" "parola di Cristo.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Cor 10,11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1011,12 +1162,12 @@ msgstr "" "state scritte per nostro ammonimento\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Mt 4,4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1026,19 +1177,27 @@ msgstr "" "di ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Un libro che rende Liberi" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall " +#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " +#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, " +#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly " +#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Gv 8,32 \"<emphasis>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà liberi.</" "emphasis>\" Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una promessa " @@ -1048,19 +1207,31 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare " "della verità della parola di Dio." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1073,98 +1244,108 @@ msgstr "" "\"soffiati via.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>E Gesù rispose loro: </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Vi ingannate, perché " "non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>\"Mt 22,29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "" "Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati " "dall'errore?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "La parola di Dio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "La forza di Dio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Un Libro che da Battaglia" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Armamento spirituale" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Domanda" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Risposta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Quante sono offensive?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Una" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Quale?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Esortazioni" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1173,9 +1354,15 @@ msgstr "" "parola della verità.</quote></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 -msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1185,21 +1372,28 @@ msgstr "" "gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. </emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Non poco!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and " +#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given " +#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many " +#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." +#| "</emphasis>\"" +msgid "" +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1209,30 +1403,46 @@ msgstr "" "senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. </emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is " +#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb " +#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</" +#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, " +#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual " +#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both " +#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once " +#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" +#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica " @@ -1247,17 +1457,28 @@ msgstr "" "\" (Rm 6,10, vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " +#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " +#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " +#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without " +#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the " +#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and " +#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation." msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha " "sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione " @@ -1271,30 +1492,35 @@ msgstr "" "riguarda la nostra salvezza." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can " +#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 " +#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi " "svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al " "n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla " "settimana." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1303,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "giorno del mese, ogni giorno." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1312,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1320,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al giorno." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1331,23 +1557,38 @@ msgstr "" "leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 -msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-" +#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical " +#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the " +#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are " +#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this " +#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 " +#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any " +#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward " +#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have " +#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 " +#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught " +#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to " +#| "their own destruction.</quote>" +msgid "" +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1365,26 +1606,36 @@ msgstr "" "per loro propria rovina.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's " +#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is " +#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato " "un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni " "queste regole in mente:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words " +#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of " +#| "the key words by following these steps:" msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto, " @@ -1392,12 +1643,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave seguendo questi punti:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definizione" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1406,15 +1657,26 @@ msgstr "" "modo è ugualmente importantissimo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew " +#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new " +#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word " +#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the " +#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the " +#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? " +#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the " +#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of " +#| "meaning.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o " @@ -1427,16 +1689,23 @@ msgstr "" "termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Esempio 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, " +#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is " +#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so " +#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study " +#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1447,21 +1716,37 @@ msgstr "" "Testament </emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see " +#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the " +#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the " +#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers " +#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon " +#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to " +#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes " +#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim " +#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present " +#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do " +#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, " +#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a " +#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already " +#| "occuring. So, what have we found?" msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola \"Toccare\" vediamo " "\"pim680.\" Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il " @@ -1478,7 +1763,7 @@ msgstr "" "si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" @@ -1487,31 +1772,44 @@ msgstr "" "trattenerlo!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Esempio 1B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who " +#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "In Giacomo 5:14, <emphasis>...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su " "di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.</emphasis>. Cosa si intende " "per ungere?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " +#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or " +#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" +#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" " +#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple " +#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the " +#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the " +#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "La definizione di aleipho (218) - \"ungere\" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra " "parola greca tradotta con \"ungere\", chrio (5548) - \"macchiare o " @@ -1523,28 +1821,28 @@ msgstr "" "quest'ultimo.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" @@ -1552,13 +1850,13 @@ msgstr "" "capelli" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Riferimenti di aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1568,45 +1866,56 @@ msgstr "" "annuncio [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" "2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha " "conferito l'unzione" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "Riferimenti di chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "" +#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi " "e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: <emphasis>"aleipho" è " "uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use " +#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " +#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use " +#| "in Jesus' day." msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento " @@ -1615,12 +1924,18 @@ msgstr "" "tempo di Gesù." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a " "Giacomo 5:14 \"<emphasis>Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri " @@ -1628,14 +1943,22 @@ msgstr "" "Signore.</emphasis>\" Qui \"ungere\" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " +#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " +#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). " +#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine " +#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a " +#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!" msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con \"avendo unto" "\", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare (\"nel nome del signore" @@ -1645,18 +1968,26 @@ msgstr "" "nel Signore!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses " +#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " +#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the " +#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. " +#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have " +#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further." +msgid "" +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i " @@ -1668,24 +1999,36 @@ msgstr "" "guardare più avanti." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Esempio 2A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 <emphasis>\"nasce da " "acqua e Spirito.\"</emphasis> Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch " +#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a " +#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has " +#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = " +#| "natural birth." msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1696,14 +2039,19 @@ msgstr "" "d'acqua\" = nascita naturale." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Esempio 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 -msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has " +#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman " +#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" +msgid "" +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1712,22 +2060,34 @@ msgstr "" "profetizza [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Esempio 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of " +#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your " +#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If " +#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude " +#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration " +#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is " +#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If " +#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 " +#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach " +#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "At 2,38 <quote>E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si " "faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati " @@ -1741,16 +2101,23 @@ msgstr "" "\"</emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can " +#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into " +#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the " +#| "recipients." +msgid "" +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci <quote>Cosa significa per me?</" @@ -1760,18 +2127,25 @@ msgstr "" "destinatari." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Esempio 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " +#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. " +#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be " +#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or " +#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction." +msgid "" +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "<quote>3 giorni & 3 notti</quote> (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a " "formulare una \"Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì\", specialmente il " @@ -1781,15 +2155,25 @@ msgstr "" "spiegare l'apparente contraddizione." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full " +#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half " +#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one " +#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted " +#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday " +#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day " +#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within " +#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble." msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno " @@ -1803,18 +2187,26 @@ msgstr "" "entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Esempio 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and " +#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract " +#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part " +#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a " +#| "unilateral covenant." +msgid "" +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e " @@ -1825,34 +2217,46 @@ msgstr "" "attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. " +#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai " "attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Esempio 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>occhio cattivo</quote> in Mt 6,23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, " +#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what " +#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't " +#| "understanding it rightly!!" +msgid "" +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Regola 1, definizione di \"cattivo\" e \"occhio\" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2, " @@ -1861,13 +2265,22 @@ msgstr "" "perfettamente!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look " +#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me " +#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil" +#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that " +#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. " +#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so " +#| "perfectly to the context." +msgid "" +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, <quote>occhio " @@ -1879,34 +2292,47 @@ msgstr "" "questa definizione combacia perfettamente con il contesto." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Esempio 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Is 59,1 <quote>non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" "Dt 33,27 <quote>Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove " +#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of " +#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a " +#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin " +#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an " +#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to " +#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His " +#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, " +#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be " +#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to " +#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position." msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi " @@ -1922,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr "" "quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine della loro posizione." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1931,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" "parabola e un'allegoria" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -1940,18 +2366,27 @@ msgstr "" "</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is " +#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and " +#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to " +#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; " +#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our " +#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable " +#| "illustrates that, fine." msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è " @@ -1963,12 +2398,12 @@ msgstr "" "illustra, tanto meglio." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Esempio 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -1979,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" "un'allegoria, cosa succede?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -1988,24 +2423,33 @@ msgstr "" "diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Esempio 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point " +#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si " "tratta di un'allegoria?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what " +#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not " +#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che " @@ -2014,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -2030,56 +2474,72 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "Bob" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "Harman" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The BibleTime team" +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "Il team di BibleTime" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " +#| "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime; " +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime; " "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed " +#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</" +#| "link>." msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto " "i termini della licenza <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." msgstr "I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Sommario" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying " +#| "the Bible." msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2088,12 +2548,21 @@ msgstr "" "lo studio della Bibbia." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " +#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular " +#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any " +#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study " +#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the " +#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He " +#| "will not disappoint you." msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2104,23 +2573,11 @@ msgstr "" "l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "Bibbia" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "HowTo" - -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Trova questi versetto:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Riferimenti per aleipho:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Riferimenti di chrio:" - -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-ko.po b/i18n/howto/howto-ko.po index 05bfb41..e684396 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-ko.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-ko.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: full\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-04 11:05+0545\n" "Last-Translator: <s970501@ku.edu.np>\n" "Language-Team: <ko@li.org>\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "성경 공부의 기초들" @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" "하여 내게 오기를 원하지 아니하는도다.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" "해서인 것이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "유대인들은 말씀을 소유하는 것이 삶은 소유하는 것과 같은 것이라고 생각하였다. " "힐렐은(Hillel) \"토라의 말씀을 가진 사람은 다음 세상의 삶을 가졌다\"라고 말하" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. ..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -94,16 +94,16 @@ msgstr "" "을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "하나님의 말씀으로의 접근" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -113,12 +113,12 @@ msgstr "" "기는 것이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "들음(Hear)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" @@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ msgstr "" "가 복이 있느니라 하시니라.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "읽음(Read)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 가까움이라\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" @@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ msgstr "" "딤전 4:13 <emphasis>\"내가 이를 때까지 읽는 것...에 착념하라\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "공부" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " @@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "암송(Memorize)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " @@ -197,12 +197,12 @@ msgstr "" "었나이다.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "묵상(Meditate)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " @@ -215,11 +215,11 @@ msgstr "" "르지 아니함 같으니 그 행사가 다 형통하리로다.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -231,17 +231,17 @@ msgstr "" "숙해지게 될 것이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "성경공부의 유형들" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "주제별 성경공부" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -249,38 +249,38 @@ msgstr "" "특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "인물별 성경공부" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "설명적인(Expository) 성경공부" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "바른 해석의 기본" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "내용(Content)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -289,29 +289,28 @@ msgstr "" "그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "문맥(Context)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "앞뒤의 구절들이 무엇을 말하고 있는가? \"문맥이 왕이다\"가 법칙이다 -- 단락은 " "전체 문단과 책의 구조에 맞춰서 해석되야 한다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "겹참조(Cross-reference)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -322,19 +321,19 @@ msgstr "" "로 설 수 있어야 합니다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "마태복음 6:1-18을 공부해봅시다. 본문을 읽으시고, 전체 장을 요약하는 주제 문장" "을 찾으십시오. 찾으셨습니까? 그 장의 다른 부분들을 골라서 그것들이 주제문장" @@ -342,39 +341,39 @@ msgstr "" "제문장을 써넣으십시오:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "\"의를 행하다\"가 의미하는 바가 무엇입니까? 이 장에서 예를 찾으실 수 있습니" "까? 우리 삶의 어떤 부분들이 언급되어 있습니까? 우리의 동기들(motives)! 이 생" "각으로부터 어떤 세부 주제들이 나올 수 있습니까?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -382,90 +381,88 @@ msgstr "" "우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십" "시오:" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "특정 구절 찾기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "주제별 성경공부 하기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "당신이 \"구속(redemption)\"이란 단어를 공부하고 싶다고 하자. 먼저 색인과 참조" "난에서 단어를 찾아보아야 할 것이다. 그러면 리스트에서 관련 단어와 참조 등도 " @@ -473,19 +470,19 @@ msgstr "" "어는 \"buy\"나 \"bought\" 같은 단어도 리스트에 보인다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "만약 당신이 흠정역의 마 7:1 \"비판을 받지 아니하려거든 비판하지 말라\"와 고" "전 2:15 \"신령한 자는 모든 것을 판단하나\" 두부분이 모순된 것을 발견하였다고 " @@ -493,90 +490,90 @@ msgstr "" "에선 다른 단어일 수 있다. (스트롱넘버를 사용해 쉽게 확인 할 수 있다.)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 #, fuzzy -msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "\"비판(judge)\"을 찾아 보자." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "마 7:1로 가보자. 오른쪽의 번호가 2919이다. 이것은 헬라어 단어 참조 번호이다. " "번호를 적어놓는다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 #, fuzzy -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "다음엔 \"판단(judgeth)\"를 찾아 보자." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "헬라어 사전으로 가보자. (신약에서의 원어는 헬라어이며, 구약에서는 히브리어란 " "것을 알아두자.) 2919의 의미를 350의 의미와 비교해보고 답을 얻자!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "이름의 의미들을 찾기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "나발(Nabal)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "아비가일(Abigail)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "여호수아(Joshua)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "바나바(Barnabus)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "하나님의 말씀의 중요성" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "하나님의 말씀을 이해하는 것은 하나님의 이름을 부르는 자들에겐 정말 중요한 것" @@ -584,68 +581,68 @@ msgstr "" "하나이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "특별한(Unique) 책" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "성경은 여러가지 면에서 매우 특별하다:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "대중성(popularity). 성경은 남아메리카 지역에서만 매년 5억불 이상이 팔리고 있" "다. 성경은 전시대적으로나 매년 최고의 베스트셀러이다!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "저자(authorship). 성경은 1600여년의 기간동안 각기 다른 배경을 가진 40명의 저" "자들에 의해서 씌여졌지만, 마치 한사람에 의해 씌여진 것 같은 통일성이 있다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "보존성(preservation). F. F. Bruce는 <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " "Reliable?</emphasis>에서 신약성경사본과 다른 고대 텍스트 사본들을 비교하였다:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "작품" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "씌여진 시기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "최고(古) 사본" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "최고(古)사본과의 시간차" @@ -655,130 +652,130 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "사본의 수" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "헤로도투스(Herodotus)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 B.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 A.D." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300년" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 A.D." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 A.D." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000년" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "시저(Caesar)의 <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 B.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950년" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "리비우스(Livy)의 <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900년" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "신약" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310년" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "시저의 <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>는 10개의 사본이 존재하며, 가장 오래된 " @@ -789,19 +786,19 @@ msgstr "" "의 사본이 존재한다!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " "p. 25-26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -811,17 +808,17 @@ msgstr "" "떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -834,10 +831,15 @@ msgstr "" "로, 매일매일 새롭게 우리의 마음에 말씀하신다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, \"<emphasis>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로" @@ -845,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" "씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -854,23 +856,23 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " "all was a single divine Author. He could equally say '모세가 말하길' 혹은 '하" @@ -888,11 +890,11 @@ msgstr "" "must be allowed to detract from the other. ..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -901,13 +903,20 @@ msgstr "" "라 믿는 이유는 그리스도께서 그렇게 가르치셨기 때문이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, \"<emphasis>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으" "로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 유익하니</emphasis>\"라고 말씀하" @@ -915,15 +924,20 @@ msgstr "" "면, 말씀이 우리의 모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "역사하는 책" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 " @@ -931,53 +945,53 @@ msgstr "" "의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "참조(Reference)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "역사하는 것(Action)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "엡 5:26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "정결케한다(cleanses) -- \"...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사...\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "행 20:32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "세운다(builds up) -- \" ...은혜의 말씀께 부탁하노니 그 말씀이 너희를 능히 든" "든히 세우사 거룩케 하심을 입은 모든 자 가운데 기업이 있게 하시리라. \"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "롬 15:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -986,12 +1000,12 @@ msgstr "" "우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 함 이니라.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "롬 10:17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1000,12 +1014,12 @@ msgstr "" "말미암았느니라.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "고전 10:11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1014,12 +1028,12 @@ msgstr "" "난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "마 4:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1030,20 +1044,20 @@ msgstr "" "하시니.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "자유케하는 책" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "요 8:32 \"<emphasis>진리를 알지니 진리가 너희를 자유케 하리라.</emphasis>\" " "이것은 보통 이 문장 자체로 인용된다. 이것은 조건적인 약속인가, 무조건적인 약" @@ -1051,19 +1065,31 @@ msgstr "" "내 말에 거하면 참 내 제자가 되고... </emphasis>\"을 적용해보아 답을 찾으라," #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어" "서는 더욱 그러할 것이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1075,97 +1101,107 @@ msgstr "" "의 믿음을 진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>너희가 성경도 하" "나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</emphasis>\"마 " "22:29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "하나님의 말씀" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "하나님의 능력" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "영적전쟁을 하는 책" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "영적인 무기" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "물음" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "답" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "몇 가지가 공격용인가?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "어떤 것인가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "말씀 - <foreignphrase>레마(rhema)</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "권면(Exhortations)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1173,9 +1209,15 @@ msgstr "" "는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1185,22 +1227,22 @@ msgstr "" "님을 찬양하고.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "적지 않다!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1209,31 +1251,35 @@ msgstr "" "짓는 것은 끝이 없고 많이 공부하는 것은 몸을 피곤케 하느니라.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "부가(Appendix): \"Once for All\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "존 R. W. 스토트, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " @@ -1247,18 +1293,18 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>\" (롬 6:10, 그밖에 1 Pe.3:18; 히 9:26-28를 보십시오.)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " @@ -1271,17 +1317,17 @@ msgstr "" "foreignphrase> for our salvation." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "규칙적으로 성경을 읽을 수 있는 몇가지 간단한 프로그램들을 소개해본다. 원한다" "면 1번과 4번, 혹은 2번과 5번하는 식으로 동시에 한개 이상의 프로그램을 시도할 " @@ -1289,12 +1335,12 @@ msgstr "" "바랍니다!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1303,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1312,14 +1358,14 @@ msgstr "" "단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." msgstr "6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1329,24 +1375,24 @@ msgstr "" "하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 수 있다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1362,41 +1408,41 @@ msgstr "" "do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "어떻게하면 원저자의 본래 의도된 의미를 발견할 수 있는가? 당신에게 의미가 명확" "하지 않은 특정한 구절을 끄집어 냈다고 하자. 어떻게 그것을 연구할 것인가? 다음" "의 규칙들을 명심하라:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "좀 더 나은 해석을 하는 것보다 정확하고, 원문의 의미를 따르는 것이 중요하다. " "다음의 단계를 따라서 핵심 단어들의 정확한 의미를 찾도록 하라:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Definition" msgstr "단계 1) 정의(Definition)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " @@ -1405,16 +1451,16 @@ msgstr "" "헬라어나 히브리어 사전의 정의를 찾아보라. 동사의 경우, 시제도 중요하다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "말씀들을 서로 비교하여보라. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not " @@ -1427,17 +1473,17 @@ msgstr "" "DIFFERENT SHADES OF MEANING." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "예 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1448,22 +1494,22 @@ msgstr "" "Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "정의: Turning to 요 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680.\" The " "letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to " @@ -1480,41 +1526,40 @@ msgstr "" "So, what have we found?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "예 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "야고보서 5:14에서, <emphasis>병든자가 있느냐?..교회의 장로들을 청할 것이요. " "그들은 주의 이름으로 기름을 바르며 위하여 기도할지니라</emphasis>. 이 기름바" "름(anointing)은 무엇인가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "aleipho (218)의 정의 - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek " "word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub with oil, i.e. " @@ -1525,85 +1570,84 @@ msgstr "" "action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" "references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: ALEIPHO IS A " "PRACTICAL USE OF OIL AND CHRIO IS A SPIRITUAL" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " @@ -1612,12 +1656,18 @@ msgstr "" "Jesus' day." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " @@ -1625,15 +1675,15 @@ msgstr "" "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " @@ -1643,19 +1693,19 @@ msgstr "" "practical and spiritual in our God!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "성경 해석은 다른 성경과의 조화 속에서 이루어져야 한다. What do the verses on " @@ -1666,25 +1716,30 @@ msgstr "" "within its context, we have to look further." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "예 2A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " "Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1694,15 +1749,15 @@ msgstr "" "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "예 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1711,23 +1766,23 @@ msgstr "" "\"every woman...while praying or prophesying...\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "예 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "행 2:38 <emphasis>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " "baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins...\"</" @@ -1740,17 +1795,17 @@ msgstr "" "not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "At first we are not asking \"What does it mean to me?\" but \"What did it " @@ -1759,19 +1814,19 @@ msgstr "" "the author and the recipients." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "예 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "\"3 days & 3 nights\" (마 12:40) have led some to come up with a " "\"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " @@ -1780,16 +1835,16 @@ msgstr "" "explain the apparent contradiction." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " @@ -1802,19 +1857,19 @@ msgstr "" "방지해준다." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "예 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "창 15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " @@ -1825,37 +1880,37 @@ msgstr "" "covenant." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "예 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "마 6:23의 \"눈이 나쁘면(evil eye)\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "규칙 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. 규칙 2, context: " @@ -1863,14 +1918,14 @@ msgstr "" "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, \"evil eye.\" Let's look up other uses " @@ -1881,34 +1936,34 @@ msgstr "" "perfectly to the context." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "예 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "사 59:1 \"<emphasis>여호와의 손이 짧아 구원치 못하심도 아니요;</emphasis>\" " @@ -1926,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "position." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1935,26 +1990,26 @@ msgstr "" "parable and an allegory" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " @@ -1965,12 +2020,12 @@ msgstr "" "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "예 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " @@ -1982,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr "" "what do we have?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -1991,26 +2046,26 @@ msgstr "" "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "예 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "The parable of the unrighteous steward in 눅 16:1-9. 우화의 요점은 무엇인가? " "그것은 비유인가?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " @@ -2019,13 +2074,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "" @@ -2035,39 +2090,38 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "바이블스터디 하우투" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " @@ -2077,12 +2131,12 @@ msgstr "" "American Standard Bible)의 것들입니다." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "개요" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2092,13 +2146,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2109,27 +2163,11 @@ msgstr "" "는 마음으로 시작하신다면, 그분께서는 당신을 실망시키지 않을 것 입니다." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "출판물에서" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "겹참조(Cross-reference)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "겹참조(Cross-reference)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "&bibletime;팀, info@bibletime.info" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-nl.po b/i18n/howto/howto-nl.po index 063eeb3..5fdaa1e 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-nl.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-nl.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: index\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-07-01 13:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harry Vennik <htvennik@zonnet.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Nederlands <nl@li.org>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie" @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "gij niet tot Mij komen om leven te hebben.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " @@ -59,21 +59,21 @@ msgstr "" "maar om in contact te komen met God." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "De Joden waartegen Jezus sprak verbeeldden zich dat het bezit van de Schrift " "gelijkstond met het bezit van het Leven. Hillel zei het zo: \"Degene die de " @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hierin waren ze pijnlijk misleid." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -94,16 +94,16 @@ msgstr "" "sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -113,12 +113,12 @@ msgstr "" "bevestigt het woord in onze gedachten." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Horen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" @@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ msgstr "" "horen en het bewaren.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Lezen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "" "nabij.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Bestuderen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagelijks de schriften nagingen, of deze dingen zo waren.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " @@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ msgstr "" "voren trekt bij het brengen van het woord der waarheid.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Memoriseren " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " @@ -199,12 +199,12 @@ msgstr "" "zondige.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Overdenken" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ msgstr "" "welks loof niet verwelkt; al wat hij onderneemt gelukt.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -235,17 +235,17 @@ msgstr "" "is om bekend te worden met de globale boodschap van de bijbel. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Onderwerp-studie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ msgstr "" "tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Karakterstudie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" @@ -267,28 +267,28 @@ msgstr "" "leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "" "Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Inhoud" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -297,30 +297,29 @@ msgstr "" "definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Context" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Wat staat er in de verzen eromheen? \"De context is koning\" is de regel -- " "de passage moet betekenis hebben in de struktuur van de hele passage en het " "hele boek." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Tekstverwijzingen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -331,19 +330,19 @@ msgstr "" "van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Laten we samen Matt.6:1-18 bestuderen. Lees het voor jezelf, zoekend naar " "het kernvers, het vers dat gezien kan worden als een samenvatting van het " @@ -354,39 +353,39 @@ msgstr "" "overzicht:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Wat betekent \"uw gerechtigheid doen\"? Geeft het gelezen gedeelte daar " "voorbeelden van? Over welk aspect van ons leven gaat het hier? Onze " "motieven! Welke ondertitels ontwikkelen deze gedachte?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -394,91 +393,89 @@ msgstr "" "Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde " "manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Om een bepaald vers te vinden" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "" "Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden hebt." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Om een onderwerp-studie doen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Stel dat je een studie wilt doen over het woord \"redding\" Als eerste zou " "je dat woord opzoeken in een concordantie, en de daarbij genoemde teksten " @@ -487,19 +484,19 @@ msgstr "" "en zelfs \"kopen\" of \"kocht\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Wat nu als je een tegenstelling ontdekt? Zoals in Matt.7:1 \"Oordeelt niet " "opdat gij niet geoordeeld wordt\" en 1 Cor.2:15 \"Maar de geestelijke mens " @@ -508,39 +505,39 @@ msgstr "" "een vorm van \"to judge\") Vanaf hier gebruiken wij Strong's." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 #, fuzzy -msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Zoek op \"oordeelt\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Loop de kolom door tot Matt.7:1. Rechts van het woord 'oordeelt' staat het " "nummer 2919. Dit verwijst naar het Griekse woord. Schrijf het op." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 #, fuzzy -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Zoek nu \"beoordeelt\" op." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Ga naar het Griekse woordenboek. (We zijn bezig in het Nieuwe testament, dus " "de grondtaal is Grieks, terwijl het Oude Testament oorspronkelijk in het " @@ -548,12 +545,12 @@ msgstr "" "je hebt het antwoord!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -561,41 +558,41 @@ msgstr "" "Hebreews vinden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Jozua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabas" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Het belang van Gods Woord" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Voor iedereen wie Gods naam aanroept, is het belangrijk om Gods woord te " @@ -603,32 +600,32 @@ msgstr "" "om te leren communiceren met God." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Een uniek boek" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "De bijbel is de enige in veel dingen. Hij is uniek in:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "populariteit. De bijbelverkoopt in Noord Amerika bedraagt meer dan $500 " "miljoen per jaar. De bijbel is zowel het best verkochte boek ooit, als de " "jaarlijkse bestseller!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "auteurs. De bijbel is geschreven in een periode van 1600 jaren door 40 " @@ -636,10 +633,10 @@ msgstr "" "geschreven is door een persoon." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "bewaring. F.F. Bruce vergelijkt in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " @@ -647,29 +644,29 @@ msgstr "" "teksten:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "" "Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude " "teksten." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Werk" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Wanneer geschreven" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Oudste kopie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Tijdsduur" @@ -679,131 +676,131 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Aantal exemplaren" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Herodotus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 v. Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 na Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 jaar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 na Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 na Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 jaar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 v. Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 jaar" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 jaar" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Nieuwe Testament" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 - 100 n. Chr." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "" "130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 jaar" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Er bestaan tien kopieen van Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>, de " @@ -814,17 +811,16 @@ msgstr "" "handschriften hebben we om onderling te kunnen vergelijken? 5.000 in het " "Grieks en 10.000 in het Latijn!" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -835,17 +831,17 @@ msgstr "" "andere antieke proza.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "En boek met de adem van God" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -858,10 +854,15 @@ msgstr "" "altijd nieuwe manier." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, \"<emphasis>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., " @@ -869,30 +870,30 @@ msgstr "" "geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Hij verwees naar de menselijke schrijvers, maar nam zondermeer aan dat " "achter hen een enkele goddelijke Schrijver zat. Hij kon, zonder verschil te " @@ -912,11 +913,11 @@ msgstr "" "twee waarheden mag iets van de andere afdoen." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -926,13 +927,20 @@ msgstr "" "Jezus Christus zelf dat leerde." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, \"<emphasis>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te " "weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens " @@ -942,15 +950,20 @@ msgstr "" "gedrag." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Een boek dat werkt" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel " @@ -958,54 +971,54 @@ msgstr "" "schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Naslag" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Actie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef. 5:26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "reinigt -- \"...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Hand.20:32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "bouwt op -- \"En nu, ik draag u op aan de Here en het woord zijner genade, " "aan Hem, die bij machte is te bouwen en het erfdeel te geven onder alle " "geheiligden\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Rom.15:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1014,12 +1027,12 @@ msgstr "" "der Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Rom.10:17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" @@ -1028,12 +1041,12 @@ msgstr "" "woord van Christus.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Cor.10:11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1042,12 +1055,12 @@ msgstr "" "opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Matt.4:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1058,20 +1071,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Een bevrijdend boek" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Joh.8:32 \"<emphasis>en gij zult de waarheid verstaan, en de waarheid zal u " "vrijmaken</emphasis>\" Dit wordt vaak door zichzelf aangehaald. Is dit een " @@ -1081,19 +1094,31 @@ msgstr "" "waarlijk discipelen van Mij... </emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over " "de waarheid van Gods woord." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1106,97 +1131,107 @@ msgstr "" "zo eenvoudig \"weggeblazen\" worden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de " "Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</emphasis>\" Matt.22:29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Gods woord" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Gods kracht" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Een boek dat strijdt" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "" "Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Geestelijke wapenrusting" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Vraag" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Antwoord" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "En hoeveel aanvalswapens?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Welke?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Vermaningen" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1205,9 +1240,15 @@ msgstr "" "recht snijdt.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1217,22 +1258,22 @@ msgstr "" "geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Niet een beetje!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1243,29 +1284,29 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>\"\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Bijlage: \"Eens voor altijd\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "De waarheid omtrend het definitieve van God's initiatief in Christus, is " @@ -1281,18 +1322,18 @@ msgstr "" "1 Petr.3:18; Hebr.9:26-28)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "We kunnen dus zeggen dat God eens voor altijd heeft gesproken, en dat " "Christus eens voor altijd heeft geleden. Dit betekent dat de christelijke " @@ -1306,17 +1347,17 @@ msgstr "" "gratia</foreignphrase> voor onze redding." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Hier zijn een aantal makkelijke programma's om je bijbel systematisch te " "lezen. Je kunt er meer dan een tegelijk gebruiken, als je wilt. Bijvoorbeeld " @@ -1324,14 +1365,14 @@ msgstr "" "te houden!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per " "week." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1340,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" "overeenkomstig de dag van de maand." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1349,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1358,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "een hoofdstuk." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1369,24 +1410,24 @@ msgstr "" "overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1405,12 +1446,12 @@ msgstr "" "verdraaien, evenals trouwens de overige schriften.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Hoe gaan we te werk als we de oorspronkelijk bedoelde betekenis van een " "passage willen ontdekken? Laten we stellen dat je een bepaald vers is " @@ -1418,17 +1459,17 @@ msgstr "" "volgende regels in gedachte:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "" "Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Hoe preciezer wij de oorspronkelijke betekenis van de woorden kunnen " @@ -1437,13 +1478,13 @@ msgstr "" "stappen:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Definition" msgstr "Stap 1) Definitie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " @@ -1453,16 +1494,16 @@ msgstr "" "is de gebruikte vorm ook cruciaal." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Vergelijk schrift met schrift. Zien hoe hetzelfde Griekse of Hebreeuwse " @@ -1477,17 +1518,17 @@ msgstr "" "VERSCHILLENDE NUANCES WEERGEVEN." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Voorbeeld 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1498,22 +1539,22 @@ msgstr "" "Testament</emphasis> van Spiros Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Definitie: Als we Joh.20:17 opzoeken, dan zien we dat boven het woord " "\"Raak ... aan\" staat \"pim680.\" De letters vormen een code die de vorm " @@ -1532,40 +1573,39 @@ msgstr "" "hebben we dus ontdekt?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Voorbeeld 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "In Jakobus 5:14 wordt zieken opgedragen <emphasis>zich te laten zalven door " "de oudsten van de gemeente</emphasis>. Wat houdt die zalving in?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Definitie van aleipho (218) - \"zalven met olie\" (Strong's); maar er is ook " "een ander Grieks woord dat eveneens vertaald wordt als \"zalven\", chrio " @@ -1578,73 +1618,72 @@ msgstr "" "hoofdwerkwoord vooraf gaat. (zie Zodhiates p.851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Wat is dus het verschil tussen aleipho en chrio? Kijk naar de " "tekstverwijzingen en de definities, en stel het verschil vast: ALEIPHO IS " @@ -1652,12 +1691,12 @@ msgstr "" "HEEFT." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Als illustratie (al wordt het woord hier niet gebruikt) van het praktisch " @@ -1666,12 +1705,18 @@ msgstr "" "ook in gebruik als medicijn in Jezus' tijd." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze " "woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <emphasis>\"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat " @@ -1680,15 +1725,15 @@ msgstr "" "Is dat zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "De vorm die in het Grieks wordt gebruikt is beter vertaald met \"hem met " "olie gezalfd hebbend\", zodat de volgorde wordt eerst zalven, dan bidden. " @@ -1698,19 +1743,19 @@ msgstr "" "prachtige balans tussen het praktische en het spirituele bij onze God?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Interpreteer een bijbelgedeelte in harmonie met ander delen van de bijbel. " @@ -1722,26 +1767,31 @@ msgstr "" "moeten we verder kijken." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Voorbeeld 2A " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <emphasis>\"geboren ...uit " "water en geest.\"</emphasis> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover " "het hier gaat?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1752,15 +1802,15 @@ msgstr "" "\"Geboren uit water\" is de natuurlijke geboorte." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Voorbeeld 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1769,23 +1819,23 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>\"maar iedere vrouw, die ...bidt of profeteert...\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Voorbeeld 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Hand.2:38 <emphasis>En Petrus antwoordde hun: Bekeert u en een ieder van u " "late zich dopen op de naam van jezus Christus, tot vergeving van uw zonden..." @@ -1800,17 +1850,17 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Ten eerste vragen we niet \"Wat betekent het voor mij?\" maar \"Wat " @@ -1819,19 +1869,19 @@ msgstr "" "culturele achtergrond van de schrijver en de geadresseerden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Example 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "\"3 dagen & 3 nachten\" (Matt.12:40) heeft voor sommigen aanleiding " "gegeven tot een de-kruisiging-was-op-woensdag-theorie, vooral het " @@ -1841,16 +1891,16 @@ msgstr "" "verklaren." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "We hebben een historisch wetenswaardigheidje nodig: de Joden telden elk " @@ -1864,19 +1914,19 @@ msgstr "" "de moeilijkheden." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Voorbeeld 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Gen.15:7-21. De historische context is dat het in twee stukken delen van " @@ -1887,38 +1937,38 @@ msgstr "" "tussendoor gaat, en zo een eenzijdig verbond sluit." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" "Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Laat literaire taal gewoon literaire taal zijn, en laat figuurlijke taal " "figuurlijk zijn. En kijk uit voor idioom met een speciale betekenis." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Voorbeeld 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "\"slecht oog\" in Matt.6:23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Regel 1, definitie van \"slecht\" en \"oog\" - helpt niets. Regel 2, " @@ -1927,14 +1977,14 @@ msgstr "" "erop moeten wijzen dat we het niet opvatten zoals het bedoeld is!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Waar we hier mee te maken hebben is een Hebreeuws idioom, \"slecht oog\". " @@ -1945,34 +1995,34 @@ msgstr "" "Matt.6. Merk op hoe goed deze interpretatie past in de context!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Voorbeeld 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Jes.59:1 <emphasis>\"Zie, de hand des HEREN is niet kort om te verlossen\"</" @@ -1992,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" "hun positie was." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -2001,26 +2051,26 @@ msgstr "" "gelijkenis en een allegorie" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Sommige gelijkenissen zijn allegorieën, bijvoorbeeld de gelijkenis van de " @@ -2033,12 +2083,12 @@ msgstr "" "is die dat illustreert, dat is dan fijn." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Voorbeeld 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " @@ -2050,7 +2100,7 @@ msgstr "" "we als we er een allegorie van maken?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2059,26 +2109,26 @@ msgstr "" "de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed \"kwelt\" Hem, enz." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Voorbeeld 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "De gelijkenis van de onrechtvaardige rentmeester in Luk.16:1-9. Wat is het " "punt van vergelijking in deze gelijkenis? Is het een allegorie?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "De rentmeester wordt geloofd om zijn scherpzinnigheid betreffende het " @@ -2087,13 +2137,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "" @@ -2103,39 +2153,38 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Bijbelstudie HowTo" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " @@ -2145,12 +2194,12 @@ msgstr "" "Bijbelgennotschap (NBG 1951), tenzij anders vermeld " #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Overzicht" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2160,13 +2209,13 @@ msgstr "" "bestuderen van de Bijbel." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2178,27 +2227,11 @@ msgstr "" "de Heer Zijn woord in je hart zaait, zal Hij je zeker niet teleurstellen!" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "In de media" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Tekstverwijzingen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Tekstverwijzingen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "Het &bibletime; team, info@bibletime.info" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-pt_BR.po b/i18n/howto/howto-pt_BR.po index cafc509..f4bc6c9 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-pt_BR.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-pt_BR.po @@ -10,20 +10,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: full\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-20 12:18-0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Saulo\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 00:05-0500\n" +"Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n" "Language-Team: Português do Brasil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" "Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Language: pt_BR\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Bases do Estudo Bíblico" @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "Jn.5:39-40" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" "que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "Deus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -69,21 +69,22 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era " -"o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as " -"palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus " -"estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados" +"o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, \"Aquele que tomou para si as " +"palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir.\" Seus " +"estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente enganados. " +"[...]" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -95,30 +96,30 @@ msgstr "" "que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" "Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e " "a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas " -"escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em " -"nossas mentes." +"escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a " +"palavra em nossas mentes." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Ouvir" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" "quote>" @@ -127,12 +128,12 @@ msgstr "" "palavra de Deus, e a observam.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Ler" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" @@ -141,20 +142,20 @@ msgstr "" "palavras desta profecia.. </quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" "quote>" msgstr "1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Estudo" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" "para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -176,12 +177,12 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Memorizar" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" @@ -190,12 +191,12 @@ msgstr "" "ti.</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Meditar" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -208,10 +209,10 @@ msgstr "" "de dia e noite. </quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -220,20 +221,20 @@ msgstr "" "todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos " "quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo " "precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e memorizá-la. " -"Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da Bíblia." +"Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da Bíblia." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Tipos de Estudo Bíblico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Estudo de Tópicos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -242,39 +243,39 @@ msgstr "" "concordância." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Estudo de Personagem" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" "Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Estudo Expositivo" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Bases da Interpretação Correta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Conteúdo" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -283,29 +284,27 @@ msgstr "" "Não leia o que não é dito." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Contexto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" -"O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito " -"importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a " -"passagem e livro." +"O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é \"o contexto é rei\" -- a passagem " +"precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Referencia cruzada" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -316,18 +315,18 @@ msgstr "" "outras escrituras." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo " "versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? " @@ -336,38 +335,38 @@ msgstr "" "numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá " -"algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? " +"algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada? " "<emphasis>Nossas motivações!</emphasis> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "Quando você oferta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "Quando você jejua" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "Quando você ora" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -376,155 +375,157 @@ msgstr "" "maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" -"não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <quote>toca a trombeta</quote>?)" +"não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém <quote>tocar a trombeta</" +"quote> hoje?)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "faça-o em secreto." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "etc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando você fornecer <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Para encontrar um versículo particular" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "<quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "A história do rico e de Lázaro." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encontre os versículos: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" -"Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". " -"Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e procure as referencias " +"Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra \"redenção\". " +"Primeiro, procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias " "listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e " -"referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, resgate," " -"até "comprar" ou "comprado."" +"referencias listadas a partir dela, por exemplo: \"remir, remido, resgate,\" " +"até \"comprar\" ou \"comprado.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" -msgstr "" -"Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida " -"entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</quote> e 1 Co " -"2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</quote>. Talvez " -"sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "" -"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui)." +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e " +"Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais " +"julgados</quote> e 1 Co 2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as " +"coisas</quote>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas " +"traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong " +"a partir daqui)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." -msgstr "Procure "julgar"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." +msgstr "Procure\"julgar\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, 2919. " "Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." -msgstr "Agora procure "julgado"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." +msgstr "Agora procure \"julgado\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" -"Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a " -"língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o " -"significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta!" +"Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento, " +"então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). " +"Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a " +"resposta!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Encontre o significado dos nomes" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -532,69 +533,69 @@ msgstr "" "ou hebraico." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Nabal" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Abigail" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Josué" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Barnabé" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Importância da Palavra de Deus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o " -"nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós " +"nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós " "aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Um Livro que é Único" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" -"Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por " -"ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano!" +"Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por " +"ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após ano!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes " @@ -602,9 +603,9 @@ msgstr "" "por uma única pessoa." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são " @@ -612,28 +613,28 @@ msgstr "" "textos antigos:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "" "Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Texto" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Quando foi Escrito" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Cópia mais recente" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Diferença de Tempo" @@ -643,151 +644,151 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Número de Cópias" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Herodotus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 a.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 d.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 anos" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Tacitus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 d.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 d.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 anos" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "20" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Guerras da Gália</emphasis>de César" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 a.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 anos" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>História Romana</emphasis> de Lívio" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 a.C. - 17 d.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 anos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Novo Testamento" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 d.C. - 100 d.C." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 anos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Existem dez copias das <emphasis>Guerras Gaulesas</emphasis> de César, a " -"mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. " -"Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., " -"papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do " +"mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o " +"Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro " +"contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do " "evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar " "uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, \"O Novo Testamento no Grego Original\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <emphasis>Questões da Vida</emphasis> " "p. 25-26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -797,16 +798,16 @@ msgstr "" "em absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Um Livro Inpirado por Deus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -818,18 +819,18 @@ msgstr "" "Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" -"2 Tm 3.16 declara \"<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada</" -"emphasis>\". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a atitude de " -"Jesus a respeito das Escrituras." +"2 Tm 3.16 declara \"<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit., " +"Soprada por Deus]</emphasis>\". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, " +"considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -838,22 +839,22 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles " "havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou " @@ -871,71 +872,71 @@ msgstr "" "falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" "Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho " "deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de " "Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina " -"da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso." +"da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" -"2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, \"<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, " -"para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja " -"perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</emphasis>\". Se nós " -"aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente " -"ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta." +"2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, \"<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir, " +"para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja " +"perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.</emphasis>\". Se " +"nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, " +"consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Um Livro que Funciona" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia " -"\"<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>\". Do lado de cada escritura, " -"escreva o que a Palavra faz." +"\"<emphasis>opera em vós, os que crestes.</emphasis>\". Do lado de cada " +"escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Referência" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Ação" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Ef 5.26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" @@ -943,26 +944,26 @@ msgstr "" "\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "At 20.32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "edificação -- \"...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos " "edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Rm 15.4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -972,24 +973,24 @@ msgstr "" "Escrituras, tenhamos esperança\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Rm 10.17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" msgstr "Dá fé -- \"Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Co 10.11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -998,12 +999,12 @@ msgstr "" "aviso nosso...\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Mt 4.4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1013,41 +1014,41 @@ msgstr "" "homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Um Livro que Liberta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" -"Jo 8.32 \"<emphasis>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos libertará</" +"Jo 8.32 \"<emphasis>E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos libertará.</" "emphasis>\" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa " "incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a " "resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 \"<emphasis>Se vós " -"permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus discípulos...</" +"permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis meus discípulos...</" "emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da " "verdade da Palavra de Deus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1056,227 +1057,228 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. \"<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos " "meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</" "emphasis>\". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos firmar na " -"verdade, que não nos deixará sermos \"levados ao redor\"." +"verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente \"levados ao redor\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>\"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as " "Escrituras nem o poder de Deus\"</emphasis> Mt 22.29" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Palavra de Deus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Poder de Deus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Um Livro que Luta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Armadura Espiritual" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Pergunta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Resposta" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Quantas são para atacar?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "Uma" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Qual?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Exortações" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" -"2 Tm 2.15 \"Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que " -"não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade\"" +"2 Tm 2.15 \"<emphasis>Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro " +"que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade.</" +"emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Cl 3.15 \"A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; " -"ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos " -"espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações\"" +"Cl 3.15 \"<emphasis>A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em " +"toda a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com " +"salmos, hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso " +"coração.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Não só um pouquinho!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Ec 12.11 \"<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como " -"pregos bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram " -"dadas pelo único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos " -"livros não há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>\"" +"Ec 12.11-12 \"<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como " +"pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo " +"único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer " +"livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Apendice: \"De uma vez por todas\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora " +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo, o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora " "InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é " -"expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o " -"advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e <foreignphrase>ephapax</" -"foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Versão Autorizada como \"De uma vez " -"por todas\". É usada no sentido de \"o que foi feito com validade perpétua, " -"não necessitando de repetição\" e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em " -"revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por " -"todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos diz, \"<emphasis>Porque " -"morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por todas</emphasis>\" (Rm " -"6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28)." +"expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente " +"o advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e <foreignphrase>ephapax</" +"foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Almeida Corrigida Fiel como \"De " +"uma vez por todas\". É usada no sentido de que o que foi feito com validade " +"perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto " +"em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez " +"por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos diz, \"<emphasis>Pois, " +"quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o pecado</emphasis>\" (Rm 6.10, " +"veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo " "sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a " "redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser " -"adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a " -"Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das " -"tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos " +"adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a " +"Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição " +"das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos " "humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<foreignphrase>sola " "scriptura</foreignphrase> para nossa autoridade e <foreignphrase>sola " "gratia</foreignphrase> para nossa salvação." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua Bíblia. " "Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por exemplo #1 com " -"#4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para mantê-lo " -"atualizado!" +"#4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para mantê-lo atualizado!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" "Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1285,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" "ao dia do mês." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1294,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1303,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr "" "por dia." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1314,28 +1316,28 @@ msgstr "" "lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" -"Nós já aprendemos sobre o \"CCR\" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias " -"Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica " +"Nós já aprendemos sobre o \"CCR\" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências " +"Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica " "bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor " "original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, " "somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que " @@ -1348,26 +1350,26 @@ msgstr "" "fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que " "nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é " "claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da " @@ -1375,12 +1377,12 @@ msgstr "" "das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definição" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1389,15 +1391,15 @@ msgstr "" "conjugação do verbo também é crucial." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou " @@ -1411,43 +1413,43 @@ msgstr "" "significados diferentes.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Exemplo 1A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" -"Jo 20.17 <emphasis>\"Deixa de me tocar\"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? " -"Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que " -"ele era muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso " -"em <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros " +"Jo 20.17 <emphasis>\"Não me detenhas\"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece " +"que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era " +"muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em " +"<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros " "Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" -"Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra \"tocar\" nós vemos " +"Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra \"detenhas\" nós vemos " "\"pim680\". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-" "se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). " "\"680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de um objeto " @@ -1462,39 +1464,40 @@ msgstr "" "já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para " +"parar de segurá-lo!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Exemplo 1B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" -"Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>\"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da " -"igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\"</" -"emphasis>. Que unção é essa?" +"Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>\"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os " +"presbíteros da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do " +"Senhor\"</emphasis>. Que unção é essa?" # Falta adaptação à gramática portuguesa #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Definição de aleipho (218) - \"passar oléo em\" (Strong's); mas também " "existe outra palavra grega traduzida como \"unção\", chrio (5548) - " @@ -1506,17 +1509,17 @@ msgstr "" "anterior ao verbo principal\" (Zodhiates, p 851)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" @@ -1524,12 +1527,12 @@ msgstr "" "os curavam." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" @@ -1537,13 +1540,15 @@ msgstr "" "cabelos" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +"Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" @@ -1552,44 +1557,44 @@ msgstr "" "anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" "2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é Deus" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +"Referências cruzadas de chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as " -"definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático " -"de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis>" +"Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as " +"definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>\"aleipho\" é o uso prático de óleo " +"e\"chrio\"é o uso espiritual</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo " @@ -1598,27 +1603,27 @@ msgstr "" "tempos de Jesus." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 <emphasis>" -"\"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre " -"ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\"</emphasis>. Essa unção é " +"\"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e orem sobre " +"ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor\"</emphasis>. Essa unção é " "espiritual ou prática? Prática!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria " "melhor traduzido como \"tendo ungido\", então, a ordem é para ungir " @@ -1628,46 +1633,47 @@ msgstr "" "balanço entre o prático e o espiritual em nosso Deus!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" -"Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos " -"vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se " -"adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o " -"que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a " -"chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós " -"interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante." +"Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os " +"versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua " +"interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o " +"contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a " +"pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado " +"depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais " +"adiante." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Exemplo 2A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>\"nascer da água e " "do Espírito\"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1678,61 +1684,61 @@ msgstr "" "natural." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Exemplo 2B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" -"1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser " -"considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou " -"profetiza....</quote>" +"1 Co 14.34 <quote>As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> " +"deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher [...] " +"que ora ou profetiza [....]</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Exemplo 2C" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" -msgstr "" -"Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um " -"de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos " -"pecados..."</quote> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse " +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 +msgid "" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +msgstr "" +"Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: \"Arrependei-vos, e cada um de " +"vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos " +"pecados... \"</quote> Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse " "fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir " "isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em " "Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o " "batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o " "batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter " -"escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>\"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas " -"para pregar o evangelho\"</emphasis>?" +"escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>\"Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas " +"para evangelizar\"</emphasis>?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>, " @@ -1742,18 +1748,18 @@ msgstr "" "destinatários." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Exemplo 3A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "<quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a " "\"Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira\". Como Jesus poderia morrer na " @@ -1762,15 +1768,15 @@ msgstr "" "não ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de " @@ -1783,18 +1789,18 @@ msgstr "" "no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Exemplo 3B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando " @@ -1804,105 +1810,88 @@ msgstr "" "somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" "Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E " "observe as expressões que tem significados especiais." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Exemplo 4A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" -"Regra 1, definição de \"mau\" e \"olho\" - nada que ajude aqui. \n" -"Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não " -"combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós " -"não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!" +"Regra 1, definição de \"mau\" e \"olho\" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2, " +"contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com " +"nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos " +"entendendo corretamente!!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" -"O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <quote>olho mau</quote>. " -"Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <emphasis>\"Não me é lícito " -"fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu sou bom?\"</" -"emphasis> Nós descobrimos que um \"olho mau\" em Hebraico é uma expressão " -"para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos como esse " -"significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Exemplo 4B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" "Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços " "eternos</quote>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" -"Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos " -"Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as " -"pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar " -"deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons " -"desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de " -"versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um " -"versículo, Sl 91.4 <emphasis>\"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das " -"suas asas encontras refúgio\"</emphasis>. W. M. disse \"pelas mesmas regras " -"de interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês " -"também provam que ele era um pássaro\". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que " -"eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1911,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" "parábola e uma alegoria" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" @@ -1920,18 +1909,18 @@ msgstr "" "significado</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma " @@ -1943,12 +1932,12 @@ msgstr "" "ilustra, ótimo." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Exemplo 5A" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -1959,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "nós teremos?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -1968,24 +1957,24 @@ msgstr "" "proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Exemplo 5B" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? " "Ela é uma alegoria?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele " @@ -1994,13 +1983,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" @@ -2010,57 +1999,57 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Estudo Bíblico HowTo" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" -msgstr "" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" +msgstr "O Time BibleTime" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" "Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado " -"pelos termos da licença <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"pelos termos da licença<ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." msgstr "" "Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard " -"Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por " -"AA)." +"Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel " +"(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Resumo" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -2069,40 +2058,28 @@ msgstr "" "Bíblia." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" -"A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a " -"estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular " -"foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em " -"particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender " -"o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor " -"mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você." +"A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse Como Fazer incentive os " +"leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo " +"particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional " +"em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para " +"entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o " +"Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bíblia" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Encontre esses versículos:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Referencia Cruzada para aleipho:" - -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Referencia Cruzada de chrio:" - -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "Time do &bibletime;, (info@bibletime.info)" +msgstr "Como fazer" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-ru.po b/i18n/howto/howto-ru.po index 21afa8a..fe2eaa8 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-ru.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: full\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-20 10:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Vlad Savitsky <vlad_savitsky@mail.ru>\n" "Language-Team: russain <ru@li.org>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "Основы изучения Библии" @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы иметь жизнь.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" "делаем это не ради самого изучения, но, чтобы иметь общение с Богом." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ msgstr "" "Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " -"deceived. [...]" +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. " +"[...]" msgstr "" "Иудеи, с которыми Иисус говорил... считали, что обладать Писанием было " "равноценно обладанию жизнью. Гиллель говорил: \"Тот, кто приобрёл для себя " @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "на самом изучении. В этом они тяжко заблуждались..." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -95,16 +95,16 @@ msgstr "" "встретиться со Христом." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Приближение к Слову Божьему" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" @@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ msgstr "" "Размышление закрепляет Слово в нашем уме." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "Слышать" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</" @@ -129,12 +129,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "Читать" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</" @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ msgstr "" "1 Тим.4:13 <emphasis>\"Доколе не приду, занимайся чтением...\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "Изучать" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " @@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ msgstr "" "верно преподающим слово истины.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "Запоминать" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ msgstr "" "пред Тобою.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "Размышлять" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " @@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ msgstr "" "он ни делает, успеет.\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " "become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." @@ -235,17 +235,17 @@ msgstr "" "Библии. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "Типы изучения Библии" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "Тематическое изучение" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." @@ -254,39 +254,39 @@ msgstr "" "или симфонию." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Изучение действующих лиц" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "" "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" "Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "Экспозиционное изучение" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "Основы правильного истолкования" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "Содержание" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." @@ -295,29 +295,28 @@ msgstr "" "значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "Контекст" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" "Что говорится в ближайших стихах? Есть правило - \"Главное - контекст\", " "отрывок должен иметь смысл в структуре большего отрывка и всей книги." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "Перекрёстные ссылки" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -328,19 +327,19 @@ msgstr "" "Писания. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" "Давайте изучим вместе Мтф.6:1-18. Сначала прочтите отрывок, стараясь найти " "ключевой стих - стих, который суммирует весь отрывок. Нашли? Проверьте его, " @@ -349,39 +348,39 @@ msgstr "" "один в вашем конспекте:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" "Что значит \"выставлять свою праведность\"? Есть ли в этом отрывке какие-" "либо примеры? Какой сферы нашей жизни это касается? Наших мотивов! Какие " "подзаголовки развивают эту мысль?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" @@ -389,90 +388,88 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных " "путей проявления своей праведности:" -# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</" +"quote>today?)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "Чтобы найти определённый стих " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "Найдите это слово по алфавиту." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e." +"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" "Предположим, вы хотите исследовать слово \"искупление\". Сначала вам нужно " "найти слово в симфонии и просмотреть ссылки, приведённые для него. Затем вы " @@ -481,19 +478,19 @@ msgstr "" "\"купил\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" "Что, если вы заметили противоречие в Мтф.7:1 \"Не судите, да не судимы будете" "\" и 1 Кор.2:15 \"Но духовный судит о всем...\"? Возможно, что два различных " @@ -501,51 +498,51 @@ msgstr "" "используем Словари Стронга здесь и далее)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 #, fuzzy -msgid "Look up "judge"." +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "Найдите \"судить\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " +"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" "Просмотрите колонку записей и найдите Мтф.7:1. Справа число - 2919. Оно " "ссылается на использованное греческое слово. Запишите его. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 #, fuzzy -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "Теперь найдите \"судимы\"." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" "Откройте греческий словарь сзади. (Помните, вы находитесь в Новом Завете, " "поэтому язык греческий; для Ветхого Завета - еврейский). Сравните значение " "2919 со значением 350. Вот и ответ!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Чтобы найти значения имён" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" @@ -553,41 +550,41 @@ msgstr "" "языке." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "Навал (Nabal)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "Авигея (Abigail)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "Иисус Навин (Joshua)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "Варнава (Barnabus)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Важность Слова Божьего" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Понимание Божьего Слова очень важно для всех, кто призывает имя Божье. " @@ -595,43 +592,43 @@ msgstr "" "Богом. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Уникальная Книга" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "" "Библия во многих смыслах занимает особое положение. Она уникальна в " "отношении:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " -"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " +"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "популярности. В Северной Америке продаётся Библий более чем на 500 миллионов " "долларов в год. Библия является постоянным и ежегодным бестселлером! " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" "авторства. Её писали на протяжении более 1600 лет 40 разных авторов из " "разных слоёв общества, но читается она как написанная одним. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "сохранности. Ф. Ф. Брюс (F. F. Bruce) в <emphasis>\"Можно ли доверять " @@ -639,27 +636,27 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> сравнивает новозаветние писания с другими древними текстами: " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "Труд" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "Когда написаны" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "Самые ранние копии" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "Промежуток времени" @@ -669,130 +666,130 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "Число копий" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "Геродот" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "448-428 г.г. до н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "900 г. н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "1300 лет" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "Тацит" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "100 г. н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "1100 г. н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "1000 лет" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "Цезарь <emphasis>\"Галльские войны\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "50-58 г. до н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "950 лет" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "Ливий <emphasis>\"Римская история\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "900 лет" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "Новый Завет" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "30 - 310 лет" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" "Существует десять копий <emphasis>\"Галльских войн\"</emphasis> Цезаря, " @@ -804,12 +801,12 @@ msgstr "" "10000 на латыни!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</" +"emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Критик текстов F. J. A. Hort, \"Новый Завет в греческом оригинале\" (\"The " "New Testament in the Original Greek\"), том. 1 стр.561, Macmillan Co., " @@ -817,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" "стр. 25-26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -828,17 +825,17 @@ msgstr "" "рукописей.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Книга, вдохновлённая Богом" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." @@ -850,10 +847,15 @@ msgstr "" "всегда готов говорить к нашему сердцу. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, " +#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" "2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: \"<emphasis>Все Писание богодухновенно [т.е. " @@ -861,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" @@ -870,23 +872,23 @@ msgstr "" "Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" "Он цитировал авторов-людей, но считал само собой разумеющимся, что за всеми " "ними был один божественный Автор. Для Него было одно и то же сказать " @@ -904,11 +906,11 @@ msgstr "" "говорил. Люди говорили. Ни одну из этих истин нельзя умалять. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" @@ -918,13 +920,20 @@ msgstr "" "состоит в том, что Сам Иисус Христос учил этому. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that " +#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our " +#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct." msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" "2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: \"<emphasis>и полезно для научения, для обличения, " "для исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий " @@ -934,15 +943,20 @@ msgstr "" "поведения. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "Действенная Книга" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside " +#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" "Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия " @@ -950,54 +964,54 @@ msgstr "" "запишите действие, которое производит Слово. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Ссылка" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "Действие" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Еф.5:26" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" "очищает -- \"...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;\" " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Деян.20:32" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" "назидает -- \" ...слову благодати Его, могущему назидать вас более и дать " "вам наследие со всеми освященными. \"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "Рим.15:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" @@ -1005,24 +1019,24 @@ msgstr "" "утешает -- \"чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "Рим.10:17" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" msgstr "даёт веру -- \"Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "1 Кор.10:11" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" @@ -1031,12 +1045,12 @@ msgstr "" "наставление нам, достигшим последних веков.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "Мтф.4:4" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -1046,20 +1060,20 @@ msgstr "" "человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих.\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Книга, которая освобождает" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" "Ин.8:32 \"<emphasis>и познаете истину, и истина сделает вас свободными.</" "emphasis>\" Обычно цитируется только эта фраза. Это обещание с условием или " @@ -1068,19 +1082,31 @@ msgstr "" "Моем, то вы истинно Мои ученики... </emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +#| "truth of God's word." msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" "Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего " "Слова." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " +#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be " +#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind " +#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +#| "away.\"" msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind." -"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " +"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " "here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</" "emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " "truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" @@ -1092,96 +1118,106 @@ msgstr "" "будет не просто \"сдуть\". " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the " +#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </emphasis>\"<emphasis>заблуждаетесь, не " "зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</emphasis>\" Мтф.22:29." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "Божье Слово" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "Божья Сила" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "Книга, которая воюет" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "Духовное оружие" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "Вопрос" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Ответ" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "Сколько для нападения?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "Какое?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "слово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "Увещевания" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +#| "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</" "emphasis>\"" msgstr "" @@ -1189,9 +1225,15 @@ msgstr "" "неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " +#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</" +#| "emphasis>\"" msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" "\"" @@ -1202,22 +1244,22 @@ msgstr "" "\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Ведь не чуть-чуть!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" @@ -1227,31 +1269,35 @@ msgstr "" "утомительно для тела. </emphasis>\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "Приложение: \"Однажды для всех\"" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " +#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</" +"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" "Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the " "Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" -"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " +"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually " "translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " "of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " +"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " "refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" +"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "Правда о завершении Божьей инициативы во Христе выражается одним словом в " @@ -1266,18 +1312,18 @@ msgstr "" "\" (Рим.6:10, см. также 1 Пт.3:18; Евр.9:26-28). " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" -"foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</" +"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" +"foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" "Таким образом, мы можем сказать, что Бог проговорил однажды для всех, и " "Христос пострадал однажды за всех. Это значит, что Христово откровение и " @@ -1291,29 +1337,29 @@ msgstr "" "нашего спасения. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Это простые программы для систематического чтения Библии. Вы можете идти по " "нескольким одновременно, если хотите, например №1 и №4 или №2 и №5. Меняйте " "программу из года в год для разнообразия!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." @@ -1322,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "месяца." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." @@ -1331,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." @@ -1340,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "главе в день." #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1351,24 +1397,24 @@ msgstr "" "Завет за 2 года и 2 недели." #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</" "quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " "ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " +"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to " "understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " "rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1386,28 +1432,28 @@ msgstr "" "погибели, превращают, как и прочие Писания\".</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" "Как мы будем искать значение, заложенное в отрывке? Предположим, что ваше " "внимание было привлечено к определённому стиху, значение которого не совсем " "ясно для вас. Как его понять? Держите эти правила в уме:" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Чем точнее мы сможем определить действительное, настоящее значение слов, тем " @@ -1415,13 +1461,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключевых слов, придерживаясь таких шагов: " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Definition" msgstr "Шаг 1) Значение слов" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " @@ -1431,16 +1477,16 @@ msgstr "" "временных форм это особенно важно." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Сравнивайте места Писания. Наблюдение за тем, как одни и те же греческие или " @@ -1454,17 +1500,17 @@ msgstr "" "ОТТЕНКИ ЗНАЧЕНИЙ." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Пример 1А" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" @@ -1476,22 +1522,22 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " +"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " +"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " "object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " "pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " "something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " "after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " +"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " "indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " "or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Значение слова: Возвращаясь к Иоанна 20:17, над словом \"прикасайся\" мы " "видим \"pim680.\" Буквы дают нам код части речи, а цифра ссылается на " @@ -1510,41 +1556,40 @@ msgstr "" "уже происходит. Итак, что же мы выяснили?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Пример 1А" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "В Иакова 5:14, <emphasis>Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров " "Церкви, и пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне</" "emphasis>. Что это за помазание?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Значение слова алеифо (aleipho) (218) - \"смазывать маслом\" (по Стронгу); " "но есть и другое греческое слово, переведённое как \"помазывать\", чрио " @@ -1557,85 +1602,84 @@ msgstr "" "которое обозначено главным глаголом.\" (Zodhiates стр.851)" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "" "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "" "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual</emphasis>" +"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>" +"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Итак, какая разница между aleipho и chrio? Просмотрите снова перекрёстные " "ссылки и значения слов и подведите итог разницы: ALEIPHO - ЭТО ПРАКТИЧЕСКОЕ " "ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ МАСЛА, А CHRIO - ДУХОВНОЕ." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" "Иллюстрация практического применения масла в то время (хотя слово не было " @@ -1644,12 +1688,18 @@ msgstr "" "применялось как медицинское средство. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " +#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " +#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " +#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" "Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом " "слове: <emphasis>\"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и " @@ -1657,15 +1707,15 @@ msgstr "" "\"помазание\" духовное или практическое? Практическое!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" "И временную форму греческого языка аористическое причастие (aorist " "participle) лучше перевести как \"помазав\", таким образом порядок был " @@ -1676,19 +1726,19 @@ msgstr "" "в нашем Боге?!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" "Толкуйте отрывок Писания в гармонии со всем Писанием. О чём говорят " @@ -1700,25 +1750,30 @@ msgstr "" "глубоко." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "Пример 2А" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and " +#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion " +#| "here?" msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" "В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <emphasis>\"рождённый от воды и " "Духа\".</emphasis> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" @@ -1729,15 +1784,15 @@ msgstr "" "естественное рождение." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "Пример 2Б" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" @@ -1746,23 +1801,23 @@ msgstr "" "молящаяся или пророчествующая...\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Пример 2В" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" "Деяния 2:38 \"<emphasis>Петр же сказал им: покайтесь, и да крестится каждый " "из вас во имя Иисуса Христа для прощения грехов...</emphasis>\" Говорит ли " @@ -1776,17 +1831,17 @@ msgstr "" "а благовествовать</emphasis>\"? " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Прежде всего мы не спрашиваем \"Что это значит для меня?\", но \"Что это " @@ -1795,19 +1850,19 @@ msgstr "" "среду, в которой жили автор и первые читатели. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Пример 3А" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" "\"3 дня и 3 ночи\" (Мтф.12:40) привели некоторых к изобретению \"Теории " "распятия в среду,\" особенно культ Армстронгизма (Armstrongism). Как мог " @@ -1816,16 +1871,16 @@ msgstr "" "\" и \"день\" не помогут объяснить кажущееся противоречие." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" "Нам необходимо учесть интересный исторический факт: Евреи считали любую " @@ -1840,19 +1895,19 @@ msgstr "" " Толкование с учётом культурного контекста помогает нам избегать ошибок. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Пример 3Б" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" "Быт.15:7-21. Исторический контекст таков, что разделение животного на две " @@ -1863,38 +1918,38 @@ msgstr "" "договор." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" "Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" "Пусть буквальный язык будет буквальным, а образный будет образным. И будьте " "внимательны к идиомам, которые имеют особое значение." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "Пример 4А" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "\"худое око\" в Mтф.6:23." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" "Правило 1, значения слов \"худое\" и \"око\" тут не помогут. Правило 2, " @@ -1903,14 +1958,14 @@ msgstr "" "понимаем данное место правильно!!" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" "Здесь у нас - идиома еврейского языка \"худой глаз\". Давайте посмотрим " @@ -1922,34 +1977,34 @@ msgstr "" "понимание идеально вписывается в контекст." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "Пример 4Б" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Ис.59:1 \"<emphasis>Вот, рука Господа не сократилась</emphasis>\" Втор.33:27 " @@ -1967,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" Мормоны вынуждены были отшучиваться, осознав нелепость своего положения. " #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" @@ -1975,26 +2030,26 @@ msgstr "" "Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Некоторые притчи являются аллегориями, например,притча о сеятеле: семя есть " @@ -2005,12 +2060,12 @@ msgstr "" "ясно предоставлены; и, если притча изображает их на примере, --- это хорошо." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Пример 5А" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " @@ -2022,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "мы получим?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." @@ -2031,26 +2086,26 @@ msgstr "" "вдов, молитвы \"досаждают\" Ему, и т.д." #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Пример 5Б" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" "Притча о неверному управителе в Луки.16:1-9. В чём смысл притчи? Аллегория " "ли это?" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Управитель получил похвалу только за одно - его догадливость в том, что он " @@ -2060,13 +2115,13 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of the bibletime entity #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the kapp entity #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "" @@ -2076,39 +2131,38 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Как изучать Библию" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-" +"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" -# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " @@ -2118,12 +2172,12 @@ msgstr "" "указано." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Резюме" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " @@ -2133,13 +2187,13 @@ msgstr "" "Библии." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" @@ -2151,27 +2205,11 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы Господь сеял Своё слово в ваше сердце, - Он не разочарует вас." #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Find these verses:" -#~ msgstr "Пресса о нас" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" -#~ msgstr "Перекрёстные ссылки" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:" -#~ msgstr "Перекрёстные ссылки" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -#~ msgstr "Команда &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info" diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto.pot b/i18n/howto/howto.pot index 355e5cc..5d5aea5 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto.pot +++ b/i18n/howto/howto.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2 msgid "Bible Study Basics" msgstr "" @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8 msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14 msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23 msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " -"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " -"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " -"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " +"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to " +"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to " +"come.\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously " "deceived. [...]" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28 msgid "" "There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own " "sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the " @@ -76,57 +76,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35 msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36 msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " -"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " +"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 msgid "Hear" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 msgid "" "Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe " "it.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48 msgid "Read" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 msgid "" "Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this " "prophecy [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52 msgid "" "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture " "[...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "Study" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58 msgid "" "Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in " "Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the " @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to " "God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the " @@ -142,24 +142,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69 msgid "Memorize" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70 msgid "" "Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against " "Thee.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75 msgid "Meditate" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76 msgid "" "Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he " "meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by " @@ -168,89 +168,88 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82 msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " -"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " -"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read " -"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they " -"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." +"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first " +"four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and " +"read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that " +"they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93 msgid "Topical Study" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94 msgid "" "Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a " "concordance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 msgid "Character Study" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99 msgid "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 msgid "Expository Study" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104 msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109 msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111 msgid "Content" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112 msgid "" "What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with " "definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117 msgid "Context" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118 msgid "" -"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- " -"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and " -"book." +"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the " +"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Cross-reference" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124 msgid "" "What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? " "God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the " @@ -258,286 +257,285 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132 msgid "" -"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " -"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " -"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if " -"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as " -"Roman numeral One of your outline:" +"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " +"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test " +"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they " +"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman " +"numeral One of your outline:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140 msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144 msgid "" -"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the " -"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? " -"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" +"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage " +"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our " +"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "When you give" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "When you fast" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 msgid "When you pray" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160 msgid "" "Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong " "ways of practicing our righteousness:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167 msgid "" -"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " -"today?)" +"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a " +"trumpet</quote>today?)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 msgid "do it secretly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174 msgid "etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181 msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183 msgid "To Find a Particular Verse" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201 msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206 msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197 msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216 msgid "" -"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " -"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " -"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for " -"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " -""bought."" +"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you " +"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for " +"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, " +"e.g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224 msgid "" "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge " -"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " -"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " -"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's " -"from here out.)" +"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual " +"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, " +"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here " +"out.)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 -msgid "Look up "judge"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232 +msgid "Look up \"judge\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235 msgid "" -"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " -"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." +"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, " +"2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 -msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240 +msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246 msgid "" -"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " -"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " -"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" +"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the " +"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with " +"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254 msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255 msgid "" "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or " "Hebrew." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260 msgid "Nabal" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263 msgid "Abigail" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266 msgid "Joshua" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269 msgid "Barnabus" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3 msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " -"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " +"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8 +msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11 msgid "" -"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " -"year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" +"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per " +"year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16 msgid "" -"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " +"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21 msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents " "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient " "texts:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33 msgid "Work" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34 msgid "When Written" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35 msgid "Earliest Copy" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36 msgid "Time Lapse" msgstr "" @@ -547,136 +545,136 @@ msgid "Number of Copies" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 msgid "Herodotus" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "448-428 B.C." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67 msgid "900 A.D." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45 msgid "1300 years" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49 msgid "Tacitus" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50 msgid "100 A.D." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "1100 A.D." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 msgid "1000 years" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69 msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "50-58 B.C." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60 msgid "950 years" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 msgid "10" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68 msgid "900 years" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 msgid "New Testament" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73 msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76 msgid "30 - 310 years" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77 msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82 msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " -"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " +"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " "New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri " "containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's " -"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " +"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each " "other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " -"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " -"p. 25-26" +"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of " +"Life</emphasis>p. 25-26" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93 msgid "" "\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of " "the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other " @@ -684,169 +682,169 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99 msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " -"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " -"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " +"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " +"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" " +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every " "word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" " "As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a " "continually-fresh way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114 msgid "" "John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, " "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " -"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " +"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " "said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as " -"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " +"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well " "did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went " -"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). " -"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " -"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as " -"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) " -"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " +"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It " +"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their " +"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true " +"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as " +"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 " "Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality " "of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word " -"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " -"to detract from the other. ..." +"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed " +"to detract from the other. ..." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134 msgid "" -"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " -"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " +"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " +"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " "reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that " "Jesus Christ Himself taught it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, " -"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped " -"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God " -"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of " -"faith and conduct." +"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for " +"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be " +"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the " +"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority " +"in all matters of faith and conduct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148 msgid "A Book that Works" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149 msgid "" -"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " -"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " +"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" " +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each " "scripture, write down the work the Word performs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158 msgid "Reference" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165 msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the " "word.\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170 msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " -"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" +"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 msgid "Rom. 15:4" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176 msgid "" "encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the " "Scriptures we might have hope.\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181 msgid "Rom. 10:17" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182 msgid "" "gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of " "Christ.\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 msgid "1 Cor. 10:11" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187 msgid "" "instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they " "were written for our instruction\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192 msgid "Mt. 4:4" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193 msgid "" "nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not " "live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of " @@ -854,33 +852,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203 msgid "" -"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " -"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " +"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " +"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of " "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in " -"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " -"Mine... </emphasis>\"" +"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " +"Mine...</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211 msgid "" -"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the " +"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the " "truth of God's word." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213 msgid "" "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent " -"wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, " +"wind.</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, " "tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of " "doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " @@ -888,207 +886,207 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 msgid "" -"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You " +"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You " "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power " -"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29" +"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228 msgid "God's word" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231 msgid "God's power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236 msgid "A Book that Wars" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Spiritual Armor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 msgid "Question" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244 msgid "Answer" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251 msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254 msgid "How many are offensive?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255 msgid "One" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258 msgid "Which one(s)?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267 msgid "Exhortations" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 msgid "" -"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " +"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " "truth.</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272 msgid "" -"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " +"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to " "God.</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277 msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280 msgid "" -"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " +"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " -"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " +"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the " "body.</emphasis>\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 msgid "" -"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> " -"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" +"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the " +"Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293 msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb " -"<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and " +"<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and " "<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the " "Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done " "as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in " -"the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith " -"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " -"\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, " -"see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." +"the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith " +"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, \" " +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see " +"also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305 msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " -"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " -"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to " -"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on " -"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " -"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " -"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " -"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola " -"gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation." +"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " +"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either " +"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the " +"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition " +"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human " +"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola " +"scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola " +"gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320 msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321 msgid "" -"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " +"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " "more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331 msgid "" "Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to " "the day of the month." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335 msgid "" "Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance " "on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340 msgid "" "Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one " "chapter per day." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344 msgid "" "Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one " "chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you " @@ -1096,472 +1094,472 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3 msgid "" -"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " -"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " -"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " -"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " +"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We " +"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose " +"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and " +"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing " "this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private " "interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the " "correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on " -"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some " -"things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they " -"do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" +"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things " +"hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also " +"the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17 msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " -"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" +"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24 msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " -"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " +"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " "words by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31 msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 msgid "" -"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " +"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " "on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other " "authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical " -"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " -"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek " -"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may " +"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why " +"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek " +"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may " "have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " -"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " +"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New " "Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61 msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see " "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the " "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the " -"definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to " +"definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to " "such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon " "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to " "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in " "Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for " -"\"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the " +"\"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the " "active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which " "involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to " "stop doing something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing " -"something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"something that is already occurring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 msgid "" "<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop " "holding him!</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83 msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " -"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" +"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86 msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " "with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" " -"(Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " +"(Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " +"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " +"opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is " "temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" " "(Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100 msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing " "them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116 msgid "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97 msgid "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125 msgid "" "Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me " "to preach [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130 msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133 msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137 msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142 msgid "" "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " -"<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and " -""chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>" +"<emphasis>\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a " +"spiritual</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147 msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " -"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " +"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 msgid "" "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 " "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the " "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " -"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" +"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157 msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " -"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " +"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James " "5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray " -"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " -"of practical and spiritual in our God!" +"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of " +"practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 msgid "" -"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " -"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " -"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " -"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. " -"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " +"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " +"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your " +"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context " +"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If " +"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Example 2A" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177 msgid "" "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the " -"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?" +"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180 msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " -"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " +"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural " "birth." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187 msgid "Example 2B" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188 msgid "" -"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to " +"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to " "be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] " "while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195 msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196 msgid "" -"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " -"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " -"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was " -"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in " -"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith " -"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a " -"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway " -"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ " -"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" +"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be " +"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " +"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the " +"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the " +"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in " +"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way " +"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to " +"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did " +"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213 msgid "" -"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " +"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " -"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " +"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the " "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221 msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223 msgid "" -"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " -"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " -"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised " -"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " -"help explain the apparent contradiction." +"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with " +"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could " +"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the " +"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help " +"explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229 msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " "of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only " -"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " -"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " -"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " -"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " +"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full " +"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 " +"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to " +"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241 msgid "" -"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " +"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " -"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " +"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that " "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of " -"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " +"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251 msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253 msgid "" -"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " +"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257 msgid "Example 4A" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 -msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259 +msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260 msgid "" -"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " -"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " +"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " +"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264 msgid "" -"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " -"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " -"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " +"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " +"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to " +"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] " "because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an " -"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " +"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275 msgid "Example 4B" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276 msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280 msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " -"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " +"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " "go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was " "giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of " -"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " -"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " +"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses " +"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: " "Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings " -"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " +"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of " "interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He " -"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " +"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the " "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297 msgid "" "Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a " "parable and an allegory" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299 msgid "" "An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a " "meaning.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302 msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303 msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " -"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " -"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " -"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " +"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate " +"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be " +"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear " "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311 msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312 msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -1569,39 +1567,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315 msgid "" "All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect " "the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320 msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321 msgid "" -"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " +"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323 msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " -"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " +"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" #. type: Content of the bibletime entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of the kapp entity -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" msgstr "" @@ -1611,73 +1609,73 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17 msgid "Bob" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18 msgid "Harman" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23 -msgid "The BibleTime team" +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The BibleTime Team" msgstr "" #. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26 msgid "" -"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; " -"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>" +"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team " +"(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license <link " +"the terms of the license <ulink " "url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons " -"Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." +"Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35 msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40 msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43 msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " -"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " +"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " "guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular " -"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " +"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures " "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52 msgid "Bible" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword> -#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66 +#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 msgid "HowTo" msgstr "" diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts index 8c12107..59c3a35 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1313,32 +1313,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1432,12 +1432,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1473,47 +1473,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1594,27 +1594,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -2605,17 +2605,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -3759,7 +3759,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -4100,7 +4100,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -4807,87 +4812,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -4895,52 +4900,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ar.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ar.ts index 81774fe..d144b1e 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ar.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ar.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation>بيبل تايم</translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>بيبل تايم هو برنامج قوي وسهل الإستخدام لدراسة الكتاب المقدس.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>يصدر بيبل تايم تحت رخصة GPL. تستطيع تحميل وإستخدام البرنامج للأغراض الشخصية،الخاصة،العامة أو التجارية بدون قيود، لكنك تستطيع إعطاء أو توزيع البرنامج فقط إذا قمت أيضاً بتوزيع شفرة المصدر الخاصة به.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>الرخصة الكاملة الملزمة قانونياً أدناه.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, فريق بيبل تايم</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, فريق بيبل تايم</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>خبير سهولة إستخدام</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>قد تكون بعض الاسماء غير موجودة، يرجى مراسلتنا على %1 إذا لاحظت أخطاء أو سهوات.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>يستخدم بيبل تايم مشروع سورد. مشروع سورد هو مشروع برنامج الكتاب المقدس الخاص بجمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير، والذي يهدف إلى توفير أدوات مفتوحة المصدر تعمل على مختلف المنصات &mdash; وتستعمل رخصة جنو العمومية &mdash; والتي تتيح للمبرمجين وجمعيات الكتاب المقدس كتابة برامج جديدة للكتاب المقدس بطريقة أكثر سرعة وسهولة.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>مشروع سورد: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&كيوت</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>مجموعة أدوات كيوت النسخة %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>مزيد من المعلومات...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>ال&رخصة</translation> </message> @@ -634,22 +634,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>الأشخاص التالي اسماءهم قاموا بترجمة بيبل تايم إلى لغتهم:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&سورد</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>مكتبة سورد النسخة %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>هذا البرنامج يستخدم كيوت النسخة %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>كيوت هو تطبيق وإطار عمل واجهة مستخدم متعدد المنصات،مبني بلغة سي++.وتم إصداره تحت رخصة LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -1338,32 +1338,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>التقدم</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>إيقاف</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>إيقاف الكل</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>إكتمل</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>ألغي</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>في الإنتظار...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>التحضير للتثبيت...</translation> </message> @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>تقدم التثبيت</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>فشل</translation> </message> @@ -1461,12 +1461,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>&ترتيب المجموعات</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>إعداد ترتيب المجموعات للبنود في هذه القائمة.</translation> </message> @@ -1510,37 +1510,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">إزالة الكتب المثبتة. اختر الكتب واضغط على زر إزالة.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>اختر ال&كتب التي تريد إزالتها:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>إ&زالة...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>بدء إزالة %1 كتاب:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>بدء الإزالة:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>لقد قمت بإختيار الكتب التالية: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>هل تريد حقاً إزالتها من النظام؟</translation> </message> @@ -1549,12 +1549,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">إزالة...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>إزالة الكتب المختارة</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>إزالة الكتب؟</translation> </message> @@ -1635,27 +1635,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation>الإختصار الثاني</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>الإختصار للوظيفة المختارة</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>لاشيء</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>إفتراضي</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>مخصص</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>المفتاح الإفتراضي:</translation> </message> @@ -2833,17 +2833,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>كتب قياسية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>فلترة نصوص</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>المكتب</translation> </message> @@ -3989,7 +3989,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>تجزئة صرفية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>تصدير</translation> </message> @@ -4342,7 +4342,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>خطأ: معطى سطر الأوامر غير صالح: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5085,87 +5090,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>يتم إستخدام الكتب الإفتراضية حين لايتم تحديد كتاب محدد، على سبيل المثال حينما يتم الضغط على رابط في الكتاب المقدس أو التفسير.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>الكتاب المقدس:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>تستخدم ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية عندما يتم الضغط على رابط للكتاب المقدس</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>التفسير:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>يستخدم التفسير الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لتفسير</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>المعجم:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>يستخدم المعجم الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لمعجم</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>التأمل اليومي:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>سيتم إستخدام التأمل اليومي الإفتراضي في عرض تأمل قصير في البداية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>معجم سترونج العبري:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>يستخدم المعجم العبري الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لمعجم عبري</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>معجم سترونج اليوناني:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>يستخدم المعجم اليوناني الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لمعجم يوناني</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>المعجم الصرفي العبري:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>يتم إستخدام المعجم الصرفي الإفتراضي للنصوص العبرية عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لوسم صرفي في النص العبري</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>المعجم الصرفي اليوناني:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>يتم إستخدام المعجم الصرفي الإفتراضي للنصوص اليونانية عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لوسم صرفي في النص اليوناني</translation> </message> @@ -5173,52 +5178,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">إضافة سطر فاصل بعد كل عدد</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار أعداد الآيات</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار عناوين الفقرات</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار المراجع ذات الصلة بالنص</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار accents في اليونانية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار نقاط الحروف المتحركة في العبرية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار علامات cantillation في العبرية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">إظهار التجزئة الصرفية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">إستخدام تنويعات نصية</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">الفلاتر تتحكم بمظهر النص. وهنا يمكنك تحديد الإعدادات الإفتراضية لجميع الفلاتر. تستطيع أن توقف هذه الإعدادات في أي نافذة عرض.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts index d5f847b..9e4c480 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts @@ -5,9 +5,6 @@ <name></name> <message> <source></source> - <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info -This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> </context> @@ -54,7 +51,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>&Save session</source> - <translation type="unfinished">U&ložit relaci</translation> + <translation>U&ložit relaci</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Load session</source> @@ -226,166 +223,166 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>Manually arrange the open windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Rozmístit otevřená okna manuálně</translation> </message> <message> <source>Information about the BibleTime program</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Informace o programu BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <source>Unlock Work</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Odemknout dílo</translation> + <translation>Odemknout dílo</translation> </message> <message> <source>Close &window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Zavřít okno</translation> </message> <message> <source>Close the current open window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zavřít otevřené okno</translation> </message> <message> <source>Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<br/>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Otevřít příručku jak studovat Bibli obsaženou v BibleTime. <br/>Tato příručka je úvod do efektivního studia Bible.</translation> </message> <message> <source>Auto-&tile</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Dlaždice automaticky</translation> </message> <message> <source>Automatically tile the open windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Automaticky rozmístit otevřená okna dlaždicově</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Tile</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Dlaždice</translation> </message> <message> <source>Tile the open windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Rozmístit otevřená okna dlaždicově</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show "Whats this widget" dialog</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit dialog "Co je toto"</translation> </message> <message> <source>Whats this widget?</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Co je toto?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Ta&bbed</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Karty</translation> </message> <message> <source>Automatically tab the open windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Automaticky umístit okna do karet</translation> </message> <message> <source>Enter the unlock key for %1.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Vložte klíč pro %1.</translation> </message> <message> <source>Warning: Invalid unlock key!</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Varování neplatný klíč!</translation> </message> <message> <source>The unlock key you provided did not properly unlock this module. Please try again.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Vámi vložený klíč neodemkl tento modul. Prosím zkuste to znovu.</translation> </message> <message> <source>Main toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Hlavní nástrojová lišta</translation> </message> <message> <source>Navigation toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Navigační lišta</translation> </message> <message> <source>Works toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Lišta děl</translation> </message> <message> <source>Tools toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nástrojová lišta</translation> </message> <message> <source>Format toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Lišta formátování</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show bookshelf</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit knihovnu</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show bookmarks</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit záložky</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show mag</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit časopis</translation> </message> <message> <source>Toolbars</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nástrojové lišty</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show toolbars in text windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit nástrojové lišty v textových oknech</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show parallel text headers</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit paralelní záhlaví textů</translation> </message> <message> <source>O&pen windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Otevřít okna</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show main toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit hlavní nástrojovou lištu</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show navigation bar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit navigační lištu</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show works toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit lištu děl</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show tools toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit lištu nástrojů</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show formatting toolbar</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit lištu formátování</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Tip of the day...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Tip dne...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show tips about BibleTime</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit tipy BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <source>Toggle visibility of the bookshelf window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt okno knihovny</translation> </message> <message> <source>Toggle visibility of the bookmarks window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt okno záložek</translation> </message> <message> <source>Toggle visibility of the mag window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt okno časopisu</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BibleTimeApp</name> <message> <source>Fatal error!</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Kritická chyba!</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -396,7 +393,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Kompletní závazná licence je níže.</translation> </message> <message> <source>About BibleTime</source> @@ -432,7 +429,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>howto</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>howto</translation> </message> <message> <source>documentation</source> @@ -448,83 +445,83 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Tento program využívá Qt verze %1.</translation> </message> <message> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Qt je multiplatformní aplikační framework pro tvorbu uživatelských rozhraní vytvořený v jazyce C++. Je poskytována za podmínek licence LGPL.</translation> </message> <message> <source>&BibleTime</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <source>We are looking for developers and translators. If you would like to join our team, please send an email to %1.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Hledáme vývojáře a překladatele. Pokud se chcete přidat, prosím pošlete e-mail %1.</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Contributors</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Přispěvatelé</translation> </message> <message> <source>project founder</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>zakladatel projektu</translation> </message> <message> <source>project manager</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>manažer projektu</translation> </message> <message> <source>artist</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>designér</translation> </message> <message> <source>tester</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>tester</translation> </message> <message> <source>usability expert</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>expert na použitelnost</translation> </message> <message> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Některá jména mohou chybět, prosím napište nám na %1, pokud něco chybí nebo najdete chybu.</translation> </message> <message> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>BibleTime použivá SWORD projekt. Projekt SWORD je softwarový projekt CrossWire Bible Society. Jeho cílem je vytvořit multiplatformní softwarové nástroje &mdash; pod licencí GNU GPL &mdash;, které umožní programátorům a společenstvím kolem Bible vytvářet "Biblický software" snáze a efektivněji.</translation> </message> <message> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Projekt SWORD:</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Qt</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Qt toolkit verze %1</translation> </message> <message> <source>More info...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Více informací...</translation> </message> <message> <source>&License</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Licence</translation> </message> <message> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation></translation> </message> <message> <source>&SWORD</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>BibleTime je uvolněn pod licencí GPL. Můžete si tento program stáhnout a používat jej pro osobní, privátní, veřejné nebo i komerční účely bez omezení. Pokud však program distribuujete dále, musíte spolu s ním distribuovat i jeho zdrojové kódy.</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -535,27 +532,27 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>Next book</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Další kniha</translation> + <translation>Další kniha</translation> </message> <message> <source>Previous book</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Předchozí kniha</translation> + <translation>Předchozí kniha</translation> </message> <message> <source>Next chapter</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Další kapitola</translation> + <translation>Další kapitola</translation> </message> <message> <source>Previous chapter</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Předchozí kapitola</translation> + <translation>Předchozí kapitola</translation> </message> <message> <source>Next verse</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Další verš</translation> + <translation>Další verš</translation> </message> <message> <source>Previous verse</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Předchozí verš</translation> + <translation>Předchozí verš</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -569,116 +566,100 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <name>BtBookshelfDockWidget</name> <message> <source>Bookshelf</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Knihovna</translation> + <translation>Knihovna</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Open</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Otevřít</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Edit</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Upravit</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Plain text</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Prostý text</translation> </message> <message> <source>&HTML</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&HTML</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Unlock...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Odemknout...</translation> </message> <message> <source>&About...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&O ...</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Search in %1...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Vyhledat v %1...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Warning: Module locked!</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Varování: modul uzamčen!</translation> </message> <message> <source>You are trying to access an encrypted module. Please provide an unlock key in the following dialog to open the module.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zkoušíte přistoupit k uzamčenému modulu. K odemčení modulu vložte prosím v následujícím dialogu klíč.</translation> </message> <message> <source>There are currently no works installed. Please click the button below to install new works.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Aktuálně nejsou nainstalována žádná díla. Pro instalaci děl klikněte prosím na tlačítko níže.</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Install works...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Instalovat díla...</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtBookshelfGroupingMenu</name> <message> <source>Category/Language</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Kategorie/Jazyk</translation> + <translation>Kategorie/Jazyk</translation> </message> <message> <source>Category</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Kategorie</translation> + <translation>Kategorie</translation> </message> <message> <source>Language/Category</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Jazyk/kategorie</translation> + <translation>Jazyk/kategorie</translation> </message> <message> <source>Language</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Jazyk</translation> + <translation>Jazyk</translation> </message> <message> <source>No grouping</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Neseskupovat</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtBookshelfModel</name> <message> <source>Module</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Modul</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtBookshelfWidget</name> <message> <source>Fi&lter:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Fi&ltr:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Grouping</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Seskupování</translation> + <translation>Seskupování</translation> </message> <message> <source>Change the grouping of items in the bookshelf.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Category/Language</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Kategorie/Jazyk</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Category</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Kategorie</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Language/Category</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Jazyk/kategorie</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Language</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Jazyk</translation> + <translation>Změnit seskupování položek v knihovně.</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show/hide works</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt díla</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -692,116 +673,112 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <name>BtDisplaySettingsButton</name> <message> <source>Use linebreaks after each verse</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zalomit řádek po každém verši</translation> + <translation>Zalomit řádek po každém verši</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show verse numbers</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit čísla veršů</translation> + <translation>Zobrazit čísla veršů</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show headings</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit nadpisy</translation> + <translation>Zobrazit nadpisy</translation> </message> <message> <source>Highlight words of Jesus</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova</translation> + <translation>Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit hebrejské značky samohlásek</translation> + <translation>Zobrazit hebrejské značky samohlásek</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit hebrejské značky přízvuku</translation> + <translation>Zobrazit hebrejské značky přízvuku</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show Greek accents</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit řecké značky přízvuku</translation> + <translation>Zobrazit řecké značky přízvuku</translation> </message> <message> <source>Use alternative textual variant</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Použít alternativní varianty textu</translation> + <translation>Použít alternativní varianty textu</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Ukázat odkaz v Bibli</translation> + <translation>Ukázat odkaz v Bibli</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Ukázat morfologické dělení</translation> + <translation>Ukázat morfologické dělení</translation> </message> <message> <source>Display settings</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Nastavení zobrazení</translation> + <translation>Nastavení zobrazení</translation> </message> <message> <source>Display settings: No options available</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit nastavení: Žádné volby k dispozici</translation> + <translation>Nastavení zobrazení: Žádné volby k dispozici</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show footnotes</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit poznámky</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtEditBookmarkDialog</name> <message> <source>Edit Bookmark</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Upravit záložku</translation> </message> <message> <source>Location:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Umístění:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Title:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nadpis:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Description:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Popis:</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtFontChooserWidget</name> <message> <source>Font name:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Jméno písma:</translation> + <translation>Jméno písma:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Font style:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Styl písma:</translation> + <translation>Styl písma:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Size:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Velikost:</translation> + <translation>Velikost:</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtFontSettingsPage</name> - <message> - <source>You can specify a custom font for each language.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Můžete vybrat vlastní písmo pro každý jazyk.</translation> - </message> <message> <source>The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Výběr písma bude použit pro všechna díla v tomto jazyce</translation> </message> <message> <source>Use custom font</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Použít vlastní písmo</translation> + <translation>Použít vlastní písmo</translation> </message> <message> <source>Fonts</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Písma</translation> + <translation>Písma</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Language:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Jazyky:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Optionally specify a custom font for each language:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Volitelně zvolte vlastní písmo pro každý jazyk:</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -834,67 +811,59 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Index size</source> <translation>Velikost rejstříku</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vytvořit nové vyhledávací rejstříky a smazat dříve vytvořené rejstříky u nainstalovaných děl.</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Search Indexes</source> <translation>Vyhledávací rejstříky</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>KiB</source> - <translation type="obsolete">KiB</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Create...</source> <translation>Vytvořit...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Indexed Works</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Indexovaná díla</translation> </message> <message> <source>Unindexed Works</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Neindexovaná díla</translation> </message> <message> <source>%1 KiB</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation></translation> </message> <message> <source>0 KiB</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation></translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtInstallModuleChooserDialog</name> <message> <source>Install/Update works?</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Instalovat/Aktualizovat díla?</translation> + <translation>Instalovat/Aktualizovat díla?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Do you really want to install these works?</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Opravdu si přejete nainstalovat tato díla?</translation> + <translation>Opravdu si přejete nainstalovat tato díla?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zároveň může být nainstalována pouze jedna verze daného díla. Vyberte pouze jednu položku, pokud jsou některé označené červeně.</translation> + <translation>Zároveň může být nainstalována pouze jedna verze daného díla. Vyberte pouze jednu položku, pokud jsou některé označené červeně.</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtInstallModuleChooserDialogModel</name> <message> <source>Work</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Dílo</translation> + <translation>Dílo</translation> </message> <message> <source>Installation source</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zdroj instalace</translation> </message> <message> <source>Version</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Verze</translation> + <translation>Verze</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -903,14 +872,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Install/Update</source> <translation>Instalovat/Aktualizovat</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Instalovat a aktualizovat díla. Přidejte vzdálené nebo lokální zdroje, obnovte je, vyberte díla k instalaci/aktualizaci a klikněte na Instalovat. <br/><b>VAROVÁNÍ:</b> Pokud žijete v nesvobodné zemi a nechcete riskovat odhalení, nepoužívejte vzdálené zdroje.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Install...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Instalovat...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Install or update selected works</source> <translation>Instalovat nebo aktualizovat vybraná díla</translation> @@ -992,22 +953,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <name>BtInstallPageModel</name> <message> <source>Work</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Dílo</translation> + <translation>Dílo</translation> </message> <message> <source>Version</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Verze</translation> + <translation>Verze</translation> </message> <message> <source>Description</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Popis</translation> + <translation>Popis</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtInstallPageWorksWidget</name> <message> <source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Obnovit seznam děl z tohoto zdroje</translation> + <translation>Obnovit seznam děl z tohoto zdroje</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1136,49 +1097,49 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <name>BtLanguageSettingsPage</name> <message> <source>Language for names of Bible books:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Jazyk jmen biblických knih:</translation> + <translation>Jazyk jmen biblických knih:</translation> </message> <message> <source>The languages which can be used for the biblical booknames</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Jazyky, které je možno použít pro jména biblických knih</translation> + <translation>Jazyky, které je možno použít pro jména biblických knih</translation> </message> <message> <source>Languages</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Jazyky</translation> + <translation>Jazyky</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtModuleChooserButton</name> <message> <source>Select a work [%1]</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Vyberte dílo [%1]</translation> </message> <message> <source>Select an additional work</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Vyberte další dílo</translation> + <translation>Vyberte další dílo</translation> </message> <message> <source>NONE</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Žádný modul</translation> + <translation>Žádný modul</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtModuleIndexDialog</name> <message> <source>Preparing to index modules...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Připravuji indexaci mudulů...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Cancel</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zrušit</translation> </message> <message> <source>Creating indices</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Vytváření rejstříků</translation> + <translation>Vytváření rejstříků</translation> </message> <message> <source>Creating index for work: %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1</translation> + <translation>Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1192,53 +1153,45 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <name>BtOpenWorkAction</name> <message> <source>&Open work</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Otevřít dílo</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> <source>&Grouping order</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Pořadí &seskupování</translation> </message> <message> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nastaví pořadí seskupování pro položky v tomto menu.</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtRefreshProgressDialog</name> <message> <source>Refreshing source %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Aktualizovat zdroj %1</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Cancel</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Z&rušit</translation> </message> <message> <source>Connecting...</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Připojování...</translation> + <translation>Připojování...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Warning</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Varování</translation> + <translation>Varování</translation> </message> <message> <source>Failed to refresh source %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Chyba při aktualizaci zdroje %1</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> - <message> - <source>&Remove</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Odebrat</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Odebrat nainstalovaná díla. Vyberte díla a klikněte na tlačítko Odebrat.</translation> - </message> <message> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Vybrali jste následující dílo(a):</translation> @@ -1247,10 +1200,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Opravdu si přejete je odebrat z vašeho systému?</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Remove...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Odstranit...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Odstranit vybraná díla</translation> @@ -1261,64 +1210,64 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Vyberte &díla k odstranění:</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Remove...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Odstranit...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Začít s odstraněním %1 děl:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Start removal:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Začít s odstraněním:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Remove</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Odstranit</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtRemovePageTreeModel</name> <message> <source>Work</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Dílo</translation> + <translation>Dílo</translation> </message> <message> <source>Install path</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Instalační umístění</translation> + <translation>Instalační umístění</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtSearchModuleChooserDialog</name> <message> <source>Works to Search in</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Díla k prohledání</translation> + <translation>Díla k prohledání</translation> </message> <message> <source>Select the works which should be searched.</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Vyberte díla která mají být prohledána.</translation> + <translation>Vyberte díla která mají být prohledána.</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtShortcutsDialog</name> <message> <source>Configure shortcuts</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nastavit zkratky</translation> </message> <message> <source>First shortcut</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Primární zkratka</translation> </message> <message> <source>Second shortcut</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Sekundární zkratka</translation> </message> <message> <source>Select first or second shortcut and type the shortcut with keyboard</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zvolte primární nebo sekundární zkratku a stiskněte příslušné klávesy</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1363,186 +1312,38 @@ shortcut</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>BtSourceArea</name> - <message> - <source>Work</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Dílo</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Description</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Popis</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>&Add...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Přidat...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refresh...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Obnovit...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Obnovit seznam děl z tohoto zdroje</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>&Delete...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Smazat...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Delete this source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Smazat tento zdroj</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Add new source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Přidat nový zdroj</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>BtSourceAreaModel</name> - <message> - <source>Work</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Dílo</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Version</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Verze</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Description</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Popis</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>BtSourceWidget</name> - <message> - <source>Delete Source?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Smazat zdroj?</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Opravdu si přejete smazat tento zdroj?</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Cancel</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zrušit</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refreshing source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Obnovuji zdroje</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Connecting...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Připojování...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refreshing...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Obnovování...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Nebyly nalezeny žádné zdroje v nastavení SWORD a BibleTime nemůže vytvořit výchozí zdroj. Skontrolujte nastavení SWORD a také jestli lze do konfiguračního umístění zapisovat. Potom restartujte Správce knihovny.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Remote:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vzdálené:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Local:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Místní:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Not a directory!</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Není adresářem!</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Not readable!</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Nečitelné!</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Warning</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Varování</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Do cílového adresáře nelze zapisovat nebo neexistuje. Instalace bude selhávat, dokud to nebude opraveno.</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>BtTextFiltersTab</name> - <message> - <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Filtry kontrolují vzhled textu. Zde můžete nastavit výchozí hodnoty pro všechny filtry. Toto nastavení můžete v každém zobrazeném okně anulovat.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zalomit řádek po každém verši</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show verse numbers</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit čísla veršů</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show section headings</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit nadpisy částí</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Ukázat odkaz v Bibli</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show Greek accents</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit řecké značky přízvuku</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit hebrejské značky samohlásek</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit hebrejské značky přízvuku</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Show morph segmentation</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Ukázat morfologické dělení</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Use textual variants</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Použít textové varianty</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>BtTextWindowHeaderWidget</name> <message> <source>Add/remove/replace</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Přidat/odstranit/nahradit</translation> </message> <message> <source>Replace</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nahradit</translation> </message> <message> <source>Add</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Přidat</translation> </message> <message> <source>Remove</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Odstranit</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtTipDialog</name> <message> <source>Tip Of The Day</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Tip dne</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show tips at startup</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazovat tipy při startu</translation> </message> <message> <source>Next Tip</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Další tip</translation> </message> <message> <source>To add multiple Bible works in parallel in your active Bible window select this icon and choose another Bible work.</source> @@ -1612,40 +1413,41 @@ shortcut</source> <name>CAcceleratorSettingsPage</name> <message> <source>Main Window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Hlavní okno</translation> </message> <message> <source>All text windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Všechna okna s texty</translation> </message> <message> <source>Bible windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Okna biblí</translation> </message> <message> <source>Commentary windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Okna komentářů</translation> </message> <message> <source>Lexicon windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Okna lexikonů</translation> </message> <message> <source>Book windows</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Okna knih</translation> </message> <message> <source>Shortcuts</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zkratky</translation> </message> <message> <source>Choose action group:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zvolte skupinu akcí:</translation> </message> <message> <source> "%1" in the "%2" group</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation> + "%1" ve skupině "%2"</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1714,18 +1516,10 @@ shortcut</source> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Tisknout...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Copy chapter to clipboard ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Kopírovat kapitolu do schránky...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Copying</source> <translation>Kopíruji</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Saving chapter ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Ukládám kapitolu...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Saving</source> <translation>Ukládám</translation> @@ -1764,10 +1558,6 @@ shortcut</source> <source>The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed.</source> <translation>Dílo na které záložka odkazuje není nainstalováno.</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Change bookmark description...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Změnit popis záložky...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Print bookmarks...</source> <translation>Tisknout záložky...</translation> @@ -1802,19 +1592,19 @@ shortcut</source> </message> <message> <source>Drag references from text views to this view</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Přetáhněte odkazy z textu do tohoto zobrazení</translation> </message> <message> <source>Edit bookmark...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Upravit záložku...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Sort folder bookmarks...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Třídit záložky v adresáři...</translation> </message> <message> <source>Sort all bookmarks...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Třídit všechny záložky...</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1849,7 +1639,7 @@ shortcut</source> </message> <message> <source>Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Synchronizovat zobrazený vstup tohoto díla s aktivním oknem s Biblí</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1895,7 +1685,7 @@ shortcut</source> </message> <message> <source>Display templates define how text is displayed.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Šablona zobrazení určuje jak se zobrazí text.</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show the BibleTime logo on startup</source> @@ -1928,14 +1718,6 @@ shortcut</source> <source>Forward in history</source> <translation>Dopředu v historii</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Zoom in</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Přiblížit</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Zoom out</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Oddálit</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Select all</source> <translation>Vybrat vše</translation> @@ -1950,46 +1732,31 @@ shortcut</source> </message> <message> <source>Change location</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Změnit umístění</translation> </message> <message> <source>Search with works of this window</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Hledat v dilech v tomto okně</translation> </message> <message> <source>Work chooser buttons</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Tlaćítka pro výběr děl</translation> </message> <message> <source>Navigation</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Navigace</translation> </message> <message> <source>Text area header</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Hlavička textu</translation> </message> <message> <source>Tool</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nástroj</translation> </message> <message> <source>Format</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>CFontChooser</name> - <message> - <source>Size:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Velikost:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Font name:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Jméno písma:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Font style:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Styl písma:</translation> + <translation>Formát</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -2054,40 +1821,6 @@ shortcut</source> <translation>Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnění zápisu.</translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>CInputDialog</name> - <message> - <source>Clear</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vyprázdnit</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>CKeyReferenceWidget</name> - <message> - <source>Next book</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Další kniha</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Previous book</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Předchozí kniha</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Next chapter</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Další kapitola</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Previous chapter</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Předchozí kapitola</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Next verse</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Další verš</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Previous verse</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Předchozí verš</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>CLanguageSettingsPage</name> <message> @@ -2103,7 +1836,7 @@ shortcut</source> </message> <message> <source>Entries of the current work</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Položky aktuálního díla</translation> </message> <message> <source>Next entry</source> @@ -2164,38 +1897,11 @@ shortcut</source> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Tisknout...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Saving entry ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Ukládám položku ...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Saving</source> <translation>Ukládám</translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>CModuleIndexDialog</name> - <message> - <source>Cancel</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Zpět</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Creating indices</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vytváření rejstříků</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Creating index for work: %1</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Indexing Is Cancelled</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Indexování bylo zrušeno</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Indexování bylo zrušeno, protože moduly byly odstraněny.</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>CPlainWriteWindow</name> <message> @@ -2232,7 +1938,7 @@ shortcut</source> </message> <message> <source>Delete current entry (no undo)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Smazat aktuální položku (bez možnosti návratu)</translation> </message> <message> <source>Restore original text, new text will be lost</source> @@ -2556,7 +2262,7 @@ Do you want to continue?</source> </message> <message> <source>Select all</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Vybrat vše</translation> + <translation>Vybrat vše</translation> </message> <message> <source><div class="moduleinfo"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p><p>Version: %3</p></div></source> @@ -2583,7 +2289,7 @@ Do you want to continue?</source> </message> <message> <source>An internal error occurred while building the index: %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Při vytváření indexu se vyskytla vnitřní chyba: %1</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3414,10 +3120,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Save document ...</source> <translation>Uložit dokument...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Print keys</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Tisknout odkazy</translation> - </message> <message> <source>BibleTime bookmark files</source> <translation>Soubory záložek BibleTime</translation> @@ -3426,14 +3128,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>unknown</source> <translation>neznámý</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Change description ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Změnit popis ...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vložte nový popis pro zvolenou záložku.</translation> - </message> <message> <source>New folder</source> <translation>Nová složka</translation> @@ -3466,10 +3160,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Version</source> <translation>Verze</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Settings Migration</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Přesun nastavení</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Encrypted - needs unlock key</source> <translation>Zašifrováno -je potřeba klíč</translation> @@ -3583,31 +3273,31 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> </message> <message> <source>Parsing Strong's Numbers</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Analýza Strongových čísel</translation> </message> <message> <source>This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions:</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Tato zkratka koliduje se zkratkou pro následující akce:</translation> </message> <message> <source>Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue?</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Pŕejete si odstranit kolidující zkratky a pokračovat?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Indexed works</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Indexovaná díla</translation> </message> <message> <source>Unindexed works</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Neindexovaná díla</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show this help message and exit</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit tuto nápovědu a skončit</translation> </message> <message> <source>Open a clean session</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Otevřít prázdnou relaci</translation> </message> <message> <source>Open the default Bible with the reference <ref></source> @@ -3631,7 +3321,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> </message> <message> <source>Replace</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Nahradit</translation> </message> <message> <source>Error: %1 expects an argument.</source> @@ -3639,6 +3329,10 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> </message> <message> <source>See --help for details.</source> + <translation>Pro podrobnosti použijte --help.</translation> + </message> + <message> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> </context> @@ -3796,7 +3490,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> </message> <message> <source>Click the link to get help for search syntax</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Pro nápovědu k syntaxi vyhledávání klikněte na odkaz</translation> </message> <message> <source>Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries.</source> @@ -3807,22 +3501,22 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <name>Search::BtSearchResultArea</name> <message> <source>Text of the selected search result item</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Text vybraná položky výsledků hledání</translation> </message> <message> <source>Select all</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Vybrat vše</translation> + <translation>Vybrat vše</translation> </message> <message> <source>Copy</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Kopírovat</translation> + <translation>Kopírovat</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>Search::BtSearchSyntaxHelpDialog</name> <message> <source>Search Syntax Help</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Nápověda k syntaxi vyhledávání</translation> + <translation>Nápověda k syntaxi vyhledávání</translation> </message> <message> <source>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</source> @@ -4040,33 +3734,21 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Tisknout...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Copy search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Kopírovat výsledek hledání...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Copying search result</source> <translation>Kopíruji výsledek hledání</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Save search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Uložit výsledek hledání...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Saving search result</source> <translation>Ukládám výsledek hledání</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Print search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Tisknout výsledek hledání...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Printing search result</source> <translation>Tisknu výsledek hledání</translation> </message> <message> <source>Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Díla zvolená pro vyhledávání a počet nalezených položek v každém z nich</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -4091,14 +3773,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>New range</source> <translation>Nový rozsah</translation> </message> - <message> - <source><invalid name of search range></source> - <translation type="obsolete"><špatný název rozsahu hledání></translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Vyberte rozsah hledání ze seznamu.</translation> - </message> <message> <source>&Add new scope</source> <translation>&Přidat nový rozsah</translation> @@ -4119,10 +3793,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Change the name of the selected search scope</source> <translation>Změnit jméno vybraného rozsahu vyhledávání</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Úprava rozsahu vyhledávání pro vybranou položku. Jak se definuje rozsah zjistíte z již předdefinovaných rozsahů.</translation> - </message> <message> <source>The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> @@ -4150,12 +3820,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Search</source> <translation>Hledat</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>One or more works need indexing before they can be searched. -This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Jedno nebo více děl potřebuje sestavit rejstřík předtím než může být prohledáno. -To může trvat dlouhou dobu. Pokračovat v indexování?</translation> - </message> <message> <source>&Analyze results...</source> <translation>&Analyzovat výsledky...</translation> @@ -4166,7 +3830,7 @@ To může trvat dlouhou dobu. Pokračovat v indexování?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show a graphical analysis of the search result</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Zobrazit grafickou analýzu výsledků vyhledávání</translation> </message> <message> <source>The following modules need to be indexed before they can be searched in:</source> @@ -4207,26 +3871,14 @@ To může trvat dlouhou dobu. Pokračovat v indexování?</translation> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Tisknout...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Print search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Tisknout výsledek hledání...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Printing search result</source> <translation>Tisknu výsledek hledání</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Save search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Uložit výsledek hledání...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Saving search result</source> <translation>Ukládám výsledek hledání</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Copy search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Kopírovat výsledek hledání...</translation> - </message> <message> <source>Copying search result</source> <translation>Kopíruji výsledek hledání</translation> @@ -4370,7 +4022,7 @@ To může trvat dlouhou dobu. Pokračovat v indexování?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Case &sensitive</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>&Rozlišovat velikost písmen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Find the previous location of the text</source> @@ -4398,7 +4050,7 @@ To může trvat dlouhou dobu. Pokračovat v indexování?</translation> </message> <message> <source>Search with case sensitivity</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Rozlišovat velikost písmen</translation> </message> </context> </TS> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts index 842a92c..f453d8c 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime er et let andvendeligt, men kraftfuldt bibelstudieværktøj.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime er udgivet under GPL licensen. Du kan hente og bruge programmet til personlige, private, offentlige eller kommercielle formål uden restriktioner, men du må kun forære eller distribuere det, hvis du også distribuerer den tilhørende kildekode.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Den komplette bindende licens er herunder.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, BibleTime holdet</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, BibleTime holdet</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>brugervenligheds-ekspert</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Nogle navne mangler muligvis. Skriv en email til %1 hvis du lægger mærke til fejl eller mangler.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime gør brug af SWORD-projektet. SWORD-projektet er CrossWire Bible Society's gratis Bibel-software-projekt. Dets formål er at lave kryds-platform open source værktøjer &mdash; under GNU General Public Licensen &mdash; der tillader programmørere og Bibelselskaber at lave ny Bibel-software hurtigere og nemmere.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>SWORD-projektet: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt toolkit version %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Mere information...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Licens</translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>De følgende personer har oversat BibleTime til deres sprog:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>SWORD bibliotek version %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Dette program bruger Qt version %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt er et kryds-platform program og brugerflade framework, bygget med C++ sproget. Det er udgivet under LGPL licensen.</translation> </message> @@ -1357,32 +1357,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Fremskridt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Afbryd</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Afbryd alle</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Færdig</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Anulleret</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Venter på tur...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Forbereder installation...</translation> </message> @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Installations fremskridt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Fejlede</translation> </message> @@ -1480,12 +1480,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>&Grupperingsrækkefølge</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1529,37 +1529,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Fjern installerede værker. Vælg værkerne og tryk på Fjern knappen.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Vælg &værker der skal afinstalleres:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Fjern...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Fjern</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Begynd fjernelse af %1 værker:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Begynd fjernelse:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Du har valgt følgende værker: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Er du sikker på at du vil fjerne dem fra dit system?</translation> </message> @@ -1568,12 +1568,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Fjern...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Fjern valgte værker</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Fjern værker?</translation> </message> @@ -1656,27 +1656,27 @@ shortcut</source> genvej</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Genvej for den valgte handling</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Ingen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Standard</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Brugerdefineret</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Standardkombination:</translation> </message> @@ -2925,17 +2925,17 @@ genvej</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Standardværker</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Tekstfiltre</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Skrivebord</translation> </message> @@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morf-segmentering</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Eksport</translation> </message> @@ -4443,7 +4443,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Fejl: Forkert kommandolinje-parameter: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Standard-skabelon "%1" ikke fundet!</translation> </message> @@ -5192,87 +5197,87 @@ Dette kan tage lang tid. Fortsæt med indekserering?</translation> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Standard værker bliver benyttet når intet bestemt værk er angivet, for eksempel når et link til en Bibel eller et leksikon bliver åbnet.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bibel:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>Standard-Bibelen der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til en Bibel</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Kommentar:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Standard-kommentaren der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til en kommentar</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Standard-leksikonet der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et leksikon</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Daglig andagt:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Standard-andagten der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et hyperlink til en andagt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebraisk Strong's-leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Det hebraiske standard-leksikon der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et hebraisk leksikon</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Græsk Strong's-leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Det græske standard-leksikon der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et græsk leksikon</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebraisk morfologisk leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Det morfologiske standard-leksikon for hebraiske tekster der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et morfologisk mærke i en hebraisk tekst</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Græsk morfologisk leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Det morfologiske standard-leksikon for græske tekster der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et morfologisk mærke i en græsk tekst</translation> </message> @@ -5285,52 +5290,52 @@ Dette kan tage lang tid. Fortsæt med indekserering?</translation> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Indsæt linjeskift efter hvert vers</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis vers-numre</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis afsnits overskrifter</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis krydsreferencer</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis græske accenter</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske vokal mærker</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske kantilations-mærker</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis morf-segmentering</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Brug teksturale varianter</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Filtre kontrollerer udeseendet af tekst. Her kan du specificere standard-indstillinger for alle filtrene. Du kan overskrive disse indstillinger i hvert visningsvindue.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts index 57abc7c..d2c58a3 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <source>&Save session</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Sitzung &speichern</translation> + <translation>Sitzung &speichern</translation> </message> <message> <source>&Load session</source> @@ -515,8 +515,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>&Lizenz</translation> </message> <message> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, das BibleTime Team</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, das BibleTime Team</translation> </message> <message> <source>&SWORD</source> @@ -3687,6 +3687,10 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>See --help for details.</source> <translation>Siehe --help für Details.</translation> </message> + <message> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> </context> <context> <name>QPushButton</name> @@ -4364,43 +4368,43 @@ Das kann eine Weile dauern. Mit der Indizierung fortfahren?</translation> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Zeilenumbruch nach jedem Vers einfügen</translation> + <translation>Zeilenumbruch nach jedem Vers einfügen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show verse numbers</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Versnummern anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Versnummern anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show section headings</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Abschnittsüberschriften anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Abschnittsüberschriften anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Querverweise auf Bibelstellen anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Querverweise auf Bibelstellen anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show Greek accents</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Griechische Akzente anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Griechische Akzente anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Hebräische Vokalzeichen anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Hebräische Vokalzeichen anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Hebräische Kantillationszeichen anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Hebräische Kantillationszeichen anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Morphologische Segmentierung anzeigen</translation> + <translation>Morphologische Segmentierung anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> <source>Use textual variants</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Textvarianten verwenden</translation> + <translation>Textvarianten verwenden</translation> </message> <message> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen.</translation> + <translation>Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen.</translation> </message> <message> <source></source> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts index f39323a..0187392 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts @@ -1,12 +1,14 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" ?><!DOCTYPE TS><TS language="en_GB" version="2.0"> +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE TS> +<TS version="2.0" language="en_GB"> <context> - <name/> + <name></name> <message> - <source/> + <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation></translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -486,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>The complete legally binding license is below.</translation> </message> @@ -512,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -546,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>usability expert</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>The SWORD Project: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt toolkit version %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>More info...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&License</translation> </message> @@ -631,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>The following people translated BibleTime into their language:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>SWORD library version %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>This program uses Qt version %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</translation> </message> @@ -1311,32 +1313,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progress</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Stop</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Stop All</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Completed</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Cancelled</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Waiting for turn...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Preparing install...</translation> </message> @@ -1346,7 +1348,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Install Progress</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Failed</translation> </message> @@ -1430,12 +1432,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>&Grouping order</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</translation> </message> @@ -1471,47 +1473,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Select &works to uninstall:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Remove...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Remove</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Start removal of %1 works:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Start removal:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>You selected the following work(s): </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Remove the selected works</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Remove Works?</translation> </message> @@ -1595,27 +1597,27 @@ shortcut</source> shortcut</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Shortcut for selected action name</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>None</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Default</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Custom</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Default key:</translation> </message> @@ -2607,17 +2609,17 @@ shortcut</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Standard works</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Text filters</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Desk</translation> </message> @@ -2690,10 +2692,10 @@ shortcut</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="154"/> - <source>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep. + <source>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep. Do you want to continue?</source> - <translation>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep. + <translation>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep. Do you want to continue?</translation> </message> @@ -2891,8 +2893,8 @@ Do you want to continue?</translation> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="164"/> <source>Names of languages</source> - <comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment> - <extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment> + <comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment> + <extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment> <translation>Names of languages</translation> </message> <message> @@ -3763,7 +3765,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morph segmentation</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Export</translation> </message> @@ -4104,7 +4106,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Error: Invalid command-line argument: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation>CSS base template not found!</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Default template "%1" not found!</translation> </message> @@ -4811,87 +4818,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bible:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Commentary:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Daily devotional:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Greek Strong's lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Greek morphological lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</translation> </message> @@ -4899,52 +4906,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation>Insert line break after each verse</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation>Show verse numbers</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation>Show section headings</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation>Show scripture cross-references</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation>Show Greek accents</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation>Show Hebrew vowel points</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation>Show morph segmentation</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation>Use textual variants</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts index c6293a5..b4d9d06 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime es una herramienta de estudio de la Biblia poderosa pero fácil de usar.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime está publicado bajo la licencia GPL. Usted puede descargar y utilizar el programa para fines personales, privados, públicos o comerciales sin restricciones, pero se puede entregar o distribuir el programa sólo si también distribuir el código fuente correspondiente.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>La licencia legalmente vinculada esta debajo.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, El equipo BibleTime</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, El equipo BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Experto de usabilidad</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Algunos nombres pueden no encontrarse, mandanos un email a %1 si notas errores u omisiones.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime hace uso del proyecto SWORD. El proyecto SWORD es un proyecto de software libre de CrossWire Bible Society. Su proposito es crear herramientas multiplataforma de codigo abierto &mdash; cubiertas por la licencia GNU General Public License &mdash; que permite a los programadores y sociedades biblicas escribir software biblico mas rapida y facilmente.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>El proyecto SWORD: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt toolkit versión %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Mas informacion...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&License</translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Las siguientes personas tradujeron BibleTime a su idioma:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>versión de biblioteca SWORD %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Este programa usa la versión %1 de Qt.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt es una aplicación multiplataforma y un framework de interfaz de usuario, creado con el lenguaje C++, Ha sido liberado bajo la licencia LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -1313,32 +1313,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progreso</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Detener</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Detener Todo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Completado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Cancelado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Esperando turno...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Preparando Instalación...</translation> </message> @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progreso de la Instalación</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Falló</translation> </message> @@ -1432,12 +1432,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished">Orden de A&grupación</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Establece el orden de agrupación de los elementos de este menú.</translation> </message> @@ -1473,47 +1473,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Seleccione &obras a desinstalar:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Eliminar...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Eliminar</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Iniciando eliminación de %1 obras:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Iniciando eliminación:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Seleccionaste la(s) siguiente(s) obra(s): </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Deseas realmente eliminarlos de tu sistema?</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Eliminar las obras seleccionados</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Eliminar Obras?</translation> </message> @@ -1597,27 +1597,27 @@ shortcut</source> atajo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Atajo para la acción seleccionada</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Ninguno</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Predeterminado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Modificado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Llave predeterminada:</translation> </message> @@ -2661,17 +2661,17 @@ atajo</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Obras Estándar</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Filtros de texto</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Escritorio</translation> </message> @@ -3823,7 +3823,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Segmentación de Morfología</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Exportar</translation> </message> @@ -4164,7 +4164,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished">Error: Argumento Inválido en la linea de comandos: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>¡Plantilla predeterminada "%1" no se encuentra!</translation> </message> @@ -4873,87 +4878,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Las obras predeterminadas son utilizadas cuando ninguna obra es especificada, por ejemplo cuando se hace clic en un hipervínculo dentro de una Biblia.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Biblia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>La Biblia estandar es usada cuando un hipervínculo dentro de la Biblia es cliqueado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Comentario:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>El comentario estandar es usado cuando un hipervínculo dentro del comentario es cliqueado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>El léxico estandar es usado cuando un hipervínculo dentro del léxico es cliqueado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Devocional diario:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>El devocional estandar será usado para mostrar un devocional de inicio</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico Hebreo de Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>El léxico Hebreo estandar es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo es cliqueado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico Griego de Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>El léxico Griego estandar es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo en un léxico Griego es cliqueado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico Hebreo morfológico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>El léxico morfológico para textos Hebreos es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo de una etiqueta morfológica en texto Hebreo es cliqueado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Diccionario léxico griego morfológico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>El léxico morfológico para textos Griegos es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo de una etiqueta morfológica en texto Griego es cliqueado</translation> </message> @@ -4966,52 +4971,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Insertar salto de lí­nea después de cada versículo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar números de versículos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar cabeceras de las secciones</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar las referencias cruzadas de las escrituras</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar acentos griegos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar puntos de vocales hebreas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar los acentos de "cantilación" hebreas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Mostrar segmentación de morfología</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Usar varientes textuales</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Los filtros controlan la apariencia del texto. Aquí puedes especificar las configuraciones predeterminadas para todos los filtros. Puedes anular estas configuraciones en cada ventana mostrada.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts index f364a23..ac70b81 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime on võimas, kuid lihtne tööriist Piibli uurimiseks.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime on välja antud GPL litsentsi all. Te võite programmi alla laadida ja kasutada (kuid mitte levitada) personaalsetel, privaatsetel, avalikel või kommertseesmärkidel ilma piiranguteta, aga te võite programmi edasi anda või levitada ainult kui Te sellega samuti programmi lähtekoodi levitate.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Täielik juriidiliselt siduv litsents on toodud allpool.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime'i meeskond</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime'i meeskond</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>kasutusekspert</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Mõned nimed võivad puududa, palun saatke e-mail aadressile %1 kui märkate vigu või puuduvaid nimesid.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime kasutab SWORD projekti. Projekt SWORD on CrossWire Bible Society vaba piiblitarkvara projekt, mille eesmärk on luua mitmeplatvormilisi vaba tarkvara tööriistu &mdash; litsenseeritud GNU General Public Licence all &mdash; mis võimaldavad programmeerijatel ja piibliühingutel kirjutada uut piiblitarkvara kiiremini ja lihtsamalt.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>Projekt SWORD: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt raamistik, versioon %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Rohkem infot...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Litsents</translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Järgnevad inimesed tõlkisid BibleTime' enda keelde:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>SWORD teek, versioon %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>See programm kasutab Qt versiooni %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt on multiplatvormne rakenduste ja graafiliste kasutajaliideste raamistik, C++ programmeerimiskeele jaoks. Qt on publitseeritud LGPL litsentsi all.</translation> </message> @@ -1362,32 +1362,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progress</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Peata</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Peata kõik</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Valmis</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Katkestatud</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Ootel...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Paigaldamiseks valmistumine...</translation> </message> @@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Paigalduse edenemine</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Ebaõnnestus</translation> </message> @@ -1485,12 +1485,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>&Grupeerimine</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>Muuda selle menüü elementide grupeerimist.</translation> </message> @@ -1538,37 +1538,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Paigaldatud teoste eemaldamine. Valige teosed ja vajutage eemaldamisnupul.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Valige &teosed eemaldamiseks:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Eemalda...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Eemalda</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Alusta %1 teose eemaldamist:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Alusta eemaldamist:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Valisite järgmised teos(ed): </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Kas soovite need tõesti enda süsteemist eemaldada?</translation> </message> @@ -1577,12 +1577,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Eemalda...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Eemalda valitud teosed</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Eemaldada teosed?</translation> </message> @@ -1666,27 +1666,27 @@ shortcut</source> kiirklahv</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Kiirklahvid valitud tegevuse jaoks</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Puudub</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Vaikimisi</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Kohandatud</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Vaikimisi kiirklahv:</translation> </message> @@ -2958,17 +2958,17 @@ kiirklahv</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Eelistatud teosed</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Tekstifiltrid</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Kirjutuslaud</translation> </message> @@ -4119,7 +4119,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morfoloogiline segmentatsioon</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Ekspordi</translation> </message> @@ -4488,7 +4488,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Viga: Vale käsureaargument: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Vaikemalli "%1" ei leitud!</translation> </message> @@ -5238,87 +5243,87 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega?</translation> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Eelistatud teoseid kasutatake kui ei ole määratud konkreetset teost, näiteks kui kasutatakse hüperlinki, mis viitab Piiblisse või mõnda leksikoni.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Piibel:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud Piiblit kasutatakse siis kui vajutatakse mõnele Piibli kirjakohale viitavale hüperlingile</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Kommentaarid:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud kommentaare kasutatakse siis kui vajutatakse mõnele kommentaaridele viitavale hüperlingile</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud leksikoni kasutatakse siis kui vajutatakse mõnele leksikoni viitavale hüperlingile</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Igapäevane harduskirjandus:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Eelistatud igapäevast harduskirjanduse teost kasutatakse sellest lühikeste lõikude kuvamiseks BibleTime käivitamisel</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Heebreakeelne Strongi leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud heebreakeelset leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse hüperlingil, mis viitab heebreakeelsesse leksikoni</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Kreekakeelne Strongi leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud kreekakeelset leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse hüperlingil, mis viitab kreekakeelsesse leksikoni</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Heebreakeelne morfoloogiline leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud heebreakeelset morfoloogilist leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse morfoloogilise märgendi hüperlingil heebreakeelses tekstis</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Kreekakeelne morfoloogiline leksikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Eelistatud kreekakeelset morfoloogilist leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse morfoloogilise märgendi hüperlingil kreekakeelses tekstis</translation> </message> @@ -5331,52 +5336,52 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega?</translation> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation>Alusta iga salmi uuelt realt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation>Kuva salmide numbreid</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation>Kuva tekstiosade pealkirju</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation>Kuva pühakirjade ristviiteid</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation>Kuva kreeka keele rõhumärke</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation>Kuva heebrea keele vokaalimärke</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation>Kuva heebrea keele laulumärke</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation>Kuva morfoloogilist segmentatsiooni</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation>Kasuta tekstivariante</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation>Filtrid reguleerivad teksti välimust. Siin võite Te seadistada vaikimisi sätteid kõikidele filtritele. Te saate filtrite sätteid ka igas aknas eraldi muuta.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts index 3b96637..9c29bb1 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime on helppokäyttöinen ja tehokas Raamatun opiskelun työkalu.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime on julkaistu GPL-lisenssin alla. Voit ladata ohjelman ja käyttää sitä henkilökohtaisessa, yksityisessä, julkisessa tai kaupallisessa käytössä ilman rajoituksia, mutta voit jakaa ohjelmaa edelleen vain jos jaat myös vastaavan lähdekoodin.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Täydellinen, laillisesti sitova lisenssi on alla.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, BibleTime-tiimi</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, BibleTime-tiimi</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>käytettävyysasiantuntija</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Joitain nimiä voi puuttua, lähetä sähköpostia osoitteeseen %1, jos huomaat puutteita.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime käyttää SWORD-projektia. SWORD-projekti on CrossWire Bible Societyn avoin raamattuohjelmistoprojekti. Sen tarkoitus on luoda alustariippumattomia GPL-lisenssoituja avoimen lähdekoodin työkaluja, jotka antavat ohjelmoijille ja raamattuseuroille mahdollisuuden tehdä uusia Raamattuun liittyviä ohjelmistoja nopeasti ja helposti.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>SWORD-projekti: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt ohjelmistoalusta versio %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Lisätietoa...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Lisenssi</translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Seuraavat henkilöt ovat kääntäneet BibleTimen omalle kielelleen:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>SWORD-kirjaston versio %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Tämä ohjelma käyttää Qt:n versiota %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt on C++-kielellä tehty alustariippumaton sovellus- ja käyttöliittymäkehikko. Se on julkaistu LGPL-lisenssin alla.</translation> </message> @@ -1361,32 +1361,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Edistyminen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Pysäytä</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Pysäytä kaikki</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Valmis</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Keskeytetty</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Odotetaan vuoroa...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Valmistellaan asennusta...</translation> </message> @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Asennuksen edistyminen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Epäonnistui</translation> </message> @@ -1484,12 +1484,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1533,37 +1533,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Poista asennettuja teoksia. Valitse teokset ja napsauta Poista-painiketta.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Valitsit seuraavat teokset: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Haluatko todella poistaa ne järjestelmästäsi?</translation> </message> @@ -1572,12 +1572,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Poista...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Poista valitut teokset</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Poista teokset?</translation> </message> @@ -1661,27 +1661,27 @@ shortcut</source> pikanäppäin</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Pikanäppäin valitulle toiminnolle</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Ei mikään</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Oletus</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Muokattu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Oletusnäppäin:</translation> </message> @@ -2938,17 +2938,17 @@ pikanäppäin</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Oletusteokset</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Tekstisuotimet</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Työpöytä</translation> </message> @@ -4142,7 +4142,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morfologinen segmentointi</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Vie</translation> </message> @@ -4460,7 +4460,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5209,87 +5214,87 @@ Tämä voi viedä pitkän ajan. Haluatko indeksoida?</translation> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Raamattu:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>Oletusraamattua käytetään kun hyperlinkki Raamattuun valitaan</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Kommentaari:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Oletuskommentaaria käytetään kun hyperlinkki kommentaariin valitaan</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Sanakirja:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Oletussanakirjaa käytetään kun hyperlinkki sanakirjaan valitaan</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Päivittäinen hartaus:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Oletushartauskirjasta näytetään päivittäinen Raamatun jae käynnistettäessä</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Hepreankielinen Strongin sanasto:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Standardia hepreankielistä sanastoa käyteään kun hyperlinkki hepreankieliseen sanastoon valitaan</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Kreikankielinen Strongin sanasto:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Standardia kreikankielistä sanastoa käytetään kun hyperlinkki kreikankielen sanastoon valitaan</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Heprealainen morfologinen sanasto:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Standardia hepreankielen morfologista sanastoa käytetään kun morfologinen linkki valitaan heprealaisissa teksteissä</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Kreikkalainen morfologinen sanasto:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Standardia kreikankielen morfologista sanastoa käytetään kun morfologinen linkki valitaan kreikkalaisissa teksteissä</translation> </message> @@ -5302,52 +5307,52 @@ Tämä voi viedä pitkän ajan. Haluatko indeksoida?</translation> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Lisää rivinvaihto jokaisen jakeen perään</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä jaenumerot</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä kappaleiden otsikot</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä kirjoitusten ristiviitteet</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä kreikan korkomerkit</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä heprean vokaalipisteet</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä heprean kantillaatiomerkit</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näytä morfologinen segmentointi</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Käytä tekstivariantteja</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Näyttösuotimet määrittelevät millä tavoin teksti näytetään. Tässä voit asettaa oletusasetukset kaikille suotimille. Voit kuitenkin ohittaa nämä ja määritellä erikseen jokaiselle ikkunalle omat asetukset.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts index b76c17b..44bfb83 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation>Interface utilisateur BibleTime -Copyright (C) 2010 L'équipe de BibleTime, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 L'équipe de BibleTime, http://www.bibletime.info Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</translation> </message> </context> @@ -490,12 +490,12 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation>BibleTime est un outil facile à utiliser mais puissant outil d'étude biblique.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished">BibleTime est sous licence GPL. Vous pouvez télécharger et utiliser le programme pour un usage personne, privé ou public ou même commercial sans restriction mais vous devez donner ou distribuer le programme seulement avec son code source.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>La licence complète juridiquement valable est ci-dessous.</translation> </message> @@ -515,8 +515,8 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation type="unfinished">Nous recherchons des développeurs et des traducteurs. Si vous souhaitez rejoindre l'équipe, envoyez un e-mail à %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <source>(c)1999-2010, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2010, L'équipe de BibleTime</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2013, L'équipe de BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -549,37 +549,37 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation type="unfinished">ergonome</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Des noms peuvent manquer, veuillez envoyer un e-mail à %1 si vous remarquez des erreurs ou des oublis.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished">BibleTime utilise le projet SWORD. Le projet SWORD est le projet de logiciel libre biblique de CrossWire Bible Society. Son but est de créer un outil libre multi-plateformes &mdash;sous licence GNU General Public Licence&mdash; qui permet au développeurs et aux sociétés bibliques d'écrire de nouveaux logiciels bibliques rapidement et facilement.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished">Le projet SWORD: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished">&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished">Boîte à outils Qt version %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished">Plus d'informations...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished">&Licence</translation> </message> @@ -590,8 +590,8 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation type="unfinished">(c)1999-2010, L'équipe de BibleTime {1999-2011,?}</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation type="unfinished">(c)1999-2013, L'équipe de BibleTime {1999-2013,?}</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/> @@ -639,22 +639,22 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation>Les personnes suivantes ont traduit BibleTime dans leur langue:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished">&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>Version de la bibliothèque SWORD %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Ce programme utilise la version %1 de Qt.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt est une application multi-plateforme avec Interface-Graphique, développée enlangage C++. Elle est disponible sous la licence LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -1359,32 +1359,32 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation>Avancement</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Arrêter</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Arrêter tout</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Terminé</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Annulé</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Attendre son tour...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Préparation à l'installation...</translation> </message> @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation>Avancement de l'installation</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Échec</translation> </message> @@ -1482,12 +1482,12 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished">Ordre de &groupement</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Définir l'ordre de groupement pour les élements de ce menu.</translation> </message> @@ -1531,37 +1531,37 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Supprimer les modules installés. Sélectionnez les modules et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Sélectionner des modules à &désinstaller</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished">&Supprimer...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished">Supprimer</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Démarrer la suppression de %1 modules:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Démarrer la supression:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Vous avez choisis le(s) modules(s) suivant(s): </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Voulez-vous vraiment les supprimer de votre système?</translation> </message> @@ -1570,12 +1570,12 @@ Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Supprimer...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Supprimer les modules sélectionnés</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Supprimer les modules?</translation> </message> @@ -1659,27 +1659,27 @@ shortcut</source> raccourci</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Raccourci pour nom de l'action sélectionnée</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Rien</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Défaut</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Personnalisé</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Touche par défaut:</translation> </message> @@ -2928,17 +2928,17 @@ raccourci</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Modules par défaut</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Filtres de texte</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Bureau</translation> </message> @@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Segmentation morphologique</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Exporter</translation> </message> @@ -4450,7 +4450,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished">Erreur: argument de la ligne de commande invalide: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished">Modèle par défaut "%1" non trouvé!</translation> </message> @@ -5200,87 +5205,87 @@ Cette opération peut prendre du temps. Procéder à l'indexation ?</transl <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Les modules standards sont utilisés lorsqu'aucun module n'est spécifié en particulier, par exemple lorsque l'on clique sur un lien dans une Bible ou un lexique</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bible:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>La Bible par défaut est utilisée lors d'un clic sur un lien hypertexte vers une Bible</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Commentaire:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Le commentaire par défaut est utilisé quand un lien sur un commentaire est cliqué</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexique:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Le lexique par défaut est utilisé quand un lien hypertexte sur un lexique est cliqué</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Lectures quotidiennes:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>La lecture quotidienne par défaut sera utilisée pour afficher une courte lecture au démarrage</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexique des numéros Strong Hébreux:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Le lexique Hébreu par défaut est utilisé quand un lien hypertexte sur un lexique Hébreu est cliqué</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexique des numéros Strong grecs:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Le lexique grec par défaut est utilisé quand un lien hypertexte sur un lexique grec est cliqué</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexique morphologique Hébreu:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Le lexique morphologique standard pour l'Hébreu est utilisé quand un lien sur une marque morphologique dans un texte Hébreu est suivit</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexique morphologique grec:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Le lexique morphologique standard pour le grec est utilisé quand un lien sur une marque morphologique dans un texte grec est suivit</translation> </message> @@ -5293,52 +5298,52 @@ Cette opération peut prendre du temps. Procéder à l'indexation ?</transl <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Revenir à la ligne après chaque verset</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher les numéros de verset</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher les en-têtes</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher les références croisées</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher les accents grecs</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher les voyelles hébraïques</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher la cantillation hébraïque</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afficher la segmentation morphologique</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Utiliser les variantes textuelles</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Les filtres contrôlent l'apparence du texte. Ici vous pouvez choisir la configuration par défaut pour tous les filtres. Vous pouvez modifier cette configuration dans chaque fenêtre d'affichage.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts index dc589ad..afac5a6 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <translation>BibleTime egy könnyen használható Bibliatanulmányozó eszköz.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>A BibleTime GPL licensz alatt lett kiadva. Letöltheti, használhatja a programot magán, nyilvános vagy akár üzleti célra is korlátozások nélkül, de csak akkor adhatja el, vagy terjesztheti a programot, ha a hozzá tartozó forráskódot is közzéteszi.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>A teljes jogilag érvényes licensz lentebb található. </translation> </message> @@ -543,17 +543,17 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <translation>hasznáhatósági szakértő</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Néhány név hiányozhat a felsorolásból, Küldjön egy emailt %1 ha hibátvagy hiányosságot fedezett fel.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>További információk...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Licensz</translation> </message> @@ -564,8 +564,8 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team </translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team </translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/> @@ -613,42 +613,42 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <translation>A következő emberek vettek részt a BibleTime fordításában:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>Sword verzió: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>A BibleTime a SWORD Projekt használatára készült. A SWORD Projekt a Crosswire Bible Society ingyenes Biblia szoftver projektje. Célja, hogy olyan keresztplatformos, nyílt forrású &mdash; GNU General Public License által kiadott &mdash; szoftvereket hozzon létre, amelyek lehetővé teszik a programozóknak és a Bibliatársaságoknak, hogy sokkal könnyebben és gyorsabban írhassanak Bibliaszoftvereket.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>A SWORD Projekt:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt eszközkészlet verziója: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Ez a program a Qt %1 verzióját használja.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>A Qt egy keresztplatformos alkalmazás és keretrendszer, C++ nyelven megírva, LGPL licensz alatt kiadva.</translation> </message> @@ -1313,32 +1313,32 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <translation>Folyamat</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Megállítás</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Minden folyamat leállítása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Kész</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Törölve</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Válaszra vár...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Telepítés előkészítése...</translation> </message> @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <translation>Telepítési folyamat</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Sikertelen</translation> </message> @@ -1432,12 +1432,12 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>&Csoportok rendezése</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>A menü csoportosításának beállítása.</translation> </message> @@ -1473,47 +1473,47 @@ Ez a fájl a BibleTime licenszelésével megegyező licensszel terjeszthető.</ <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Törlés</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Válassza ki a törlendő &dokumentumokat:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Törlés...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>%1 dokumentum törlése:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Törlés indítása:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>A következő dokumentumo(ka)t választotta ki:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Tényleg törölni szeretné a rendszeréből?</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Kiválasztott elemek törlése</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Töröljük?</translation> </message> @@ -1594,27 +1594,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation>Második kombinávió</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>KOmbináció a kiválasztott akcióhoz</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Semmi</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Alapértelmezett</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Egyéni</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Alapértelmezett kulcs:</translation> </message> @@ -2648,17 +2648,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Alap dokumentumok</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Szöveg szűrők</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Asztal</translation> </message> @@ -3804,7 +3804,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Szótő elválasztás</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Exportálás</translation> </message> @@ -4105,7 +4105,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Nem indexelt dokumentumok</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Alapértelmezett "%1" sablon nem található!</translation> </message> @@ -4852,87 +4857,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett munkákat akkor használjuk, amikor nincs egyéb munka megnyitva, például amikor egy hivatkozásra kattint egy Biblában vagy lexikonban.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Biblia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett Bibliát használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk a Bibliában</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Kommentár:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett kommentárt használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy kommentárban</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett lexikont használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy lexikonban</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Napi áhitat:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett áhitat lesz használva, egy gyors áhitat mutatásához</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Héber Strong's lexikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett Héber lexikont használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy Héber lexikonban</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Görög Strong's lexikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Az alapértelmezett Görög lexikont használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy Görög lexikonban</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Héber morfológiai lexikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Az alap héber morfológiai lexikont használjuk, ha nincs egyéb kiválasztva, például, ha egy morfológiai hivatkozásra kattintunk egy héber szövegben</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Görög morfológiai lexikon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Az alap görög morfológiai lexikont használjuk, ha nincs egyéb kiválasztva, például, ha egy morfológiai hivatkozásra kattintunk egy görög szövegben</translation> </message> @@ -4940,52 +4945,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">A szűrők szabályozzák a szövegek megjelenését. Itt adhatja meg az alapértelmezett beállításokat. Ablakonként felülírhatja ezeket a beállításokat.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Sortörés alkalmazása minden vers után</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vers számok mutatása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Fejléc mutatása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Kereszthivatkozások mutatása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Görög kiejtés mutatása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Héber magánhangzó pontok mutatása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Héber hangsúlyozás jelzése</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Szótő elválasztás mutatása</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Szöveges változatok használata</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts index ddbab9a..12b4075 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -544,12 +544,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime è un semplice, ma potente strumento per studiare la Bibbia.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime è rilasciato sotto la licenza GPL. Puoi scaricare e utilizzare il programma a scopo personale, privato, pubblico o commerciale senza restrizioni, ma puoi regalare o distribuire il programma solo se distribuisci anche il corrispondente codice sorgente.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>La licenza completa, giuridicamente vincolante, è sotto.</translation> </message> @@ -569,8 +569,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Stiamo cercando sviluppatori e traduttori. Se vuoi far parte del nostro team, invia una mail a %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <source>(c)1999-2010, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2010, The BibleTime Team</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -603,37 +603,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>esperto di usabilità</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Potrebbero mancare alcuni nomi, per favore manda una mail %1 se noti errori o omissioni.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime da uso del Progetto SWORD. Il Progetto SWORD è software biblico libero della CrossWire Bible Society. Il suo scopo è creare uno strumento open-source cross-platform &mdash; coperto dalla GNU General Public License &mdash; che permette a programmatori e società di scrivere nuovo software sulla Bibbia più facilmente e velocemente.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>Il Progetto SWORD: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt toolkit versione %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Più informazioni...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Licenza</translation> </message> @@ -644,8 +644,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/> @@ -693,22 +693,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Le seguenti persone hanno tradotto BibleTime nella loro lingua:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>Versione libreria Sword %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Questo programma usa le Qt versione %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt è un'applicazione multipiattaforma e UI framework, scritta in C++. È rilasciato sotto la licenza LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -1457,32 +1457,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progresso</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Ferma</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Ferma tutti</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Completato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Cancellato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>In attesa del turno...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Preparazione installazione...</translation> </message> @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progresso dell'Installazione</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Fallito</translation> </message> @@ -1580,12 +1580,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>Ordine di &raggruppamento</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>Imposta l'ordine di raggruppamento per gli elementi in questo menu.</translation> </message> @@ -1629,37 +1629,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Rimuovi i documenti installati. Seleziona i documenti e clicca il tasto Rimuovi.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Seleziona &documenti da disinstallare:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Rimuovi...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Rimuovi</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Inizio rimozione di %1 documenti:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Inizia rimozione:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Hai selezioni i seguenti documenti: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Vuoi veramente rimuoverle dal sistema?</translation> </message> @@ -1668,12 +1668,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Rimuovi...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Rimuovi i documenti selezionati</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Rimuovere i Documenti?</translation> </message> @@ -1757,27 +1757,27 @@ shortcut</source> scorciatoia</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Scorciatoia per l'azione selezionata</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Nessuno</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Predefinito</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Personalizzato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Chiave predefinita:</translation> </message> @@ -3071,17 +3071,17 @@ scorciatoia</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Documenti standard</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Filtri testo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Scrivania</translation> </message> @@ -4237,7 +4237,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Segmentazione morfologica</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Esporta</translation> </message> @@ -4622,7 +4622,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Errore: Argomento da linea di comando non valido: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Modello predefinito "%1" non trovato!</translation> </message> @@ -5379,87 +5384,87 @@ Questo potrebbe richiedere parecchio tempo. Procedere all'indicizzazione?</ <translation type="obsolete">I documenti standard sono utilizzati quando nessun documento particolare viene specificato, per esempio quando un collegamento ipertestuale in una Bibbia o lessico viene cliccato.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>I documenti standard sono utilizzati quando nessun documento particolare viene specificato, per esempio quando un collegamento ipertestuale in una Bibbia o lessico viene cliccato.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bibbia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>La Bibbia standard viene usata quando un ipertesto è cliccato in una Bibbia</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Commento:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>I commenti standard sono usati quando un ipertesto in un commento viene cliccato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Lessico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Il lessico standard viene usato quando un ipertesto è cliccato in un lessico</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Lettura di devozione giornaliera:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Le letture di devozione standard saranno usate per visualizzare uno start up devozionale breve</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Lessico Ebraico Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Il lessico standard Ebraico è usato quando un ipertesto dentro a lessico Ebraico è cliccato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Lessico Greco Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Il lessico standard Greco è usato quando un ipertesto dentro a lessico Greco è cliccato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Lessico Ebraico morfologico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Il lessico standard morfologico per testi Ebraici è usato quando un ipertesto di una nota morfologica in un testo Ebraico è cliccato</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Lessico Greco morfologico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Il lessico standard morfologico per testi Grechi è usato quando un ipertesto di una nota morfologica in un testo Greco è cliccato</translation> </message> @@ -5472,52 +5477,52 @@ Questo potrebbe richiedere parecchio tempo. Procedere all'indicizzazione?</ <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation>Inserisci interruzione di riga dopo ciascun versetto</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation>Mostra i numeri dei versetti</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation>Mostra le intestazioni</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation>Mostra i riferimenti incrociati</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation>Mostra gli accenti greci</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation>Mostra la punteggiatura vocale ebrea</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation>Mostra i segni di cantillazione ebraica</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation>Mostra la segmentazione morfologica</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation>Usa le varianti testuali</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation>I filtri controllano l'aspetto del testo. Qui puoi specificare le impostazioni predefinites per tutti i filtri. Puoi ignorare queste impostazioni in ogni finestra.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts index e4faf02..d9e0831 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime is een makkelijk te gebruiken, maar krachtig hulpmiddel voor bijbelstudie.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>De volledige, wettelijk bindende licentie staat hieronder.</translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>De volgende personen hebben BibleTime vertaald naar hun taal:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>SWORD bibliotheek versie %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Dit programma gebruikt Qt versie %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt is een cross-platform applicatie en raamwerk voor gebruikersinterfaces, gemaakt in de programmeertaal C++. Het is uitgegeven onder de LGPL licentie.</translation> </message> @@ -1357,33 +1357,33 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Voortgang</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Stoppen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Alles stoppen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Voltooid</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Geannuleerd</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translatorcomment>waiting for what??</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Bezig met voorbereiden van installatie...</translation> </message> @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Voortgang van de installatie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Mislukt</translation> </message> @@ -1481,12 +1481,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1530,37 +1530,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Verwijder geïnstalleerde modules. Selecteer de modules en klik op de knop Verwijderen.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>U heeft de volgende module(s) geselecteerd: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Wilt u deze werkelijk verwijderen van uw systeem?</translation> </message> @@ -1569,12 +1569,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Verwijderen...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Verwijder de geselecteerde modules</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Modules verwijderen?</translation> </message> @@ -1658,27 +1658,27 @@ shortcut</source> sneltoets</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Sneltoets voor geselecteerde actie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Geen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Standaard</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Aangepast</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Standaardtoets: </translation> @@ -2940,17 +2940,17 @@ sneltoets</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Standaardmodules</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Tekstfilters</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Werkblad</translation> </message> @@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morfologische segmentatie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Export</translation> </message> @@ -4474,7 +4474,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5223,87 +5228,87 @@ Dit kan enige tijd duren. Doorgaan met indexeren?</translation> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bijbel:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>De standaardbijbel wordt gebruikt wanneer er een hyperlink naar een bijbel wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Kanttekeningen:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>De standaardkanttekeningen worden gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar kanttekeningen wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Het standaardlexicon wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar een lexicon wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Dagelijkse overdenking:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>De standaard dagelijkse overdenking wordt gebruikt om een korte overdenking te tonen bij het opstarten</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebreeuws Strong's lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Het standaard Hebreeuwse lexicon wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar een Hebreeuws lexicon wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Grieks Strong's lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Het standaard Griekse lexicon wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar een Grieks lexicon wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebreeuws morfologisch lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Het standaard morfologische lexicon voor Hebreeuwse teksten wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink of een morfologische tag in een Hebreeuwse tekst wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Grieks morfologisch lexicon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Het standaard morfologische lexicon voor Griekse teksten wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink of een morfologische tag in een Griekse tekst wordt aangeklikt</translation> </message> @@ -5316,52 +5321,52 @@ Dit kan enige tijd duren. Doorgaan met indexeren?</translation> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Nieuwe regel na elk vers</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon versnummers</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon tussenkopjes</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon bijbelse kruisverwijzingen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon Griekse accenten</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon Hebreeuwse klinkerpunten</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon Hebreeuwse intonatietekens</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Toon morfologische segmentatie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Tekstuele variaties gebruiken</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Filters bepalen het uiterlijk van tekst. Hier kunt u standaardinstellingen specificeren voor alle filters. U kunt deze instellingen in ieder weergavevenster overstemmen.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts index 645a638..c367d83 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1330,32 +1330,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Stopp</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Ferdig</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Avbroten</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Ventar på tur...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1449,12 +1449,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1494,37 +1494,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Fjern</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vil du verkeleg fjerne dei frå systemet ditt?</translation> </message> @@ -1533,12 +1533,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Fjern...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation type="unfinished">Fjern dei valde verka</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Fjern verk?</translation> </message> @@ -1619,27 +1619,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -2786,17 +2786,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Standardverk</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Tekstfilter</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation type="unfinished">Skrivebord</translation> </message> @@ -3945,7 +3945,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morfemoppdeling</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -4298,7 +4298,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5040,87 +5045,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bibel:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Kommentar:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Andaktsbok:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5133,52 +5138,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Ny line etter kvart vers</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis versnummer</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis avsnittsoverskrifter</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis bibelske kryssreferansar</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis greske aksentteikn</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske vokalpunkt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske kantillasjonsteikn</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vis morfemoppdeling</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Bruk tekstvariantar</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts index 2078c37..e507646 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime jest łatwym w urzyciu i potężnym narzędziem do studiowania Biblii.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1342,32 +1342,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1465,12 +1465,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1506,47 +1506,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1627,27 +1627,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -2887,17 +2887,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Domyślne moduły</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Wygląd tekstu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Obszar roboczy</translation> </message> @@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Podział morfologiczny</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Eksportuj</translation> </message> @@ -4400,7 +4400,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5139,87 +5144,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Biblia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Komentarz:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished">Leksykon:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Rozważania codzienne:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5232,52 +5237,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Każdy werset w nowej linii</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Pokaz numery wersetów</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Pokaż nagłówki</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Wyświetl odsyłacze</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Pokaz greckie akcenty</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Pokaż hebrajskie znaki samogłosek</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Pokaz hebrajskie znaki kantylacji</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Pokaż podział głosek</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Używaj wariantów tekstu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Konfiguruj wyświetlanie tekstu. Możesz zmienić te ustawienia w każdym oknie z modułem.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt.ts index b981b8f..069e9b2 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="236"/> <source>Bookshelf &Manager...</source> - <translation>Ge&storr de Livros...</translation> + <translation>Ge&stor de Estante...</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="239"/> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime é uma poderosa ferramenta de estudo Bíblico e fácil de usar.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>Bibletime é lançado sob a licença GPL. Você pode descarregar e usar o programa para propósitos pessoais, privados, públicos ou comerciais, sem restrições, mas para ceder ou distribuir o programa, você tem que necessariamente distribuir o correspondente código fonte.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Abaixo está a licença completa vinculada juridicamente.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, A equipa do BibleTime</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, A equipa do BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>especialista em usabilidade</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Alguns nomes podem ter sido esquecidos, por favor, envie um e-mail %1 para nos avisar erros e omissões.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime faz uso do SWORD Project. O SWORD Project é um projecto de software livre da sociedade bíblica Crosswire. O seu propósito é criar ferramentas de código aberto e independentes de plataforma &mdash; cobertas pela Licença Pública Geral GNU &mdash; que permite programadores e sociedades bíblicas escreverem novos softwares bíblicos de maneira rápida e fácil.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>O projecto SWORD:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt kit de ferramentas versão %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Mais informações...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Licença</translation> </message> @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/> <source>developer</source> - <translation>desenvolvedor</translation> + <translation>programador</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="154"/> @@ -634,22 +634,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>As seguintes pessoas traduziram o BibleTime para as suas línguas:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>versão da biblioteca SWORD %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Este programa usa o Qt versão %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt é uma aplicação multiplataforma e um framework de interface gráfica, criado com a linguagem C++. Foi lançado sob licença LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -817,30 +817,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Change the grouping of items in the bookshelf.</source> <translation>Alterar o agrupamento de itens na estante.</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Use grouping from bookshelf dock</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Use agrupamento para organizar sua estante</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Category/Language</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Categoria/Idioma</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Category</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Categoria</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Language/Category</source> - <translation type="obsolete">idioma/Categoria</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Language</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Idioma</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>No grouping</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Sem agrupamento</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btbookshelfwidget.cpp" line="164"/> <source>Show/hide works</source> @@ -966,10 +942,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </context> <context> <name>BtFontSettingsPage</name> - <message> - <source>You can specify a custom font for each language.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Você pode especificar uma fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontsettings.cpp" line="153"/> <source>&Language:</source> @@ -1043,10 +1015,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Index size</source> <translation>Tamanho do índice</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Criar novos índices de busca e apagar índices criados para os trabalhos instalados.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="123"/> <source>Search Indexes</source> @@ -1062,10 +1030,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Unindexed Works</source> <translation>Obras não indexadas</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>KiB</source> - <translation type="obsolete">KiB</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="132"/> <source>Create...</source> @@ -1115,14 +1079,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Install/Update</source> <translation>Instalar/Actualizar</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Instalar e atualizar trabalhos. Adicione fontes remotas ou locais, atualize-os, selecione os trabalhos para serem instalados/atualizados e clique em Instalar<br/><b>ATENÇÃO:</b>.Se você vive em um país sob perseguição e não quer ter risco de detecção não use fontes remotas.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Install folder:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Instalar pasta:</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="265"/> <source>WARNING!!!</source> @@ -1131,7 +1087,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="266"/> <source>If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source> - <translation>Se você vive Num país perseguido e não quer correr o risco de ser detectado, não use fontes remotas.</translation> + <translation>Se você vive num país perseguido e não quer correr o risco de ser detectado, não use fontes remotas.</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="269"/> @@ -1166,7 +1122,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="277"/> <source>Install &folder:</source> - <translation>Instalar &pasta:</translation> + <translation>&Pasta de instalação:</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="278"/> @@ -1213,10 +1169,6 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source> <translation>Você deseja realmente apagar esta fonte?</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Install...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Instalar...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="281"/> <source>Install or update selected works</source> @@ -1362,32 +1314,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progresso</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Parar</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Parar Tudo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Completado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Cancelado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Esperando pela vez...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>A preparar a Instalação...</translation> </message> @@ -1397,17 +1349,13 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progresso da Instalação</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Falhou</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>BtLanguageSettingsPage</name> - <message> - <source>Select the language in which the Biblical book names are displayed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Selecione o idioma no qual os nomes dos livros bíblicos são mostrados.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp" line="134"/> <source>Language for names of Bible books:</source> @@ -1485,12 +1433,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>Ordem de a&grupamento</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>Define a ordem de agrupamento para os itens neste menu.</translation> </message> @@ -1526,59 +1474,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <source>&Remove</source> - <translation type="obsolete">&Remover</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Remover trabalhos instalados. Selecione os trabalhos e clique no botão remover.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Seleccione &obras para desinstalar:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Remover...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Remover</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Iniciar remoção de %1 obras:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Iniciar remoção:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Você seleccionou a(s) seguinte(s) obra(s):</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Quer realmente removê-las do seu sistema?</translation> </message> <message> - <source>Remove...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Remover...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Remover as obras seleccionadas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Remover Obras?</translation> </message> @@ -1593,7 +1529,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepagetreemodel.cpp" line="55"/> <source>Install path</source> - <translation>Instalar Caminho</translation> + <translation>Caminho da Instalação</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1662,136 +1598,31 @@ shortcut</source> atalho</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Atalho para o nome da acção seleccionada</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Nenhum</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Padrão</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Personalizado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Tecla padrão:</translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>BtSourceArea</name> - <message> - <source>Work</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Trabalho</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Description</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Descrição</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>&Add...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Adicionar...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refresh...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Atualizar...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Atualizar a lista de trabalhos desta fonte</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>&Delete...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Apagar...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Delete this source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Apagar esta fonte</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Add new source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Adicionar nova fonte</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>BtSourceAreaModel</name> - <message> - <source>Work</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Obra</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Version</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Versão</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Description</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Descrição</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>BtSourceWidget</name> - <message> - <source>Delete Source?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Apagar Fonte?</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Você realmente deseja apagar esta fonte?</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Cancel</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Cancelar</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refreshing source</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Atualizar fonte</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Connecting...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Conectando...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Refreshing...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Atualizando...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Nenhuma fonte foi encontrada na configuração do SWORD e o BibleTime não pôde criar uma fonte padrão. Verifique sua configuração do SWORD e se o caminho da configuração é gravável. Então reinicie o Gerenciador de Livros.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Remote:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Remoto:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Local:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Local:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Not a directory!</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Não é um diretório!</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Not readable!</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Não é permitida a leitura!</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Warning</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Atenção</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">O diretório de destino não é gravável ou não existe. A instalação vai falhar se isto não for corrigido primeiro.</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>BtTextWindowHeaderWidget</name> <message> @@ -1799,10 +1630,6 @@ atalho</translation> <source>Add/remove/replace</source> <translation>Adicionar/remover/substituir</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>&Remove</source> - <translation type="obsolete">&Remover</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/bttextwindowheaderwidget.cpp" line="148"/> <source>Remove</source> @@ -1896,14 +1723,6 @@ atalho</translation> <source>You can save your open windows in a session. Such a session can easily be restored later on. You can save as many sessions as you like. The session feature can be accessed under the Window menu entry.</source> <translation>Vocẽ pode guardar suas janelas abertas actualmente como uma sessão. Assim, a sessão pode ser facilmente restaurada depois. Você pode guardar quantas sessões desejar. Este recurso pode ser acedido por baixo do menu Janelas.</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>The Bookshelf, Bookmark, and Mag windows can be moved to new locations by dragging them from the title at the top of each window. They can be placed to the left, right, above, or below the works windows. They can be placed on top of each other and tabs will appear so each window can be selected. They can be resized by dragging theborder between the window and another window.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">A Estante, os Marcadores e a janela da Lupa podem ser movidas para novos locais arrastado-as pelo título, no topo de cada janela. Elas podem ser colocadas à direita, esquerda, acima ou abaixo das janelas das obras.Elas podem ser colocados em cima, umas das outras e as abas aparecerão de forma que cada janela possa ser selecionada. Elas podem ser redimensionadas arrastando as bordas entre as janelas.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>You can search for Strong's numbers in a work. Start with a work that has Strong's numbers and hover over a word. Right click the word and use the Strong's Search menu. A search dialog will appear that allows you to see the use of the sameStrong's number in other locations of the work.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Você pode buscar por números Strong numa obra. Inicie com uma obra que possui números Strong e passe o cursor por cima de uma palavra. Clique com o botão direito sobre a palavra e utilize o menu Busca Strong. Um diálogo de busca aparecerá e permitirá que você veja o uso do mesmo número Strong em outros lugares da obra.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/tips/bttipdialog.cpp" line="166"/> <source>You can save personal notes for specific verses references. You must install the Personal commentary. Open the Bookshelf Manager, choose Crosswire as the source and look under Commentary and English. Once installed, use the Bookshelf window and right click the Personal commentary. Use either the Edit Plain Text menu or the Edit HTML menu to open the work in write mode.</source> @@ -1914,10 +1733,6 @@ atalho</translation> <source>You can view Strong's number information in the MAG window by hovering over a word in a Bible work that has Strong's numbers. You should have the StrongsGreek and StrongsHebrew lexicons from Crosswire installed.</source> <translation>Você pode visualizar a informação do número Strong na janela Lupa passando o cursor sobre uma palavra na Bíblia que possui os números Strong. Você deve ter os léxicos StrongsGreek e StrongsHebrew de Crosswire instalados.</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>To change a bookmark title or description, right click on the bookmark and select "Edit Bookmark...". After finishing the edit the description can be seen by hovering over the bookmark.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Para mudar um título ou descrição de um marcador. clique com o botão direito no marcador e selecione "Editar marcador...". Depois de editar a descrição, esta pode ser vista passando o mouse por cima do marcador.</translation> - </message> </context> <context> <name>BtVerseDropdownChooserButton</name> @@ -2061,19 +1876,11 @@ atalho</translation> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Imprimir...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Copy chapter to clipboard ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Copiar capítulo para a área de transferência...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="414"/> <source>Copying</source> <translation>A copiar</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Saving chapter ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">A guardar capítulo ...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="433"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="451"/> @@ -2122,10 +1929,6 @@ atalho</translation> <source>The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed.</source> <translation>A obra para a qual o marcador aponta não está instalado.</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Change bookmark description...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Mudar descrição do marcador...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Print bookmarks...</source> @@ -2323,14 +2126,6 @@ atalho</translation> <source>Forward in history</source> <translation>Para a frente no histórico</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Zoom in</source> - <translation type="obsolete">ampliar zoom </translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Zoom out</source> - <translation type="obsolete">reduzir zoom</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="116"/> <source>Select all</source> @@ -2382,21 +2177,6 @@ atalho</translation> <translation>Formatar</translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>CFontChooser</name> - <message> - <source>Size:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Tamanho:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Font name:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Nome da Fonte:</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Font style:</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Estilo da fonte:</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>CHTMLWriteDisplay</name> <message> @@ -2477,44 +2257,6 @@ atalho</translation> <translation>Ou o módulo não pode ser editado, ou você não tem permissão para escrever.</translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>CInputDialog</name> - <message> - <source>Clear</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Limpar</translation> - </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>CKeyReferenceWidget</name> - <message> - <source>Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Rolar através das entradas da lista. Aperte o botão e mova o mouse para incrementar ou decrementar o item.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Next book</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Próximo livro</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Previous book</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Livro Anterior</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Next chapter</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Próximo capítulo</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Previous chapter</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Capítulo anterior</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Next verse</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Próximo versículo</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Previous verse</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Versículo anterior</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>CLanguageSettingsPage</name> <message> @@ -2610,10 +2352,6 @@ atalho</translation> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Imprimir...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Saving entry ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">A guardar entrada...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="343"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="367"/> @@ -2621,29 +2359,6 @@ atalho</translation> <translation>A guardar</translation> </message> </context> -<context> - <name>CModuleIndexDialog</name> - <message> - <source>Cancel</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Cancelar</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Creating indices</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Criando índices</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Creating index for work: %1</source> - <translation type="obsolete">criando índice para o trabalho: %1</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Indexing Is Cancelled</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Indexação foi Cancelada</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">indexação foi cancelada porque os módulos foram removidos.</translation> - </message> -</context> <context> <name>CPlainWriteWindow</name> <message> @@ -2837,27 +2552,27 @@ atalho</translation> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="866"/> <source>Copyright holder</source> - <translation>Detentor dos direitos autorais</translation> + <translation>Detentor dos direitos de autor</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="867"/> <source>Copyright date</source> - <translation>Data do copyright</translation> + <translation>Data dos direitos de autor</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="868"/> <source>Copyright contact name</source> - <translation>Nome do contacto do copyright</translation> + <translation>Nome do contacto dos direitos de autor</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="869"/> <source>Copyright contact address</source> - <translation>Endereço do contacto do copyright</translation> + <translation>Endereço do contacto dos direitos de autor</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="870"/> <source>Copyright contact email</source> - <translation>Email do contacto do copyright</translation> + <translation>Email do contacto dos direitos de autor</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="978"/> @@ -2908,17 +2623,17 @@ atalho</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Obras padrão</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Filtros do texto</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Mesa</translation> </message> @@ -2982,7 +2697,7 @@ Deseja continuar?</translation> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="162"/> <source>Downloading List</source> - <translation>A descarregar a Lista</translation> + <translation>A transferir a Lista</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="172"/> @@ -4070,7 +3785,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Segmentação dos morfemas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Exportar</translation> </message> @@ -4157,10 +3872,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Save document ...</source> <translation>Guardar documento...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Print keys</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Imprimir chaves</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="37"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="48"/> @@ -4174,14 +3885,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>unknown</source> <translation>Desconhecido</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Change description ...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Mudar descrição...</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Digite uma nova descrição para o Favorito escolhido.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="59"/> <source>New folder</source> @@ -4222,14 +3925,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Version</source> <translation>Versão</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Settings Migration</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Migração de Configurações</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>It appears you have a BibleTime configuration from KDE 3 stored in %1, and you have not migrated it to this version. Would you like to import it?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Parece que você tem uma configuração do BibleTime armazenada em %1, e você não migrou para esta versão. Você gostaria de importá-lo? </translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/util/tool.cpp" line="187"/> <source>Encrypted - needs unlock key</source> @@ -4425,22 +4120,18 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>See --help for details.</source> <translation>Veja --help para detalhes.</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>All command-line arguments not recognized by BibleTime or Qt will be silently ignored.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Todos os arguments de linha de comando não reconhecidos pelo BibleTime ou Qt serão silenciosamente ignorados.</translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Error: %1 expects an argument. See --help for details.</source> - <translatorcomment>--help é um argumento de linha de comando. não deve ser traduzido</translatorcomment> - <translation type="obsolete">Erro: %1 espera um argumento. Veja --help para detalhes.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/main.cpp" line="111"/> <source>Error: Invalid command-line argument: %1</source> <translation>Erro: Argumento de linha de comandos inválido: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Modelo parão "%1" não encontrado!</translation> </message> @@ -4498,7 +4189,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="57"/> <source>Reset</source> <comment>Dialog Button</comment> - <translation>Reset</translation> + <translation>Reiniciar</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="58"/> @@ -4947,30 +4638,18 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Imprimir...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Copy search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Copiar resultado da procura...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="234"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="244"/> <source>Copying search result</source> <translation>A copiar resultado da pesquisa</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Save search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Guardar resultado da pesquisa...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="253"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="262"/> <source>Saving search result</source> <translation>A guardar resultado da pesquisa</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Print search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Imprimir resultado de pesquisa...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="271"/> <source>Printing search result</source> @@ -5019,14 +4698,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>New range</source> <translation>Novo intervalo</translation> </message> - <message> - <source><invalid name of search range></source> - <translation type="obsolete"><invalid nome do intervalo de pesquisa></translation> - </message> - <message> - <source>Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Seleccione um âmbito da lista para editar os intervalos de pesquisa</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="140"/> <source>&Add new scope</source> @@ -5052,10 +4723,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Change the name of the selected search scope</source> <translation>Apagar o nome do âmbito de pesquisa seleccionado</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Mude os intervalos de pesquisa do âmbito de pesquisa selecionados. Dê uma olhadela nos âmbitos de pesquisa predefinidos para ver como os intervalos de pesquisa são construídos.</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="158"/> <source>The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form</source> @@ -5079,12 +4746,6 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <source>Search</source> <translation>Pesquisar</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>One or more works need indexing before they can be searched. -This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Uma ou mais palavras precisam de indexação antes de serem buscadas. -Isto pode levar um novo tempo. Iniciar indexação?</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="128"/> <source>The following modules need to be indexed before they can be searched in:</source> @@ -5151,29 +4812,17 @@ Isto pode levar um novo tempo. Iniciar indexação?</translation> <source>Print...</source> <translation>Imprimir...</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Print search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Imprimir resultado da pesquisa...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="166"/> <source>Printing search result</source> <translation>A Imprimir resultado da pesquisa</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Save search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Guardar resultado da pesquisa...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="176"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="194"/> <source>Saving search result</source> <translation>A Guardar resultado da pesquisa</translation> </message> - <message> - <source>Copy search result...</source> - <translation type="obsolete">Copiar resultado da pesquisa...</translation> - </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="212"/> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="230"/> @@ -5189,87 +4838,87 @@ Isto pode levar um novo tempo. Iniciar indexação?</translation> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Obras padrão são usadas quando nenhuma obra é especificada, por exemplo, quando uma hiperligação de uma Bíblia ou de um Léxico é clicado.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bíblia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>A Bíblia Padrão é usada quando um hiperligação para dentro da Bíblia é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Comentário:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>O comentário padrão é usado quando uma hiperligação de um comentário é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico normal é usado quando uma hiperligação em um léxico é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Devocional diário:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>O devocional padrão será usado para mostrar uma curta inicialização do devocional </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico hebraico Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico hebraico padrão é usado quando uma hiperligação em um léxico hebraico é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico grego Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico grego padrão é usado quando uma hiperligação em um léxico grego é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico hebraico morfológico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico padrão morfológico dos textos hebraicos, é usado quando uma hiperligação de uma tag morfológica de um texto hebraico é clicada</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico morfológico Grego:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico padrão morfológico para os textos gregos é usado quando uma hiperligação de uma tag morfológica de um texto grego é clicada</translation> </message> @@ -5282,52 +4931,52 @@ Isto pode levar um novo tempo. Iniciar indexação?</translation> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation>Inserir quebra de linha após cada versículo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation> Mostrar número dos versículos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation>Mostrar titulos de secção</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation>Mostrar referências-cruzadas das escrituras</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation>Mostrar acentos gregos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation>Mostrar pontos vogais Hebreus</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation>Mostrar sinais da cantilena hebraica</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation>Mostrar a segmentação dos morfemas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation>Usar variações textuais</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation>Filtros de controle da aparência do texto. Aqui você pode especificar configurações padrão para todos os filtros. Você pode substituir essas configurações em cada janela de visualização.</translation> </message> @@ -5357,8 +5006,7 @@ Isto pode levar um novo tempo. Iniciar indexação?</translation> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="54"/> <source>Case &sensitive</source> - <translatorcomment>Termo de uso generalizado no português brasileiro</translatorcomment> - <translation>Case &sensitive</translation> + <translation>Sensivel a maiusculas</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="92"/> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_BR.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_BR.ts index 8d0e743..f4b6113 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_BR.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_BR.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime é uma poderosa ferramenta de estudo Bíblico e fácil de usar.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>Bibletime é lançado sob a licença GPL. Você pode baixar e usar o programa para propósitos pessoais, privados, públicos ou comerciais, sem restrições, mas para ceder ou distribuir o programa, você tem que necessariamente distribuir o correspondente código fonte.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Abaixo está a licença completa vinculada juridicamente.</translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>especialista em usabilidade</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Alguns nomes podem ter sido esquecidos, por favor, envie um e-mail %1 para nos avisar erros e omissões.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime faz uso do SWORD Project. O SWORD Project é um projeto de software livre da sociedade bíblica Crosswire. Seu propósito é criar ferramentas de código aberto e independentes de plataforma &mdash; cobertas pela Licença Pública Geral GNU &mdash; que permite programadores e sociedades bíblicas escreverem novos softwares bíblicos de maneira rápida e fácil.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>O projeto SWORD:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt kit de ferramentas versão %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Mais informações...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Licença</translation> </message> @@ -634,22 +634,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>As seguintes pessoas traduziram BibleTime em suas línguas:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>biblioteca SWORD versão %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Este programa usa Qt versão %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt é um aplicativo multiplataforma e um framework para interface gráfica, criado com a linguagem C++ e foi lançado sob licença LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -1314,32 +1314,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progresso</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Parar</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Parar Tudo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Completado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Cancelado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Esperando pela vez...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Preparando Instalação...</translation> </message> @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progresso da Instalação</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Falhou</translation> </message> @@ -1433,12 +1433,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>Ordem de a&grupamento</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>Define a ordem de agrupamento dos itens no menu.</translation> </message> @@ -1474,47 +1474,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Selecione &obras para desinstalar:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Remover...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Remover</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Iniciar remoção de %1 obras:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Iniciar remoção:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Você selecionou a(s) seguinte(s) obra(s):</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Você realmente deseja removê-los de seu sistema?</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Remover as obras selecionadas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Remover Obras?</translation> </message> @@ -1598,27 +1598,27 @@ shortcut</source> atalho</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Atalho para o nome da ação selecionada</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Nenhum</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Padrão</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Personalizado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Tecla padrão:</translation> </message> @@ -2623,17 +2623,17 @@ atalho</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Obras padrão</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Filtros do texto</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Mesa</translation> </message> @@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>segmentação dos morfemas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Exportar</translation> </message> @@ -4126,7 +4126,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Erro: Argumento de linha de comando ignorado: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Modelo parão "%1" não encontrado!</translation> </message> @@ -4833,87 +4838,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Obras padrão são usadas quando nenhuma obra é especificada, por exemplo, quando um link de uma Bíblia ou de um dicionário é clicado.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Bíblia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>A Bíblia Padrão é usada quando um hiperlink dentro da Bíblia é clicada</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Comentário:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>O comentário padrão é usado quando um hiperlink de um comentário é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico normal é usado quando um hiperlink em um léxico é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Devociona diário:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>O devocional padrão será usado para mostrar uma curta inicialização do devocional </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico hebraico Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico hebraico padrão é usado quando um hiperlink em um léxico hebraico é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico grego Strong:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico grego padrão é usado quando um hiperlink em um léxico grego é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico hebraico morfológico:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico padrão morfológico dos textos hebraicos, é usado quando um hiperlink de um tag morfológico de um texto hebraico é clicado</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Léxico morfológico Grego:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>O léxico padrão morfológico dos textos gregos é usado quando um hiperlink de um tag morfológica de um texto grego é clicado</translation> </message> @@ -4926,52 +4931,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation>Inserir quebra de linha após cada versículo</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation> Mostrar número dos versículos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation>Mostrar seção de títulos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation>Mostrar referências-cruzadas das escrituras</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation>Mostrar acentos gregos</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation>Mostrar pontos Hebrew da vogal</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation>Mostrar sinais da cantilena hebraica</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation>Mostrar a segmentação dos morfemas</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation>Usar variações textuais</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation>Filtros de controle a aparência do texto. Aqui você pode especificar configurações padrão para todos os filtros. Você pode substituir essas configurações em cada janela de visualização.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts index ea4a702..4f8475a 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1337,32 +1337,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Progres</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Opreşte</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Opreşte-le pe toate</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Gata!</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1456,12 +1456,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1497,47 +1497,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation type="unfinished">Ai selectat următoarele module:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation type="unfinished">Eşti sigur ca vrei sa le ştergi din calculator?</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1618,27 +1618,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -2815,17 +2815,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Module standard</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Filtre text</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation type="unfinished">Birou</translation> </message> @@ -3974,7 +3974,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Segmentare morfologică</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Exportă</translation> </message> @@ -4335,7 +4335,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5079,87 +5084,87 @@ This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5172,52 +5177,52 @@ This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Afişează versetele pe rânduri noi</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată numerele versetelor</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată titlurile secţiilor</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată trimiterile biblice</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată accentele greceşti</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată vocalizarea ebraică</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată semnele ebraice de intonaţie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Arată segmentarea morfologică</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Foloseşte variantele textuale</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts index ea7d5e9..cacaa99 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="728"/> <source>&Save session</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Сохранить &сессию</translation> + <translation>Сохранить &сессию</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="729"/> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime - это простой в использовании, но мощный инструмент для изучения Библии.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>Программа BibleTime выпущена по лицензии GPL. Вы можете скачать и использовать программу в личных, общественных или коммерческих целях без ограничений, но должны распространять созданную на ее основе программу только вместе с соответствующим исходным кодом.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Полный текст лицензии приведен ниже.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, Команда BibleTime</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, Команда BibleTime</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>эксперт по функциональности</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>Если кто-то или что-то упущено или вы нашли ошибку, пожалуйста, сообщите на %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime использует Проект SWORD. Проект SWORD это программный продукт Библейского Общества Crosswire. Он предназначен для создания кроссплатформенного набора инструментов с открытым исходным кодом защищенного GNU General Public License, с помощью которого программисты и Библейские общества могут просто и быстро создавать свои программные продукты.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>Проект SWORD: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Версия Qt %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>Больше информации...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>&Лицензия</translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Следующие люди перевели BibleTime на свой язык:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>Проект &SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>Версия библиотеки SWORD %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>Эта программа использует Qt версии %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt - это кроссплатформенный фреймворк для создания приложений, написанный на языке C++. Он выпущен по лицензии LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -934,17 +934,17 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontchooserwidget.cpp" line="97"/> <source>Font name:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Имя шрифта:</translation> + <translation>Имя шрифта:</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontchooserwidget.cpp" line="98"/> <source>Font style:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Стиль шрифта:</translation> + <translation>Стиль шрифта:</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontchooserwidget.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Size:</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Размер:</translation> + <translation>Размер:</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1015,12 +1015,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="108"/> <source>%1 KiB</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>%1 КБ</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>0 KiB</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>0 КБ</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="123"/> @@ -1325,32 +1325,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Прогресс</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Остановить</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Остановить Все</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Завершено</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Отменено</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Ожидание...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Подготовка к установке...</translation> </message> @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Прогресс Установки</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Не Выполнено</translation> </message> @@ -1444,12 +1444,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>Порядок &группировки</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>Задать порядок группировки для элементов в этом меню.</translation> </message> @@ -1485,47 +1485,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>Выберите &книги для удаления:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>&Удалить...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>Удалить</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>Начать удаление %1 книги:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>Начать удаление:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Вы выбрали следующие книги: </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Вы действительно хотите удалить их из системы?</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Удалить выбранные книги</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Удалить Книги?</translation> </message> @@ -1609,27 +1609,27 @@ shortcut</source> сочетание</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Сочетание для выбранного действия</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Ничего</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>По-умолчанию</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Особый</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Клавиша по-умолчанию:</translation> </message> @@ -2755,17 +2755,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Модули по-умолчанию</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Текстовые фильтры</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Профили</translation> </message> @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ Do you want to continue?</source> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/> <source><div class="moduleinfo"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p><p>Version: %3</p></div></source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation><div class="moduleinfo"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p><p>Версия: %3</p></div></translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="195"/> @@ -3916,7 +3916,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Морфологическое деление</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -4269,7 +4269,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Ошибка: неправильный аргумент: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>Стандартный шаблон "%1" не найден!</translation> </message> @@ -4466,7 +4471,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="138"/> <source> (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation> (<a href='syntax_help'>синтаксис</a>)</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="139"/> @@ -4826,7 +4831,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="137"/> <source>Select a scope from the list to edit the searchranges</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Выберите диапазон для редактирования из списка</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="148"/> @@ -4841,7 +4846,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Change the search ranges of the selected searchscope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + <translation>Редактировать поисковые диапазоны выборного элемента. Можно посмотреть предустановленные поисковые диапазоны, чтобы понять, как они устроены.</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="157"/> @@ -5019,87 +5024,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>Стандартные книги используются, когда не указана конкретная книга, к примеру, нажатие на ссылку в Библии или лексиконе.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Библия:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартная Библия используется, когда нажата ссылка на Библию</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Комментарий:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартный комментарий используется, когда нажата ссылка на комментарии</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Лексикон:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартный лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на лексикон</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Наставления:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Используется для короткого наставления при старте программы</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Еврейский лексикон Стронга:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартный лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на Еврейский лексикон</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Греческий лексикон Стронга:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартный лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на Греческий лексикон</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Еврейский морфологический лексикон:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартный морфологический лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на морфологический тэг в Еврейском тексте</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Греческий морфологический лексикон:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Стандартный морфологический лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на морфологический тэг в Греческом тексте</translation> </message> @@ -5112,54 +5117,54 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Вставлять перенос строки после каждого стиха</translation> + <translation>Вставлять перенос строки после каждого стиха</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показывать номера стихов</translation> + <translation>Показывать номера стихов</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показывать подзаголовки</translation> + <translation>Показывать подзаголовки</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показать перекрёстные ссылки Писания</translation> + <translation>Показать перекрёстные ссылки Писания</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показывать греческие ударения</translation> + <translation>Показывать греческие ударения</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показывать точки еврейских гласных</translation> + <translation>Показывать точки еврейских гласных</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показывать знаки еврейской кантиляции</translation> + <translation>Показывать знаки еврейской кантиляции</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Показывать морфологическое деление</translation> + <translation>Показывать морфологическое деление</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Использовать текстуальные варианты</translation> + <translation>Использовать текстовые варианты</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> - <translation type="unfinished">Фильтры влияют на представление текста. Здесь вы можете указать настройки по-умолчанию для фильтров. Вы можете отдельно указать эти настройки для каждого окна.</translation> + <translation>Фильтры влияют на представление текста. Здесь вы можете указать настройки по-умолчанию для фильтров. Вы можете отдельно указать эти настройки для каждого окна.</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts index 2f0cc62..ad41793 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime sa ľahko používa, ale je mocný nástroj na štúdium Biblie.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>Nižšie je možné dokončiť právne obmedzenia.</translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Nasledujúci ľudia preložili BibleTime do svojho jazyka:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>Verzia %1 knižnice SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Tento program pouzíva Qt verziu %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation type="unfinished">QT je multiplatformová aplikácia a UI rámec, vytvorený v jazyku C++. Qt bolo vydané pod licenciou LGPL.</translation> </message> @@ -1354,32 +1354,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Postup</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>Zastaviť</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>Zastaviť všetko</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>Ukončené</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>Zrušené</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>Čakanie...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>Príprava inštalácie...</translation> </message> @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>Postup inštalácie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>Zlyhanie</translation> </message> @@ -1477,12 +1477,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1526,37 +1526,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Odstrániť inštalované diela. Vyberte dielo a kliknite na tlačidlo Odstrániť.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>Vybrali ste nasledovné dielo/diela:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>Skutočne ich chcete odstrániť z vášho systému?</translation> </message> @@ -1565,12 +1565,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">Odstrániť...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>Odstrániť označené diela</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>Odstrániť diela?</translation> </message> @@ -1654,27 +1654,27 @@ shortcut</source> skratka</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>Klávesová skratka pre označenú akciu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>Žiadna</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>Štandardná</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>Vlastná</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>Štandardný kláves:</translation> </message> @@ -2931,17 +2931,17 @@ skratka</translation> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>Štandardné diela</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>Textové filtre</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>Plocha</translation> </message> @@ -4090,7 +4090,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>Morfologické delenie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation>Export</translation> </message> @@ -4451,7 +4451,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5200,87 +5205,87 @@ Toto môže dlho trvať. Pokračovať s indexovaním?</translation> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>Biblia:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardná Biblia sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do Biblie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>Komentár:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardný komentár sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do komentára</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexikón:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardný lexikón sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do lexikónu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>Denné zamyslenie:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>Štandardné denné zamyslenie sa použije na zobrazenie krátkeho zamyslenie pri spustení</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexikón hebrejských strongových čísel:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardný hebrejský lexikón sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do hebrejského lexikónu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>Lexikón gréckych strongových čísel:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardný grécky lexikón sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do gréckeho lexikónu</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Hebrejský morfologický lexikón:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardný morfologický lexikón pre hebrejský text sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz morfologickej značky v hebrejskom texte</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>Grécky morfologický lexikón:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>Štandardný morfologický lexikón pre grécky text sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz morfologickej značky v gréckom texte</translation> </message> @@ -5293,52 +5298,52 @@ Toto môže dlho trvať. Pokračovať s indexovaním?</translation> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">Vložiť ukončenie riadku po každom verši</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť čísla veršov</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť nadpisy oddielov</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť krížové odkazy Biblie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť grécke akcenty</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť body hebrejských hlások</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť hebrejské liturgické znaky</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť morfologické delenie</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">Použiť textové varianty</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">Filtre ovládajú vzhľad textu. Tu môžete určiť štandardné nastavenia pre všetky filtre. Môžete prepísať tieto nastavenia v každom okne zobrazenia.</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts index 0f8f93c..84b556a 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1325,32 +1325,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1444,12 +1444,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1485,47 +1485,47 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -1606,27 +1606,27 @@ shortcut</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -2726,17 +2726,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>标准著作</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>文本过滤器</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation type="unfinished">桌面</translation> </message> @@ -3885,7 +3885,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>构词学分割</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -4238,7 +4238,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -4977,87 +4982,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> @@ -5070,52 +5075,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished"></translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">每节後插入换行符</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示节数</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示标题</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示参照经文</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示希腊文变音符号</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示希伯来文元音符号</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示希伯来文咏诵标记</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">显示构词学分割</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">使用文字变体</translation> </message> diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts index d2d41b5..01b2150 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <message> <source></source> <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation -Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info +Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -488,12 +488,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>BibleTime 是個好上手又好用的聖經研讀工具.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/> <source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source> <translation>BibleTime 採用GPL 授權釋出. 你可以無限制的下載並使用該程式供個人個人,私人,大眾,或商業用途使用.但只有當你願意公開發對應的原始碼方可發布或傳送該程式.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/> <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source> <translation>完整合法榜定授權如下.</translation> </message> @@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/> - <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source> - <translation>(c)1999-2011, BibleTime 團隊</translation> + <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source> + <translation>(c)1999-2013, BibleTime 團隊</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/> @@ -548,37 +548,37 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>可用性專家</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/> <source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source> <translation>有些名字可能消失了, 請寄電子郵件給給 %1 如果你發現任何錯誤或闕漏.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/> <source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source> <translation>BibleTime 使用SWORD 專案. SWORD 專案是CrossWire Bible Society的 免費聖經軟體專案. 它的目標是要建立跨平台的開放原始碼工具 &mdash; 以GNU General Public License授權釋出 &mdash; 允許程式設計師和聖經族群能更快也更輕易的撰寫新的聖經軟體.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/> <source>The SWORD Project: </source> <translation>The SWORD 專案:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/> <source>&Qt</source> <translation>&Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> <source>Qt toolkit version %1</source> <translation>Qt 工具組版本 %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/> <source>More info...</source> <translation>更多資訊...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/> <source>&License</source> <translation>授權&L</translation> </message> @@ -633,22 +633,22 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>以下人員將BibleTime翻譯成他們的語言:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/> <source>&SWORD</source> <translation>&SWORD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/> <source>SWORD library version %1</source> <translation>SWORD 程式庫版本 %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> <source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source> <translation>這個程式使用Qt 版本 %1.</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/> <source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source> <translation>Qt 是一個跨平台程式與介面架構, 以C++ 建立. 採用LGPL 授權釋出.</translation> </message> @@ -1357,32 +1357,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>進度</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/> <source>Stop</source> <translation>停止</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/> <source>Stop All</source> <translation>全部停止</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/> <source>Completed</source> <translation>完成</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/> <source>Cancelled</source> <translation>已經取消</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/> <source>Waiting for turn...</source> <translation>等著...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/> <source>Preparing install...</source> <translation>正在準備安裝...</translation> </message> @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation>安裝進度</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/> <source>Failed</source> <translation>失敗</translation> </message> @@ -1480,12 +1480,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/> <source>&Grouping order</source> <translation>群組次序&G</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/> <source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source> <translation>設定選單中的項目次序.</translation> </message> @@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <context> <name>BtRemovePage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> <source>Remove</source> <translation>移除</translation> </message> @@ -1530,32 +1530,32 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">移除已安裝書目. 選擇書目並點選移除按鈕..</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/> <source>Select &works to uninstall:</source> <translation>選取要移除的書目&w:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/> <source>&Remove...</source> <translation>移除&R...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/> <source>Start removal of %1 works:</source> <translation>開始移除%1的書目:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/> <source>Start removal:</source> <translation>開始移除:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> <source>You selected the following work(s): </source> <translation>你選擇了以下書目:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/> <source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source> <translation>你真的要從你的系統中移除他們?</translation> </message> @@ -1564,12 +1564,12 @@ This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</transl <translation type="obsolete">移除...</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/> <source>Remove the selected works</source> <translation>移除選定的書目</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/> <source>Remove Works?</source> <translation>移除書目?</translation> </message> @@ -1653,27 +1653,27 @@ shortcut</source> 捷徑</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/> <source>Shortcut for selected action name</source> <translation>選定動作名稱的捷徑</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/> <source>None</source> <translation>無</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/> <source>Default</source> <translation>預設</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/> <source>Custom</source> <translation>自訂</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/> <source>Default key:</source> <translation>預設按鍵::</translation> </message> @@ -2875,17 +2875,17 @@ shortcut</source> <context> <name>CSwordSettingsPage</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/> <source>Standard works</source> <translation>標準著作</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/> <source>Text filters</source> <translation>文字過濾器</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/> <source>Desk</source> <translation>桌面</translation> </message> @@ -4033,7 +4033,7 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>構詞學分割</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/> <source>Export</source> <translation></translation> </message> @@ -4398,7 +4398,12 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <translation>錯誤: 無效的命令列參數: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/> + <source>CSS base template not found!</source> + <translation type="unfinished"></translation> + </message> + <message> + <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/> <source>Default template "%1" not found!</source> <translation>預設模板 "%1" 沒有找到!</translation> </message> @@ -5142,87 +5147,87 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>StandardWorksTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/> <source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source> <translation>沒有選定特定書目時將顯示標準書目，例如連結到聖經或辭典的超連結被點選時。</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/> <source>Bible:</source> <translation>聖經:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/> <source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示標準聖經，當點選連結到聖經的超連結時</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/> <source>Commentary:</source> <translation>評論:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/> <source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示標準評論，當點選連結到評論的超連結時</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/> <source>Lexicon:</source> <translation>詞彙:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/> <source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示標準辭典，當點選連結到辭典的超連結時</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/> <source>Daily devotional:</source> <translation>每日靈修:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/> <source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source> <translation>標準靈修將用來作為啟動顯示的簡短靈修內容</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/> <source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>希伯來文的強調詞彙:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/> <source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示標準希伯來文辭典，當點選連結到希伯來文辭典的超連結時</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/> <source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source> <translation>希臘文的強調詞彙:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/> <source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示希臘文字典，當點選連結到希臘文字典的超連結時</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/> <source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>希伯來文構詞字彙:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示希臘文字的標準構詞字典，當希臘文文本中的構詞學標籤超連結被點選時</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/> <source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source> <translation>希臘文構詞學詞彙:</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/> <source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source> <translation>將顯示希臘文文本的標準構詞學詞彙，當希臘文文本中的構詞學標籤超連結被點選</translation> </message> @@ -5230,52 +5235,52 @@ Language name ppk</extracomment> <context> <name>TextFiltersTab</name> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/> <source>Insert line break after each verse</source> <translation type="unfinished">每節後插入換行符</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/> <source>Show verse numbers</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示節數</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/> <source>Show section headings</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示標題</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/> <source>Show scripture cross-references</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示參照經文</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/> <source>Show Greek accents</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示希臘文變音符號</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/> <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示希伯來文元音符號</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/> <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示希伯來文詠誦標記</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/> <source>Show morph segmentation</source> <translation type="unfinished">顯示構詞學分割</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/> <source>Use textual variants</source> <translation type="unfinished">使用文字變體</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/> + <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/> <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source> <translation type="unfinished">過濾器控制文本的呈現. 這裡你能夠調整所有過濾器的預設值. 你可以在個別顯示視窗中另行調整這些設定.</translation> </message> diff --git a/src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp b/src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp index 3d6008f..0fcd14e 100644 --- a/src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp +++ b/src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp @@ -367,6 +367,10 @@ void BtBookshelfTreeModel::resetData() { void BtBookshelfTreeModel::addModule(CSwordModuleInfo *module, bool checked) { if (m_modules.contains(module)) return; + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 + beginResetModel(); +#endif Grouping g(m_groupingOrder); addModule(module, QModelIndex(), g, checked); @@ -376,7 +380,12 @@ void BtBookshelfTreeModel::addModule(CSwordModuleInfo *module, bool checked) { new modules. As a side effect, all attached views will also reset themselves. */ + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 + endResetModel(); +#else reset(); +#endif } void BtBookshelfTreeModel::addModule(CSwordModuleInfo *module, diff --git a/src/backend/drivers/cswordlexiconmoduleinfo.cpp b/src/backend/drivers/cswordlexiconmoduleinfo.cpp index 4e53361..1b976d3 100644 --- a/src/backend/drivers/cswordlexiconmoduleinfo.cpp +++ b/src/backend/drivers/cswordlexiconmoduleinfo.cpp @@ -100,13 +100,8 @@ const QStringList &CSwordLexiconModuleInfo::entries() const { module()->setPosition(sword::TOP); // back to the first entry module()->setSkipConsecutiveLinks(false); - if (m_entries.count()) { - m_entries.first().simplified(); - - if (m_entries.first().trimmed().isEmpty()) { - m_entries.erase( m_entries.begin() ); - } - } + if (!m_entries.empty() && m_entries.front().simplified().isEmpty()) + m_entries.pop_front(); qDebug() << "Writing cache file for lexicon module" << name(); diff --git a/src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp b/src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp index a7ceca9..08721c9 100644 --- a/src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp +++ b/src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ bool CSwordModuleInfo::hasIndex() const { } //then check if the index is there - return lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toAscii().constData()); + return lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toLatin1().constData()); } bool CSwordModuleInfo::buildIndex() { @@ -249,13 +249,13 @@ bool CSwordModuleInfo::buildIndex() { dir.mkpath( getModuleBaseIndexLocation() ); dir.mkpath( getModuleStandardIndexLocation() ); - if (lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(index.toAscii().constData())) { - if (lucene::index::IndexReader::isLocked(index.toAscii().constData()) ) { - lucene::index::IndexReader::unlock(index.toAscii().constData()); + if (lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(index.toLatin1().constData())) { + if (lucene::index::IndexReader::isLocked(index.toLatin1().constData()) ) { + lucene::index::IndexReader::unlock(index.toLatin1().constData()); } } - QSharedPointer<lucene::index::IndexWriter> writer( new lucene::index::IndexWriter(index.toAscii().constData(), &an, true) ); //always create a new index + QSharedPointer<lucene::index::IndexWriter> writer( new lucene::index::IndexWriter(index.toLatin1().constData(), &an, true) ); //always create a new index writer->setMaxFieldLength(BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH); writer->setUseCompoundFile(true); //merge segments into a single file @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ int CSwordModuleInfo::searchIndexed(const QString &searchedText, // do not use any stop words const TCHAR* stop_words[] = { NULL }; lucene::analysis::standard::StandardAnalyzer analyzer( stop_words ); - lucene::search::IndexSearcher searcher(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toAscii().constData()); + lucene::search::IndexSearcher searcher(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toLatin1().constData()); lucene_utf8towcs(wcharBuffer, searchedText.toUtf8().constData(), BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH); QSharedPointer<lucene::search::Query> q( lucene::queryParser::QueryParser::parse((const TCHAR*)wcharBuffer, (const TCHAR*)_T("content"), &analyzer) ); diff --git a/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp b/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp index b433dd7..fbeb921 100644 --- a/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp +++ b/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ #include "backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h" -#include <QDebug> #include <QFile> #include <QFileInfo> #include <QStringList> @@ -20,47 +19,73 @@ #include "util/directory.h" -CDisplayTemplateMgr *CDisplayTemplateMgr::m_instance = 0; +#define CSSTEMPLATEBASE "Basic.tmpl" -CDisplayTemplateMgr::CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString &errorMessage) { - Q_ASSERT(m_instance == 0); +CDisplayTemplateMgr * CDisplayTemplateMgr::m_instance = 0; +CDisplayTemplateMgr::CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString & errorMessage) { + Q_ASSERT(m_instance == 0); m_instance = this; - namespace DU = util::directory; - QStringList filter("*.tmpl"); - QStringList cssfilter("*.css"); - - // Preload global display templates from disk: - QDir td = DU::getDisplayTemplatesDir(); - Q_FOREACH(const QString &file, td.entryList(filter, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable)) - loadTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); - - // Load app stylesheets - Q_FOREACH(const QString &file, td.entryList(cssfilter, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable)) - loadCSSTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); - - /* - Preload user display templates from disk, overriding any global templates - with the same file name: - */ - QDir utd = DU::getUserDisplayTemplatesDir(); - Q_FOREACH(const QString &file, utd.entryList(filter, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable)) - loadTemplate(utd.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); - - if (m_cssMap.contains(defaultTemplateName())) { - errorMessage = QString::null; - } else { + { + namespace DU = util::directory; + const QDir::Filters readableFileFilter(QDir::Files | QDir::Readable); + const QDir & td = DU::getDisplayTemplatesDir(); // Global template directory + const QDir & utd = DU::getUserDisplayTemplatesDir(); // User template directory + + // Load regular templates: + { + const QStringList filter("*.tmpl"); + // Preload global display templates from disk: + Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, td.entryList(filter, readableFileFilter)) + loadTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); + // Preload user display templates from disk: + Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, utd.entryList(filter, readableFileFilter)) + loadTemplate(utd.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); + } + + if (!m_templateMap.contains(CSSTEMPLATEBASE)) { + errorMessage = QObject::tr("CSS base template not found!"); + return; + } + + // Load CSS templates: + { + const QStringList cssfilter("*.css"); + // Load global app stylesheets + Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, td.entryList(cssfilter, readableFileFilter)) + loadCSSTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); + // Load user app stylesheets + Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, utd.entryList(cssfilter, readableFileFilter)) + loadCSSTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file); + } + } + + if (!m_cssMap.contains(defaultTemplateName())) { errorMessage = QObject::tr("Default template \"%1\" not found!") .arg(defaultTemplateName()); + return; } + + // Create template names cache: + m_availableTemplateNamesCache = m_templateMap.keys(); + const bool b = m_availableTemplateNamesCache.removeOne(CSSTEMPLATEBASE); + Q_ASSERT(b); + m_availableTemplateNamesCache.append(m_cssMap.keys()); + qSort(m_availableTemplateNamesCache); + + errorMessage = QString::null; } -QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::fillTemplate(const QString &name, - const QString &content, - const Settings &settings) +QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::fillTemplate(const QString & name, + const QString & content, + const Settings & settings) const { - const QString templateName = m_cssMap.contains(name) ? name : defaultTemplateName(); + Q_ASSERT(name != CSSTEMPLATEBASE); + Q_ASSERT(name.endsWith(".css") || name.endsWith(".tmpl")); + Q_ASSERT(!name.endsWith(".css") || m_cssMap.contains(name)); + Q_ASSERT(!name.endsWith(".tmpl") || m_templateMap.contains(name)); + const bool templateIsCss = name.endsWith(".css"); QString displayTypeString; QString moduleName; @@ -100,10 +125,10 @@ QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::fillTemplate(const QString &name, if (moduleCount >= 2) { //create header for the modules - qDebug() << "There were more than 1 module, create headers"; + // qDebug() << "There were more than 1 module, create headers"; QString header; - Q_FOREACH(const CSwordModuleInfo *mi, settings.modules) { + Q_FOREACH(const CSwordModuleInfo * mi, settings.modules) { header.append("<th style=\"width:") .append(QString::number(int( 100.0 / (float)moduleCount ))) .append("%;\">") @@ -119,63 +144,53 @@ QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::fillTemplate(const QString &name, } QString langCSS; - CLanguageMgr::LangMap langMap = CLanguageMgr::instance()->availableLanguages(); - - foreach(const CLanguageMgr::Language* lang, langMap) { - //const CLanguageMgr::Language* lang = *it; - - //if (lang->isValid() && CBTConfig::get(lang).first) { - if (!lang->abbrev().isEmpty() && CBTConfig::get(lang).first) { - const QFont f = CBTConfig::get(lang).second; - - //don't use important, because it would reset the title formatting, etc. to the setup font - QString css("{ "); - css.append("font-family:").append(f.family())/*.append(" !important")*/; - css.append("; font-size:").append(QString::number(f.pointSize())).append("pt /*!important*/"); - css.append("; font-weight:").append(f.bold() ? "bold" : "normal /*!important*/"); - css.append("; font-style:").append(f.italic() ? "italic" : "normal /*!important*/"); - css.append("; }\n"); - - langCSS += - QString("\n*[lang=%1] %2") - .arg(lang->abbrev()) - .arg(css); + { + /* + At first append the font standard settings for all languages without + configured font. Create a dummy language (the langmap may be empty). + */ + const CLanguageMgr::Language lang(QString("en"), QString("English"), QString::null); + const QFont f = CBTConfig::getDefault(&lang); + langCSS.append("#content{font-family:").append(f.family()) + .append(";font-size:").append(QString::number(f.pointSizeF(), 'f')) + .append("pt;font-weight:").append(f.bold() ? "bold" : "normal") + .append(";font-style:").append(f.italic() ? "italic" : "normal") + .append('}'); + } + { + const CLanguageMgr::LangMap & langMap = CLanguageMgr::instance()->availableLanguages(); + Q_FOREACH (const CLanguageMgr::Language * lang, langMap) { + if (!lang->abbrev().isEmpty() && CBTConfig::get(lang).first) { + const QFont f = CBTConfig::get(lang).second; + + langCSS.append("*[lang=").append(lang->abbrev()).append("]{") + .append("font-family:").append(f.family()) + .append(";font-size:").append(QString::number(f.pointSizeF(), 'f')) + .append("pt;font-weight:").append(f.bold() ? "bold" : "normal") + .append(";font-style:").append(f.italic() ? "italic" : "normal") + .append('}'); + } } } - //at first append the font standard settings for all languages without configured font - // Create a dummy language (the langmap may be empty) - CLanguageMgr::Language lang_v(QString("en"), QString("English"), QString::null); - CLanguageMgr::Language* lang = &lang_v; - - if (lang && !lang->abbrev().isEmpty()/*&& lang->isValid()*/) { - const QFont standardFont = CBTConfig::getDefault(lang); //we just need a dummy lang param - langCSS.prepend( - QString("\n#content {font-family:%1; font-size:%2pt; font-weight:%3; font-style: %4;}\n") - .arg(standardFont.family()) - .arg(standardFont.pointSize()) - .arg(standardFont.bold() ? "bold" : "normal") - .arg(standardFont.italic() ? "italic" : "normal") - ); - } - - // Template stylesheet - - -// qWarning("Outputing unformated text"); - const QString t = QString(m_templateMap[ "Basic.tmpl" ]) //don't change the map's content directly, use a copy - .replace("#TITLE#", settings.title) - .replace("#LANG_ABBREV#", settings.langAbbrev.isEmpty() ? QString("en") : settings.langAbbrev) - .replace("#DISPLAYTYPE#", displayTypeString) - .replace("#LANG_CSS#", langCSS) - .replace("#PAGE_DIRECTION#", settings.pageDirection) - .replace("#CONTENT#", newContent) - .replace("#THEME_STYLE#", m_cssMap[ templateName ]) - .replace("#MODTYPE#", displayTypeString) - .replace("#MODNAME#", moduleName) - .replace("#MODULE_STYLESHEET#", QString("")); // Let's fix this! - - return t; + namespace DU = util::directory; + QString output(m_templateMap[templateIsCss + ? QString(CSSTEMPLATEBASE) + : name]); // don't change the map's content directly, use a copy + output.replace("#TITLE#", settings.title) + .replace("#LANG_ABBREV#", settings.langAbbrev) + .replace("#DISPLAYTYPE#", displayTypeString) + .replace("#LANG_CSS#", langCSS) + .replace("#PAGE_DIRECTION#", settings.textDirectionAsHtmlDirAttr()) + .replace("#CONTENT#", newContent) + .replace("#MODTYPE#", displayTypeString) + .replace("#MODNAME#", moduleName) + .replace("#DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_PATH#", DU::getDisplayTemplatesDir().absolutePath()); + + if (templateIsCss) + output.replace("#THEME_STYLE#", m_cssMap[name]); + + return output; } QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName() { @@ -186,18 +201,21 @@ QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName() { return tn; } -void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadTemplate(const QString &filename) { +void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadTemplate(const QString & filename) { + Q_ASSERT(filename.endsWith(".tmpl")); + Q_ASSERT(QFileInfo(filename).isFile()); QFile f(filename); if (f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { - QString fileContent = QTextStream(&f).readAll(); - - if (!fileContent.isEmpty()) { - m_templateMap[QFileInfo(f).fileName()] = fileContent; - } + const QString fileContent(QTextStream(&f).readAll()); + if (!fileContent.isEmpty()) + m_templateMap.insert(QFileInfo(f).fileName(), fileContent); } } -void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadCSSTemplate(const QString &filename) { - QFile f(filename); - m_cssMap[QFileInfo(f).fileName()] = QString("file://") + filename; +void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadCSSTemplate(const QString & filename) { + Q_ASSERT(filename.endsWith(".css")); + const QFileInfo fi(filename); + Q_ASSERT(fi.isFile()); + if (fi.isReadable()) + m_cssMap.insert(fi.fileName(), fi.absoluteFilePath()); } diff --git a/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h b/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h index a7b49e5..a9e6380 100644 --- a/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h +++ b/src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h @@ -10,13 +10,11 @@ #ifndef CDISPLAYTEMPLATEMGR_H #define CDISPLAYTEMPLATEMGR_H -#include <QMap> -#include <QString> +#include <QHash> #include <QStringList> +#include "../drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.h" -class CSwordModuleInfo; - /** Manages the display templates used in the filters and display classes. \note This is a singleton. @@ -30,10 +28,16 @@ class CDisplayTemplateMgr { */ struct Settings { - inline Settings() : pageDirection("ltr") {} + inline Settings() + : langAbbrev("en") + , textDirection(CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight) {} + + inline const char * textDirectionAsHtmlDirAttr() const { + return textDirection == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight ? "ltr" : "rtl"; + } /** The list of modules */ - QList<const CSwordModuleInfo*> modules; + QList<const CSwordModuleInfo *> modules; /** The title which is used for the new processed HTML page */ QString title; @@ -41,12 +45,12 @@ class CDisplayTemplateMgr { /** The language for the HTML page. */ QString langAbbrev; - /** The language direction for the HTML page. */ - QString pageDirection; - /** The CSS ID which is used in the content part of the page */ QString pageCSS_ID; + /** The language direction for the HTML page. */ + CSwordModuleInfo::TextDirection textDirection; + }; public: /* Methods: */ @@ -55,13 +59,13 @@ class CDisplayTemplateMgr { \param[out] errorMessage Set to error string on error, otherwise set to QString::null. */ - explicit CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString &errorMessage); + explicit CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString & errorMessage); /** \returns the list of available templates. */ - inline const QStringList availableTemplates() const { - return m_cssMap.keys(); + inline const QStringList & availableTemplates() const { + return m_availableTemplateNamesCache; } /** @@ -76,8 +80,9 @@ class CDisplayTemplateMgr { \returns The full HTML template HTML code including the CSS data. */ - QString fillTemplate(const QString &name, const QString &content, - const Settings &settings); + QString fillTemplate(const QString & name, + const QString & content, + const Settings & settings) const; /** \returns the name of the default template. @@ -92,7 +97,7 @@ class CDisplayTemplateMgr { /** \returns The singleton instance of the instance of this class. */ - static inline CDisplayTemplateMgr *instance() { + static inline CDisplayTemplateMgr * instance() { Q_ASSERT(m_instance != 0); return m_instance; } @@ -100,14 +105,15 @@ class CDisplayTemplateMgr { private: /* Methods: */ /** Preloads a single template from disk: */ - void loadTemplate(const QString &filename); - void loadCSSTemplate(const QString &filename); + void loadTemplate(const QString & filename); + void loadCSSTemplate(const QString & filename); private: /* Fields: */ - QMap<QString, QString> m_templateMap; - QMap<QString, QString> m_cssMap; - static CDisplayTemplateMgr *m_instance; + QHash<QString, QString> m_templateMap; + QHash<QString, QString> m_cssMap; + static CDisplayTemplateMgr * m_instance; + QStringList m_availableTemplateNamesCache; }; diff --git a/src/backend/rendering/cdisplayrendering.cpp b/src/backend/rendering/cdisplayrendering.cpp index 175cf4e..bd5aa87 100644 --- a/src/backend/rendering/cdisplayrendering.cpp +++ b/src/backend/rendering/cdisplayrendering.cpp @@ -147,12 +147,11 @@ QString CDisplayRendering::finishText(const QString &text, const KeyTree &tree) CDisplayTemplateMgr::Settings settings; settings.modules = modules; - settings.langAbbrev = ((modules.count() == 1) && lang->isValid()) ? lang->abbrev() : QString::null; + if (modules.count() == 1 && lang->isValid()) + settings.langAbbrev = lang->abbrev(); if (modules.count() == 1) - settings.pageDirection = (modules.first()->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight) ? "ltr" : "rtl"; - else - settings.pageDirection = QString::null; + settings.textDirection = modules.first()->textDirection(); return tMgr->fillTemplate(CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName(), text, settings); } diff --git a/src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp b/src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp index 66897b5..0e19897 100644 --- a/src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp +++ b/src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp @@ -232,12 +232,9 @@ QString CHTMLExportRendering::finishText(const QString &text, const KeyTree &tre const CSwordModuleInfo * const firstModule = settings.modules.first(); const CLanguageMgr::Language * const lang = firstModule->language(); settings.langAbbrev = lang->isValid() ? lang->abbrev() : "unknown"; - if (firstModule->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::RightToLeft) { - settings.pageDirection = "rtl"; - } + settings.textDirection = firstModule->textDirection(); } else { settings.langAbbrev = "unknown"; - settings.pageDirection = QString::null; } return CDTM::instance()->fillTemplate(QObject::tr("Export"), text, settings); diff --git a/src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.h b/src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.h index 161deef..9d467cc 100644 --- a/src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.h +++ b/src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.h @@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ class CTextRendering { public: /* Methods: */ + virtual inline ~CTextRendering() {} + const QString renderKeyTree(const KeyTree &tree); const QString renderKeyRange( diff --git a/src/bibletime.cpp b/src/bibletime.cpp index 4864c9a..72cb4cd 100644 --- a/src/bibletime.cpp +++ b/src/bibletime.cpp @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ BibleTime::~BibleTime() { /** Creates a new presenter in the MDI area according to the type of the module. */ CDisplayWindow* BibleTime::createReadDisplayWindow(QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules, const QString& key) { qApp->setOverrideCursor( QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor) ); - qDebug() << "BibleTime::createReadDisplayWindow(QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules, const QString& key)"; + // qDebug() << "BibleTime::createReadDisplayWindow(QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules, const QString& key)"; CDisplayWindow* displayWindow = CDisplayWindowFactory::createReadInstance(modules, m_mdi); if ( displayWindow ) { displayWindow->init(); diff --git a/src/display-templates/Basic.tmpl b/src/display-templates/Basic.tmpl index c707b50..192e5b4 100644 --- a/src/display-templates/Basic.tmpl +++ b/src/display-templates/Basic.tmpl @@ -6,11 +6,6 @@ <meta name="GENERATOR" content="BibleTime - www.bibletime.info" /> <meta name="AUTHOR" content="BibleTime - www.bibletime.info" /> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> - <!-- Link to the application default stylesheet --> - <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="#THEME_STYLE#" /> - <!-- Link to module stylesheet, if applicable --> - #MODULE_STYLESHEET# - <style type="text/css"> /* <![CDATA[ */ #LANG_CSS# @@ -18,6 +13,11 @@ /* ]]> */ </style> + + <!-- Link to the application default stylesheet --> + <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="file://#THEME_STYLE#" /> + <!-- Link to module stylesheet, if applicable --> + </head> <body id="#DISPLAYTYPE#" class="#MODTYPE# #MODTYPE#_#MODNAME#"> diff --git a/src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkloader.cpp b/src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkloader.cpp index c9133a4..daebfe1 100644 --- a/src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkloader.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkloader.cpp @@ -64,7 +64,11 @@ QTreeWidgetItem* BtBookmarkLoader::handleXmlElement(QDomElement& element, QTreeW newFolder->setText(0, element.attribute("caption")); } QDomNodeList childList = element.childNodes(); +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < childList.length(); i++) { +#else + for (int i = 0; i < childList.length(); i++) { +#endif QDomElement newElement = childList.at(i).toElement(); QTreeWidgetItem* newChildItem = handleXmlElement(newElement, newFolder); newFolder->addChild(newChildItem); diff --git a/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp b/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp index 288be4e..cc862fa 100644 --- a/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,13 @@ BtInstallProgressDialog::BtInstallProgressDialog( m_statusWidget->setRootIsDecorated(false); m_statusWidget->setHeaderLabels(QStringList(tr("Work")) << tr("Progress") << QString::null); m_statusWidget->header()->setStretchLastSection(false); +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 m_statusWidget->header()->setResizeMode(1, QHeaderView::Stretch); m_statusWidget->header()->setMovable(false); +#else + m_statusWidget->header()->setSectionResizeMode(1, QHeaderView::Stretch); + m_statusWidget->header()->setSectionsMovable(false); +#endif //m_statusWidget->setColumnWidth(1, util::tool::mWidth(m_statusWidget, 2)); Q_FOREACH(const CSwordModuleInfo *module, modules) { diff --git a/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp b/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp index 6c664a8..8b9dd3c 100644 --- a/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp @@ -62,7 +62,11 @@ BtRemovePage::BtRemovePage(BtModuleManagerDialog *parent) m_bookshelfWidget->showHideAction()->setVisible(false); m_bookshelfWidget->showHideButton()->hide(); m_bookshelfWidget->treeView()->header()->show(); +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 m_bookshelfWidget->treeView()->header()->setResizeMode(QHeaderView::ResizeToContents); +#else + m_bookshelfWidget->treeView()->header()->setSectionResizeMode(QHeaderView::ResizeToContents); +#endif wLayout->addWidget(m_bookshelfWidget); m_uninstallGroupBox = new QGroupBox(this); diff --git a/src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp b/src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp index 60253dd..1bfe708 100644 --- a/src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ void BtAboutDialog::retranslateContributorsTab() { "<li>Vlad Savitsky</li>" "<li>Henrik Sonesson</li>" "<li>Johan van der Lingen</li>" + "<li>Konstantin Maslyuk</li>" "<li>Jean Van Schaftingen</li>" "<li>Roland Teschner</li>" "<li>Giovanni Tedaldi</li>" diff --git a/src/frontend/btmenuview.cpp b/src/frontend/btmenuview.cpp index b7ce9b4..71998b7 100644 --- a/src/frontend/btmenuview.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/btmenuview.cpp @@ -20,8 +20,6 @@ BtMenuView::BtMenuView(QWidget *parent) { connect(this, SIGNAL(aboutToShow()), this, SLOT(slotAboutToShow())); - connect(this, SIGNAL(aboutToHide()), - this, SLOT(slotAboutToHide())); connect(this, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(slotActionTriggered(QAction*))); } @@ -61,27 +59,27 @@ QAction *BtMenuView::newAction(QMenu *parentMenu, const QModelIndex &itemIndex) QAction *childAction = new QAction(parentMenu); // Set text: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(displayData)) { + if (displayData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childAction->setText(displayData.toString()); } // Set icon: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QIcon>(iconData)) { + if (iconData.canConvert(QVariant::Icon)) { childAction->setIcon(iconData.value<QIcon>()); } // Set tooltip: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(toolTipData)) { + if (toolTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childAction->setToolTip(toolTipData.toString()); } // Set status tip: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(statusTipData)) { + if (statusTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childAction->setStatusTip(statusTipData.toString()); } // Set whatsthis: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(whatsThisData)) { + if (whatsThisData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childAction->setWhatsThis(whatsThisData.toString()); } @@ -111,27 +109,27 @@ QMenu *BtMenuView::newMenu(QMenu *parentMenu, const QModelIndex &itemIndex) { QMenu *childMenu = new QMenu(parentMenu); // Set text: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(displayData)) { + if (displayData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childMenu->setTitle(displayData.toString()); } // Set icon: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QIcon>(iconData)) { + if (iconData.canConvert(QVariant::Icon)) { childMenu->setIcon(iconData.value<QIcon>()); } // Set tooltip: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(toolTipData)) { + if (toolTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childMenu->setToolTip(toolTipData.toString()); } // Set status tip: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(statusTipData)) { + if (statusTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childMenu->setStatusTip(statusTipData.toString()); } // Set whatsthis: - if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(whatsThisData)) { + if (whatsThisData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) { childMenu->setWhatsThis(whatsThisData.toString()); } @@ -150,14 +148,9 @@ void BtMenuView::buildMenu(QMenu *parentMenu, const QModelIndex &parentIndex) { QMenu *childMenu = newMenu(parentMenu, childIndex); if (childMenu != 0) { - // Add to menu: + // Add the child menu and populate it: parentMenu->addMenu(childMenu); - - // Populate the menu if not prohibited: - QVariant populate(childMenu->property("BtMenuView_NoPopulate")); - if (!populate.isValid() || populate.toBool()) { - buildMenu(childMenu, childIndex); - } + buildMenu(childMenu, childIndex); } } else { QAction *childAction = newAction(parentMenu, childIndex); @@ -177,6 +170,10 @@ void BtMenuView::buildMenu(QMenu *parentMenu, const QModelIndex &parentIndex) { } void BtMenuView::slotAboutToShow() { + // The signal "aboutToHide" comes before the signal "triggered" and + // leads to executing a deleted action and a crash. It is much safer + // to remove the menus here. + removeMenus(); delete m_actions; m_actions = 0; m_indexMap.clear(); @@ -191,8 +188,13 @@ void BtMenuView::slotAboutToShow() { postBuildMenu(); } -void BtMenuView::slotAboutToHide() { +void BtMenuView::removeMenus() { + // QMenu::clear() is documented only to delete direct child actions: clear(); + + // Delete submenus also: + Q_FOREACH (QObject * const child, children()) + delete qobject_cast<QMenu *>(child); } void BtMenuView::slotActionTriggered(QAction *action) { diff --git a/src/frontend/btmenuview.h b/src/frontend/btmenuview.h index 87c0d90..98ec729 100644 --- a/src/frontend/btmenuview.h +++ b/src/frontend/btmenuview.h @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ class BtMenuView: public QMenu { private: void buildMenu(QMenu *parentMenu, const QModelIndex &parentIndex); + void removeMenus(); private slots: void slotAboutToShow(); - void slotAboutToHide(); void slotActionTriggered(QAction *action); protected: diff --git a/src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp b/src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp index 9f33fc5..50d0d5f 100644 --- a/src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp @@ -29,14 +29,8 @@ BtOpenWorkActionMenu::BtOpenWorkActionMenu(const QString &groupingConfigKey, m_postFilterModel->setSourceModel(m_treeModel); setModel(m_postFilterModel); - m_groupingMenu = new BtBookshelfGroupingMenu(false, this); - connect(this, SIGNAL(triggered(QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(slotIndexTriggered(QModelIndex))); - connect(m_groupingMenu, SIGNAL(signalGroupingOrderChanged(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping)), - this, SLOT(slotGroupingActionTriggered(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping))); - - retranslateUi(); } BtOpenWorkActionMenu::~BtOpenWorkActionMenu() { @@ -55,6 +49,12 @@ void BtOpenWorkActionMenu::retranslateUi() { void BtOpenWorkActionMenu::postBuildMenu() { addSeparator(); + m_groupingMenu = new BtBookshelfGroupingMenu(false, this); + + connect(m_groupingMenu, SIGNAL(signalGroupingOrderChanged(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping)), + this, SLOT(slotGroupingActionTriggered(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping))); + + retranslateUi(); addMenu(m_groupingMenu); } diff --git a/src/frontend/cmdiarea.cpp b/src/frontend/cmdiarea.cpp index b2896da..fb116af 100644 --- a/src/frontend/cmdiarea.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/cmdiarea.cpp @@ -124,8 +124,11 @@ void CMDIArea::setMDIArrangementMode( const MDIArrangementMode newArrangementMod QObject* parent = tab->parent(); if (parent == this) { tab->setTabsClosable(true); +// As of version 4.8, Qt does the close for us. +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040800 disconnect(tab, SIGNAL(tabCloseRequested(int)), this, SLOT(closeTab(int))); connect(tab, SIGNAL(tabCloseRequested(int)), this, SLOT(closeTab(int))); +#endif } } } diff --git a/src/frontend/cprinter.cpp b/src/frontend/cprinter.cpp index 3645472..50ff67d 100644 --- a/src/frontend/cprinter.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/cprinter.cpp @@ -110,16 +110,11 @@ QString CPrinter::finishText(const QString &text, const KeyTree &tree) { CDisplayTemplateMgr::Settings settings; //settings.modules = modules; settings.pageCSS_ID = "printer"; - settings.langAbbrev = ( lang && (modules.count() == 1) && lang->isValid() ) ? lang->abbrev() : "unknown"; + if (modules.count() == 1 && lang->isValid()) + settings.langAbbrev = lang->abbrev(); - //the previous version gave compiler error for some strange reason - //(well, I don't like ?: anyway, let alone nested) - if (modules.count() != 1) { - settings.pageDirection = QString::null; - } - else { - settings.pageDirection = ( modules.first()->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight ) ? "ltr" : "rtl"; - } + if (modules.count() == 1) + settings.textDirection = modules.first()->textDirection(); CDisplayTemplateMgr *tMgr = CDisplayTemplateMgr::instance(); return tMgr->fillTemplate(CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName(), text, settings); diff --git a/src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp b/src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp index 6b11d5b..aa44865 100644 --- a/src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ #include "frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.h" +#include <QDrag> #include <QSharedPointer> -#include <QObject> #include "backend/config/cbtconfig.h" #include "backend/keys/cswordkey.h" #include "backend/managers/referencemanager.h" diff --git a/src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp b/src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp index d7ee33f..1842178 100644 --- a/src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp @@ -247,7 +247,11 @@ void BtHtmlReadDisplay::selectAll() { // Scroll QWebView to the correct location as specified by the anchor void BtHtmlReadDisplay::moveToAnchor( const QString& anchor ) { +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040700 + mainFrame()->scrollToAnchor(anchor); +#else slotGoToAnchor(anchor); +#endif } // Scroll the QWebView to the correct location specified by anchor diff --git a/src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp b/src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp index dd36939..55909b7 100644 --- a/src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ void BtActionCollection::readSettings() { continue; QVariant variant = settings->value(key); - qDebug() << variant << " | " << variant.typeName(); + // qDebug() << variant << " | " << variant.typeName(); if (variant.type() != QVariant::List && variant.type() != QVariant::StringList) { @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ void BtActionCollection::writeSettings() { varList.append(shortcut.toString()); } settings->setValue(iter.key(), varList); - qDebug() << ">>" << settings->value(iter.key()).typeName(); + // qDebug() << ">>" << settings->value(iter.key()).typeName(); } settings->endGroup(); diff --git a/src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp b/src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp index 9986e26..262ff23 100644 --- a/src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp @@ -454,13 +454,13 @@ QString BtSearchResultArea::highlightSearchedText(const QString& content, const length = word.length() - 1; word.replace('*', "\\S*"); //match within a word findExp = QRegExp(word); - findExp.setMinimal(TRUE); + findExp.setMinimal(true); } else if (word.contains("?")) { length = word.length() - 1; word.replace('?', "\\S?"); //match within a word findExp = QRegExp(word); - findExp.setMinimal(TRUE); + findExp.setMinimal(true); } else { length = word.length(); diff --git a/src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.h b/src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.h index 5940859..526ac16 100644 --- a/src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.h +++ b/src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class CModuleResultView : public QTreeWidget { */ CSwordModuleInfo* activeModule(); - virtual QSize sizeHint() { + virtual QSize sizeHint() const { return m_size; } diff --git a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp index fdbe653..be2dd17 100644 --- a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void BtLanguageSettingsPage::initSwordLocaleCombo() { const std::list<sword::SWBuf> locales = sword::LocaleMgr::getSystemLocaleMgr()->getAvailableLocales(); for (SBLCI it = locales.begin(); it != locales.end(); ++it) { - const char * abbreviation = sword::LocaleMgr::getSystemLocaleMgr()->getLocale((*it).c_str())->getName(); + const char * const abbreviation = sword::LocaleMgr::getSystemLocaleMgr()->getLocale((*it).c_str())->getName(); const CLanguageMgr::Language * const l = CLanguageMgr::instance()->languageForAbbrev(abbreviation); if (l->isValid()) { diff --git a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp index d8fdfd8..618e5ed 100644 --- a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp @@ -204,7 +204,11 @@ QTableWidget* BtShortcutsEditor::createShortcutsTable() { QStringList headerList; headerList << tr("Action\nname") << tr("First\nshortcut") << tr("Second\nshortcut"); table->setHorizontalHeaderLabels(headerList); +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 table->horizontalHeader()->setResizeMode(QHeaderView::Interactive); +#else + table->horizontalHeader()->setSectionResizeMode(QHeaderView::Interactive); +#endif table->horizontalHeader()->resizeSection(0, 180); table->horizontalHeader()->resizeSection(1, 100); table->horizontalHeader()->setStretchLastSection(true); @@ -223,7 +227,7 @@ void BtShortcutsEditor::changeRow(int row, int column) { m_currentRow = row; QKeySequence defaultKeys = item->getDefaultKeys(); - m_defaultLabelValue->setText(defaultKeys); + m_defaultLabelValue->setText(defaultKeys.toString()); QTableWidgetItem* item1 = m_table->item(row, 1); QString shortcut = item1->text(); @@ -314,8 +318,8 @@ void BtShortcutsEditor::defaultButtonClicked(bool checked) { QKeySequence defaultKeys = item->getDefaultKeys(); item->deleteHotkeys(); item->setFirstHotkey(defaultKeys); - m_customPushButton->setText(defaultKeys); - m_table->item(m_currentRow, 1)->setText(defaultKeys); + m_customPushButton->setText(defaultKeys.toString()); + m_table->item(m_currentRow, 1)->setText(defaultKeys.toString()); m_table->item(m_currentRow, 2)->setText(""); } @@ -370,7 +374,7 @@ void BtShortcutsEditor::clearConflictWithKeys(const QString& keys) { } if (m_table->item(row, 2)->text() == keys) { m_table->item(row, 2)->setText(""); - item->setSecondHotkey(QKeySequence("")); + item->setSecondHotkey(QKeySequence("").toString()); } } } diff --git a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp index 42c3833..60c0e7c 100644 --- a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp +++ b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp @@ -30,36 +30,6 @@ StandardWorksTab *******************************************************************************/ -class StandardWorksTab: public QWidget { - - public: /* Methods: */ - - StandardWorksTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent); - - void save(); - - protected: /* Methods: */ - - void retranslateUi(); - - private: /* Fields: */ - - QLabel *m_explanationLabel; - -#define STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(name) \ - QLabel *m_ ## name ## Label; \ - QComboBox *m_ ## name ## Combo - - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardBible); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardCommentary); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardLexicon); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardDailyDevotional); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewStrongsLexicon); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekStrongsLexicon); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewMorphLexicon); - STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekMorphLexicon); -}; - StandardWorksTab::StandardWorksTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent) : QWidget(parent) { @@ -264,36 +234,6 @@ void StandardWorksTab::retranslateUi() { TextFiltersTab *******************************************************************************/ -class TextFiltersTab: public QWidget { - - public: /* Methods: */ - - TextFiltersTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent); - - void save(); - - protected: /* Methods: */ - - void retranslateUi(); - - private: /* Fields: */ - - QLabel *m_explanationLabel; - -#define TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(name) QCheckBox *m_ ## name ## Check - - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(lineBreaks); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(verseNumbers); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(headings); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewPoints); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewCantillation); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(morphSegmentation); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(greekAccents); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(textualVariants); - TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(scriptureReferences); - -}; - TextFiltersTab::TextFiltersTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent) : QWidget(parent) { @@ -359,6 +299,7 @@ void TextFiltersTab::retranslateUi() { m_textualVariantsCheck->setText(tr("Use textual variants")); } + /******************************************************************************* CSwordSettingsPage *******************************************************************************/ diff --git a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.h b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.h index 01f5829..c54630d 100644 --- a/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.h +++ b/src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.h @@ -15,8 +15,89 @@ class CConfigurationDialog; -class StandardWorksTab; -class TextFiltersTab; +class CSwordSettingsPage; +class QCheckBox; +class QComboBox; +class QLabel; + + +/******************************************************************************* + StandardWorksTab +*******************************************************************************/ + +class StandardWorksTab: public QWidget { + + Q_OBJECT + + public: /* Methods: */ + + StandardWorksTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent); + + void save(); + + protected: /* Methods: */ + + void retranslateUi(); + + private: /* Fields: */ + + QLabel *m_explanationLabel; + +#define STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(name) \ + QLabel *m_ ## name ## Label; \ + QComboBox *m_ ## name ## Combo + + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardBible); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardCommentary); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardLexicon); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardDailyDevotional); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewStrongsLexicon); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekStrongsLexicon); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewMorphLexicon); + STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekMorphLexicon); +}; + + +/******************************************************************************* + TextFiltersTab +*******************************************************************************/ + +class TextFiltersTab: public QWidget { + + Q_OBJECT + + public: /* Methods: */ + + TextFiltersTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent); + + void save(); + + protected: /* Methods: */ + + void retranslateUi(); + + private: /* Fields: */ + + QLabel *m_explanationLabel; + +#define TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(name) QCheckBox *m_ ## name ## Check + + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(lineBreaks); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(verseNumbers); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(headings); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewPoints); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewCantillation); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(morphSegmentation); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(greekAccents); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(textualVariants); + TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(scriptureReferences); + +}; + + +/******************************************************************************* + CSwordSettingsPage +*******************************************************************************/ class CSwordSettingsPage: public BtConfigDialog::Page { diff --git a/src/main.cpp b/src/main.cpp index 1af6e1a..0f2683c 100644 --- a/src/main.cpp +++ b/src/main.cpp @@ -137,7 +137,15 @@ struct DebugStreamPtr { #endif bool showDebugMessages = false; -void myMessageOutput( QtMsgType type, const char *msg ) { +void myMessageOutput( + QtMsgType type, +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + const QMessageLogContext&, + const QString& message ) { + QByteArray msg = message.toLatin1(); +#else + const char *msg ) { +#endif // We use this messagehandler to switch debugging off in final releases switch (type) { case QtDebugMsg: @@ -223,7 +231,11 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { #else debugStream.reset(new QFile); debugStream->open(stderr, QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text); - qInstallMsgHandler(myMessageOutput); +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + qInstallMessageHandler(myMessageOutput); +#else + qInstallMsgHandler(myMessageOutput); +#endif #endif #ifdef Q_WS_WIN @@ -262,8 +274,6 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { dir.setCurrent(homeSwordDir); #endif - // This is needed for languagemgr language names to work, they use \uxxxx escape sequences in string literals - QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); //first install QT's own translations QTranslator qtTranslator; qtTranslator.load("qt_" + QLocale::system().name());
       

      The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]

      Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 67a9fc1..e326202 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

      Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

      + Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +active..." Jesus said (Mt.4:4)," +It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -

      2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "Все Писание богодухновенно -[т.е. вдохновлено Богом]." Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем -ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию.

       

      He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.

      2 Tim.3:16 declares, " All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed]." Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.

       

      He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -

      -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...

      This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

      		 
       --Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95

      2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "и полезно для научения, для обличения, для -исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек, -ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен." Если мы принимаем то, что -Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она -будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения.

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего Начало Действенная Книга
      +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

      		 
       --Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95

      2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work." If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего Начало Действенная Книга
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c985bcb..6c22aba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -Увещевания
      Увещевания
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Увещевания

      -2 Тим.2:15 "Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем -неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины." -

      -Кол.3:16 "Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою -премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и -духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших -Господу." -

      Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?

      -Ведь не чуть-чуть!

      -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Увещевания

      Увещевания
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Увещевания

      2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth."

      Col.3:16 " Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God."

      Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?

      Ведь не чуть-чуть!

      Eccl.12:11-12 " The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." -

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Книга, которая воюет Начало Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      +body."

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Книга, которая воюет Начало Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8279520..896fe35 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ -Книга, которая освобождает
      Книга, которая освобождает
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Книга, которая освобождает

      -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

      Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего -Слова.

      Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает сильный -ветер. "Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися -и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения..." Изучение Библии даёт нам -укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть".

      Иисус сказал им в ответ: "заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией" Мтф.22:29.

      Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?

      • Божье Слово

      • Божья Сила

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Действенная Книга Начало Книга, которая воюет
      +Книга, которая освобождает
      Книга, которая освобождает
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Книга, которая освобождает

      Jn.8:32 " and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine..."

      We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.

      The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent +wind." As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

      + But Jesus answered and said to them," You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God." Mt.22:29

      Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?

      • Божье Слово

      • Божья Сила

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Действенная Книга Начало Книга, которая воюет
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index 867fdce..9c25745 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"

       

      The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Приложение: "Однажды для всех"

      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"

       

      The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and +hapaxand ephapax. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

      -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

      		 
       --Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist), InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107
      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Увещевания Начало Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

      Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola +scripturafor our authority and sola +gratiafor our salvation.

      		 
       --John R. W. Stott, Christ the +Controversialist,InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107
      Пред. Наверх След.
      Увещевания Начало Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 432c4a9..6bc636f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

      Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

      Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

      1. Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.

      2. Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!

        1. Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.

        2. Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу месяца.

        3. Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например 20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.

        4. Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной главе в день.

        5. Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий -Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. -

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Приложение: "Однажды для всех" Начало Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
      +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Приложение: "Однажды для всех" Начало Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 267f0dd..955847f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -Книга, которая воюет
      Книга, которая воюет
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Книга, которая воюет

      -В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.

      Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие

      ВопросОтвет
      Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?5
      Сколько для нападения?One
      Какое? слово - рхема (rhema)

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Книга, которая освобождает Начало Увещевания
      +Книга, которая воюет
      Книга, которая воюет
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Книга, которая воюет

      В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.

      Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие

      ВопросОтвет
      Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?5
      Сколько для нападения?One
      Какое?слово - рхема (rhema)

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Книга, которая освобождает Начало Увещевания
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 7ce0885..9f672ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,30 +1,6 @@ -Действенная Книга
      Действенная Книга
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Действенная Книга

      -Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия -"действует в вас, верующих." Рядом с каждым отрывком, -запишите действие, которое производит Слово. -

      Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?

      СсылкаДействие
      Еф.5:26 -очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" -
      -Деян.20:32 - -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -
      -Рим.15:4 - -утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду." -
      -Рим.10:17 - -даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия." -
      -1 Кор.10:11 - -наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в -наставление нам, достигшим последних веков." -
      -Мтф.4:4 - -питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить -человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." -

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом Начало Книга, которая освобождает
      +Действенная Книга
      Действенная Книга
      Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

      Действенная Книга

      What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +performs its work in you who believe." Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.

      Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?

      СсылкаДействие
      Еф.5:26очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;"
      Деян.20:32builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
      Рим.15:4утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."
      Рим.10:17даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."
      1 Кор.10:11наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в +наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."
      Мтф.4:4питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом Начало Книга, которая освобождает
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index 8e6d38b..7bdbc4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,27 +1,16 @@ -Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
      Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
      Пред.   След.

      Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

      Содержание

      Уникальная Книга
      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      Действенная Книга
      Книга, которая освобождает
      Книга, которая воюет
      Увещевания
      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

      Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

      Уникальная Книга

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

      • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

      • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents +Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

        Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
        Пред.   След.

        Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

        Содержание

        Уникальная Книга
        Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
        Действенная Книга
        Книга, которая освобождает
        Книга, которая воюет
        Увещевания
        Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
        Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

        Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.

        Уникальная Книга

        The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

        • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!

        • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.

        • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -

        Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.

        ТрудКогда написаныСамые ранние копииПромежуток времениЧисло копий
        Геродот448-428 г.г. до н.э.900 г. н.э.1300 лет8 -
        Тацит100 г. н.э.1100 г. н.э.1000 лет20 -
        Цезарь "Галльские войны"50-58 г. до н.э.900 г. н.э.950 лет10 -
        Ливий "Римская история"59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.900 г. н.э.900 лет20 -
        Новый Завет40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания30 - 310 лет5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских -

        Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:

      Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.

      ТрудКогда написаныСамые ранние копииПромежуток времениЧисло копий
      Геродот448-428 г.г. до н.э.900 г. н.э.1300 лет8
      Тацит100 г. н.э.1100 г. н.э.1000 лет20
      Цезарь "Галльские войны"50-58 г. до н.э.900 г. н.э.950 лет10
      Ливий "Римская история"59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.900 г. н.э.900 лет20
      Новый Завет40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания30 - 310 лет5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских

      Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

       

      "По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

       

      "По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных -рукописей."

      		 
       --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
      Пред.   След.
      Как изучать Библию Начало Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      +рукописей."

      		 
       --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of +Lifep. 25-26
      Пред.   След.
      Как изучать Библию Начало Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index fe31499..98cd843 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

      Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

      Пример 2А

      В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 "рождённый от воды и -Духа". В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?

      Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

      Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.

      Пример 2А

      In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the +Spirit."In context, what is the water under discussion here?

      Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

      Пример 2Б

      1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches» has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

      Пример 2Б

      1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches»has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]»

      Пример 2В

      Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) Начало Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      +while praying or prophesying [...]»

      Пример 2В

      Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) Начало Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index cbaf80e..6a71352 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

      -At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?» but +Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

      At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?»but «What did it mean to the original readers?»; later we can ask, -«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

      Пример 3А

      «3 days & 3 nights» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

      Пример 3А

      + «3 days & 3 nights»(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.

      We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

      Пример 3Б

      Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.

      Пример 3Б

      Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте Начало Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте Начало Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 01054e6..69a65ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

      Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

      Пример 4А

      «evil eye» in Mt.6:23.

      Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

      What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do +Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

      Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

      Пример 4А

      + «evil eye»in Mt.6:23.

      Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

      What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

      Пример 4Б

      Is.59:1 «The Lord's hand is not short;»

      Deut.33:27 «Underneath are the everlasting arms.»

      -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

      Пример 4Б

      Is.59:1 «The Lord's hand is not short;»

      Deut.33:27 «Underneath are the everlasting arms.»

      References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 «He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of +shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -

      Пред. Уровень выше След.
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте Начало Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      +is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.

      Пред. Наверх След.
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте Начало Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index bd7b6ef..51e0cdd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) 

      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией

      An allegory is: A story where each element has a +Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией

      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) 

      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией

      An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

      Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?

      Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

      Пример 5А

      The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

      Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.

      Пример 5Б

      The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

      The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

      Пред. Уровень выше 
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке Начало 
      +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.

      Пример 5Б

      The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?

      The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

      Пред. Наверх 
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке Начало 
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index 9514fc3..a47ec2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,67 +1,66 @@ -Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      Пред.   След.

      Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)

      Содержание

      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.
      Пример 1А
      Example 1B
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Пример 2А
      Пример 2Б
      Пример 2В
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Пример 3А
      Пример 3Б
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Пример 4А
      Пример 4Б
      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Пример 5А
      Пример 5Б

      We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)

      Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      Пред.   След.

      Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)

      Содержание

      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.
      Пример 1А
      Example 1B
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Пример 2А
      Пример 2Б
      Пример 2В
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Пример 3А
      Пример 3Б
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Пример 4А
      Пример 4Б
      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Пример 5А
      Пример 5Б

      We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

      How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

      How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.

      The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.

      The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

      1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

      2. Перекрёстные ссылки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.

      3. Перекрёстные ссылки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.

      Пример 1А

      Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

      Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

      Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!

      Example 1B

      In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

      Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?

      + Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him! +

      Example 1B

      In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick. What is this anointing?

      Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

      • Cross-references for aleipho:

        1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

        2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

        3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

        4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

        5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

      • Cross-references of chrio:

        1. Lk.4:18 «The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]»

        2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

        3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

        4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

      So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual

      As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual

      As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -

      Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом -слове: "Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и -пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне." Это -"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое!

      -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.

      Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!

      And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -

      Пред.   След.
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией Начало Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!

      Пред.   След.
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией Начало Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index 0b02c5c..54f4914 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,11 @@ -Как изучать Библию
      Как изучать Библию
         След.

      Как изучать Библию

      Bob Harman

      The BibleTime team

      Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime -(info@bibletime.info)

      - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". -

      - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

      Резюме

      - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. -

      - It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Как изучать Библию

      Как изучать Библию
         След.

      Как изучать Библию

      Bob Harman

      The BibleTime Team

      Авторские права © 1999-2013 The BibleTime Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)

      This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike".

      Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.

      Резюме

      The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the +Bible.

      It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

      Содержание

      1. Важность Слова Божьего
      Уникальная Книга
      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      Действенная Книга
      Книга, которая освобождает
      Книга, которая воюет
      Увещевания
      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      2. Основы изучения Библии
      Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии
      Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Слышать
      Читать
      Изучать
      Запоминать
      Размышлять
      Типы изучения Библии
      Тематическое изучение
      Изучение действующих лиц
      Экспозиционное изучение
      Основы правильного истолкования
      Содержание
      Контекст
      Перекрёстные ссылки
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Чтобы найти определённый стих
      Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование
      Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке
      Чтобы найти значения имён
      3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.
      Пример 1А
      Example 1B
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Пример 2А
      Пример 2Б
      Пример 2В
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Пример 3А
      Пример 3Б
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Пример 4А
      Пример 4Б
      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Пример 5А
      Пример 5Б

      Список таблиц

      1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.
      1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?
      1.3. Духовное оружие
         След.
         Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
      +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.

      Содержание

      1. Важность Слова Божьего
      Уникальная Книга
      Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
      Действенная Книга
      Книга, которая освобождает
      Книга, которая воюет
      Увещевания
      Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
      Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
      2. Основы изучения Библии
      Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии
      Приближение к Слову Божьему
      Слышать
      Читать
      Изучать
      Запоминать
      Размышлять
      Типы изучения Библии
      Тематическое изучение
      Изучение действующих лиц
      Экспозиционное изучение
      Основы правильного истолкования
      Содержание
      Контекст
      Перекрёстные ссылки
      Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
      Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
      Чтобы найти определённый стих
      Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование
      Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке
      Чтобы найти значения имён
      3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
      Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.
      Пример 1А
      Example 1B
      Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
      Пример 2А
      Пример 2Б
      Пример 2В
      Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
      Пример 3А
      Пример 3Б
      Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
      Пример 4А
      Пример 4Б
      Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
      Пример 5А
      Пример 5Б

      Список таблиц

      1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.
      1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?
      1.3. Духовное оружие
         След.
         Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
      diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-ar.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-ar.po index 951cc2e..a5b1e74 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-ar.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-ar.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-14 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew Alfy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -3280,13 +3280,13 @@ msgstr "Abthorpe" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| " 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team " +#| " 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team " #| "" msgid "" -" 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team " msgstr "" -" 1999-2011 فريق بيبل تايم 1999-2013 فريق بيبل تايم " #. type: Content of: @@ -3299,12 +3299,12 @@ msgstr "يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج د #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "December 2010" -msgid "December 2011" +msgid "January 2012" msgstr "ديسمبر 2010 " #. type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: @@ -3346,27 +3346,3 @@ msgstr "كروس وير" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" msgstr "نافذة المساعدة" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ " View Show Bookshelf " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " عرض إظهار رف الكتب " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ " View Show Bookmarks " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " عرض إظهار العلامات " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ " View Show Mag " -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " عرض إظهار المكبر " - -#~ msgid "2.9" -#~ msgstr "2.9" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po index a02d326..f978254 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-cs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-11 21:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Belohoubek \n" "Language-Team: Czech \n" @@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 msgid "" -" 1999-2011 The &bibletime; Team 1999-2013 The &bibletime; Team " msgstr "" @@ -3495,12 +3495,12 @@ msgstr "Příručka &bibletime; je součástí &bibletime; studijní nápovědy. #. type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54 -msgid "December 2011" +msgid "January 2012" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56 -msgid "2.9.1" +msgid "2.9.2" msgstr "" # type: Content of: @@ -3541,118 +3541,3 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72 msgid "Help dialog" msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: